485APOS 1 d896772d485apos.htm NORTHERN FUNDS Northern Funds

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2020

Securities Act of 1933 Registration No. 33-73404

Investment Company Act of 1940 Registration No. 811-08236

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

  THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933  
  Pre-Effective Amendment No.       
  Post-Effective Amendment No. 156  

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

   THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940  
   Amendment No. 158  

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

 

 

NORTHERN FUNDS

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

800-595-9111

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

 

 

 

Name and Address of Agent for Service:   with a copy to:

Diana E. McCarthy

Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP

One Logan Square

Suite 2000

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103

 

Jose J. Del Real

Kevin P. O’Rourke

The Northern Trust Company

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

 

 

It Is Proposed That This Filing Become Effective (Check Appropriate Box):

 

 

immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)

 

on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)

 

60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

 

On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

 

75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)

 

On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

 

This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

 

 

 


Preliminary Prospectus dated February 28, 2020

Subject to Completion

 

The information contained in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

EQUITY FUNDS

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS

 

SMALL CAP CORE FUND

CLASS I (NSGRX)

CLASS K (             )

U.S. QUALITY ESG FUND

CLASS I (             )

CLASS K (NUESX)

GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND

CLASS I (NSRIX)

CLASS K (             )

Prospectus dated [            ], 2020

 

 

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), paper copies of Northern Funds shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from Northern Funds or from your financial intermediary, such as a broker-dealer or bank. Instead, the reports will be made available on the Funds’ website (northerntrust.com/funds) and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

If you have already elected to receive your shareholder reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action. You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from Northern Funds electronically at any time by contacting your financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank) or, if your account is held directly with Northern Funds, by calling the Northern Funds Center at 800-595-9111 or by sending an e-mail request to: northern-funds@ntrs.com.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. If you invest through a financial intermediary, please contact your financial intermediary to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports. If you invest directly with Northern Funds, you can inform Northern Funds that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling the Northern Funds Center at 800-595-9111 or by sending an e-mail request to: northern-funds@ntrs.com. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all Northern Funds you hold in your account at the financial intermediary or through an account with Northern Funds. You must provide separate instructions to each of your financial intermediaries.

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of any bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), any other government agency, or The Northern Trust Company, its affiliates, subsidiaries or any other bank. An investment in a Fund involves investment risks, including possible loss of principal.

The SEC has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   1   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  3      

FUND SUMMARIES

    3    

SMALL CAP CORE FUND

    8    

U.S. QUALITY ESG FUND

    13    

GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND

  18      

BROAD-BASED SECURITIES MARKET INDICES

  19      

INVESTMENT ADVISER

  20      

MANAGEMENT FEES

  21      

FUND MANAGEMENT

  22      

OTHER FUND SERVICES

  23      

PURCHASING AND SELLING SHARES

    23    

SHARE CLASSES

    23    

PURCHASING SHARES

    23    

OPENING AN ACCOUNT

    25    

SELLING SHARES

  27      

CHOOSING A SHARE CLASS

  29      

ACCOUNT POLICIES AND OTHER INFORMATION

  37      

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

  38      

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

  41      

SECURITIES, TECHNIQUES AND RISKS

    41     ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RELATED RISKS, DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND COMMON INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES
    58     DISCLAIMERS
  60      

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

  64      

FOR MORE INFORMATION

 

EQUITY FUNDS   2   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

FUND SUMMARIES

 

SMALL CAP CORE FUND

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation. Any income received is incidental to this objective.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUND

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Class I shares or Class K shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)  

None

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a
percentage of the value of your investment)
 
    Class K(1)      Class I(1)  

Management Fees

    0.47%         0.47%   

Other Expenses(2)

    0.08%         0.18%   

Transfer Agent Fees

    0.04%                0.04%          

Service Fees

    None                0.10%          

Other Operating Expenses

    0.04%                0.04%          

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

    0.55%       0.65%   

Expense Reimbursement(3)

    (0.06)%        (0.06)%  

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement

    0.49%         0.59%   

 

(1)  

Expenses have been restated to reflect current fees.

 

(2) 

“Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

 

(3) 

Northern Trust Investments, Inc. (“NTI”) has contractually agreed to reimburse a portion of the operating expenses of the Fund (other than certain excepted expenses, i.e., Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, service fees, the compensation paid to each Independent Trustee of the Trust, expenses of third party consultants engaged by the Board of Trustees, membership dues paid to the Investment Company Institute and Mutual Fund Directors Forum, expenses in connection with the negotiation and renewal of the revolving credit facility, extraordinary expenses and interest) to the extent the “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” exceed 0.49%. The “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement” may be higher than the contractual limitation as a result of certain Fund expenses, including but not limited to service fees, that are not reimbursed. This contractual limitation may not be terminated before [    ], 2021 without the approval of the Board of Trustees.

EXAMPLE

The following Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in Class K shares and Class I shares of the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Class K shares or Class I shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

Class K

     $50        $170        $301        $684  

Class I

     $60        $202        $356        $805  

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 20.96% of the average value of its portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

In seeking long-term capital appreciation, the Fund will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of small capitalization companies. Small capitalization companies generally are considered to be those whose market capitalization is, at the time the Fund makes an investment, within the range of the market capitalization of companies in the Russell 2000® Index. Companies whose capitalization no longer meets this definition after purchase may continue to be considered small capitalization companies. As of December 31, 2019, the market capitalization of the companies in the Russell 2000 Index was between approximately $12.7 million and $8.3 billion. The size of companies in the Russell 2000 Index changes with market conditions. In addition, changes to the composition of the Russell 2000 Index can change the market capitalization range of companies in the Russell 2000 Index. The Fund is not limited to the stocks included in the Russell 2000 Index and may invest in other stocks that meet the criteria of NTI discussed below.

Using quantitative analysis (evaluation of financial data), NTI buys securities of small capitalization companies that it believes have favorable characteristics such as earnings quality and/or competitive returns on equity relative to their peers. The team may sell securities in order to maintain the desired portfolio characteristics of the Fund. In determining whether a company has favorable characteristics, NTI uses an evaluation process that includes, but is not limited to:

 

 

Quantitative review of fundamental factors such as earnings metrics and capital deployment;

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   3   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

SMALL CAP CORE FUND

 

 

Risk management analysis in which risk exposures are measured and managed at the security, sector and portfolio levels; and

 

 

Systematic evaluations of new securities with attractive attributes and reevaluations of portfolio holdings.

Many of the companies in which the Fund invests retain their earnings to finance current and future growth. These companies generally pay little or no dividends. The Fund may use derivatives such as stock index futures to equitize cash and enhance portfolio liquidity.

NTI may engage in active trading, and will not consider portfolio turnover a limiting factor in making decisions for the Fund.

Frank Russell Company does not endorse any of the securities in the Russell 2000 Index. It is not a sponsor of the Small Cap Core Fund and is not affiliated with the Fund in any way.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

CYBERSECURITY RISK is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, the investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent Fund investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Fund and its investment adviser have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cybersecurity incidents affecting third party service providers. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Fund or its shareholders.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK is the risk that different investment styles (e.g., “growth”, “value” or “quantitative”) tend to shift in and out of favor, depending on market and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment. Under certain market conditions, growth investments have performed better during the later stages of economic expansion and value investments have performed better during periods of economic recovery. The Fund may outperform or underperform other funds that invest in similar asset classes but employ a different investment style. The Fund may also employ a combination of styles that impact its risk characteristics.

LARGE SHAREHOLDER RISK is the risk that the Fund may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders, including funds or accounts over which the Fund’s investment adviser or an affiliate of the investment adviser has investment discretion, purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Fund. Such large shareholder redemptions, which may occur rapidly and unexpectedly, may cause the Fund to sell its securities at times it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact its liquidity and/or net asset value. Such sales may also accelerate the increase of taxable income to shareholders if these sales result in gains, and may also increase transaction costs. In addition, large redemptions could lead to an increase in the Fund’s expense ratio due to expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base. Large share purchases of the Fund may adversely affect the Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is delayed in investing or otherwise maintains a larger cash position than it ordinarily would.

MANAGEMENT RISK is the risk that a strategy used by the Fund’s investment adviser may fail to produce the intended results or that imperfections, errors or limitations in the tools and data used by the investment adviser may cause unintended results.

MARKET RISK is the risk that the value of the Fund’s investments may increase or decrease in response to expected, real or perceived economic, political or financial events in the U.S. or global markets. The frequency and magnitude of such changes in value cannot be predicted. Certain securities and other investments held by the Fund may experience increased volatility, illiquidity, or other potentially adverse effects in response to changing market conditions, inflation, changes in interest rates, lack of liquidity in the bond or equity markets, volatility in the equities markets or adverse investor sentiment. Market risk includes the risk that a particular style of investing, such as growth or value, may underperform the market generally. The market value of the securities in which the Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets.

MID CAP STOCK RISK is the risk that stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Mid-sized companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, and may be dependent upon a particular niche of the market.

QUANTITATIVE INVESTING RISK is the risk that the value of securities or other investments selected using quantitative analysis can perform differently from the market as a whole or from their expected performance and the Fund may realize a loss. This may be as a result of the factors used in building a multifactor quantitative model, the weights placed on each factor, the accuracy of historical data supplied by third parties, and changing sources of market returns. Whenever a model is used, there is also a risk that the model will not work as planned.

 

EQUITY FUNDS   4   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

SMALL CAP CORE FUND

 

SECTOR RISK is the risk that companies in similar businesses may be similarly affected by particular economic or market events, which may, in certain circumstances, cause the value of securities of all companies in a particular sector of the market to decrease. While the Fund may not concentrate in any one industry, the Fund may invest without limitation in a particular market sector.

SMALL CAP STOCK RISK is the risk that stocks of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Small companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, or may be dependent upon a small or inexperienced management group, and their securities may trade less frequently and in lower volume than the securities of larger companies, which could lead to higher transaction costs. Generally, the smaller the company size, the greater the risk.

STOCK INDEX FUTURES RISK is the risk arising from the Fund’s use of futures and includes: the risk that there will be imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the Fund’s securities and the price of futures contracts; the possible inability of the Fund to close a futures contract when desired; losses due to unanticipated market movements, which potentially are unlimited; and the possible inability of the Fund’s investment adviser to correctly predict the direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors. Accordingly, under normal market conditions, the Fund will limit its exposure to stock index futures to 5% of the value of the portfolio.

VALUATION RISK is the risk that the sale price the Fund could receive for a portfolio security may differ from the Fund’s valuation of the security, particularly for securities that trade in low volume or volatile markets or that are valued using a fair value methodology. In addition, the value of the securities in the Fund’s portfolio may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or sell the Fund’s shares.

As with any mutual fund, it is possible to lose money on an investment in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of any bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, any other government agency, or The Northern Trust Company, its affiliates, subsidiaries or any other bank.

FUND PERFORMANCE

Prior to [        ], 2020, the Fund offered one class of shares, designated as the Shares Class. Effective [        ], 2020, Class K shares and Class I shares replaced the Shares Class. As of the date of this Prospectus, there were no Shares Class shares outstanding for the Fund.

The bar chart and table that follow provide an indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing: (A) changes in the performance of the Fund’s Shares from year to year and (B) how the average annual total returns of the Fund’s Shares compare to those of a broad-based securities market index.

The performance of the Shares Class has not been adjusted to reflect the expenses applicable to Class K shares or Class I shares since the classes have different expense ratios than the expense ratio of the Shares Class. Excluding the effect of any fee waivers or reimbursements, the performance of Class K shares and Class I shares would have annual returns substantially similar to those of Shares Class because the classes invest in the same portfolio of securities. Returns would only differ to the extent of the differences in expenses between the classes. In addition to the Return Before Taxes, Return After Taxes is shown for the Fund’s Shares Class to illustrate the effect of federal taxes on Fund returns.

Effective February 17, 2010, the Fund’s investment strategy changed from an active small cap growth investment strategy to a quantitative small cap core investment style. The performance shown prior to that date represents performance of the Fund’s prior active small cap growth investment strategy.

The Fund’s past performance, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the Fund will perform in the future.

Updated performance information for the Fund is available and may be obtained on the Fund’s website at northerntrust.com/funds or by calling 800-595-9111.

CALENDAR YEAR TOTAL RETURN (SHARES)*

 

LOGO

* For the periods shown in the bar chart above, the highest quarterly return was 15.90% in the 4th quarter of 2010, and the lowest quarterly return was (20.73)% in the third quarter of 2011.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   5   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

SMALL CAP CORE FUND

 

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN

(For the periods ended December 31, 2019)

 

   

Inception

Date

    1-Year     5-Year     10-Year    

Since

Inception

 

Shares

    9/30/99          

Returns before taxes

      23.27 %     7.65 %     11.85 %     7.48 %

Returns after taxes on distributions

      21.53 %     6.84 %     11.04 %     6.72 %

Returns after taxes on distributions and sale of Fund shares

      15.02 %     5.92 %     9.72 %     6.03 %

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

      25.52 %     8.23 %     11.83 %     8.39 %

After-tax returns are shown for the Shares Class. After-tax returns for Class K shares and Class I shares will vary. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

In calculating the federal income taxes due on redemptions, capital gains taxes resulting from redemptions are subtracted from the redemption proceeds and the tax benefits from capital losses resulting from the redemptions are added to the redemption proceeds.

MANAGEMENT

INVESTMENT ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS. NTI, an indirect subsidiary of Northern Trust Corporation, serves as the investment adviser of the Small Cap Core Fund. Robert H. Bergson, CFA, Senior Vice President of NTI, has been a manager of the Fund since February 2010. The Northern Trust Company, an affiliate of NTI, serves as transfer agent, custodian and sub-administrator to the Fund.

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES

You may purchase Class I shares of the Fund through an authorized intermediary that has entered into a service agreement and receives a service fee.

You may purchase Class K shares of the Fund by opening an account directly with Northern Funds (the “Trust”) with a minimum initial investment of $2,500 in the Fund ($500 for an IRA; $250 under the Automatic Investment Plan; and $500 for an employee of Northern Trust and its affiliates). The minimum subsequent investment is $50 for Class K shares (except for reinvestments of distributions for which there is no minimum). The Fund reserves the right to waive these minimums. You may also purchase Class K shares of the Fund through your account at Northern Trust (or an affiliate) or an authorized intermediary that does not receive a service fee.

On any business day, you may sell (redeem) or exchange shares through your account by contacting your Northern Trust account representative or authorized intermediary. If you purchase shares directly from the Trust, you may sell (redeem) or exchange your shares in one of the following ways:

 

 

By Mail – Send a written request to: Northern Funds, P.O. Box 75986, Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986.

 

 

By Telephone – Authorize the telephone privilege on your New Account Application. Call 800-595-9111 to use the telephone privilege.

 

 

By Wire – Authorize wire redemptions on your New Account Application and have proceeds sent by federal wire transfer to a previously designated bank account (the minimum redemption amount by this method is $250). You will be charged $15 for each wire redemption unless the designated bank account is maintained at Northern Trust or an affiliated bank. Call 800-595-9111 for instructions.

 

 

By Systematic Withdrawal – If you own Class K shares of the Fund with a minimum value of $10,000, you may elect to have a fixed sum redeemed at regular intervals and distributed in cash or reinvested in the same share class of one or more other funds of the Trust that offers that share class. Call 800-595-9111 for an application form and additional information. The minimum amount is $250 per withdrawal.

 

 

By Exchange – Complete the Exchange Privilege section of your New Account Application to exchange Class K shares of the Fund for the Class K shares or the Shares Class shares of another fund in the Trust. Class K shares being exchanged must have a value of at least $1,000 ($2,500 if a new account is being established by the exchange, $500 if the new account is an IRA). Call 800-595-9111 for more information.

 

 

By Internet – You may initiate transactions between Northern Trust banking and Fund accounts by using Northern Trust Private Passport. For details and to sign up for this service, go to northerntrust.com/funds or contact your Relationship Manager.

TAX INFORMATION

The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable to you as ordinary income, qualified dividend income, capital gains, or a

 

EQUITY FUNDS   6   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

SMALL CAP CORE FUND

 

combination of the three, unless you are investing through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Distributions may be taxable upon withdrawal from tax-deferred accounts.

PAYMENTS TO BROKERS-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

    

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   7   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

U.S. QUALITY ESG FUND

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation. Any income received is incidental to this objective.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUND

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Class I shares or Class K shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)  

None

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a
percentage of the value of your investment)
 
    Class K(1)      Class I(1)  

Management Fees

    0.37%         0.37%   

Other Expenses(2)

    0.23%         0.33%   

Transfer Agent Fees

    0.04%              0.04%        

Service Fees

    None              0.10%        

Other Operating Expenses

    0.19%              0.19%        

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

    0.60%       0.70%   

Expense Reimbursement(3)

    (0.21)%         (0.21)%   

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement

    0.39%         0.49%   

 

(1)  

Expenses have been restated to reflect current fees.

 

(2) 

“Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

 

(3) 

Northern Trust Investments, Inc. (“NTI”) has contractually agreed to reimburse a portion of the operating expenses of the Fund (other than certain excepted expenses, i.e., service fees and extraordinary expenses) to the extent the “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” exceed 0.39%. The “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement” may be higher than the contractual limitation as a result of certain Fund expenses, including but not limited to service fees, that are not reimbursed. This contractual limitation may not be terminated before [            ], 2021 without the approval of the Board of Trustees.

EXAMPLE

The following Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in Class K shares and Class I shares of the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Class K shares or Class I shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Class K

   $40    $171    $314    $730

Class I

   $50    $203    $369    $851

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 51.43% of the average value of its portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

In seeking long-term capital appreciation, the Fund will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities of large and mid-capitalization U.S. companies that NTI believes have favorable environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) characteristics under a third-party vendor’s rating methodology. For purposes of this definition, U.S. companies with a market capitalization within the range of the Russell 1000© Index will be considered large or mid-capitalization U.S. companies. As of December 31, 2019, the market capitalization of the companies in the Russell 1000© Index was between approximately $823.4 million and $1.305 trillion.

Using a quantitative, factor based approach, the Fund intends to invest in companies that: (i) meet certain criteria for ESG factors as provided by a third-party research vendor; (ii) exhibit strong business fundamentals, solid management and reliable cash flows; and (iii) are located, headquartered in, incorporated in or otherwise organized in the United States. The Fund expects its investments to be allocated among companies that are diversified in terms of industries and capitalization ranges.

The Fund is managed according to a quantitative model developed by NTI. To define an investable universe, NTI excludes securities of companies involved in ESG controversies or those that violate global norms like the United Nations Global Compact. NTI also removes companies that do a poor job of managing their ESG risks and opportunities relative to their peers as well as those with material involvement in controversial business practices, including, but not limited to, tobacco and civilian firearms.

NTI engages a third-party research vendor to provide ESG data for U.S. companies. The third-party vendor identifies ESG areas of risk and opportunity, evaluates exposure and management, and ranks and rates companies against their industry peers.

After defining the investable universe, NTI evaluates the quality of the remaining securities and removes those securities that do not meet the proprietary quality methodology. NTI’s quality methodology rates securities based on three categories of financial signals (profitability, management efficiency, and cash generation).

 

EQUITY FUNDS   8   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

U.S. QUALITY ESG FUND

 

The Fund is constructed based on an optimization methodology designed to take active exposure by overweighting and underweighting securities based on their ESG and relative financial quality rankings. NTI also performs a risk management analysis in which risk exposures are measured and managed on the security, sector and portfolio levels. NTI makes final purchase decisions based on the quantitative model described above and on a desired level of diversification. The Fund will normally sell a security that NTI believes is no longer attractive based upon the evaluation criteria described above. As part of the optimization approach, risks such as sector and style tilt are managed. Further, the carbon footprint of the portfolio is reduced relative to the companies in the benchmark Russell 1000 Index. The Fund may use derivatives such as stock index futures to equitize cash and enhance portfolio liquidity.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

CYBERSECURITY RISK is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, the investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent Fund investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Fund and its investment adviser have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cybersecurity incidents affecting third party service providers. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Fund or its shareholders.

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE INVESTING RISK is the risk stemming from the environmental, social and governance factors that the Fund applies in selecting securities. The Fund intends to invest in companies with measurable high ESG ratings relative to their sector peers, and screen out particular companies that do not meet its ESG criteria. This may affect the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Fund to forego certain investment opportunities. The Fund’s results may be lower than other funds that do not seek to invest in companies based on ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. The Fund seeks to identify companies that it believes may have a societal impact outcome, but investors may differ in their views of what constitutes positive or negative societal impact outcomes. As a result, the Fund may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

LARGE CAP STOCK RISK is the risk that large-capitalization stocks as a group could fall out of favor with the market, causing the Fund to underperform investments that focus solely on small- or medium-capitalization stocks.

LARGE SHAREHOLDER RISK is the risk that the Fund may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders, including funds or accounts over which the Fund’s investment adviser or an affiliate of the investment adviser has investment discretion, purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Fund. Such large shareholder redemptions, which may occur rapidly and unexpectedly, may cause the Fund to sell its securities at times it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact its liquidity and/or net asset value. Such sales may also accelerate the increase of taxable income to shareholders if these sales result in gains, and may also increase transaction costs. In addition, large redemptions could lead to an increase in the Fund’s expense ratio due to expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base. Large share purchases of the Fund may adversely affect the Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is delayed in investing or otherwise maintains a larger cash position than it ordinarily would.

MANAGEMENT RISK is the risk that a strategy used by the Fund’s investment adviser may fail to produce the intended results or that imperfections, errors or limitations in the tools and data used by the investment adviser may cause unintended results. Management risk includes the risk that the quantitative model used by the Fund’s investment adviser may not perform as expected, particularly in volatile markets.

MARKET RISK is the risk that the value of the Fund’s investments may increase or decrease in response to expected, real or perceived economic, political or financial events in the U.S. or global markets. The frequency and magnitude of such changes in value cannot be predicted. Certain securities and other investments held by the Fund may experience increased volatility, illiquidity, or other potentially adverse effects in response to changing market conditions, inflation, changes in interest rates, lack of liquidity in the bond or equity markets, volatility in the equities markets or adverse investor sentiment. Market risk includes the risk that a particular style of investing, such as growth or value, or in this case, ESG companies, may underperform the market generally. The market value of the securities in which the Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets.

MID CAP STOCK RISK is the risk that stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Mid-sized companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, and may be dependent upon a particular niche of the market.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   9   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

U.S. QUALITY ESG FUND

 

QUANTITATIVE INVESTING RISK is the risk that the value of securities or other investments selected using quantitative analysis can perform differently from the market as a whole or from their expected performance and the Fund may realize a loss. This may be as a result of the factors used in building a multifactor quantitative model, the weights placed on each factor, the accuracy of historical data supplied by third parties, and changing sources of market returns. Whenever a model is used, there is also a risk that the model will not work as planned.

REGULATORY RISK is the risk that changes in government regulation of the financial markets may adversely affect the value of a security.

SECTOR RISK is the risk that companies in similar businesses may be similarly affected by particular economic or market events, which may, in certain circumstances, cause the value of securities of all companies in a particular sector of the market to decrease. While the Fund may not concentrate in any one industry, the Fund may invest without limitation in a particular market sector.

STOCK INDEX FUTURES RISK is the risk arising from the Fund’s use of futures and includes: the risk that there will be imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the Fund’s securities and the price of futures contracts; the possible inability of the Fund to close a futures contract when desired; losses due to unanticipated market movements, which potentially are unlimited; and the possible inability of the Fund’s investment adviser to correctly predict the direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors. Accordingly, under normal market conditions, the Fund will limit its exposure to stock index futures to 5% of the value of the portfolio.

TECHNOLOGY SECURITIES RISK is the risk that securities of technology companies may be subject to greater price volatility than securities of companies in other sectors. These securities may fall in and out of favor with investors rapidly, which may cause sudden selling and dramatically lower market prices. Technology securities also may be affected adversely by changes in technology, consumer and business purchasing patterns, government regulation and/or obsolete products or services.

As with any mutual fund, it is possible to lose money on an investment in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of any bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, any other government agency, or The Northern Trust Company, its affiliates, subsidiaries or any other bank.

 

FUND PERFORMANCE

Prior to [            ], 2020, the Fund offered one class of shares, designated as the Shares Class. Effective [            ], 2020, Class K shares and Class I shares replaced the Shares Class. As of the date of this Prospectus, there were no Shares Class shares outstanding for the Fund.

The bar chart and table that follow provide an indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing: (A) changes in the performance of the Fund’s Shares from year to year and (B) how the average annual total returns of the Fund’s Shares compare to those of a broad-based securities market index.

The performance of the Shares Class has not been adjusted to reflect the expenses applicable to Class K shares or Class I shares since the share classes have different expense ratios than the expense ratio of the Shares Class. Excluding the effect of any fee waivers or reimbursements, the performance of Class K shares and Class I shares would have annual returns substantially similar to those of Shares Class because the classes invest in the same portfolio of securities. Returns would only differ to the extent of the differences in expenses between the classes. In addition to the Return Before Taxes, Return After Taxes is shown for the Fund’s Shares Class to illustrate the effect of federal taxes on Fund returns.

The Fund’s past performance, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the Fund will perform in the future.

Updated performance information for the Fund is available and may be obtained on the Fund’s website at northerntrust.com/funds or by calling 800-595-9111.

CALENDAR YEAR TOTAL RETURN (SHARES)*

 

LOGO

* For the periods shown in the bar chart above, the highest quarterly return was 13.90% in the first quarter of 2019, and the lowest quarterly return was (14.66)% in the fourth quarter of 2018.

 

EQUITY FUNDS   10   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

U.S. QUALITY ESG FUND

 

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN

(For the periods ended December 31, 2019)

 

    Inception
Date
    1-Year     Since
Inception
 

Shares

    10/2/17      

Returns before taxes

      31.40     13.29

Returns after taxes on distributions

      30.86     30.67 %

Returns after taxes on distributions and sale of Fund shares

      18.92     24.17

Russell 1000 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

      31.43     13.47

After-tax returns are only shown for the Shares Class. After-tax returns for Class K shares and Class I shares will vary. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

In calculating the federal income taxes due on redemptions, capital gains taxes resulting from redemptions are subtracted from the redemption proceeds and the tax benefits from capital losses resulting from the redemptions are added to the redemption proceeds. Under certain circumstances, the addition of the tax benefits from capital losses resulting from redemptions may cause the Returns after taxes on distributions and sale of fund shares to be greater than the Returns after taxes on distributions or even the Returns before taxes.

MANAGEMENT

INVESTMENT ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS. NTI, an indirect subsidiary of Northern Trust Corporation, serves as the investment adviser of the U.S. Quality ESG Fund. Jeffrey D. Sampson, CFA and Peter M. Zymali, CFP®, each a Vice President of NTI, have been managers of the Fund since inception. The Northern Trust Company, an affiliate of NTI, serves as transfer agent, custodian and sub-administrator to the Fund.

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES

You may purchase Class I shares of the Fund through an authorized intermediary that has entered into a service agreement and receives a service fee.

You may purchase Class K shares of the Fund by opening an account directly with Northern Funds (the “Trust”) with a minimum initial investment of $2,500 in the Fund ($500 for an IRA; $250 under the Automatic Investment Plan; and $500 for employees of Northern Trust and its affiliates). The minimum subsequent investment is $50 for Class K shares (except for reinvestments of distributions for which there is no minimum). The Fund reserves the right to waive these minimums. You may also purchase Class K shares of the Fund through your account at Northern Trust (or an affiliate) or an authorized intermediary that does not receive a service fee.

On any business day, you may sell (redeem) or exchange shares through your account by contacting your Northern Trust account representative or authorized intermediary. If you purchase shares directly from the Trust, you may sell (redeem) or exchange your shares in one of the following ways:

 

 

By Mail – Send a written request to: Northern Funds, P.O. Box 75986, Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986.

 

 

By Telephone – Authorize the telephone privilege on your New Account Application. Call 800-595-9111 to use the telephone privilege.

 

 

By Wire – Authorize wire redemptions on your New Account Application and have proceeds sent by federal wire transfer to a previously designated bank account (the minimum redemption amount by this method is $250). You will be charged $15 for each wire redemption unless the designated bank account is maintained at Northern Trust or an affiliated bank. Call 800-595-9111 for instructions.

 

 

By Systematic Withdrawal – If you own Class K shares of the Fund with a minimum value of $10,000, you may elect to have a fixed sum redeemed at regular intervals and distributed in cash or reinvested in the same share class of one or more other funds of the Trust that offers that share class. Call 800-595-9111 for an application form and additional information. The minimum amount is $250 per withdrawal.

 

 

By Exchange – Complete the Exchange Privilege section of your New Account Application to exchange Class K shares of the Fund for the Class K shares or the Shares Class shares of another fund in the Trust. Class K shares being exchanged must have a value of at least $1,000 ($2,500 if a new account is being established by the exchange, $500 if the new account is an IRA). Call 800-595-9111 for more information

 

 

By Internet – You may initiate transactions between Northern Trust banking and Fund accounts by using Northern Trust Private Passport. For details and to sign up for this service, go to northerntrust.com/funds or contact your Relationship Manager.

TAX INFORMATION

The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable to you as ordinary income, qualified dividend income, capital gains, or a combination of the three, unless you are investing through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Distributions may be taxable upon withdrawal from tax-deferred accounts.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   11   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

U.S. QUALITY ESG FUND

 

PAYMENTS TO BROKERS-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

EQUITY FUNDS   12   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The Fund seeks to provide investment results approximating the overall performance of the securities included in the MSCI World ESG Leaders IndexSM.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUND

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)  

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)

 

     None

Redemption Fee (within 30 days of purchase) (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)

 

     2.00%
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a
percentage of the value of your investment)
 
    Class K(1)      Class I(1)  

Management Fees

    0.18%        0.18%  

Other Expenses(2)

    0.07%        0.12%

Transfer Agent Fees

    0.04%                0.04%        

Service Fees

    None                0.05%        

Other Operating Expenses

    0.03%                0.03%        

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

    0.25%        0.30%

Expense Reimbursement(3)

    0.00%        0.00%  

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement

    0.25%        0.30%  

 

(1)  

Expenses have been restated to reflect current fees.

 

(2) 

“Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

 

(3) 

Northern Trust Investments, Inc. (“NTI”) has contractually agreed to reimburse a portion of the operating expenses of the Fund (other than certain excepted expenses, i.e., Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, service fees, the compensation paid to each Independent Trustee of the Trust, expenses of third party consultants engaged by the Board of Trustees, membership dues paid to the Investment Company Institute and Mutual Fund Directors Forum, expenses in connection with the negotiation and renewal of the revolving credit facility, extraordinary expenses and interest) to the extent the “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” exceed 0.25%. The “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement” may be higher than the contractual limitation as a result of certain Fund expenses, including but not limited to service fees, that are not reimbursed. This contractual limitation may not be terminated before [            ], 2021 without the approval of the Board of Trustees.

EXAMPLE

The following Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in Class K shares and Class I shares of the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Class K shares or Class I shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
Class K    $26    $80    $141    $318
Class I    $31    $97    $169    $381

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 9.10% of the average value of its portfolio.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest substantially all (and at least 80%) of its net assets in equity securities included in the MSCI World ESG Leaders IndexSM, in weightings that approximate the relative composition of the securities contained in the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index.

The MSCI World ESG Leaders Index is a free float-adjusted, market capitalization-weighted index comprised of large- and mid-capitalization developed market companies in Asia-Pacific, Europe and the Middle East, Canada and the United States. The Index holds a broad, diversified set of global companies, selected based on regional sector rankings of environmental, social and governance performance. As of December 31, 2019, the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index consisted of issuers from the following 23 developed market countries: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States. As of December 31, 2019, the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index comprised of 779 issuers, and the market capitalization of the companies in the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index was between $1.42 billion and $1.14 trillion. It is rebalanced quarterly.

The MSCI World ESG Leaders Index includes the highest-ranked companies in each regional sector based on environmental, social and governance screening and research criteria applied by the index provider. Rankings are based on qualitative and quantitative analysis. The MSCI World ESG Leaders Index has no automatic industry exclusions.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   13   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND

 

For companies involved in alcohol, gambling, firearms, nuclear power, tobacco and weapons manufacturing, the index provider conducts case-by-case evaluations to determine MSCI World ESG Leaders Index inclusion/exclusion eligibility. The index provider analyzes companies involved in alcohol and gambling to determine how and to what extent their commercial activities contribute to social problems caused by gambling and alcohol abuse. The index provider analyzes companies involved in nuclear power generation to determine how and to what extent their commercial activities promulgate risks associated with nuclear power production, plant safety, security and waste disposal. The index provider evaluates tobacco manufacturers in the context of the social problems associated with tobacco including addiction, second-hand smoke and the negative external costs tied to tobacco-related illness. It weighs heavily the large negative impact on society of tobacco products when evaluating a tobacco manufacturer’s overall sustainability performance. The index provider evaluates military weapons contractors and firearms companies in terms of the types of weapons they produce or for which they supply components. The index provider also considers their role in the global arms trade, contribution to global weapons proliferation and lobbying and contracting practices.

The Fund is passively managed, which means it tries to duplicate the investment composition and performance of the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index using computer programs and statistical procedures. NTI will buy and sell securities in response to changes in the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index. The Fund will have fees and transaction expenses while the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index has none. Therefore, the Fund’s returns may be below those of the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index.

The Fund invests in substantially all of the securities in the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index in approximately the same proportions as the index (i.e., replication). The proportions of the Fund’s assets allocated to each country will approximate and vary with the relative country weights and countries included in the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index.

NTI expects that, under normal circumstances, the quarterly performance of the Fund, before expenses, will track the performance of the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index within a 0.95 correlation coefficient.

Morgan Stanley Capital International, Inc. (“MSCI”) does not endorse any of the securities in the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index. It is not a sponsor of the Global Sustainability Index Fund and is not affiliated with the Fund in any way.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

CURRENCY RISK is the risk that foreign currencies, securities that trade in or receive revenues in foreign currencies, or derivatives that provide exposure to foreign currencies will fluctuate in value relative to the U.S. dollar, adversely affecting the value of the Fund’s investments and its returns. Because the Fund’s net asset value is determined on the basis of U.S. dollars, you may lose money if the local currency of a foreign market depreciates against the U.S. dollar, even if the market value of the Fund’s holdings appreciates. In addition, fluctuations in the exchange values of currencies could affect the economy or particular business operations of companies in a geographic region in which the Fund invests, causing an adverse impact on the Fund’s investments in the affected region.

CYBERSECURITY RISK is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, Fund or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, the investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and financial intermediaries to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality or prevent Fund investors from purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Fund and its investment adviser have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cybersecurity incidents affecting third party service providers. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact and cause financial losses to the Fund or its shareholders.

DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS RISK. Foreign securities may trade in the form of depositary receipts. In addition to investment risks associated with the underlying issuer, depositary receipts may expose the Fund to additional risks associated with non-uniform terms that apply to depositary receipt programs, including credit exposure to the depository bank and to the sponsors and other parties with whom the depository bank establishes the programs, currency, political, economic, market risks and the risk of an illiquid market for depositary receipts. Depositary receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted. Depositary receipts may not track the price of the underlying foreign securities on which they are based, may have limited voting rights, and may have a distribution subject to a fee charged by the depository. As a result, equity shares of the underlying issuer may trade at a discount or premium to the market price of the depositary receipts.

FOREIGN CUSTODY RISK. The Fund may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by the Fund’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently

 

EQUITY FUNDS   14   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND

 

organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on the Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

FOREIGN SECURITIES RISK is the risk that investing in foreign (non-U.S.) securities may result in the Fund experiencing more rapid and extreme changes in value than a fund that invests exclusively in securities of U.S. companies, due to less liquid markets and adverse economic, political, diplomatic, financial, and regulatory factors. Foreign governments also may impose limits on investment and repatriation and impose taxes. Any of these events could cause the value of the Fund’s investments to decline. To the extent that the Fund’s assets are concentrated in a single country or geographic region, the Fund will be subject to the risks associated with that particular country or region.

GEOGRAPHIC AND SECTOR RISK is the risk that if the Fund invests a significant portion of its total assets in certain issuers within the same geographic region or economic sector, an adverse economic, business or political development affecting that region or sector may affect the value of the Fund’s investments more than if the Fund’s investments were not so concentrated.

LARGE CAP STOCK RISK is the risk that large-capitalization stocks as a group could fall out of favor with the market, causing the Fund to underperform investments that focus solely on small- or medium-capitalization stocks.

LARGE SHAREHOLDER RISK is the risk that the Fund may experience adverse effects when certain large shareholders, including funds or accounts over which the Fund’s investment adviser or an affiliate of the investment adviser has investment discretion, purchase or redeem large amounts of shares of the Fund. Such large shareholder redemptions, which may occur rapidly and unexpectedly, may cause the Fund to sell its securities at times it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact its liquidity and/or net asset value. Such sales may also accelerate the increase of taxable income to shareholders if these sales result in gains, and may also increase transaction costs. In addition, large redemptions could lead to an increase in the Fund’s expense ratio due to expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base. Large share purchases of the Fund may adversely affect the Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is delayed in investing or otherwise maintains a larger cash position than it ordinarily would.

MANAGEMENT RISK is the risk that a strategy used by the Fund’s investment adviser may fail to produce the intended results or that imperfections, errors or limitations in the tools and data used by the investment adviser may cause unintended results.

MARKET RISK is the risk that the value of the Fund’s investments may increase or decrease in response to expected, real or perceived economic, political or financial events in the U.S. or global markets. The frequency and magnitude of such changes in value cannot be predicted. Certain securities and other investments held by the Fund may experience increased volatility, illiquidity, or other potentially adverse effects in response to changing market conditions, inflation, changes in interest rates, lack of liquidity in the bond or equity markets, volatility in the equities markets or adverse investor sentiment. The market value of the securities in which the Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of particular sectors or governments and/or general economic conditions throughout the world due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets.

MID CAP STOCK RISK is the risk that stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Mid-sized companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, and may be dependent upon a particular niche of the market.

SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT RISK is the risk that the socially responsible investment policies of the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index may restrict the investments available to the Fund. This may affect the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Fund to forego certain investment opportunities. This could cause the Fund to underperform similar funds that do not have a social responsibility objective. The Fund seeks to identify companies that it believes may have a societal impact outcome, but investors may differ in their views of what constitutes positive or negative societal impact outcomes. The Fund may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs of any particular investor.

TRACKING RISK is the risk that the Fund’s performance may vary substantially from the performance of the benchmark index it tracks as a result of share purchases and redemptions, transaction costs, expenses and other factors.

As with any mutual fund, it is possible to lose money on an investment in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of any bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, any other government agency, or The Northern Trust Company, its affiliates, subsidiaries or any other bank.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   15   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND

 

FUND PERFORMANCE

Prior to [            ], 2020, the Fund offered one class of shares, designated as the Shares Class. Effective [            ], 2020, Class K shares and Class I shares replaced the Shares Class. As of the date of this Prospectus, there were no Shares Class shares outstanding for the Fund.

The bar chart and table that follow provide an indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing: (A) changes in the performance of the Fund’s Shares from year to year and (B) how the average annual total returns of the Fund’s Shares compare to those of a broad-based securities market index.

The performance of the Shares Class has not been adjusted to reflect the expenses applicable to Class K shares or Class I shares since the classes have different expense ratios than the expense ratio of the Shares Class. Excluding the effect of any fee waivers or reimbursements, the performance of Class K shares and Class I shares would have annual returns substantially similar to those of Shares Class because the classes invest in the same portfolio of securities. Returns would only differ to the extent of the differences in expenses between the classes. In addition to the Return Before Taxes, Return After Taxes is shown for the Fund’s Shares Class to illustrate the effect of federal taxes on Fund returns.

The Fund’s past performance, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the Fund will perform in the future.

Updated performance information for the Fund is available and may be obtained on the Fund’s website at northerntrust.com/funds or by calling 800-595-9111.

CALENDAR YEAR TOTAL RETURN (SHARES)*

 

LOGO

* For the period shown in the bar chart above, the highest quarterly return was 14.00% in the third quarter of 2010, and the lowest quarterly return was (16.40)% in the third quarter of 2011.

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN

(For the periods ended December 31, 2019)

 

    Inception
Date
    1-Year     5-Years     10-Years     Since
Inception
 

Shares

    3/5/08          

Returns before taxes

      28.28     8.89     9.35     6.40

Returns after taxes on distributions

      27.47     7.97     8.72     5.83

Returns after taxes on distributions and sale of Fund shares

      17.31     6.80     7.57     5.08

MSCI World ESG Leaders Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

      28.15     8.68     9.29     6.48

After-tax returns are only shown for the Shares Class. After-tax returns for Class K shares and Class I shares will vary. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

In calculating the federal income taxes due on redemptions, capital gains taxes resulting from redemptions are subtracted from the redemption proceeds and the tax benefits from capital losses resulting from the redemptions are added to the redemption proceeds.

MANAGEMENT

INVESTMENT ADVISER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS. NTI, an indirect subsidiary of Northern Trust Corporation, serves as the investment adviser of the Global Sustainability Index Fund. Brent D. Reeder, Senior Vice President of NTI and Steven J. Santiccioli, Vice President of NTI, have been managers of the Fund since July 2019. The Northern Trust Company, an affiliate of NTI, serves as transfer agent, custodian and sub-administrator to the Fund.

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES

You may purchase Class I shares of the Fund through an authorized intermediary that has entered into a service agreement and receives a service fee.

You may purchase Class K shares of the Fund by opening an account directly with Northern Funds (the “Trust”) with a minimum initial investment of $2,500 in the Fund ($500 for an IRA; $250 under the Automatic Investment Plan; and $500 for employees of Northern Trust and its affiliates. The minimum subsequent investment is $50 for Class K shares (except for reinvestments of distributions for which there is no minimum).

 

EQUITY FUNDS   16   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND

 

The Fund reserves the right to waive these minimums. You may also purchase Class K shares of the Fund through your account at Northern Trust (or an affiliate) or an authorized intermediary that does not receive a service fee.

On any business day, you may sell (redeem) or exchange shares through your account by contacting your Northern Trust account representative or authorized intermediary. If you purchase shares directly from the Trust, you may sell (redeem) or exchange your shares in one of the following ways:

 

 

By Mail – Send a written request to: Northern Funds, P.O. Box 75986, Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986.

 

 

By Telephone – Authorize the telephone privilege on your New Account Application. Call 800-595-9111 to use the telephone privilege.

 

 

By Wire – Authorize wire redemptions on your New Account Application and have proceeds sent by federal wire transfer to a previously designated bank account (the minimum redemption amount by this method is $250). You will be charged $15 for each wire redemption unless the designated bank account is maintained at Northern Trust or an affiliated bank. Call 800-595-9111 for instructions.

 

 

By Systematic Withdrawal – If you own Class K shares of the Fund with a minimum value of $10,000, you may elect to have a fixed sum redeemed at regular intervals and distributed in cash or reinvested in the same share class of one or more other funds of the Trust that offers that share class. Call 800-595-9111 for an application form and additional information. The minimum amount is $250 per withdrawal.

 

 

By Exchange – Complete the Exchange Privilege section of your New Account Application to exchange Class K shares of the Fund for the Class K shares or the Shares Class shares of another fund in the Trust. Class K shares being exchanged must have a value of at least $1,000 ($2,500 if a new account is being established by the exchange, $500 if the new account is an IRA). Call 800-595-9111 for more information.

 

 

By Internet – You may initiate transactions between Northern Trust banking and Fund accounts by using Northern Trust Private Passport. For details and to sign up for this service, go to northerntrust.com/funds or contact your Relationship Manager.

TAX INFORMATION

The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable to you as ordinary income, qualified dividend income, capital gains, or a combination of the three, unless you are investing through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Distributions may be taxable upon withdrawal from tax-deferred accounts.

PAYMENTS TO BROKERS-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   17   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

BROAD-BASED SECURITIES MARKET INDICES

 

THE MSCI WORLD ESG LEADERS INDEXSM is a free float-adjusted market capitalization-weighted index comprised of large- and mid-capitalization developed market companies in Asia Pacific, Europe and the Middle East, Canada and the United States. The MSCI World ESG Leaders Index holds a broad, diversified set of global companies, selected based on regional sector ranking of environmental, social and governance performance. As of December 31, 2019, the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index consisted of issuers from the following 23 developed market countries: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States.

THE RUSSELL 1000® INDEX is a free float-adjusted market capitalization index which measures the performance of the 1,000 largest companies in the Russell 3000 Index, based on market capitalization, which represents approximately 92% of the U.S. market as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, the market capitalization of the companies in the Russell 1000 Index was between approximately $823.4 million and $1.305 trillion.

THE RUSSELL 2000® INDEX is a free float-adjusted market capitalization index which measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest of the 3,000 U.S. companies in the Russell 3000 Index®, based on market capitalization, which represents approximately 10% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 3000 Index as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, the approximate market capitalization of the companies in the Russell 2000 Index was between approximately $12.7 million and $8.3 billion.

 

EQUITY FUNDS   18   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

INVESTMENT ADVISER

 

This Prospectus describes three equity funds (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”), which are currently offered by Northern Funds (the “Trust”).

NTI, an indirect subsidiary of Northern Trust Corporation, serves as the Investment Adviser of the Funds and is responsible for their overall administration. NTI is located at 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

NTI is an Illinois State Banking Corporation and an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. It primarily manages assets for institutional and individual separately managed accounts, investment companies and bank common and collective funds.

Northern Trust Corporation is regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as a financial holding company under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. Unless otherwise indicated, NTI and The Northern Trust Company (“TNTC”) are referred to collectively in this Prospectus as “Northern Trust.”

As of December 31, 2019, Northern Trust Corporation, through its affiliates, had assets under custody of $9.23 trillion, and assets under investment management of $1.23 trillion.

Under the Management Agreement with the Trust, the Investment Adviser, subject to the general supervision of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, is responsible for making investment decisions for the Funds and for placing purchase and sale orders for portfolio securities, as well as for providing administration services to the Funds.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   19   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

MANAGEMENT FEES

 

As compensation for advisory services and administration services and the assumption of related expenses, NTI is entitled to a management fee, computed daily and payable monthly, at annual rates set forth in the tables below (expressed as a percentage of each Fund’s respective average daily net assets). The tables also reflect the management fees paid by each of the Funds for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 (expressed as a percentage of each Fund’s respective average daily net assets).

NTI has contractually agreed to reimburse a portion of the operating expenses of each Fund (other than certain fees and expenses shown in the table under the caption “Fees and Expenses of the Fund” in each Fund’s Fund Summary) so that “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement” do not exceed the amount shown in the footnote to the table under the caption “Fees and Expenses of the Fund” in each Fund’s Fund Summary. The “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement” for a Fund may be higher than the contractual limitation for the Fund as a result of certain excepted expenses that are not reimbursed. The contractual expense reimbursement arrangement is expected to continue until at least [            ], 2021. The contractual expense reimbursement arrangement will continue automatically thereafter for periods of one year (each such one-year period, a “Renewal Year”). The arrangement may be terminated, as to any succeeding Renewal Year, by NTI or a Fund upon 60 days’ written notice prior to the end of the current Renewal Year. The Board of Trustees may terminate the arrangement at any time with respect to a Fund if it determines that it is in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.

NTI may reimburse additional expenses or waive all or a portion of the management fees of the Funds. Any such additional expense reimbursement or fee waiver would be voluntary and could be implemented, increased or decreased, or discontinued at any time.

A discussion regarding the Board of Trustees’ basis for its most recent approval of the Funds’ Management Agreement is available in the Funds’ semi-annual report to shareholders for the six-month period ended September 30, 2019.

 

Fund

  

Contractual Management Fee Rate

    

Management Fees Paid
for Fiscal Year Ended 3/31/19

 

SMALL CAP CORE(1)

     0.47%        0.63%  

U.S. QUALITY ESG FUND(2)

     0.37%        0.41%  

GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX(3)

     0.18%        0.18%  

 

(1)

Prior to [            ], 2020, the Small Cap Core Fund’s contractual management fee rate was 0.63%.

 

(2)

Prior to [            ], 2020, the U.S. Quality ESG Fund’s contractual management fee rate was 0.41%.

 

EQUITY FUNDS   20   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

FUND MANAGEMENT

 

BELOW IS INFORMATION REGARDING THE MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS.

Unless otherwise provided below, for any Fund with more than one manager, each manager has full and joint responsibility for managing the Fund with no restrictions or limitations on such manager’s role.

The manager for the Small Cap Core Fund is Robert H. Bergson, CFA, Senior Vice President of NTI. Mr. Bergson has been manager of the Small Cap Core Fund since February 2010. Mr. Bergson joined NTI in 1997 and has managed various equity portfolios.

The managers for the U.S. Quality ESG Fund are Jeffrey D. Sampson, CFA and Peter M. Zymali, CFP®, each a Vice President of NTI. Mr. Sampson joined NTI in 1999 and serves as a portfolio manager on the global equity team. Mr. Sampson is a CFA charterholder. Mr. Zymali is a Vice President on NTI’s Global Equity team and has been on the Global Equity team since 2007. Mr. Zymali holds the Certified Financial Planner designation.

The managers for the Global Sustainability Index Fund are Brent D. Reeder, Senior Vice President of NTI and Steven J. Santiccioli, Vice President of NTI. Messrs. Reeder and Santiccioli have been managers of the Fund since July 2019. Mr. Santiccioli joined NTI in 2003. Mr. Reeder manages various quantitative equity portfolios.

Additional information about the Fund Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Fund Managers and the Fund Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds is available in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   21   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

OTHER FUND SERVICES

 

TNTC serves as Transfer Agent and Custodian for each Fund. The Transfer Agent performs various shareholder servicing functions, and any shareholder inquiries should be directed to it. TNTC also performs certain administrative services for the Funds pursuant to a sub-administration agreement with NTI. NTI pays TNTC for its sub-administration services out of its management fees, which do not represent additional expenses to the Funds.

TNTC, as Transfer Agent, is entitled to transfer agent fees at an annual rate of 0.0385% of the average daily net assets of each Fund. TNTC, as Custodian, receives an amount based on a pre-determined schedule of charges approved by the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC, TNTC also may render securities lending services to the Funds. For such services, TNTC would receive a percentage of securities lending revenue generated for the Funds. In addition, cash collateral received by the Funds in connection with a securities loan may be invested in shares of other registered or unregistered funds that pay investment advisory or other fees to NTI, TNTC or an affiliate.

Each Fund may invest its uninvested cash in a money market fund advised by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates. Accordingly, each Fund will bear indirectly a proportionate share of that money market fund’s operating expenses. These operating expenses include the management, transfer agent and custody fees that the money market fund pays to the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates. The uninvested cash of each of the Funds is invested in the Northern Institutional Funds U.S. Government Portfolio. The total annual portfolio operating expenses after expense reimbursement (other than certain excepted expenses as described in the fees and expenses table of the Portfolio’s prospectus) on any assets invested in the Northern Institutional Funds U.S. Government Portfolio are at an annual rate of 0.25% of the average daily net asset value of those assets. However, to the extent of any duplicative advisory fees, the Investment Adviser will reimburse each Fund for a portion of the management fees attributable to and payable by the Funds for advisory services on any assets invested in the affiliated money market fund.

TNTC, NTI and other Northern Trust affiliates may provide other services to the Funds and receive compensation for such services, if consistent with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and the rules, exemptive orders and no-action letters issued by the SEC thereunder. Unless required, investors in a Fund may or may not receive specific notice of such additional services and fees.

Shares of the Trust are distributed by Northern Funds Distributors, LLC (“NFD”), Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine, 04101. NFD is not affiliated with TNTC, NTI, or any other Northern Trust affiliate.

 

EQUITY FUNDS   22   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

PURCHASING AND SELLING SHARES

 

THE TRUST IS A FAMILY OF NO-LOAD MUTUAL FUNDS THAT OFFERS A SELECTION OF FUNDS TO INVESTORS, EACH WITH A DISTINCT INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND RISK/REWARD PROFILE.

 

The descriptions in the Fund Summaries may help you decide whether a Fund or Funds fit your investment needs. Keep in mind, however, that no guarantee can be made that a Fund will meet its investment objective, and no Fund should be relied upon as a complete investment program. The Trust also offers other funds, including additional equity funds and fixed-income, money market and multi-manager funds, which are described in separate prospectuses.

Please note that the fee and expense information shown under “Fees and Expenses of the Fund” in the Fund Summaries beginning on page 3 does not reflect any charges that may be imposed by TNTC, its affiliates, financial intermediaries and other institutions on their customers. (For more information, please see “Account Policies and Other Information—Financial Intermediaries” on page 34.)

SHARE CLASSES

Each Fund is authorized to offer two classes of shares: Class I shares and Class K shares.

 

 

Class I shares are available to investors purchasing through an authorized intermediary that has entered into a service agreement and receives a service fee.

 

 

Class K shares are available to investors purchasing directly with the Trust, through an account at Northern Trust (or an affiliate) or an authorized intermediary that does not receive a service fee.

Shares of each class bear their pro rata portion of all operating expenses paid by a Fund, except service fee amounts payable under the Service Plan that has been adopted for the Funds’ Class I shares.

Under the Service Plan for Class I shares of the Funds, NTI and the Trust are authorized to enter into written agreements on behalf of the Funds with financial intermediaries (including banks, trust companies, brokers, investment advisers, securities dealers, financial institutions and other industry professionals) that are shareholders or dealers of record or which have a servicing relationship with the beneficial owners of the Funds (collectively, “Service Organizations”). Pursuant to such agreements, Service Organizations provide support services to their clients who beneficially own Class I shares of the Funds. The Service Plan provides for payments at an annual rate of up to 0.15% of the average daily net asset value (“NAV”) of Class I shares of the Funds beneficially owned by such clients.

NTI has contractually agreed to limit the payments pursuant to the Service Plan to the following annual rates (expressed as a ratio of the average net asset value of the Class I shares of the Funds):

 

Fund    Class I Service Fee
Limit
 

Small Cap Core Fund

     0.10%  

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

     0.10%  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     0.05%  

PURCHASING SHARES

You may purchase Class K shares directly from the Trust or, if you maintain certain accounts, through Northern Trust and certain other institutions. With certain limited exceptions, each class of the Funds are generally available only to investors residing in the United States or through a United States based financial intermediary and may not be distributed by a foreign financial intermediary. If you have any questions or need assistance in opening an investment account or purchasing shares, call 800-595-9111.

OPENING AN ACCOUNT

THROUGH AN AUTHORIZED INTERMEDIARY. The Trust may authorize certain institutions acting as financial intermediaries (including banks, trust companies, brokers and investment advisers) to accept purchase orders from their customers on behalf of the Funds. See “Account Policies and Other Information—Financial Intermediaries” beginning on page 34 for additional information regarding purchases of Fund shares through authorized intermediaries.

DIRECTLY FROM THE FUNDS. You may open a shareholder account and purchase Class K shares directly from the Funds with a minimum initial investment per Fund of $2,500 ($500 for an IRA; $250 under the Automatic Investment Plan; and $500 for employees of Northern Trust and its affiliates). The minimum subsequent investment for Class K shares is $50 (except for reinvestments of distributions for which there is no minimum). The Funds reserve the right to waive these minimums.

For your convenience, there are a number of ways to invest directly in the Funds:

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   23   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

BY MAIL

 

 

Read this Prospectus carefully.

 

 

Complete and sign the New Account Application.

 

 

Enclose a check payable to Northern Funds.

 

 

If you are investing on behalf of a corporation or other entity, your New Account Application must be accompanied by acceptable evidence of authority (if applicable).

 

 

Mail your check, acceptable evidence of authority (if applicable) and completed New Account Application to:

Northern Funds

P.O. Box 75986

Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986

 

 

Additional documentation may be required to fulfill the requirements of the “Customer Identification Program” described on page 34.

 

 

For overnight delivery use the following address:

Northern Funds

c/o The Northern Trust Company

333 South Wabash Ave

Chicago, Illinois 60604

 

 

For subsequent investments:

 

   

Enclose your check with the investment slip portion of the confirmation of your previous investment; or

 

   

Indicate on your check or a separate piece of paper your name, address and account number.

All checks must be payable in U.S. dollars and drawn on a bank located in the United States. Cash, travelers checks, money orders and third party checks are not acceptable.

BY WIRE OR AUTOMATED CLEARING HOUSE (“ACH”) TRANSFER

TO OPEN A NEW ACCOUNT:

 

 

For more information or instructions regarding the purchase of Class K shares, call the Northern Funds Center at 800-595-9111.

 

 

Complete a New Account Application and send it to:

Northern Funds

P.O. Box 75986

Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986

TO ADD TO AN EXISTING ACCOUNT:

 

 

Have your bank wire federal funds or effect an ACH transfer to:

The Northern Trust Company

Chicago, Illinois

ABA Routing No. 0710-00152

(Reference 10-Digit Fund account number, with no spaces (e.g., ##########))

(Reference Shareholder’s Name)

BY DIRECT DEPOSIT

TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES:

 

 

Determine if your employer has direct deposit capabilities through the ACH.

 

 

Have your employer send payments to:

ABA Routing No. 0710-00152

(Reference 10-Digit Fund account number, with no spaces (e.g., ##########))

(Reference Shareholder’s Name)

 

 

The minimum periodic investment for direct deposit is $50.

BY AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT

TO OPEN A NEW ACCOUNT:

 

 

Complete a New Account Application, including the Automatic Investment section.

 

 

Send it to:

Northern Funds

P.O. Box 75986

Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986

 

 

The minimum initial investment in each of the Funds is $250; $50 for monthly minimum additions.

TO ADD TO AN EXISTING ACCOUNT:

 

 

Call 800-595-9111 to obtain an Automatic Investment Plan Form.

 

 

The minimum for automatic investment additions is $50.

If you discontinue participation in the plan, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account involuntarily, upon 30 days’ written notice, if the account’s net asset value (“NAV”) is $1,000 or less. Involuntary redemptions will not be made if the value of shares in an account falls below the minimum amount solely because of a decline in the Fund’s NAV.

BY DIRECTED REINVESTMENT

You may elect to have your income dividend and capital gain distributions automatically invested in another Northern Funds account.

 

EQUITY FUNDS   24   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

 

Complete the “Choose Your Dividend and Capital Gain Distributions” section on the New Account Application.

 

 

Reinvestments can only be directed to an existing Northern Funds account (which must meet the minimum investment requirement).

BY EXCHANGE

You may open a new account or add to an existing account by exchanging Class K shares or Class I shares of a Fund for shares of the same class of another fund offered by the Trust or for the Shares Class shares of another fund offered by the Trust. See “Selling Shares—By Exchange.”

BY INTERNET

You may initiate transactions between Northern Trust banking and Northern Funds accounts by using Northern Trust Private Passport. For details and to sign up for this service, go to northerntrust.com/funds or contact your Relationship Manager.

THROUGH NORTHERN TRUST AND OTHER INSTITUTIONS

If you have an account with Northern Trust, you may purchase shares through Northern Trust. You also may purchase shares through other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the Trust. To determine whether you may purchase shares through your institution, contact your institution directly or call 800-595-9111. Northern Trust and other financial institutions may impose charges against your account which will reduce the net return on an investment in a Fund. These charges may include asset allocation fees, account maintenance fees, sweep fees, compensating balance requirements or other charges based upon account transactions, assets or income.

SELLING SHARES

THROUGH AN AUTHORIZED INTERMEDIARY. If you purchase shares from an authorized intermediary, you may sell (redeem) shares by contacting your financial intermediary. See “Account Policies and Other Information—Financial Intermediaries” beginning on page 34 for additional information regarding sales (redemptions) of Fund shares through authorized intermediaries.

REDEEMING AND EXCHANGING DIRECTLY FROM THE FUNDS

If you purchased Class K shares directly from the Funds or, if you purchased your Class K shares through an account at Northern Trust or another financial institution and you appear on Fund records as the registered holder, you may redeem all or part of your shares using one of the methods described below.

BY MAIL

SEND A WRITTEN REQUEST TO:

Northern Funds

P.O. Box 75986

Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986

THE REDEMPTION REQUEST MUST INCLUDE:

 

 

The number of shares or the dollar amount to be redeemed;

 

 

The Fund account number;

 

 

The signatures of all account owners;

 

 

A signature guarantee also is required if:

 

   

The proceeds are to be sent elsewhere than the address of record, or

 

   

The redemption amount is greater than $100,000.

BY WIRE

If you authorize wire redemptions on your New Account Application, you can redeem shares and have the proceeds sent by federal wire transfer to a previously designated bank account.

 

 

You will be charged $15 for each wire redemption unless the designated bank account is maintained at Northern Trust or an affiliated bank.

 

 

Call the Transfer Agent at 800-595-9111 for instructions.

 

 

The minimum amount that may be redeemed by this method is $250.

BY SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL

If you own Class K shares of a Fund with a minimum value of $10,000, you may elect to have a fixed sum redeemed at regular intervals and distributed in cash or reinvested in one or more other funds of the Trust.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   25   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

 

Call 800-595-9111 for an application form and additional information.

 

 

The minimum amount is $250 per withdrawal.

BY EXCHANGE

The Trust offers you the ability to exchange Class K shares of a Fund for the Class K shares or the Shares Class shares of another fund in the Trust. If you hold your shares through certain financial intermediaries, you may have limited exchangeability among the Funds and into other funds of the Trust.

 

 

When opening an account, complete the Exchange Privilege section of the New Account Application or, if your account is already opened, send a written request to:

Northern Funds

P.O. Box 75986

Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986

 

 

Shares being exchanged must have a value of at least $1,000 ($2,500 if a new account is being established by the exchange, $500 if the new account is an IRA).

 

 

Call 800-595-9111 for more information.

BY TELEPHONE

If you authorize the telephone privilege on your New Account Application, you may redeem shares by telephone.

 

 

If your account is already opened, send a written request to:

Northern Funds

P.O. Box 75986

Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986

 

 

The request must be signed by each owner of the account and must be accompanied by signature guarantees.

 

 

Call 800-595-9111 to use the telephone privilege.

 

 

During periods of unusual economic or market activity, telephone redemptions may be difficult to implement. In such event, shareholders should follow the procedures outlined above under “Selling Shares—By Mail” and outlined below under “Selling Shares—By Internet.”

BY INTERNET

You may initiate transactions between Northern Trust banking and Northern Funds accounts by using Northern Trust Private Passport.

For details and to sign up for this service, go to northerntrust.com/funds or contact your Relationship Manager.

REDEEMING AND EXCHANGING THROUGH NORTHERN TRUST AND OTHER INSTITUTIONS

If you purchased your shares through an account at Northern Trust or through another financial institution, you may redeem or exchange your shares according to the instructions pertaining to that account.

 

 

Although the Trust imposes no charges when you redeem shares of a Fund (other than the 2.00% redemption fee charged for Class I shares or Class K shares of the Global Sustainability Index Fund held for less than 30 days), when shares are purchased through an account at Northern Trust or through other financial institutions, a fee may be charged by those institutions for providing services in connection with your account.

 

 

Contact your account representative at Northern Trust or at another financial institution for more information about redemptions or exchanges.

 

EQUITY FUNDS   26   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

CHOOSING A SHARE CLASS

 

FUNDS CONTACT INFORMATION

Additional information about the Funds, including class features and policies, can be obtained, free of charge, at northernfunds.com, by calling toll-free at 800-595-9111, or by writing to Northern Funds, P.O. Box 75986, Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986.

SUMMARY OF SHARE CLASS FEATURES

Each share class has its own investment eligibility criteria, cost structure and other features. You may not be eligible to invest in every share class. Your financial intermediary may not make every share class available or may cease to make available one or more share classes of a Fund. The share class of a Fund you select through your intermediary may have higher fees than other share classes of the same Fund available through other financial intermediaries. An investor transacting in a class of a Fund’s shares without any front-end sales charge, contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC), or other asset-based fee for sales or distribution, such as a 12b-1 fee, may be required to pay a commission to the financial intermediary for effecting such transactions. Each investor’s personal situation is different and you may wish to discuss with your financial intermediary the share classes a Fund offers, which share classes are available to you and which share class(es) is/are appropriate to you. In all instances, it is your responsibility to notify your financial intermediary or the Fund at the time of purchase of any relationship or other facts that may qualify you for sales charge waivers or discounts. The Fund, the Distributor and the Transfer Agent do not provide investment advice or make recommendations regarding Fund share classes. Your financial intermediary may provide advice and recommendations to you, such as which share class(es) is/are appropriate for you.

When deciding which class of shares to buy, you should consider, among other things, the fees (e.g., service fees) and expenses for each share class.

SHARE CLASS FEATURES

Not all series of the Trust offer every class of shares. The Funds offer the classes of shares set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The following summarizes the primary features of Class K shares and Class I shares.

 

Share Class    Eligible Investors; Minimum Initial Investments    Maximum Service Fees(a)
Class K   

Eligibility: Investors who purchase directly with Northern Funds, through an account at Northern Trust (or an affiliate) or an authorized intermediary that does not receive a service fee.

 

Minimum Initial Investment: The minimum initial investment is $2,500 ($500 for an IRA; $250 under the Automatic Investment Plan; and $500 for employees of Northern Trust and its affiliates).

   None
Class I   

Eligibility: Investors purchasing shares through certain external intermediaries who have entered into a service agreement and receives a service fee.

 

  

Up to 0.15% service fee.

 

Contractually limited to 0.10% for the U.S. Quality ESG Fund and Small Cap Core Fund.

 

Contractually limited to 0.05% for the Global Sustainability Index Fund.

 

(a) 

The 0.15% service fee is the maximum applicable fee under the Fund’s Amended and Restated Service Plan. Because these fees are paid out of Fund assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of distribution and/or service fees. For more information on service fees, see Choosing a Share Class – Service Fees.

SERVICE FEES

The Board has approved, and the Northern Funds have adopted, an amended and related service plan that sets the service fees that are periodically deducted from the Funds’ Class I shares. These fees are calculated daily and are intended to compensate eligible financial intermediaries for directly or indirectly providing services to shareholders. Because the fees are paid out of a Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, they will increase the cost of your investment over time.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   27   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

The table below shows the maximum annual service fees (as an annual percentage of average daily net assets) and the total amount of such fees applicable to Class K shares and Class I shares of each Fund:

 

Fund   

Maximum

Service Fee

    

Contractual

Fee Limitation

 

Small Cap Core Fund

     

Class K

     None        None  

Class I

     0.15%        0.10%  

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

     

Class K

     None        None  

Class I

     0.15%        0.10%  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     

Class K

     None        None  

Class I

     0.15%        0.05%  

 

EQUITY FUNDS   28   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

ACCOUNT POLICIES AND OTHER INFORMATION

 

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION MINIMUMS. The minimum initial investment for Class K shares is $2,500. The minimum subsequent investment is $50 for Class K shares. This minimum does not apply, however, to Fund shares purchased through a Northern Trust account or an authorized intermediary. A $250 minimum applies for redemptions by wire. The Trust reserves the right to waive purchase and redemption minimums and to determine the manner in which a minimum is satisfied.

CALCULATING SHARE PRICE. The Trust issues shares and redeems Class I and Class K shares at NAV. The NAV for each class of shares of a Fund is calculated by dividing the value of the Fund’s net assets attributed to that class by the number of the Fund’s outstanding shares of the class. For each class of shares, the NAV is calculated on each Business Day (see “Business Day” on page 34) as of 3:00 p.m. Central time for each Fund. The NAV used in determining the price of your shares is the one calculated after your purchase, exchange or redemption order is received in good order as described on page 34.

Equity securities listed on a recognized U.S. securities exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ National Market System are priced at the regular trading session’s closing price on the exchange or system in which such securities are principally traded. Securities not traded on the valuation date are priced at the most recent quoted bid price.

Investments of the Funds not traded on an exchange for which market quotations are readily available will be valued using last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by the Funds’ approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the valuation procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. If market quotations are not readily available, or if it is believed that such quotations do not accurately reflect fair value, the value of the Funds’ investments may be otherwise determined in good faith by NTI under procedures established by the Board of Trustees. Circumstances in which securities may be fair valued include periods when trading in a security is suspended, the exchange or market on which a security trades closes early, the trading volume in a security is limited, corporate actions and announcements take place, or regulatory news is released such as governmental approvals. Additionally, the Trust, in its discretion, may make adjustments to the prices of securities held by a Fund if an event occurs after the publication of market values normally used by a Fund but before the time as of which the Fund calculates its NAV, depending on the nature and significance of the event, consistent with applicable regulatory guidance and the Trust’s fair value procedures. This may occur particularly with respect to certain foreign securities held by a Fund, in which case the Trust may use adjustment factors obtained from an independent evaluation service that are intended to reflect more accurately the value of those securities as of the time the Fund’s NAV is calculated. Other events that can trigger fair valuing of foreign securities include, for example, significant fluctuations in general market indicators, governmental actions, or natural disasters. The use of fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by the Funds to price their investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other unaffiliated investment companies and investors to price the same investments. Short-term obligations, which are debt instruments with a maturity of 60 days or less, held by a Fund are valued at their amortized cost which, according to the Investment Adviser, approximates fair value.

A Fund may hold foreign securities that trade on weekends or other days when the Fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of such securities may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem shares.

TIMING OF PURCHASE REQUESTS. Purchase requests received in good order and accepted by the Transfer Agent or other authorized intermediary by 3:00 p.m. Central time on any Business Day will be executed the day they are received by either the Transfer Agent or other authorized intermediary, at that day’s closing share price for the applicable Fund(s), provided that one of the following occurs:

 

 

The Transfer Agent receives payment by 3:00 p.m. Central time on the same Business Day; or

 

 

The requests are placed by a financial or authorized intermediary that has entered into a servicing agreement with the Trust or its agent and payment in federal or other immediately available funds is received by the Transfer Agent by the close of the same Business Day or on the next Business Day, depending on the terms of the Trust’s or its agent’s agreement with the intermediary.

Purchase requests received in good order by the Transfer Agent or other authorized intermediary on a non-Business Day or after 3:00 p.m. Central time on any Business Day will be executed on the next Business Day, at that day’s closing share price for the applicable Fund(s), provided that payment is made as noted above.

MISCELLANEOUS PURCHASE INFORMATION.

 

 

You will be responsible for all losses and expenses of a Fund, and purchase orders may be cancelled, in the event of any failure to make payment according to the procedures outlined in this Prospectus. In addition, a $20 charge will be imposed if a check does not clear.

 

 

Exchanges into the Funds from another fund in the Trust may be subject to any redemption fee imposed by the other fund.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   29   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

 

You may initiate transactions between Northern Trust banking and Northern Funds accounts by using Northern Trust Private Passport. For additional details, please go to northerntrust.com/funds or contact your Relationship Manager.

 

 

The Trust and NFD each reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of a Fund or to reject any purchase order, in whole or in part, when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interests of the Fund. The Trust also reserves the right to change or discontinue any of its purchase procedures.

 

 

In certain circumstances, the Trust may advance the time by which purchase orders must be received. See “Early Closings” on page 34.

 

 

If the Transfer Agent cannot locate an investor for a period of time specified by appropriate state law, the investor’s account may be deemed legally abandoned and then escheated (transferred) to such state’s unclaimed property administrator in accordance with statutory requirements.

TIMING OF REDEMPTION AND EXCHANGE REQUESTS. Redemption and exchange requests received in good order by the Transfer Agent or other authorized intermediary on a Business Day by 3:00 p.m. Central time will be executed on the same day at that day’s closing share price for the applicable Fund(s) (less any applicable redemption fee).

Redemption and exchange requests received in good order by the Transfer Agent or other authorized intermediary on a non-Business Day or after 3:00 p.m. Central time on a Business Day will be executed the next Business Day, at that day’s closing share price for the applicable Fund(s) (less any applicable redemption fee).

PAYMENT OF REDEMPTION PROCEEDS. If your account is held directly with a Fund, it is expected that the Fund will typically pay out redemption proceeds to shareholders by the next Business Day following receipt of a redemption request.

If your account is held through an intermediary, the length of time to pay redemption proceeds typically depends, in part, on the terms of the agreement in place between the intermediary and the Fund. For redemption proceeds that are paid either directly to you from a Fund or to your intermediary for transmittal to you, it is expected that payments will typically be made by wire, by ACH or by issuing a check by the next Business Day following receipt of a redemption request in good order from the intermediary by a Fund. Redemption requests that are processed through investment professionals that utilize the National Securities Clearing Corporation will generally settle one to three Business Days following receipt of a redemption request in good order.

However, if you have recently purchased shares with a check or through an electronic transaction, payment may be delayed as discussed below under “Miscellaneous Redemption Information.”

It is expected that payment of redemption proceeds will normally be made from uninvested cash or short-term investments, proceeds from the sale of portfolio securities, or borrowing through the Trust’s committed, unsecured credit facility (see “Credit Facility and Borrowing,” beginning on page 42). It is possible that stressed market conditions or large shareholder redemptions may result in the need for utilization of a Fund’s ability to redeem in kind in order to meet shareholder redemption requests. A Fund reserves the right to pay all or part of your redemption proceeds in readily marketable securities instead of cash (redemption in-kind). Redemption in-kind proceeds will typically be made by delivering the selected securities to the redeeming shareholder within seven days after the receipt of the redemption request in good order by a Fund.

REDEMPTION FEES. The Global Sustainability Index Fund charges a 2.00% redemption fee on the redemption of shares (including by exchange) held for 30 days or less. For the purpose of applying the fee, the Fund uses a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method so that shares held longest are treated as being redeemed first and shares held shortest are treated as being redeemed last. The redemption fee is paid to the Fund from which the redemption is made, and is intended to offset the trading, market impact and other costs associated with short-term money movements in and out of the Fund. The redemption fee may be collected by deduction from the redemption proceeds or, if assessed after the redemption transaction, through a separate billing.

The Fund is authorized to waive the redemption fee for the following transactions:

 

 

Redemptions from omnibus accounts, fee-based programs and employer-sponsored defined contribution plans maintained by financial intermediaries that inform the Fund that they are unable to impose a redemption fee on their underlying customer accounts;

 

 

Redemptions where the shares were purchased through financial intermediaries that the Investment Adviser determines to have appropriate anti-short-term trading policies in place or as to which the Investment Adviser has received assurances that look-through redemption fee procedures or effective anti-short-term trading policies and procedures are in place;

 

 

Redemptions effected pursuant to asset allocation programs, wrap fee programs and other investment programs offered by financial institutions where investment decisions are made on a discretionary basis by investment professionals;

 

EQUITY FUNDS   30   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

 

Redemptions pursuant to systematic withdrawal plans and automatic exchange plans;

 

 

Redemptions of shares acquired by reinvestment of dividends, distributions or other payments;

 

 

Redemptions due to the death or the post-purchase disability of the beneficial owner of the account;

 

 

Redemptions to satisfy minimum required distributions from retirement accounts;

 

 

Redemptions representing the return of excess contributions in retirement accounts;

 

 

Redemptions initiated by the Fund; and

 

 

Redemptions following investments of contributions in the Fund by participants in defined contribution plans.

In addition to the circumstances noted above, the Global Sustainability Index Fund reserves the right to waive the redemption fee in its discretion where it believes such waiver is consistent with the best interests of the Fund, to the extent permitted by law. In addition, each Fund reserves the right to add, modify or eliminate the redemption fee or waivers at any time and will give 60 days’ prior written notice of any material changes, unless otherwise provided by law.

Currently, the Global Sustainability Index Fund is limited in its ability to assess or collect the redemption fee on all shares redeemed by financial intermediaries on behalf of their customers. For example, where a financial intermediary is not able to determine if the redemption fee applies and/or is not able to assess or collect the fee, or does not collect the fee at the time of a redemption, the Fund will not receive the redemption fee. If Fund shares are redeemed by a financial intermediary at the direction of its customers, the Fund may not know whether a redemption fee is applicable or the identity of the customer who should pay the redemption fee. Due to operational requirements, a financial intermediary’s method for tracking and calculating the redemption fee may differ in some respects from that used by the Fund. Northern Trust will ask financial intermediaries to assess redemption fees on shareholder accounts in appropriate cases and remit these fees to the Fund. However, for the reasons set forth above, there can be no assurance that the financial intermediaries will properly assess redemption fees. Customers purchasing shares from financial intermediaries should contact these intermediaries or refer to their account agreements or plan documents for more information on how the redemption fee is applied to their shares.

MISCELLANEOUS REDEMPTION INFORMATION. All redemption proceeds will be sent by check unless the Transfer Agent is directed otherwise. Redemption proceeds also may be wired. Redemptions are subject to the following restrictions:

 

 

The Trust may require any information from the shareholder reasonably necessary to ensure that a redemption request has been duly authorized.

 

 

Redemption requests made to the Transfer Agent by mail must be signed by a person authorized by acceptable documentation on file with the Transfer Agent.

 

 

The Trust reserves the right, on 30 days’ written notice, to redeem the shares held in any account if, at the time of redemption, the NAV of the remaining shares in the account falls below $1,000. Involuntary redemptions will not be made if the value of shares in an account falls below the minimum solely because of a decline in a Fund’s NAV.

 

 

If you are redeeming recently purchased shares by check or electronic transaction, your redemption request may not be paid until your check or electronic transaction has cleared. This may delay your payment for up to 10 days.

 

 

Subject to applicable law, the Trust and the Transfer Agent reserve the right to redeem shares held by any shareholder who provides incorrect or incomplete account information or when such involuntary redemptions are necessary to avoid adverse consequences to the Trust and its shareholders or the Transfer Agent.

 

 

Subject to applicable law, the Trust, Northern Trust and their agents reserve the right to involuntarily redeem or suspend an account at the then current NAV of the applicable share class, in cases of disruptive conduct, suspected fraudulent or illegal activity, inability to verify the identity of an investor, or other circumstances determined to be in the best interest of the Trust and its shareholders.

 

 

The Trust, Northern Trust and their agents reserve the right, without notice, to freeze any account and/or suspend account services when: (i) notice has been received of a dispute regarding the assets in an account, or a legal claim against an account; (ii) upon initial notification to Northern Trust of a shareholder’s or authorized agent’s death until Northern Trust receives required documentation in correct form; or (iii) if there is a reason to believe a fraudulent transaction may occur or has occurred.

 

 

You may initiate transactions between Northern Trust banking and the Trust’s accounts by using Northern Trust Private Passport. For additional details, please go to northerntrust.com/funds or contact your Relationship Manager.

 

 

The Trust reserves the right to change or discontinue any of its redemption procedures.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   31   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

 

The Trust reserves the right to defer crediting, sending or wiring redemption proceeds for up to 7 days (or such longer period permitted by the SEC) after receiving the redemption order if, in its judgment, an earlier payment could adversely affect a Fund. The processing of redemptions may be suspended, and the delivery of redemption proceeds may be delayed beyond seven days, depending on the circumstances, for any period: (i) during which the NYSE is closed (other than on holidays or weekends), or during which trading on the NYSE is restricted; (ii) when an emergency exists that makes the disposal of securities owned by a Fund or the determination of the fair value of a Fund’s net assets not reasonably practicable; or (iii) as permitted by order of the SEC for the protection of Fund shareholders.

 

 

The Trust does not permit redemption proceeds to be sent by outgoing International ACH Transaction (“IAT”). An IAT is a payment transaction involving a financial institution’s office located outside U.S. territorial jurisdiction.

 

 

In certain circumstances, the Trust may advance the time by which redemption and exchange orders must be received. See “Early Closings” on page 34.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGES. You may exchange Class I shares or Class K shares of a Fund for shares of the same class of another fund in the Trust or for the Shares Class shares of another fund in the Trust, only if the registration of both accounts is identical. Both accounts must have the same owner’s name and title, if applicable. An exchange is a redemption of shares of one fund and the purchase of shares of another fund in the Trust. If the shares redeemed are held in a taxable account, an exchange is considered a taxable event and may result in a gain or loss. The Trust reserves the right to waive or modify minimum investment requirements in connection with exchanges.

The Trust reserves the right to change or discontinue the exchange privilege at any time upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders and to reject any exchange request. Exchanges are only available in states where an exchange can legally be made. Before making an exchange, you should read the Prospectus for the shares you are acquiring.

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ON EXCESSIVE TRADING PRACTICES. In accordance with the policy adopted by the Board of Trustees, the Trust discourages market timing and other excessive trading practices. Purchases and exchanges should be made with a view to longer-term investment purposes only. Excessive, short-term (market timing) trading practices may disrupt Fund management strategies, increase brokerage and administrative costs, harm Fund performance and result in dilution in the value of Fund shares held by long-term shareholders. The Funds that invest primarily in foreign securities may be susceptible to the risk of excessive, short-term trading due to the potential for time zone arbitrage. These risks may be enhanced with respect to Funds that invest in issuers located in emerging markets. Securities of emerging market issuers tend to be less liquid than issuers located in developed markets, and Funds that invest principally in issuers located in emerging markets may therefore be subject to an increased risk of arbitrage. The Trust and Northern Trust reserve the right to reject or restrict purchase or exchange requests from any investor. The Trust and Northern Trust will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase or exchange orders. To minimize harm to the Trust and its shareholders (or Northern Trust), the Trust (or Northern Trust) will exercise this right if, in the Trust’s (or Northern Trust’s) judgment, an investor has a history of excessive trading or if an investor’s trading, in the judgment of the Trust (or Northern Trust), has been or may be disruptive to a Fund. In making this judgment, trades executed in multiple accounts under common ownership or control may be considered together to the extent they can be identified. No waivers of the provisions of the policy established to detect and deter market timing and other excessive trading activity are permitted that would harm the Trust or its shareholders or would subordinate the interests of the Trust or its shareholders to those of Northern Trust or any affiliated person or associated person of Northern Trust.

To deter excessive shareholder trading, a shareholder is restricted to no more than two “round trips” in a Fund during a calendar quarter. A “round trip” is a redemption or exchange out of a Fund followed by a purchase or exchange into the same Fund. The Trust is authorized to permit more than two “round trips” in a Fund during a calendar quarter if the Trust determines in its reasonable judgment that the Trust’s excessive trading policies would not be violated. Examples of such transactions include, but are not limited to, trades involving:

 

 

asset allocation programs, wrap fee programs and other investment programs offered by financial institutions where investment decisions are made on a discretionary basis by investment professionals;

 

 

systematic withdrawal plans and automatic exchange plans;

 

 

reinvestment of dividends, distributions or other payments;

 

 

a death or post-purchase disability of the beneficial owner of the account;

 

 

minimum required distributions from retirement accounts;

 

 

the return of excess contributions in retirement accounts; and

 

 

redemptions initiated by a Fund.

In addition, the Global Sustainability Index Fund imposes a redemption fee on redemptions made within 30 calendar days of purchase subject to certain exceptions. For further

 

EQUITY FUNDS   32   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

information, please see “Redemption Fees” beginning on page 30. As described below and in “Redemption Fees” it should be noted that the Trust’s ability to monitor and limit the trading activity of shareholders investing in a Fund through an omnibus account of a financial intermediary may be significantly limited or absent where the intermediary maintains the underlying shareholder accounts.

Pursuant to the policy adopted by the Board of Trustees, the Trust has developed criteria that it uses to identify trading activity that may be excessive. The Trust reviews on a regular and periodic basis available information relating to the trading activity in the Funds in order to assess the likelihood that a Fund may be the target of excessive trading. As part of its excessive trading surveillance process, the Trust, on a periodic basis, examines transactions that exceed certain monetary thresholds or numerical limits within a period of time. If, in its judgment, the Trust detects excessive, short-term trading, whether or not the shareholder has made two round trips in a calendar quarter, the Trust may reject or restrict a purchase or exchange request and may further seek to close an investor’s account with a Fund.

The Trust may modify its surveillance procedures and criteria from time to time without prior notice regarding the detection of excessive trading or to address specific circumstances. The Trust will apply the criteria in a manner that, in the Trust’s judgment, will be uniform.

Fund shares may be held through omnibus arrangements maintained by intermediaries such as broker-dealers, investment advisers, transfer agents, administrators and insurance companies. In addition, Fund shares may be held in omnibus 401(k) plans, retirement plans and other group accounts. Omnibus accounts include multiple investors and such accounts typically provide the Funds with a net purchase or redemption request on any given day where the purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by the investors are netted against one another. The identities of individual investors whose purchase and redemption orders are aggregated are not known by the Funds. While Northern Trust may monitor share turnover at the omnibus account level, a Fund’s ability to monitor and detect market timing by shareholders or apply any applicable redemption fee in these omnibus accounts is limited. The netting effect makes it more difficult to identify, locate and eliminate market timing activities. In addition, those investors who engage in market timing and other excessive trading activities may employ a variety of techniques to avoid detection. There can be no assurance that the Funds and Northern Trust will be able to identify all those who trade excessively or employ a market timing strategy, and curtail their trading in every instance.

If necessary, the Trust may prohibit additional purchases of Fund shares by a financial intermediary or by certain of the intermediary’s customers. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers’ trading activities in the Trust. Certain financial intermediaries may monitor their customers for excessive trading according to their own excessive trading policies. The Trust may rely on these financial intermediaries’ excessive trading policies in lieu of applying the Trust’s policies. The financial intermediaries’ excessive trading policies may differ from the Trust’s policies and there is no assurance that the procedures used by financial intermediaries will be able to curtail excessive trading activity in the Trust.

IN-KIND PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS. The Trust reserves the right to accept payment for shares in the form of securities that are permissible investments for a Fund. The Trust also reserves the right to pay redemptions by a distribution “in-kind” of securities (instead of cash) from a Fund. See the SAI for further information about the terms of these purchases and redemptions.

TELEPHONE TRANSACTIONS. All calls may be recorded or monitored. The Transfer Agent has adopted procedures in an effort to establish reasonable safeguards against fraudulent telephone transactions. If reasonable measures are taken to verify that telephone instructions are genuine, the Trust and its service providers will not be responsible for any loss resulting from fraudulent or unauthorized instructions received over the telephone. In these circumstances, shareholders will bear the risk of loss. During periods of unusual market activity, you may have trouble placing a request by telephone. In this event, consider sending your request in writing or follow the procedures found on pages 25 or 26 for initiating transactions by the Internet.

The proceeds of redemption orders received by telephone will be sent by check, wire or transfer according to proper instructions. All checks will be made payable to the shareholder of record and mailed only to the shareholder’s address of record. The Trust reserves the right to refuse a telephone redemption subject to applicable law.

MAKING CHANGES TO YOUR ACCOUNT INFORMATION. You may make changes to wiring instructions only in writing. You may make changes to an address of record or certain other account information in writing or by telephone. Written instructions must be accompanied by acceptable evidence of authority (if applicable). A signature guarantee also may be required from an institution participating in the Stock Transfer Agency Medallion Program (“STAMP”). Additional requirements may be imposed. In accordance with SEC regulations, the Trust and Transfer Agent may charge a shareholder reasonable costs in locating a shareholder’s current address.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   33   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEES. If a signature guarantee is required, it must be from an institution participating in STAMP, or other acceptable evidence of authority (if applicable) must be provided. Additional requirements may be imposed by the Trust. In addition to the situations described in this Prospectus, the Trust may require signature guarantees in other circumstances based on the amount of a redemption request or other factors.

BUSINESS DAY. A “Business Day” is each Monday through Friday when the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) is open for business. For any given calendar year, the Funds will be closed on the following holidays or as observed: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

GOOD ORDER. A purchase, redemption or exchange request is considered to be “in good order” when all necessary information is provided and all required documents are properly completed, signed and delivered, including acceptable evidence of authority (if applicable). Requests must include the following:

 

 

The account number (if issued) and Fund name;

 

 

The amount of the transaction, in dollar amount or number of shares;

 

 

For redemptions and exchanges (other than online, telephone or wire redemptions), the signature of all account owners exactly as they are registered on the account;

 

 

Required signature guarantees, if applicable; and

 

 

Other supporting legal documents and certified resolutions that might be required in the case of estates, corporations, trusts and other entities or forms of ownership. Call 800-595-9111 for more information about documentation that may be required of these entities.

Additionally, a purchase order initiating the opening of an account will not be considered to be “in good order” unless the investor has provided all information required by the Trust’s “Customer Identification Program” described below.

CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION PROGRAM. Federal law requires the Trust to obtain, verify and record identifying information, which may include the name, residential or business street address, date of birth (for an individual), social security or taxpayer identification number or other identifying information for each investor who opens or reopens an account with the Trust. Applications without this information, or without an indication that a social security or taxpayer identification number has been applied for, may

not be accepted. After acceptance, to the extent permitted by applicable law or the Trust’s customer identification program, the Trust reserves the right to: (a) place limits on account transactions until an investor’s identity is verified; (b) refuse an investment in the Trust; or (c) involuntarily redeem an investor’s shares and close an account in the event that an investor’s identity is not verified. The Trust and its agents will not be responsible for any loss in an investor’s account resulting from an investor’s delay in providing all required identifying information or from closing an account and redeeming an investor’s shares when an investor’s identity is not verified.

EARLY CLOSINGS. The Funds reserve the right to advance the time for accepting purchase, redemption or exchange orders for same Business Day credit when the Exchange closes early, trading on the Exchange is restricted, an emergency arises or as otherwise permitted by the SEC. In addition, the Board of Trustees of the Trust also may, for any Business Day, decide to change the time as of which a Fund’s NAV is calculated in response to new developments such as altered trading hours, or as otherwise permitted by the SEC.

EMERGENCY OR UNUSUAL EVENTS. In the event the Exchange does not open for business because of an emergency or unusual event, the Trust may, but is not required to, open one or more Funds for purchase, redemption and exchange transactions if the Federal Reserve wire payment system is open.

To learn whether a Fund is open for business during an emergency situation or unusual event, please call 800-595-9111 or visit northerntrust.com/funds.

FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES. The Trust may authorize certain institutions acting as financial intermediaries (including banks, trust companies, brokers and investment advisers) to accept purchase, redemption and exchange orders from their customers on behalf of the Funds. These authorized intermediaries also may designate other intermediaries to accept such orders, if approved by the Trust. A Fund will be deemed to have received an order when the order is accepted by the authorized intermediary, and the order will be priced at the Fund’s per share NAV next determined, provided that the authorized intermediary forwards the order (and payment for any purchase order) to the Transfer Agent on behalf of the Trust within agreed-upon time periods. If the order (or payment for any purchase order) is not received by the Transfer Agent within such time periods, the authorized intermediary may be liable for fees and losses and the transaction may be cancelled.

 

EQUITY FUNDS   34   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

The Trust may enter into agreements with certain financial intermediaries, including affiliates of Northern Trust that perform support services for their customers who own Fund shares (“Service Organizations”). These support services may include:

 

 

assisting investors in processing purchase, exchange and redemption requests;

 

 

processing dividend and distribution payments from the Funds;

 

 

providing information to customers showing their positions in the Funds; and

 

 

providing subaccounting with respect to Fund shares beneficially owned by customers or the information necessary for subaccounting.

For their services, Service Organizations may receive fees from Class I shares of a Fund at annual rates of up to 0.15% of the average daily NAV of the shares covered by their agreements. Because these fees are paid out of the Funds’ assets on an on-going basis, they will increase the cost of your investment in the Funds.

NTI has contractually agreed to limit the payments pursuant to the Service Plan to the following annual rates (expressed as a ratio of the average net asset value of the Class I shares of the Funds):

 

Fund   

Class I Service Fee

Limit

 

Small Cap Core Fund

     0.10%  

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

     0.10%  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     0.05%  

The Funds’ arrangements with Service Organizations under the agreements are governed by a Service Plan, which has been adopted by the Board of Trustees.

Northern Trust also may provide compensation to certain dealers and Service Organizations, for marketing and distribution in connection with the Trust. Northern Trust may also sponsor informational meetings, seminars and other similar programs designed to market the Trust. The amount of such compensation and payments may be made on a one-time and/or periodic basis, and may represent all or a portion of the annual fees earned by the Investment Adviser (after adjustments). The additional compensation and payments will be paid by Northern Trust or its affiliates and will not represent an additional expense to the Trust or its shareholders. Such payments may provide incentives for financial intermediaries to make shares of the Funds available to their customers, and may allow the Funds greater access to such parties and their customers than would be the case if no payments were paid.

Investors purchasing shares of a Fund through a financial intermediary should read their account agreements with the financial intermediary carefully. A financial intermediary’s requirements may differ from those listed in this Prospectus. A financial intermediary also may impose account charges, such as asset allocation fees, account maintenance fees and other charges that will reduce the net return on an investment in a Fund. If an investor has agreed with a particular financial intermediary to maintain a minimum balance and the balance falls below this minimum, the investor may be required to redeem all or a portion of the investor’s investment in a Fund.

Conflict of interest restrictions may apply to the receipt of compensation by a Service Organization or other financial intermediary in connection with the investment of fiduciary funds in Fund shares. Institutions, including banks regulated by the Comptroller of the Currency, Federal Reserve Board and state banking commissions, and investment advisers and other money managers subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC, the Department of Labor, or state securities commissions, are urged to consult their legal counsel.

State securities laws regarding the registration of dealers may differ from federal law. As a result, Service Organizations and other financial intermediaries investing in the Funds on behalf of their customers may be required to register as dealers.

INVESTMENTS BY OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES. From time to time, an unaffiliated investment company (the “Investing Fund”) may invest in a Fund in excess of the limits set forth in the 1940 Act in reliance on an exemptive order issued by the SEC to the Investing Fund (an “Investing Fund Order”). Pursuant to the requirements of such Investing Fund Order, the Trust will (i) enter into a Participation Agreement with the Investing Fund setting forth the terms and conditions of the investment by the Investing Fund and (ii) adopt a policy that the Fund in which the Investing Fund intends to invest will not acquire during the term of the Participation Agreement any securities of another investment company in excess of the limitations set forth in the 1940 Act, subject to certain exceptions.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS. The Funds, or their duly authorized service providers, may publicly disclose holdings of all Funds in accordance with regulatory requirements, such as periodic portfolio disclosure in filings with the SEC.

A complete schedule of the Funds’ holdings, current as of calendar-end will be available on the Trust’s website at northerntrust.com/funds no earlier than ten (10) calendar days after the end of the period. The Funds will also publish their top ten holdings on the website, current as of month-end, no earlier than ten (10) calendar days after the end of the month. This information will remain available on the website at least

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   35   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

until the Funds file with the SEC their semiannual/annual shareholder report or quarterly portfolio holdings report that includes such period. The Funds may terminate or modify this policy at any time without further notice to shareholders.

A further description of the Trust’s Policy on Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings is available in the SAI.

SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS. Shareholders of record will be provided each year with a semiannual report showing portfolio investments and other information as of September 30 and with an annual report containing audited financial statements as of March 31. If we have received appropriate written consent, we send a single copy of all materials, including prospectuses, financial reports, proxy statements or information statements to all shareholders who share the same mailing address, even if more than one person in a household holds shares of a Fund.

If you do not want your mailings combined with those of other members of your household, you may opt-out at any time by contacting the Northern Funds Center by telephone at 800-595-9111 or by mail at Northern Funds, P.O. Box 75986, Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986. You also may send an e-mail to northern-funds@ntrs.com. The Funds will begin sending individual copies to you within 30 days after receipt of your opt-out notice.

The Trust may reproduce this Prospectus in electronic format that may be available on the Internet. If you have received this Prospectus in electronic format you, or your representative, may contact the Transfer Agent for a free paper copy of this Prospectus by writing to the Northern Funds Center at P.O. Box 75986, Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986, calling 800-595-9111 or by sending an e-mail to: northern-funds@ntrs.com.

 

EQUITY FUNDS   36   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

 

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAIN DISTRIBUTIONS OF EACH CLASS OF A FUND ARE AUTOMATICALLY REINVESTED IN ADDITIONAL SHARES OF THE SAME CLASS OF THE SAME FUND WITHOUT ANY SALES CHARGE.

 

You may, however, elect to have dividends or capital gain distributions (or both) paid in cash or reinvested in shares of another fund in the Trust at its NAV per share. If you would like to receive dividends or distributions in cash or have them reinvested in another fund in the Trust, you must notify the Transfer Agent in writing. Your financial intermediary may not make other funds in the Trust available. This election will become effective for distributions paid two days after its receipt by the Transfer Agent. Dividends and distributions only may be reinvested in a fund in the Trust in which you maintain an account.

 

Dividend and capital gain distributions that are returned to a Fund as undeliverable will be reinvested into your account upon return receipt at the Fund’s then current NAV for the applicable share class. Also, future distributions will be reinvested until the Fund receives valid delivery instructions.

The following table summarizes the general distribution policies for each of the Funds. A Fund may, in some years, pay additional dividends or make additional distributions to the extent necessary for the Fund to avoid incurring tax liabilities or for other reasons.

 

Fund    Dividends, if any,
Declared and Paid
     Capital Gains, if any,
Declared and Paid
 

SMALL CAP CORE

     Annually        Annually  

U.S. QUALITY ESG FUND

     Quarterly        Annually  

GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX

     Annually        Annually  

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   37   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

The following is a summary of certain tax considerations that may be relevant to an investor in a Fund. The discussions of the federal income tax consequences in this Prospectus and the SAI are based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations, as in effect on the date of this Prospectus. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly alter the statements included herein, and any such changes or decisions may be retroactive. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to shareholders who are individual U.S. citizens or residents and is based on current tax law. You should consult your tax professional for further information regarding federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation.

DISTRIBUTIONS. Each Fund intends to qualify as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes, and to distribute to shareholders substantially all of its net investment income each year. Except as otherwise noted below, you will generally be subject to federal income tax on a Fund’s distributions to you, regardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in Fund shares. For federal income tax purposes, Fund distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income generally are taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions attributable to net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) of a Fund generally are taxable to you as long-term capital gains. This is true no matter how long you own your Fund shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates and trusts is currently 20%. Gains from real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) that are unrecaptured Section 1250 gains are subject to tax at a maximum rate of 25%. U.S. individuals with “modified adjusted gross income” exceeding $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly) and trusts and estates with income above certain thresholds are subject to the Medicare contribution tax on their “net investment income,” which includes non-exempt interest, dividends and capital gains at a rate of 3.8%.

Except as stated below, you may be subject to state and local taxes on Fund distributions and redemptions. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of each Fund’s distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on certain types of federal securities or interest on securities issued by the particular state or municipalities within the state.

There are certain tax requirements that each Fund must follow in order to qualify as a regulated investment company and to avoid federal income taxation. In their efforts to adhere to these requirements, the Funds may have to limit their investment activity in some types of instruments.

Distributions of “qualifying dividends” will also generally be taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates, as long as certain requirements are met. In general, if 95% or more of the gross income of a Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of dividends received from domestic corporations or “qualified” foreign corporations (“qualifying dividends”) and when certain other requirements are met, then all distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be treated as qualifying dividends. But if less than 95% of the gross income of a Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of qualifying dividends, then distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be qualifying dividends only to the extent they are derived from qualifying dividends earned by the Fund. For the long-term capital gain rates to apply, you must have owned your Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date (and the Fund will need to have met a similar holding period requirement with respect to the shares of the corporation paying the qualifying dividend). The amount of a Fund’s distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of the Fund’s securities lending activities, if any, by a high portfolio turnover rate or by investments in debt securities or “non-qualified” foreign corporations.

To the extent that a Fund invests a portion of its assets in entities that qualify as REITs for U.S. federal income tax purposes or foreign corporations that are not “qualified” foreign corporations, distributions attributable to the dividends from those entities will generally not constitute “qualifying dividends” for purposes of the long-term capital gain rate. Accordingly, investors in a Fund should anticipate that all or a portion of the dividends they receive may be taxable at the higher rates generally applicable to ordinary income.

Certain Funds may make distributions to you of “section 199A dividends” with respect to qualified dividends that it receives with respect to its investments in REITs. A section 199A dividend is any dividend or part of such dividend that a Fund pays to its shareholders and reports as a section 199A dividend in written statements furnished to its shareholders. Distributions paid by a Fund that are eligible to be treated as section 199A dividends for a taxable year may not exceed the “qualified REIT dividends” received by the Fund from REITs reduced by the Fund’s allocable expenses. Section 199A dividends may be taxed to individuals and other non-corporate shareholders at a reduced effective federal income tax rate, provided the shareholder receiving the dividends has satisfied a holding period requirement for the Fund’s shares and satisfied certain other conditions. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Fund shares for at least 46 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the

 

EQUITY FUNDS   38   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

Fund’s ex-dividend date, but only to the extent that you are not under an obligation (under a short-sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.

A portion of distributions paid by a Fund to shareholders who are corporations may also qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations. The amount of the dividends qualifying for this deduction may, however, be reduced as a result of a Fund’s securities lending activities, by a high portfolio turnover rate or by investments in debt securities or foreign corporations.

Dividends and distributions from each Fund will generally be taxable to you in the year in which they are paid, with one exception. Dividends and distributions declared by a Fund in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.

Each year, the Fund will send you an annual statement (Form 1099) of your account activity to assist you in completing your federal, state and local tax returns. Prior to issuing your statement, the Fund makes every effort to obtain correct information regarding Fund income to reduce the number of corrected forms mailed to shareholders. However, when necessary, the Fund will send you a corrected Form 1099 to reflect changes in information regarding fund income.

The REIT or Master Limited Partnership (“MLP”) investments of a Fund often do not provide complete tax information to the Fund until after the calendar year-end. Consequently, because of the delay, it may be necessary for the Fund to request permission to extend the deadline for issuance of Forms 1099-DIV beyond January 31. Also, under current provisions of the Code, distributions attributable to operating income of REITs in which the Fund invests are not eligible for favorable tax treatment as long-term capital gains, but as noted above, a Fund may classify such distributions as section 199A dividends.

You should note that if you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, the distribution will be fully taxable to you even though, as an economic matter, it simply represents a return of a portion of your investment. This adverse tax result is known as “buying into a dividend.”

FOREIGN TAXES. Some of the Funds may be subject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest received from sources in foreign countries. If more than 50% of the value of the total assets of a Fund consists of stocks and securities (including debt securities) of foreign corporations at the close of a taxable year, the Fund may elect, for federal income tax purposes, to treat certain foreign taxes paid by them, including generally any withholding and other foreign income taxes, as paid by their shareholders. A Fund that is not eligible or chooses not to make this election will be entitled to deduct such taxes in computing the amounts they are required to distribute.

SALES AND EXCHANGES. The sale, exchange, or redemption of Fund shares is a taxable event on which a gain or loss may be recognized. For federal income tax purposes, an exchange of shares of one Fund for shares of another Fund is considered the same as a sale. The amount of gain or loss is based on the difference between your tax basis in the Fund shares and the amount you receive for them upon disposition. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Fund shares for over twelve months at the time you dispose of them. Gains and losses on shares held for twelve months or less will generally constitute short-term capital gains, except that a loss on shares held six months or less will be recharacterized as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gains distributions that you have received on the shares. A loss realized on a sale or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed under the so-called “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of that same Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of the Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

The Fund is required to compute and report to the Internal Revenue Service and furnish to Fund shareholders cost basis information when Fund shares are sold or exchanged. The Fund has elected to use the average cost method, unless you instruct the Fund to use a different IRS-accepted cost basis method, or choose to specifically identify your shares at the time of each sale or exchange. If your account is held by your broker or other financial advisor, they may select a different cost basis method. In these cases, please contact your broker or other financial advisor to obtain information with respect to the available methods and elections for your account. You should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Fund and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on your federal and state income tax returns. Fund shareholders should consult with their tax professionals to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the new cost basis reporting requirements apply to them.

IRAS AND OTHER TAX-QUALIFIED PLANS. One major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable unless shares are acquired with borrowed funds.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   39   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

Shareholders who are recipients of Social Security Act or Railroad Retirement benefits should note that exempt interest dividends will be taken into account in determining the taxability of their benefit payments.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING. The Trust will be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury 24% of the dividends and gross sales proceeds paid to any shareholder (i) who had provided either an incorrect tax identification number or no number at all, (ii) who is subject to backup withholding by the Internal Revenue Service for failure to report the receipt of taxable interest or dividend income properly, or (iii) who has failed to certify to the Trust, when required to do so, that he or she is not subject to backup withholding or that he or she is an “exempt recipient.”

U.S. TAX TREATMENT OF FOREIGN SHAREHOLDERS. Nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors will generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on distributions attributable to net capital gains. The exemption may not apply, however, if an investment in a Fund is connected to a trade or business of the foreign investor in the United States or if the foreign investor is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a year and certain other conditions are met.

Fund distributions attributable to other categories of Fund income, such as dividends from companies whose securities are held by a Fund will generally be subject to a 30% withholding tax when paid to foreign shareholders. The withholding tax may, however, be reduced (and, in some cases, eliminated) under an applicable tax treaty between the United States and a shareholder’s country of residence or incorporation, provided that the shareholder furnishes the Fund with a properly completed Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, to establish entitlement for these treaty benefits.

Dividends reported as short-term capital gain dividends or interest-related dividends are not subject to U.S. withholding tax.

A foreign investor will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on sales or exchanges of Fund shares unless the investment in the Fund is connected to a trade or business of the investor in the United States or if the investor is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a year and certain other conditions are met.

Distributions to foreign shareholders attributable to U.S. real estate gains received from the sale of U.S. real property interests and real estate gains from REITs will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at rates up to 21%.

If a foreign shareholder holds more than 5% of a Fund at any time during the 5-year period ending on the date of disposition or redemption of shares (a “5% Shareholder”) and the Fund is a U.S. Real Property Holding Corporation (as defined in the Code), the foreign shareholder will be subject to withholding tax on the gross proceeds at a 15% rate and may be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return. Foreign corporations recognizing gain under these rules may be subject to the U.S. Branch Profits Tax.

In addition, the Funds are required to withhold 30% tax on payments to foreign entities that do not meet specified information reporting requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.

All foreign investors should consult their own tax professionals regarding the tax consequences in the United States and their country of residence of an investment in a Fund.

STATE AND LOCAL TAXES. You may also be subject to state and local taxes on income and gain attributable to your ownership of Fund shares. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of a Fund’s distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest earned by the Fund on U.S. government securities. You should consult your tax professional regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality.

CONSULT YOUR TAX PROFESSIONAL. Your investment in the Funds could have additional tax consequences. You should consult your tax professional for information regarding all tax consequences applicable to your investments in a Fund. More tax information relating to the Funds is also provided in the SAI. This short summary is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

 

EQUITY FUNDS   40   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

SECURITIES, TECHNIQUES AND RISKS

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RELATED RISKS, DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND COMMON INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES

The following provides additional information regarding each Fund’s investment objective, principal investment strategies and related risks discussed in the Fund Summaries – Principal Investment Strategies section for each Fund, as well as information about additional investment strategies and techniques that a Fund may employ in pursuing its investment objective. Principal investment strategies and risks for each Fund are noted in parenthesis. The Funds also may make other types of investments to the extent permitted by applicable law. Additional information about the Funds, their investment strategies and risks can also be found in the Funds’ SAI.

All investments carry some degree of risk that will affect the value of a Fund’s investments, its investment performance and the price of its shares. As a result, loss of money is a risk of investing in each Fund.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES. A Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Trust’s Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. Shareholders will, however, be notified of any changes to a Fund’s investment objective. Any changes to a Fund’s investment objective may result in a Fund having an investment objective different from the investment objective that the shareholder considered appropriate at the time of investment in the Fund.

APPLYING THE INVESTMENT ADVISER’S QUALITY ESG MODEL (principal strategy for the U.S. Quality ESG Fund). The U.S. Quality ESG Fund intends to invest in large and mid-capitalization U.S. companies that the Investment Adviser believes have favorable ESG factors as provided by a third-party research vendor, and that exhibit strong business fundamentals, solid management and reliable cash flows and are located, headquartered in, incorporated in or otherwise organized in the United States. The U.S. Quality ESG Fund expects its investments to be allocated among companies that are large and mid-capitalization and are diversified in terms of industries.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Investment Adviser manages the U.S. Quality ESG Fund according to the Investment Adviser’s quantitative model. To define an investable universe, NTI excludes securities of companies involved in ESG controversies or those that violate global norms like the United Nations Global Compact. NTI also removes companies that do a poor job of managing their ESG risks and opportunities relative to their peers as well as those with material involvement in controversial business practices, including, but not limited to, tobacco and civilian firearms. NTI engages a third-party research vendor to provide ESG data for U.S. companies. The third-party vendor identifies ESG areas of risk and opportunity, evaluates exposure management, and ranks and rates companies against their industry peers. After defining the investable universe, NTI evaluates the quality of the remaining securities and removes those securities that do not meet the proprietary methodology. NTI’s quality methodology rates securities based on three categories of financial signals (profitability, management efficiency, and cash generation).

The U.S. Quality ESG Fund is constructed based on an optimization methodology designed to take active exposure by overweighting and underweighting securities based on their ESG and relative financial quality rankings. NTI also performs a risk management analysis in which risk exposures are measured and managed on the security, sector and portfolio levels. NTI makes final purchase decisions based on the quantitative model described above and on a desired level of diversification. The U.S. Quality ESG Fund will normally sell a security that NTI believes is no longer attractive based upon the evaluation criteria described above. As part of the optimization approach, risks such as sector and style tilt are managed. Further, the carbon footprint of the portfolio is reduced relative to the companies in the benchmark Russell 1000 Index.

BORROWINGS AND REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS. The Funds may borrow money from banks and may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with banks and other financial institutions.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. Each Fund may borrow money from banks and enter into reverse repurchase agreements with banks and other financial institutions in amounts not exceeding one-fourth of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed). The Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements when the Investment Adviser expects that the interest income to be earned from the investment of the transaction proceeds will be greater than the related interest expense.

SPECIAL RISKS. Borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements involve leveraging. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by a Fund subject to the Fund’s agreement to repurchase them at a mutually agreed upon date and price (including interest). If the securities held by the Funds decline in value while these transactions are outstanding, the NAV of the Funds’ outstanding shares will decline in value by proportionately more than the decline in value of the securities.

In addition, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that (a) the interest income earned by a Fund (from the investment of the proceeds) will be less than the interest expense of the transaction; (b) the market value of the securities

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   41   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

sold by a Fund will decline below the price the Fund is obligated to pay to repurchase the securities; and (c) the securities may not be returned to the Fund.

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES. A convertible security is a bond or preferred stock that may be converted (exchanged) into the common stock of the issuing company within a specified time period for a specified number of shares. Convertible securities offer a way to participate in the capital appreciation of the common stock into which the securities are convertible, while earning higher current income than is available from the common stock.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may acquire convertible securities. These securities are subject to the same rating requirements as fixed-income securities that are held by a Fund. Convertible securities will be rated “investment grade” at the time of purchase. For a discussion of the risks related to non-investment grade securities, see “Non-Investment Grade Securities,” below.

SPECIAL RISKS. The price of a convertible security normally will vary in some proportion to changes in the price of the underlying common stock because of either a conversion or exercise feature. However, the value of a convertible security may not increase or decrease as rapidly as the underlying common stock. Additionally, convertible securities are subject to market risk, credit and counterparty risk, interest rate risk and other market and issuer-specific risks that apply to the underlying common stock. While convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible fixed-income securities of similar quality, their value tends to increase as the market value of the underlying stock increases and to decrease when the value of the underlying stock decreases, and may vary in price in response to changes in the price of the underlying common stock, with greater volatility. Also, a Fund may be forced to convert a security before it would otherwise choose, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s return and its ability to achieve its investment objective.

CREDIT FACILITY AND BORROWING. The Funds, the other funds of the Trust, and affiliated funds of Northern Institutional Funds (each a “Portfolio”, and together the “Portfolios”) have jointly entered into a revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) whereby the Funds, the other funds in the Trust, and the Portfolios may borrow for the temporary funding of shareholder redemptions or for other temporary or emergency purposes. Pursuant to the Credit Facility, the participating Portfolios and funds may borrow up to an aggregate commitment amount of $250 million (the “Commitment Limit”) at any time, subject to asset coverage and other limitations as specified in the Credit Facility and under the 1940 Act. The Funds may borrow up to the maximum amount allowable under their current prospectuses and SAIs, subject to various other legal, regulatory or contractual limits, including the asset coverage limits in the Credit Facility. Borrowing results in interest expense and other fees and expenses for the Funds that may impact a Fund’s expenses, including any net expense ratios. The costs of borrowing may reduce a Fund’s yield. If a Fund borrows pursuant to the Credit Facility, it is charged interest at a variable rate. Each Fund also pays a commitment fee equal to its pro rata share of the unused portion of the Credit Facility. The availability of funds under the Credit Facility can be affected by other participating Portfolios’ or funds’ borrowings under the Credit Facility. As such, a Fund may be unable to borrow (or borrow further) under the Credit Facility if the Commitment Limit has been reached.

CUSTODIAL RECEIPTS. Custodial receipts are participations in trusts that hold U.S. government, bank, corporate or other obligations. They entitle the holder to future interest payments or principal payments or both on securities held by the custodian.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest a portion of their assets in custodial receipts.

SPECIAL RISKS. Like other stripped securities (which are described below), custodial receipts may be subject to greater price volatility than ordinary debt obligations because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors. Custodial receipts may not be considered obligations of the U.S. government or other issuer of the security held by the custodian for the purposes of securities laws. If for tax purposes a Fund is not considered to be the owner of the securities held in the underlying trust or custodial account, the Fund may suffer adverse tax consequences. As a holder of custodial receipts, a Fund will bear its proportionate share of the fees or expenses charged to the custodial account.

CYBERSECURITY RISK (principal risk for all Funds). With the increased use of the Internet and because information technology (“IT”) systems and digital data underlie most of the Funds’ operations, the Funds and their investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor and other service providers and the financial intermediaries of each (collectively “Service Providers”) are exposed to the risk that their operations and data may be compromised as a result of internal and external cyber-failures, breaches or attacks (“Cyber Risk”). This could occur as a result of malicious or criminal cyber-attacks. Cyber-attacks include actions taken to: (i) steal or corrupt data maintained online or digitally, (ii) gain unauthorized access to or release confidential information, (iii) shut down a Fund or Service Provider website through

 

EQUITY FUNDS   42   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

denial-of-service attacks, or (iv) otherwise disrupt normal business operations. However, events arising from human error, faulty or inadequately implemented policies and procedures or other systems failures unrelated to any external cyber-threat may have effects similar to those caused by deliberate cyber-attacks.

Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Funds or their Service Providers may adversely impact a Fund or its shareholders. For instance, such attacks, failures or other events may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact a Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential Fund information, impede trading, or cause reputational damage. Such attacks, failures or other events could also subject the Funds or their Service Providers to regulatory fines, penalties or financial losses, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. Insurance protection and contractual indemnification provisions may be insufficient to cover these losses. The Funds or their Service Providers may also incur significant costs to manage and control Cyber Risk. While the Funds and their Service Providers have established IT and data security programs and have in place business continuity plans and other systems designed to prevent losses and mitigate Cyber Risk, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified or that cyber-attacks may be highly sophisticated.

DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS RISK (principal risk for the Global Sustainability Index Fund). Foreign securities may trade in the form of depositary receipts. In addition to investment risks associated with the underlying issuer, depositary receipts may expose the Fund to additional risks associated with non-uniform terms that apply to depositary receipt programs, including credit exposure to the depository bank and to the sponsors and other parties with whom the depository bank establishes the programs, currency, political, economic, market risks and the risk of an illiquid market for depositary receipts. Depositary receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted. Depositary receipts may not track the price of the underlying foreign securities on which they are based, may have limited voting rights, and may have a distribution subject to a fee charged by the depository. As a result, equity shares of the underlying issuer may trade at a discount or premium to the market price of the depositary receipts. Some institutions issuing depositary receipts may not be sponsored by the issuer. Unsponsored programs generally expose investors to greater risks than sponsored programs and do not provide holders with many of the shareholder benefits that come from investing in a sponsored depositary receipt.

DERIVATIVES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, a Fund may purchase certain “derivative” instruments for hedging or speculative purposes. A derivative is a financial instrument whose value is derived from, or based upon, the performance of underlying assets, interest or currency exchange rates, or other indices and may be leveraged. Derivatives include futures contracts, options, interest rate and currency swaps, equity swaps, forward currency contracts and structured securities (including CMOs and other types of asset-backed securities, “stripped” securities and various floating rate instruments, including leveraged “inverse floaters”).

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. Under normal market conditions, a Fund may invest in derivative securities, including structured securities, options, futures contracts, swaps, and interest rate caps and floors if the potential risks and rewards are consistent with the Fund’s objective, strategies and overall risk profile. In unusual circumstances, including times of increased market volatility, a Fund may make more significant investments in derivatives. A Fund may use derivatives for hedging purposes to offset a potential loss in one position by establishing an interest in an opposite position. The Funds also may use derivatives for speculative purposes to invest for potential income or capital gain. Each Fund may invest more than 5% of its assets in derivative instruments for non-hedging purposes (i.e. for potential income or gain).

SPECIAL RISKS. An investment in derivatives can be more sensitive to changes in interest rates and sudden fluctuations in market prices than conventional securities. Investments in derivative instruments, which may be leveraged, may result in losses exceeding the amounts invested. A Fund’s losses may be greater if it invests in derivatives than if it invests only in conventional securities. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that a Fund’s hedging transactions will be effective. The use of hedging may result in certain adverse tax consequences. Engaging in derivative transactions involves special risks, including (a) market risk that a Fund’s derivatives position will lose value; (b) credit risk that the counterparty to the transaction will default; (c) leveraging risk that the value of the derivative instrument will decline more than the value of the assets on which it is based; (d) risks pertaining to illiquid investments that a Fund will be unable to sell its position because of lack of market depth or disruption; (e) pricing risk that the value of a derivative instrument will be difficult to determine; and (f) operations risk that loss will occur as a result of inadequate systems or human error. Many types of derivatives have been developed recently and have not been tested over complete market cycles. For these reasons, a Fund may suffer a loss whether or not the analysis of the investment advisers is accurate.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   43   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

In order to secure its obligations in connection with derivative contracts or special transactions, a Fund will either own the underlying assets, enter into offsetting transactions or set aside cash or readily marketable securities.

This requirement may cause a Fund to miss favorable trading opportunities, due to a lack of sufficient cash or readily marketable securities. This requirement may also cause a Fund to realize losses on offsetting or terminated derivative contracts or special transactions.

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE INVESTING RISK (principal risk for the U.S. Quality ESG Fund) is the risk stemming from the ESG factors that the Funds apply in selecting securities. The Funds intend to invest in companies with measurable high ESG ratings relative to their sector peers, and screen out particular companies that do not meet their ESG criteria. This may affect the Funds’ exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Funds to forego certain investment opportunities. The Funds’ results may be lower than other funds that do not seek to invest in companies based on ESG ratings and/or screen out certain companies or industries. The Funds seek to identify companies that they believe may have a societal impact outcome, but investors may differ in their views of what constitutes positive or negative societal impact outcomes. As a result, the Funds may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor.

EQUITY SECURITIES (principal strategy for all Funds). Equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks, investment companies including ETFs, interests in REITs, convertible securities, equity interests in trusts, partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies and similar enterprises, warrants, stock purchase rights and synthetic and derivative instruments that have economic characteristics similar to equity securities.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Funds invest primarily in equity securities.

SPECIAL RISKS. Investing in equity securities involves market risk. Market risk is the risk that the value of the securities in which a Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual issuers and/or general economic conditions. Securities markets may experience great short-term volatility and may fall sharply at times. Different markets may behave differently from each other and a foreign market may move in the opposite direction from the U.S. market. Stock prices have historically risen and fallen in periodic cycles. In general, the values of equity investments fluctuate in response to the activities of individual companies and in response to general market and economic conditions. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry trends and developments, and the stock prices of such companies may decline in response. Price changes may be temporary or may last for extended periods. Accordingly, the values of the equity investments that a Fund holds may decline over short or extended periods. This volatility means that the value of your investment in the Funds may increase or decrease. You could lose money over short periods due to fluctuation in a Fund’s NAV in response to market movements, and over longer periods during market downturns.

Over the past several years, stock markets have experienced substantial price volatility.

EQUITY SWAPS. Equity swaps allow the parties to the swap agreement to exchange components of return on one equity investment (e.g., a basket of equity securities or an index) for a component of return on another non-equity or equity investment, including an exchange of differential rates of return.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in equity swaps. Equity swaps may be used to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in circumstances where direct investment may be restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impractical. Equity swaps also may be used for other purposes, such as hedging or seeking to increase total return.

SPECIAL RISKS. Equity swaps are derivative instruments and their values can be very volatile. To the extent that the Investment Adviser does not accurately analyze and predict the potential relative fluctuation on the components swapped with the other party, a Fund may suffer a loss, which is potentially unlimited. The value of some components of an equity swap (such as the dividends on a common stock) also may be sensitive to changes in interest rates. Furthermore, during the period a swap is outstanding, a Fund may suffer a loss if the counterparty defaults. Because equity swaps normally are illiquid, a Fund may not be able to terminate its obligations when desired.

EXCHANGE RATE-RELATED SECURITIES. Exchange rate-related securities represent certain foreign debt obligations whose principal values are linked to a foreign currency but which are repaid in U.S. dollars.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Funds may invest in exchange rate-related securities.

SPECIAL RISKS. The principal payable on an exchange rate-related security is subject to currency risk. In addition, the potential illiquidity and high volatility of the foreign exchange market may make exchange rate-related securities difficult to sell prior to maturity at an appropriate price.

FINANCIAL SECTOR RISK. Companies in the U.S. and non-U.S. financials sector of the economy, including those in the banking industry, are often subject to extensive governmental

 

EQUITY FUNDS   44   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

regulation and intervention, which may adversely affect the scope of their activities, the prices they can charge and the amount of capital they must maintain. Governmental regulation may change frequently and may have significant adverse consequences for companies in the financial sector, including effects not intended by such regulation. The impact of recent or future regulation on any individual financial company, the banking industry or on the sector as a whole cannot be predicted. Certain risks may impact the value of investments in the financial sector more severely than those of investments outside this sector, including the risks associated with companies that operate with substantial financial leverage. Companies in the financial sector may also be adversely affected by increases in interest rates and loan losses, decreases in the availability of money or asset valuations, credit rating downgrades and adverse conditions in other related markets. Insurance companies, in particular, may be subject to severe price competition and/or rate regulation, which may have an adverse impact on their profitability.

In the recent past, deterioration of the credit markets impacted a broad range of mortgage, asset backed, auction rate, sovereign debt and other markets, including U.S. and non-U.S. credit and interbank money markets, thereby affecting a wide range of financial institutions and markets. A number of large financial institutions have failed, have merged with stronger institutions or have had significant government infusions of capital. Instability in the financial markets has caused certain financial companies to incur large losses. Some financial companies experienced declines in the valuations of their assets, took actions to raise capital (such as the issuance of debt or equity securities), or even ceased operations. Some financial companies borrowed significant amounts of capital from government sources and may face future government imposed restrictions on their businesses or increased government intervention. Those actions caused the securities of many financial companies to decline in value. The financial sector is particularly sensitive to fluctuations in interest rates.

FOREIGN CUSTODY RISK (principal risk for the Global Sustainability Index Fund). The Fund may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by the Fund’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on the Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

FOREIGN INVESTMENTS (principal strategy for the Global Sustainability Index Fund). Foreign securities include direct investments in non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities traded primarily outside of the United States and dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers. Foreign securities also include indirect investments such as ADRs, EDRs and GDRs. ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts representing shares of foreign-based corporations. ADRs are receipts that are traded in the United States, and entitle the holder to all dividend and capital gain distributions that are paid out on the underlying foreign shares. EDRs and GDRs are receipts that often trade on foreign exchanges. They represent ownership in an underlying foreign or U.S. security and generally are denominated in a foreign currency. Foreign government obligations may include debt obligations of supranational entities, including international organizations (such as The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, also known as the World Bank) and international banking institutions and related government agencies.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in foreign securities. The Global Sustainability Index Fund intends to invest a substantial portion of its total assets in foreign securities. Although it invests primarily in the securities of U.S. issuers, the Small Cap Core Fund is permitted to invest up to 25% of its total assets in foreign securities, including ADRs, EDRs and GDRs. The Funds also may invest in foreign time deposits and other short-term instruments.

The Global Sustainability Index Fund may invest more than 25% of its total assets in the securities of issuers located in a single foreign country (or a single geographic region) having securities markets that are highly developed, liquid and subject to extensive regulation. Such regions may include, but are not limited to North America, Pacific Asia and Europe.

FOREIGN INVESTMENTS — EMERGING MARKETS. Foreign securities involve special risks and costs, which are considered by the investment adviser in evaluating the creditworthiness of issuers and making investment decisions for the Funds. Foreign securities fluctuate in price because of political, financial, social and economic events in foreign countries (including, for example, military confrontations, war and terrorism). A foreign security could also lose value because of more or less stringent foreign securities regulations and less stringent accounting and disclosure standards. In addition, foreign markets may have greater volatility than domestic markets and foreign securities may be less liquid and harder to value than domestic securities. Certain foreign markets may rely heavily on particular industries

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   45   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

or foreign capital and are more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, organizations, entities and/or individuals, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures. International trade barriers or economic sanctions against foreign countries, organizations, entities and/or individuals may adversely affect a Fund’s foreign holdings or exposures.

Foreign securities, and in particular foreign debt securities, are sensitive to changes in interest rates. In addition, investment in the securities of foreign governments involves the risk that foreign governments may default on their obligations or may otherwise not respect the integrity of their obligations. The performance of investments in securities denominated in a foreign currency also will depend, in part, on the strength of the foreign currency against the U.S. dollar and the interest rate environment in the country issuing the currency. Absent other events which otherwise could affect the value of a foreign security (such as a change in the political climate or an issuer’s credit quality), appreciation in the value of the foreign currency generally results in an increase in value of a foreign currency-denominated security in terms of U.S. dollars. A decline in the value of the foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar generally results in a decrease in value of a foreign currency-denominated security. Additionally, many countries throughout the world are dependent on a healthy U.S. economy and are adversely affected when the U.S. economy weakens or its markets decline.

Investment in foreign securities may involve higher costs than investment in U.S. securities, including higher transaction (for example, brokerage commissions) and custody costs as well as the imposition of additional taxes by foreign governments. Foreign investments also may involve risks associated with the level of currency exchange rates, less complete financial information about the issuers, less market liquidity, more market volatility and political instability. Moreover, clearance and settlement procedures may differ from those in the U.S. and in certain markets such procedures have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, thus making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of withholding taxes on dividend income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign holdings, the possible establishment of exchange controls or freezes on the convertibility of currency, trade restrictions (including tariffs) or the adoption of other governmental restrictions might adversely affect an investment in foreign securities. Additionally, foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing and recordkeeping requirements.

While the Funds’ investments may, if permitted, be denominated in foreign currencies, the portfolio securities and other assets held by the Funds are valued in U.S. dollars. Price fluctuations may occur in the dollar value of foreign securities because of changing currency exchange rates or, in the case of hedged positions, because the U.S. dollar declines in value relative to the currency hedged. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time causing a Fund’s NAV to fluctuate as well. Currency exchange rates can be affected unpredictably by the intervention or the failure to intervene by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad. To the extent that a Fund is invested in foreign securities while also maintaining currency positions, it may be exposed to greater combined risk. The net currency positions of the Funds may expose them to risks independent of their securities positions.

A Fund’s assets may be concentrated in countries located in the same geographic region. This concentration will subject the Fund to risks associated with that particular region, such as general and local economic, political and social conditions. The Global Sustainability Index Fund may invest more than 25% of its total assets in the securities of issuers located in a single country, and such an investment will subject the Fund to increased foreign securities risk with respect to the particular country.

The Funds may operate in euros and/or may hold euros and/or euro-denominated bonds and other obligations. The euro requires participation of multiple sovereign states forming the Euro zone and is therefore sensitive to the credit and general economic and political positions of each such state, including, each state’s actual and intended ongoing engagement with and/or support for the other sovereign states then forming the European Union (“EU”), in particular those within the Euro zone. Changes in these factors might materially and adversely impact the value of securities in which a Fund has invested.

European countries can be significantly affected by the tight fiscal and monetary controls that the European Economic and Monetary Union (“EMU”) imposes for membership. Europe’s economies are diverse, its governments are decentralized, and its cultures vary widely. Several EU countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain and Portugal have faced budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries. There is continued concern about national-level support for the euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among EMU member countries. Member countries are required to maintain tight control over inflation, public debt, and budget deficit to qualify for membership in the EMU. These requirements can severely limit the ability of EMU

 

EQUITY FUNDS   46   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

member countries to implement monetary policy to address regional economic conditions.

In addition, voters in the United Kingdom (“UK”) have approved withdrawal from the EU. The withdrawal, colloquially known as “Brexit,” was agreed to and ratified by the UK Parliament, and the UK left the EU on January 31, 2020. A transition period, currently set to last through December 31, 2020, will be used for the UK and EU to negotiate their future relationship. Securities issued by companies domiciled in the UK could be subject to changing regulatory and tax regimes. Banking and financial services companies that operate in the UK or EU could be disproportionately impacted by those actions. Other countries may seek to withdraw from the EU and/or abandon the euro, the common currency of the EU, which could exacerbate market and currency volatility and negatively impact the Funds’ investments in securities issued by companies located in EU countries. A number of countries in Europe have suffered terror attacks, and additional attacks may occur in the future. Ukraine has experienced ongoing military conflict; this conflict may expand and military attacks could occur in Europe. Europe has also been struggling with mass migration from the Middle East and Africa. Recent and upcoming European elections could, depending on the outcomes, further call into question the future direction of the EU. The ultimate effects of these events and other socio-political or geopolitical issues are not known but could profoundly affect global economies and markets. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear, but could be significant and far-reaching. Whether or not a Fund invests in securities of issuers located in Europe or with significant exposure to European issuers or countries, these events could negatively affect the value and liquidity of a Fund’s investments.

Other economic challenges facing Europe include high levels of public debt, significant rates of unemployment, aging populations and heavy regulation in certain economic sectors. European policy makers have taken unprecedented steps to respond to the economic crisis and to boost growth in the region, which has increased the risk that regulatory uncertainty could negatively affect the value of a Fund’s investments.

As the EU continues to grow in size with the addition of new member countries, the candidate countries’ accessions may become more controversial to existing EU members. Some member states may repudiate certain candidate countries joining the EU upon concerns about possible economic, immigration and cultural implications. Also, Russia may be opposed to the expansion of the EU to members of the former Soviet bloc and may, at times, take actions that could negatively impact the EU economic activity.

Additional risks are involved when a Fund invests in countries with emerging economies or securities markets. These countries generally are located in the Asia and Pacific regions, the Middle East, Eastern Europe, Central and South America and Africa. Political and economic structures in many of these countries may be undergoing significant evolution and rapid development, and these countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristics of developed countries. In general, the securities markets of these countries are less liquid, are especially subject to greater price volatility, have smaller market capitalizations, have less government regulation and are not subject to as frequent accounting, financial and other reporting requirements as the securities markets of more developed countries as has historically been the case. As a result the risks presented by investments in these countries are heightened. These countries also have problems with securities registration and custody. Additionally, settlement procedures in emerging market countries are frequently less developed and reliable than those in the United States, and may involve the Fund’s delivery of securities before receipt of payment for their sale. Settlement or registration problems may make it more difficult for a Fund to value its portfolio securities and could cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities, to have a portion of its assets uninvested or to incur losses due to the failure of a counterparty to pay for securities the Fund has delivered or the Fund’s inability to complete its contractual obligations. A Fund’s purchase and sale of portfolio securities in certain emerging market countries may be constrained by limitations relating to daily changes in the prices of listed securities, periodic trading or settlement volume and/or limitations on aggregate holdings of foreign investors. Such limitations may be computed based on the aggregate trading volume or holdings of the Fund, the Investment Adviser, its affiliates and their respective clients and other service providers. A Fund may not be able to sell securities in circumstances where price, trading or settlement volume limitations have been reached. As a result of these and other risks, investments in these countries generally present a greater risk of loss to a Fund.

Investments in some emerging market countries, such as those located in Asia, may be restricted or controlled. In some countries, direct investments in securities may be prohibited and required to be made through investment funds controlled by such countries. These limitations may increase transaction costs and adversely affect a security’s liquidity, price, and the rights of a Fund in connection with the security.

Unanticipated political, economic or social developments may affect the value of a Fund’s investments in emerging market countries and the availability to the Fund of additional investments in these countries. Some of these countries may have in the past failed to recognize private property rights and

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   47   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

may have at times nationalized or expropriated the assets of private companies. There have been occasional limitations on the movements of funds and other assets between different countries. The small size and inexperience of the securities markets in certain of such countries and the limited volume of trading in securities in those countries may make a Fund’s investments in such countries illiquid and more volatile than investments in Japan or most Western European countries, and a Fund may be required to establish special custodial or other arrangements before making certain investments in those countries. There may be little financial or accounting information available with respect to issuers located in certain of such countries, and it may be difficult as a result to assess the value or prospects of an investment in such issuers.

Many emerging market countries are subject to rapid currency devaluations and high inflation and/or economic recession and significant debt levels. These economic factors can have a material adverse effect on these countries’ economies and their securities markets. Moreover, many emerging market countries’ economies are based on only a few industries and/or are heavily dependent on global trade. Therefore, they may be negatively affected by declining commodity prices, factors affecting their trading markets and partners, exchange controls and other trade barriers, currency valuations and other protectionist measures.

From time to time, certain of the companies in which a Fund may invest may operate in, or have dealings with, countries subject to sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. A company may suffer damage to its reputation if it is identified as a company that operates in, or has dealings with, countries subject to sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. As an investor in such companies, a Fund will be indirectly subject to those risks.

As a result of recent events involving Ukraine and the Russian Federation, the United States and the EU have imposed sanctions on certain Russian individuals and Russian corporations. Additional broader sanctions may be imposed in the future. These sanctions, or even the threat of further sanctions, may result in the decline of the value and liquidity of Russian securities, a weakening of the ruble or other adverse consequences to the Russian economy. These sanctions could also result in the immediate freeze of Russian securities, impairing the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities. Sanctions could also result in Russia taking counter measures or retaliatory actions which may further impair the value and liquidity of Russian securities. These events could have a negative effect on the performance of a Fund that holds such securities.

Many emerging market countries also impose withholding or other taxes on foreign investments, which may be substantial and result in lower Fund returns.

The creditworthiness of firms used by a Fund to effect securities transactions in emerging market countries may not be as strong as in some developed countries. As a result, a Fund could be subject to a greater risk of loss on its securities transactions if a firm defaults on its responsibilities.

A Fund’s ability to manage its foreign currency may be restricted in emerging market countries. As a result, a significant portion of a Fund’s currency exposure in these countries may not be covered.

FORWARD CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS. A forward currency exchange contract is an obligation to exchange one currency for another on a future date at a specified exchange rate.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds (other than the U.S. Quality ESG Fund) may enter into forward currency exchange contracts for hedging purposes and to help reduce the risks and volatility caused by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Funds also may enter into these contracts for speculative purposes (i.e., to increase total return) or for cross-hedging purposes. Foreign currency exchange contracts will be used at the discretion of the Investment Adviser, and no Fund is required to hedge its foreign currency positions.

SPECIAL RISKS. Forward foreign currency contracts are privately negotiated transactions, and can have substantial price volatility. As a result, they offer less protection against default by the other party than is available for instruments traded on an exchange. In addition, unlike trading in most other types of instruments, there is no systematic reporting of last sale information with respect to the foreign currencies underlying currency forwards. When used for hedging purposes, they tend to limit any potential gain that may be realized if the value of a Fund’s foreign holdings increases because of currency fluctuations. It may not be possible, however, to hedge against long-term currency changes. When used for speculative purposes, forward currency exchange contracts may result in additional losses that are not otherwise related to changes in the value of the securities held by a Fund. The institutions that deal in forward currency contracts are not required to continue to make markets in the currencies they trade and these markets can experience periods of illiquidity. Further, these contracts are subject to the same political and economic risk factors applicable to the countries issuing these currencies.

 

EQUITY FUNDS   48   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND RELATED OPTIONS. A futures contract is a type of derivative instrument that obligates the holder to buy or sell a specified financial instrument or currency in the future at an agreed upon price. For example, a futures contract may obligate a Fund, at maturity, to take or make delivery of certain domestic or foreign securities, the cash value of a securities index or a stated quantity of a foreign currency. When a Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, it has the right to assume a position as a purchaser or seller of a futures contract at a specified exercise price during the option period. When a Fund sells an option on a futures contract, it becomes obligated to purchase or sell a futures contract if the option is exercised.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. To the extent consistent with its investment objective and strategies, a Fund may invest in futures contracts and options on futures contracts on domestic or foreign exchanges or boards of trade. These investments may be used for hedging purposes, to seek to increase total return, or to maintain liquidity to meet potential shareholder redemptions, to invest cash balances or dividends or to minimize trading costs.

SPECIAL RISKS. Futures contracts and options present the following risks: imperfect correlation between the change in market value of a Fund’s securities and the price of futures contracts and options; the possible inability to close a futures contract when desired; losses due to unanticipated market movements, which potentially are unlimited; and the possible inability of the Investment Adviser to correctly predict the direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors. Futures markets are highly volatile and the use of futures may increase the volatility of a Fund’s NAV. As a result of the low margin deposits normally required in futures trading, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in substantial losses to a Fund. Futures contracts and options on futures may be illiquid, and exchanges may limit fluctuations in futures contract prices during a single day. Foreign exchanges or boards of trade generally do not offer the same protections as U.S. exchanges.

GEOGRAPHIC RISK AND SECTOR RISK. Although the Funds do not concentrate in any one industry or geographic region, each Fund may invest without limitation in a particular market or geographic sector.

 

 

GEOGRAPHIC RISK (principal risk for the Global Sustainability Index Fund) is the risk that if a Fund invests a significant portion of its total assets in certain issuers within the same geographic region, an economic, business or political development affecting that region may affect the value of a Fund’s investments more than if the Fund’s investments were not so concentrated in such geographic region. Geographic risk may be applicable to the foreign investments held by the Global Sustainability Index Fund.

 

 

SECTOR RISK (principal risk for each Fund) is the risk that companies in similar businesses may be similarly affected by particular economic or market events, which may in certain circumstances, cause the value of securities of all companies in a particular sector to decrease.

HEDGING RISK. Hedging risk is the risk that the derivative instruments and other investments that a Fund makes to hedge its risks will not be precisely correlated with the risks attendant in the Fund’s investments being hedged. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that a Fund’s hedging transactions will be effective. The use of hedging may result in certain adverse tax consequences.

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS. An IPO is a company’s first offering of stock to the public.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. At times, and to the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies the Funds may invest in IPOs.

SPECIAL RISKS. An IPO presents the risk that the market value of IPO shares will fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. The purchase of IPO shares may involve high transaction costs. IPO shares are subject to market risk and liquidity risk. When a Fund’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Fund’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Fund. As a Fund’s assets grow, the effect of the Fund’s investments in IPOs on the Fund’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Fund’s performance. Because of the price volatility of IPO shares, a Fund may choose to hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of a portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling IPO shares, the Fund may realize taxable gains it subsequently will distribute to shareholders. In addition, the market for IPO shares can be speculative and/or inactive for extended periods of time. There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to obtain allocable portions of IPO shares. The limited number of shares available for trading in some IPOs may make it more difficult for the Fund to buy or sell significant amounts of shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices. Investors in IPO shares can be affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders. The Funds’investments in IPO shares may include the securities

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   49   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

of “unseasoned” companies (companies with less than three years of continuous operations), which present risks considerably greater than common stocks of more established companies.

These companies may have limited operating histories and their prospects for profitability may be uncertain. These companies may be involved in new and evolving businesses and may be vulnerable to competition and changes in technology, markets and economic conditions. They may be more dependent on key managers and third parties and may have limited product lines.

INTEREST RATE SWAPS, CURRENCY SWAPS, TOTAL RATE OF RETURN SWAPS, CREDIT SWAPS, AND INTEREST RATE FLOORS, CAPS AND COLLARS. Interest rate and currency swaps are contracts that obligate a Fund and another party to exchange their rights to pay or receive interest or specified amounts of currency, respectively. Interest rate floors entitle the purchasers to receive interest payments if a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate. Interest rate caps entitle the purchasers to receive interest payments if a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate. An interest rate collar is a combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates. Total rate of return swaps are contracts that obligate a party to pay or receive interest in exchange for the payment by the other party of the total return generated by a security, a basket of securities, an index or an index component. Credit swaps are contracts involving the receipt of floating or fixed rate payments in exchange for assuming potential credit losses of an underlying security. Credit swaps give one party to a transaction the right to dispose of or acquire an asset (or group of assets) or, in the case of credit default swaps, the right to receive or make a payment from the other party, upon the occurrence of specific credit events.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may enter into swap transactions and transactions involving interest rate floors, caps and collars for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return.

SPECIAL RISKS. The use of swaps and interest rate floors, caps and collars is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. Like other derivative securities, these instruments can be highly volatile. If the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and currency exchange rates, the investment performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these instruments were not used. Because these instruments normally are illiquid, a Fund may not be able to terminate its obligations when desired. In addition, if a Fund is obligated to pay the return under the terms of a total rate of return swap, Fund losses due to unanticipated market movements potentially are unlimited. A Fund also may suffer a loss if the other party to a transaction defaults. Credit default swaps involve special risks in addition to those mentioned above because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty).

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING. The SEC has granted an exemption permitting the Funds to participate in an interfund borrowing and lending program. This interfund borrowing and lending program allows the Funds to borrow money from other funds in the Trust and other affiliated portfolios of Northern Institutional Funds (each a “Portfolio” and together, the “Portfolios”) advised by NTI, and to lend money to other funds in the Trust, for temporary or emergency purposes. The interfund borrowing and lending program is currently not operational. The interfund borrowing and lending program is subject to a number of conditions, including, among other things, the requirements that (1) a Fund may not borrow or lend money through the program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than is available from a bank loan rate or investment yield rate, respectively; (2) loans will be secured on an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value as any outstanding bank loan that requires collateral; (3) loans will have a maturity no longer than that of any outstanding bank loan (and in any event not over seven days); (4) if an event of default occurs under any agreement evidencing an outstanding bank loan to a Fund, the event of default will automatically (without need for action or notice by the lending fund or Portfolio) constitute an immediate event of default under the Interfund Lending Agreement entitling the lending fund or Portfolio to call the interfund loan (and exercise all rights with respect to any collateral) and that such call will be made if the bank exercises its right to call its loan under its agreement with a Fund; (5) a Fund may not borrow money if the loan would cause its outstanding borrowings from all sources to exceed 10% of its net assets at the time of the loan, except that a Fund may borrow up to 33 1/3% of its total assets through the program or from other sources if each interfund loan is secured by the pledge of segregated collateral with a market value of at least 102% of the outstanding principal value of the loan; (6) a Fund may not loan money if the loan would cause its aggregate outstanding loans through the program to exceed 15% of its net assets at the time of the loan; (7) a Fund’s interfund loans to any one fund shall not exceed 5% of the lending Fund’s net assets; and (8) a Fund’s borrowings through the program will not exceed the greater of 125% of the Fund’s total net cash redemptions or 102% of the Fund’s sales fails (when a sale of

 

EQUITY FUNDS   50   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

securities “fails” due to circumstances beyond the Fund’s control) for the preceding seven calendar days as measured at the time of the loan. In addition, a Fund may participate in the interfund borrowing and lending program only if and to the extent that such participation is consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. The Board of Trustees of the Trust is responsible for overseeing the interfund borrowing and lending program. A delay in repayment to a lending Fund could result in a lost investment opportunity or additional lending costs.

INVESTMENT COMPANIES. Affiliated and unaffiliated investment companies include, but are not limited to, money market funds, index funds, “country funds” (i.e., funds that invest primarily in issuers located in a specific foreign country or region) and ETFs. Other investment companies in which the Funds may invest include other funds for which the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates serve as investment adviser.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in securities issued by other affiliated or unaffiliated investment companies. Investments by a Fund in other investment companies, including ETFs, will be subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act except as permitted by SEC orders. The Funds may rely on SEC orders that permit them to invest in certain ETFs beyond the limits contained in the 1940 Act, subject to certain terms and conditions. Although the Funds do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future, each Fund is authorized to invest substantially all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof that has substantially the same investment objective, strategies and fundamental restrictions as the Fund.

SPECIAL RISKS. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would be subject to the same risks as any other investor in that company. It also would bear a proportionate share of any fees and expenses paid by that company. These expenses would be in addition to the management and other fees paid directly by the Fund. A Fund’s investment in an ETF involves other considerations. In particular, shares of ETFs are listed and traded on securities exchanges and in over-the-counter markets, and the purchase and sale of these shares involve transaction fees and commissions. In addition, shares of an ETF are issued in “creation units” and are not redeemable individually except upon termination of the ETF. To redeem, a Fund must accumulate enough shares of an ETF to reconstitute a creation unit. The liquidity of a small holding of an ETF, therefore, will depend upon the existence of a secondary market. Certain ETFs intend to effect creations and redemptions principally for cash, rather than primarily in-kind because of the nature of the ETF’s investments. Investments in such ETFs may be less tax efficient than investments in ETFs that effect creations and redemptions in-kind. Also, even though the market price of an ETF is derived from the securities it owns, such price at any given time may be at, below or above the ETF’s NAV. The market for certain securities in which an ETF invests may become illiquid under adverse market conditions or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the conditions of a particular issuer. In adverse market conditions, the ETF’s market price may begin to reflect illiquidity or pricing uncertainty of the ETF’s portfolio securities, which could lead to the ETF’s shares trading at a price that is higher or lower than the ETF’s net asset value. At times such differences may be significant.

Certain investment companies are not actively managed and their investment advisers may not attempt to take defensive positions in any market conditions, including declining markets. This could cause a Fund’s performance to be lower than if the Fund employed active management with respect to that portion of the Fund’s portfolio. These investment companies are also subject to “tracking error” risk, which is the risk that the performance of the investment company using an index-based strategy will differ from the performance of the reference index it seeks to track due to differences in securities holdings, operating expenses, transaction costs, cash flows, operational inefficiencies and tax consideration. Certain investment companies in which the Funds may invest may have a large percentage of their shares owned by fewer shareholders. Large redemption activity could result in the affiliated fund incurring additional costs and being forced to sell portfolio securities at a loss to meet redemptions. Periods of market illiquidity may exacerbate this risk for fixed income funds. Should the investment adviser or another financial intermediary change investment strategies or investment allocations such that fewer assets are invested in an investment company or an investment company is no longer used as an investment, the investment company could experience large redemptions of its shares. See “Large Shareholder Risk.” below. Certain investment companies may be new funds. There can be no assurance that a new investment company will grow to an economically viable size, in which case the investment company may cease operations. In such an event, a Fund may be required to liquidate or transfer its investment at an inopportune time.

INVESTMENT GRADE SECURITIES. A security is considered investment grade if, at the time of purchase, it is rated:

 

 

BBB or higher by S&P;

 

 

Baa3 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”);

 

 

BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”); or

 

 

BBB or higher by DBRS Ratings Limited (“DBRS”).

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   51   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

A security will be considered investment grade if it receives one of the above ratings, or a comparable rating from another organization that is recognized as a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (“NRSRO”), even if it receives a lower rating from other rating organizations.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in fixed-income and convertible securities. Except as stated in the section entitled “Non-Investment Grade Securities,” fixed-income and convertible securities purchased by the Funds generally will be investment grade.

SPECIAL RISKS. Although securities rated BBB by S&P, DBRS or Fitch, or Baa3 by Moody’s are considered investment grade, they have certain speculative characteristics. Therefore, they may be subject to a higher risk of default than obligations with higher ratings. Subsequent to its purchase by a Fund, a rated security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by a Fund and may be in default.

Generally, the lower the credit rating of a security, issuer, guarantor or counterparty, the higher the degree of risk as to payment of interest and return of principal.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. Different investment styles (e.g., “growth”, “value” or “quantitative”) tend to shift in and out of favor, depending on market and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment. A Fund may outperform or underperform other funds that employ a different investment style. A Fund may also employ a combination of styles that impact its risk characteristics.

 

 

QUANTITATIVE INVESTING RISK (principal risk for Small Cap Core Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund). The value of securities or other investments selected using quantitative analysis can perform differently from the market as a whole or from their expected performance. This may be as a result of the factors used in building the multifactor quantitative model, the weights placed on each factor, the accuracy of historical data supplied by third parties, and changing sources of market returns.

When the quantitative models, information and data used in managing a Fund prove to be incorrect or incomplete, any investment decisions made in reliance on the models and data may not produce the desired results and a Fund may realize losses. In addition, any hedging based on faulty models and data may prove to be unsuccessful. Furthermore, the success of models that are predictive in nature is dependent largely on the accuracy and reliability of the supplied historical data. All models are susceptible to input errors, which may cause the resulting information to be incorrect.

LARGE CAP STOCK RISK (principal risk for the Global Sustainability Index Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund). Larger, more established companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges such as changes in technology and consumer tastes. Many larger companies also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion. For purposes of a Fund’s investment policies, the market capitalization of a company is based on its capitalization at the time the Fund purchases the company’s securities. Market capitalizations of companies change over time. A Fund is not obligated to sell a company’s security simply because, subsequent to its purchase, the company’s market capitalization has changed to be outside the capitalization range, if any, in effect for the Fund.

LARGE SHAREHOLDER RISK (principal risk for all Funds). To the extent a significant percentage of the shares of a Fund are owned or controlled by a small number of account shareholders (or a single account shareholder), including funds or accounts over which the Investment Adviser or an affiliate of the Investment Adviser has investment discretion, the Fund is subject to the risk that those shareholders may purchase or redeem Fund shares in significant amounts rapidly or unexpectedly, including as a result of an asset allocation decision made by the Investment Adviser or an affiliate of the Investment Adviser and may adversely affect a Fund’s performance if the Investment Adviser is forced to sell portfolio securities or invest cash when the Investment Adviser would not otherwise choose to do so. Redemptions of a large number of shares may affect the liquidity of a Fund’s portfolio, increase the Fund’s transaction costs, and accelerate the realization of taxable income and/or gains.

LIQUIDITY RISK is the risk that a Fund will not be able to pay redemption proceeds within the time periods described in this Prospectus because of unusual market conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests, legal restrictions impairing its ability to sell particular securities or close derivative positions at an advantageous market price or other reasons. Certain portfolio securities may be less liquid than others, which may make them difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that a Fund would like or difficult to value. A Fund may have to lower the price, sell other securities instead or forgo an investment opportunity. In addition, certain assets that a Fund wants to buy may be difficult or impossible to purchase. Any of these events could have a negative effect on fund management or performance. Liquidity risk may be the result of, among other things, the reduced number and capacity of traditional market participants to make a market for certain securities. As a general matter, dealers recently have been less willing to make markets for certain fixed income securities. The potential for liquidity risk may be

 

EQUITY FUNDS   52   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

magnified by a rising interest rate environment or other circumstances where investor redemptions from money market and other fixed income mutual funds may be higher than normal, potentially causing increased supply in the market due to selling activity. Funds with principal investment strategies that involve investments in securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations, foreign securities derivatives or securities with potential market and/or credit risk tend to have the greatest exposure to liquidity risk. All of these risks may increase during periods of market volatility. The liquidity of certain assets, such as privately issued and non-investment grade mortgage- and asset-backed securities, may be difficult to ascertain and may change over time. Transactions in less liquid securities may entail transaction costs that are higher than those for transactions in more liquid securities.

MARKET RISK (principal risk for all Funds) is the risk that the value of the securities in which a Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual issuers and/or general economic conditions. Securities markets may experience great short-term volatility and may fall sharply at times. Different markets may behave differently from each other and a foreign market may move in the opposite direction from the U.S. market. Stock prices have historically risen and fallen in periodic cycles. In general, the values of equity investments fluctuate in response to the activities of individual companies and in response to general market and economic conditions. Price changes may be temporary or last for extended periods. Accordingly, the values of the equity investments that a Fund holds may decline over short or extended periods. This volatility means that the value of your investment in a Fund may increase or decrease. You could lose money over short periods due to fluctuation in a Fund’s NAV in response to market movements, and over longer periods during market downturns.

The United States and international markets have periodically experienced substantial price volatility. Growth stocks are generally more sensitive to market movements than other types of stocks and their prices may therefore be more volatile and present a higher degree of risk of loss. Value stocks, on the other hand, may fall out of favor with investors and underperform growth stocks during any given period.

MARKET EVENTS RISK relates to the increased volatility, depressed valuations, decreased liquidity and heightened uncertainty in the financial markets throughout the world during the past decade. These conditions may recur.

The U.S. government and the Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign governments and central banks, have taken steps to support financial markets, including by keeping interest rates at historically low levels. This and other government intervention may not work as intended, particularly if the efforts are perceived by investors as being unlikely to achieve the desired results. In recent years, the U.S. government and Federal Reserve have reduced their market support activities and have begun raising interest rates. Certain foreign governments and central banks have implemented so-called negative interest rates (e.g., charging depositors who keep their cash at a bank) to spur economic growth. Governmental or central bank actions, including interest rate increases, measures to address budget deficits, or contrary actions by different governments, as well as downgrades of sovereign debt, fluctuations in oil and commodity prices, dramatic changes in currency exchange rates and geopolitical events (including war and terror attacks) could negatively affect financial markets generally, increase market volatility and reduce the value and liquidity of securities in which a Fund invests.

Policy and legislative changes in the United States and in other countries (such as the UK referendum vote to exit the EU, as further discussed below) may also contribute to decreased liquidity and increased volatility in the financial markets.

Political turmoil within the U.S. and abroad may also impact the Funds. Although the U.S. government has honored its credit obligations, it remains possible that the U.S. could default on its obligations. While it is impossible to predict the consequences of such an unprecedented event, it is likely that a default by the U.S. would be highly disruptive to the U.S. and global securities markets and could significantly impair the value of the Funds’ investments. Similarly, political events within the United States at times have resulted, and may in the future result, in a shutdown of government services, which could negatively affect the U.S. economy, decrease the value of many Fund investments, and increase uncertainty in or impair the operation of the U.S. or other securities markets. The U.S. is also considering significant increases in infrastructure and national defense spending which, coupled with lower federal taxes, could lead to increased government borrowing and higher interest rates. The equity and debt markets may react strongly to this possibility, which could increase volatility, especially if the market’s expectations for such changes are not borne out.

Economies and financial markets throughout the world are increasingly interconnected. Economic, financial or political events, trading and tariff arrangements, terrorism, natural disasters, public health emergencies (including pandemics and epidemics) and other circumstances in one country or region could have profound impacts on global economies or markets. As a result, whether or not a Fund directly invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to the countries directly affected, the value and liquidity of a Fund’s investments may be negatively affected.

In June 2016, voters in the UK approved a referendum to leave the EU (“Brexit”). The UK gave notice in March 2017 of its

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   53   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

withdrawal from the EU and commenced negotiations on the terms of withdrawal. An agreement was reached, and the UK left the EU on January 31, 2020, with a transition period during which the parties will negotiate their future relationship currently set to end on December 31, 2020. There is significant market uncertainty regarding Brexit’s ramifications, and the range and potential implications of possible political, legal, regulatory, economic, and market outcomes are difficult to predict. Political events, including nationalist unrest in Europe and uncertainties surrounding the sovereign debt of a number of EU countries and the viability of the EU itself, also may cause market disruptions. If one or more countries leave the EU or the EU dissolves, the world’s securities markets likely will be significantly disrupted. Moreover, the uncertainty about the ramifications of Brexit may cause significant volatility and/or declines in the value of the Euro and British pound. Brexit (and in particular a hard Brexit, i.e., an exit in which the UK leaves not only the EU, but also the EU single market and the EU customs union, and without agreements on trade, finance and other key elements) may cause significant market volatility and illiquidity, currency fluctuations, deterioration in economic activity, a decrease in business confidence, and increased likelihood of a recession in the UK. This may increase redemptions from Portfolios that hold impacted securities, or cause the value of a Portfolio’s securities that are economically tied to the UK or EU to decline. Additionally, it is possible that measures could be taken to revote on the issue of Brexit, or that portions of the UK could seek to separate and remain a part of the EU. Market factors, such as the demand for particular portfolio securities, may cause the price of certain portfolio securities to fall while the price of other securities rise or remain unchanged.

NON-INVESTMENT GRADE SECURITIES. Non-investment grade fixed-income and convertible securities (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”) generally are rated BB or below by S&P, DBRS or Fitch, or Ba or below by Moody’s (or have received a comparable rating from another NRSRO), or, if unrated, are determined to be of comparable quality by the Investment Adviser.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Small Cap Core Fund and the U.S. Quality ESG Fund may invest up to 15% of their total assets, measured at the time of purchase, in non-investment grade fixed-income and convertible securities, when the Investment Adviser determines that such securities are desirable in light of a Fund’s investment objectives and portfolio mix.

SPECIAL RISKS. Non-investment grade fixed-income and convertible securities are considered predominantly speculative by traditional investment standards. The market value of these low-rated securities tends to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in interest rates and economic conditions than higher-rated securities.

In addition, they generally present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of low-rated securities are often highly leveraged, so their ability to repay their debt during an economic downturn or periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by these issuers also is greater because low-rated securities generally are unsecured and often are subordinated to the rights of other creditors of the issuers of such securities. Investment by a Fund in defaulted securities poses additional risk of loss should nonpayment of principal and interest continue in respect of such securities. Even if such securities are held to maturity, recovery by a Fund of its initial investment and any anticipated income or appreciation will be uncertain. A Fund also may incur additional expenses in seeking recovery on defaulted securities.

The secondary market for lower quality securities is concentrated in relatively few market makers and is dominated by institutional investors. Accordingly, the secondary market for such securities is not as liquid as, and is more volatile than, the secondary market for higher quality securities. In addition, market trading volume for these securities generally is lower and the secondary market for such securities could contract under adverse market or economic conditions, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. These factors may have an adverse effect on the market price and a Fund’s ability to dispose of particular portfolio investments. A less developed secondary market also may make it more difficult for a Fund to obtain precise valuations of such securities in its portfolio.

Investments in lower quality securities, whether rated or unrated, will be more dependent on the Investment Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case with investments in higher quality securities.

OPERATIONAL RISK. The Investment Adviser and other Fund service providers may be subject to operational risk and may experience disruptions and operating errors. In particular, these errors or failures in systems and technology, including operational risks associated with reliance on third party service providers, may adversely affect a Fund’s ability to calculate its NAVs in a timely manner, including over a potentially extended period. While service providers are required to have appropriate operational risk management policies and procedures in place, their methods of operational risk management may differ from those of the Funds in the setting of priorities, the personnel and resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls. The Investment Adviser, through its monitoring and oversight of service providers, seeks to ensure that service providers take appropriate precautions to avoid and mitigate risks that could lead to disruptions and operating errors. However, it is not possible for the Investment Adviser or other Fund service providers to identify all of the

 

EQUITY FUNDS   54   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

operational risks that may affect a Fund or to develop processes and controls to completely eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects.

OPTIONS. An option is a type of derivative instrument that gives the holder the right (but not the obligation) to buy (a “call”) or sell (a “put”) an asset in the future at an agreed upon price prior to the expiration date of the option.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, a Fund may write (sell) covered call options, buy put options, buy call options and write secured put options for hedging (or cross-hedging) purposes or to earn additional income. Options may relate to particular securities, foreign or domestic securities indices, financial instruments or foreign currencies. A Fund will not purchase put and call options in an amount that exceeds 5% of its net assets at the time of purchase. The total value of a Fund’s assets subject to options written by the Fund will not be greater than 25% of its net assets at the time the option is written. A Fund may “cover” a call option by owning the security underlying the option or through other means. Put options written by a Fund are “secured” if the Fund maintains liquid assets in a segregated account in an amount at least equal to the exercise price of the option up until the expiration date.

SPECIAL RISKS. Options trading is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary Fund securities transactions. The value of options can be highly volatile, and their use can result in loss if the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its expectation of price fluctuations. The successful use of options for hedging purposes also depends in part on the ability of the Investment Adviser to predict future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets.

Each Fund will invest and trade in unlisted over-the-counter options only with firms deemed creditworthy by the Investment Adviser. However, unlisted options are not subject to the protections afforded purchasers of listed options by the Options Clearing Corporation, which performs the obligations of its members which fail to perform them in connection with the purchase or sale of options. Therefore, a Fund bears the risk that the counterparty that wrote the option will be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under the option contract.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER. The Investment Adviser will not consider the portfolio turnover rate a limiting factor in making investment decisions for certain Funds. A high portfolio turnover rate (100% or more) is likely to involve higher brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, which could reduce a Fund’s return. It also may result in higher short-term capital gains that are taxable to shareholders. See “Financial Highlights” for the Funds’ historical portfolio turnover rates.

PREFERRED STOCK. Preferred stocks are securities that represent an ownership interest providing the holder with claims on the issuer’s earnings and assets before common stock owners but after bond owners.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Funds may invest in preferred stocks.

SPECIAL RISKS. Unlike most debt securities, the obligations of an issuer of preferred stock, including dividend and other payment obligations, typically may not be accelerated by the holders of such preferred stock on the occurrence of an event of default or other non-compliance by the issuer of the preferred stock. Preferred stock is sensitive to changes in an issuer’s creditworthiness and changes to interest rates, and may decline in value as interest rates rise.

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS. REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in either real estate or real estate related loans.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Funds may invest in REITs to the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies.

SPECIAL RISKS. The value of a REIT is affected by changes in the value of the properties owned by the REIT or securing mortgage loans held by the REIT. REITs are dependent upon cash flow from their investments to repay financing costs and the ability of a REIT’s manager. REITs are also subject to risks generally associated with investments in real estate. These risks include: changes in the value of real estate properties and difficulties in valuing and trading real estate; risks related to general and local economic conditions; overbuilding and increased competition; increases in property taxes and operating expenses; changes in zoning laws; casualty and condemnation losses; variations in rental income; changes in the appeal of property to tenants; tenant bankruptcies and other credit problems; and changes in interest rates. To the extent that assets underlying a REIT are concentrated geographically, by property type or in certain other respects, these risks may be heightened. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses, including management fees, paid by a REIT in which it invests.

REITs are subject to a highly technical and complex set of provisions in the Code. It is possible that a Fund may invest in a real estate company that purports to be a REIT and that the company could fail to qualify as a REIT. In the event of any such unexpected failure to qualify as a REIT, the company would be subject to corporate-level taxation, significantly reducing the return to a Fund on its investment in such company. REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax free pass-through of income under the Code, or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act. The above

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   55   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

factors may also adversely affect a borrower’s or a lessee’s ability to meet its obligations to the REIT. In the event of a default by a borrower or lessee, the REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments.

In addition, the value of such securities may fluctuate in response to the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers of mortgage-related securities owned by a Fund. Because investments in mortgage-related securities are interest sensitive, the ability of the issuer to reinvest or to reinvest favorably in underlying mortgages may be limited by government regulation or tax policy. For example, action by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to limit the growth of the nation’s money supply may cause interest rates to rise and thereby reduce the volume of new residential mortgages. Additionally, although mortgages and mortgage-related securities are generally supported by some form of government or private guarantees and/or insurance, there is no assurance that private guarantors or insurers will be able to meet their obligation.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates, causing the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.

The REIT investments of a Fund often do not provide complete tax information to the Fund until after the calendar year-end. Consequently, because of the delay, it may be necessary for the Fund to request permission to extend the deadline for issuance of Forms 1099-DIV beyond January 31. Also, under current provisions of the Code, distributions attributable to operating income of REITs in which the Fund invests are not eligible for favorable tax treatment as long-term capital gains and will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

In addition, under recent tax legislation, individuals and certain other noncorporate entities are generally eligible for a 20% deduction with respect to taxable ordinary dividends from REITs. To the extent a Fund designates dividends it pays to shareholders as “section 199A dividends,” shareholders may be eligible for the 20% deduction with respect to such dividends. The amount of section 199A dividends that a Fund may pay and report to shareholders is limited to the excess of the ordinary REIT dividends, other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income, that such Fund receives from REITs for a taxable year over such Fund’s expenses allocable to such dividends.

REAL ESTATE SECURITIES. Investment in real estate securities presents special risk considerations.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Funds may invest in real estate securities to the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies.

SPECIAL RISKS. The performance of real estate securities may be significantly impacted by the performance of real estate markets.

Property values may fall due to increasing vacancies or declining rents resulting from economic, legal, cultural or technological developments. The price of real estate company shares also may drop because of the failure of borrowers to pay their loans and poor management. Many real estate companies utilize leverage, which increases investment risk and could adversely affect a company’s operations and market value in periods of rising interest rates as well as risks normally associated with debt financing. Real property investments are subject to varying degrees of risk. The yields available from investments in real estate depend on the amount of income and capital appreciation generated by the related properties. Income and real estate values may also be adversely affected by such factors as applicable domestic and foreign laws (e.g., Americans with Disabilities Act and tax laws), interest rate levels and the availability of financing. If the properties do not generate sufficient income to meet operating expenses, including, where applicable, debt service, ground lease payments, tenant improvements, third-party leasing commissions and other capital expenditures, the income and ability of the real estate company to make payments of any interest and principal on its debt securities will be adversely affected. In addition, real property may be subject to the quality of credit extended and defaults by borrowers and tenants. The performance of the economy in each of the countries and regions in which the real estate owned by a Fund is located affects occupancy, market rental rates and expenses and, consequently, has an impact on the income from such properties and their underlying values. The financial results of major local employers also may have an impact on the cash flow and value of certain properties. In addition, real estate investments are relatively illiquid and, therefore, the ability of real estate companies to vary their portfolios promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions is limited. A real estate company such as a REIT may also have joint venture investments in certain of its properties and, consequently, its ability to control decisions relating to such properties may be limited.

SHORT SALES AGAINST-THE-BOX. A short sale against-the-box is a short sale such that at all times when the short position is

 

EQUITY FUNDS   56   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

open the seller owns or has the right to obtain, at no added cost, an equal amount of securities identical to those sold short.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may make short sales against-the-box.

SPECIAL RISKS. If a Fund sells securities short against-the-box, it may protect itself from loss if the price of the securities declines in the future, but will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises. If a Fund effects a short sale of securities at a time when it has an unrealized gain on the securities, it may be required to recognize that gain as if it actually had sold the securities (as a “constructive sale”) on the date it effects the short sale. However, such constructive sale treatment may not apply if the Fund closes out the short position with securities other than the appreciated securities held at the time of the short sale and if certain other conditions are satisfied. Uncertainty regarding the tax consequences of effecting short sales may limit the extent to which a Fund may effect short sales.

SMALL AND MID CAP INVESTMENTS (principal strategy for all Funds). Investments in small and mid-capitalization companies involve greater risk and more abrupt or erratic price movements than investments in larger capitalization stocks. Among the reasons for the greater price volatility of these investments are the less certain growth or earnings prospects of smaller firms and the lower degree of liquidity in the markets for such securities. Small and mid-capitalization companies may be thinly traded and may have to be sold at a discount from current market prices or in small lots over an extended period of time. In addition, these securities are subject to the risk that during certain periods the liquidity of particular issuers or industries, or all securities in particular investment categories, will shrink or disappear suddenly and without warning as a result of adverse economic or market conditions, or adverse investor perceptions whether or not accurate. Because of the lack of sufficient market liquidity, a Fund may incur losses because it will be required to effect sales at a disadvantageous time and only then at a substantial drop in price. Small and mid-capitalization companies include “unseasoned” issuers that do not have an established financial history; often have limited product lines, markets or financial resources; may depend on or use a few key personnel for management or upon a small or inexperienced management group; and may be susceptible to losses and risks of bankruptcy. Small and mid-capitalization companies may be operating at a loss or have significant variations in operating results; may be engaged in a rapidly changing business with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence; may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, to finance expansion or to maintain their competitive position; and may have substantial borrowings or may otherwise have a weak financial condition. In addition, these companies may face intense competition, including competition from companies with greater financial resources, more extensive development, manufacturing, marketing, and other capabilities, and a larger number of qualified managerial and technical personnel. Transaction costs for small and mid-capitalization investments are often higher than those of larger capitalization companies. Investments in small and mid-capitalization companies may be more difficult to price precisely than other types of securities because of their characteristics and lower trading volumes. As a result, their performance may be more volatile and they can face a greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of the Fund’s investments.

Securities of small and mid-capitalization companies may lack sufficient market liquidity to enable a Fund to effect sales at an advantageous time or without a substantial drop in price.

SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT RISK (principal risk for the Global Sustainability Index Fund) is the risk that the socially responsible investment policies of the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index may restrict the investments available to the Fund. Implementing a socially responsible investment philosophy may affect the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and cause the Fund to forego certain investment opportunities. This could cause the Fund to underperform similar funds that do not have a social responsibility objective. The Fund seeks to identify companies that it believes may have a societal impact outcome, but investors may differ in their views of what constitutes positive or negative societal impact outcomes. The Fund may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs or philosophy of any particular investor.

TECHNOLOGY SECURITIES RISK (principal risk for the U.S. Quality ESG Fund). Investments in technology securities present special risk considerations. Technology companies may produce or use products or services that prove commercially unsuccessful, become obsolete or become adversely impacted by government regulation. Competitive pressures in the technology industry, both domestically and internationally, may affect negatively the financial condition of technology companies, and a substantial investment in technology securities may subject the Funds to more volatile price movements than a more diversified securities portfolio. In certain instances, technology securities may experience significant price movements caused by disproportionate investor optimism or pessimism with little or no basis in fundamental economic conditions. Technology companies may have limited product lines, markets, financial resources or personnel. The products of technology companies may face obsolescence due to rapid technological developments, frequent and new product introduction, unpredictable changes

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   57   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

in growth rates and competition for the services of qualified personnel. In addition to the foregoing risks, technology companies operating in the health sciences and healthcare sector may be subject to product liability litigation. As a result of these and other reasons, investments in the technology industry can experience sudden and rapid appreciation and depreciation.

In addition, the Funds may make substantial investments in companies that develop or sell computer hardware or software and peripheral products, including computer components, which present additional risks. These companies are often dependent on the existence and health of other products or industries and face highly competitive pressures, product licensing, trademark and patent uncertainties and rapid technological changes, which may have a significant effect on their financial condition. For example, an increasing number of companies and new product offerings can lead to price cuts and slower selling cycles, and many of these companies may be dependent on the success of a principal product, may rely on sole source providers and third-party manufacturers, and may experience difficulties in managing growth.

TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds temporarily may hold cash and/or invest in short-term obligations including U.S. government obligations, high quality money market instruments (including commercial paper and obligations of foreign and domestic banks such as certificates of deposit, bank and deposit notes, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits) and repurchase agreements with maturities of 13 months or less.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. A Fund temporarily may hold cash or invest all or any portion of its assets in short-term obligations pending investment or to meet anticipated redemption requests. A Fund also may hold cash or invest in short-term obligations, longer-term debt obligations or preferred stock as a temporary measure mainly designed to limit a Fund’s losses in response to adverse market, economic or other conditions when the Investment Adviser believes that it is in the best interest of the Fund to pursue such a defensive strategy. Although the Investment Adviser has the ability to take temporary positions, it may choose not to do so for a variety of reasons, even during volatile market conditions.

SPECIAL RISKS. A Fund may not achieve its investment objective when it holds cash or invests its assets in short-term obligations or otherwise makes temporary investments. A Fund also may miss investment opportunities and have a lower total return during these periods.

TRACKING RISK (principal risk for the Global Sustainability Index Fund). The Global Sustainability Index Fund seeks to track the performance of its benchmark index.

INVESTMENT STRATEGY. Under normal market conditions, the Investment Adviser expects that the quarterly performance of the Global Sustainability Index Fund, before expenses, will track the performance of its benchmark within a 0.95 correlation coefficient.

SPECIAL RISKS. The Global Sustainability Index Fund is subject to the risk of tracking variance. Tracking risk is the risk that the Fund’s performance may vary substantially from the performance of the index as a result of imperfect correlation between the Fund’s securities and those of the index. Tracking variance may result from share purchases and redemptions, transaction costs, expenses, cash holdings, changes in the composition of the index, asset valuations, costs of entering into foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency valuations, market impact, corporate actions (such as mergers and spin-offs), legal restrictions (such as tax-related diversification requirements that apply to the Fund but not to the index) and timing variances, among other factors. This risk may be heightened during times of increased market volatility or other unusual market conditions. With respect to the Global Sustainability Index Fund, due to limitations on investments in illiquid securities and/or purchasing and selling such investments, the Fund may be unable to achieve a high degree of correlation with the Fund’s index. Tracking variance may prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective.

OTHER SECURITIES. Additionally, to the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may purchase other types of securities or instruments similar to those described in these sections. You should carefully consider the risks discussed in these sections before investing in a Fund.

The Funds may invest in other securities and are subject to further restrictions and risks that are described in the SAI. Additional information about the Funds, their investments and related risks can also be found in “Investment Objectives and Strategies” in the SAI.

DISCLAIMERS

The Small Cap Core Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Frank Russell Company (“Russell”), nor does Russell guarantee the accuracy and/or completeness of the Russell 1000 Index or Russell 2000 Index or any data included therein. Russell makes no warranty, express or implied, as to the results to be obtained by any Fund, owners of any Fund, any person or any entity from the use of the Russell 1000 Index or Russell 2000 Index or any data included therein. Russell makes no express or implied warranties and expressly disclaims all such warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or use with respect to the Russell 1000 Index or Russell 2000 Index or any data included therein.

 

EQUITY FUNDS   58   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

The Global Sustainability Index Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by MSCI, nor does MSCI guarantee the accuracy and/or completeness of the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index or any data included therein. MSCI makes no warranty, express or implied, as to the results to be obtained by the Fund, owners of the Fund, any person or any entity from the use of the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index or any data included therein. MSCI makes no express or implied warranties and expressly disclaims all such warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or use with respect to the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index or any data included therein. The SAI contains a more detailed description of the limited relationship MSCI has with Northern Trust and the Global Sustainability Index Fund.

NTI does not guarantee the accuracy and/or the completeness of the broad-based securities market indices or any data included therein or the descriptions of the index providers, and NTI shall have no liability for any errors, omissions, or interruptions therein.

NTI makes no express or implied warranties, and expressly disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or use with respect to any index or any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall NTI have any liability for any special, punitive, direct, indirect, or consequential damages (including lost profits), even if notified of the possibility of such damages.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   59   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

THE FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS TABLES ARE INTENDED TO HELP YOU UNDERSTAND A FUND’S FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE FOR THE PAST FIVE YEARS.

Certain information reflects the financial results for a single Fund share. The total returns in the tables represent the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in a Fund for a share held for the entire period (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). The information for the six-months ended September 30, 2019 has been derived from the Funds’ unaudited semi-annual financial statements included in the Funds’ semi-annual report dated September 30, 2019. The information for each of the five fiscal years in the period ended March 31, 2019 for the Small Cap Core Fund and Global Sustainability Index Fund and the two fiscal periods ended March 31, 2019 for the U.S. Quality ESG Fund have been derived from financial statements that have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Funds’ financial statements, is included in the Funds’ annual report, which is available upon request and without charge. [As of the date of this Prospectus, no Class I shares of the U.S. Quality ESG Fund were outstanding.]

 

EQUITY FUNDS   60   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

SMALL CAP CORE FUND    SHARES  
Selected per share data    SIX MONTHS
ENDED
SEP 30,
2019
(UNAUDITED)
     FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
MAR 31,
2019
     FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
MAR 31,
2018
     FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
MAR 31,
2017
     FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
MAR 31,
2016
     FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
MAR 31,
2015
 
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period      $25.57        $25.47        $24.01        $19.56        $22.26        $21.19  
INCOME (LOSS) FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:                  
Net investment income      0.11        0.20        0.17        0.13        0.11        0.12  
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)      0.19        0.19        2.40        4.48        (2.15      2.00  

Total from Investment Operations

     0.30        0.39        2.57        4.61        (2.04      2.12  
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS PAID:                  
From net investment income             (0.16      (0.04      (0.14      (0.12      (0.11
From net realized gains             (0.13      (1.07      (0.02      (0.54      (0.94

Total Distributions Paid

            (0.29      (1.11      (0.16      (0.66      (1.05
Net Asset Value, End of Period      $25.87        $25.57        $25.47        $24.01        $19.56        $22.26  
Total Return(1)      1.17      1.68      10.66      23.57      (9.18 )%       10.33
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA AND RATIOS:                  
Net assets, in thousands, end of period      $461,609        $461,250        $466,512        $490,643        $313,983        $279,689  
Ratio to average net assets of:(2)                  

Expenses, net of reimbursements and credits(3)

     0.65      0.65      0.65      0.67 %(4)       0.75      0.75

Expenses, before reimbursements and credits

     0.76      0.74      0.78      0.88      0.92      0.96

Net investment income, net of reimbursements and credits(3)

     0.85      0.73      0.64      0.67 %(4)       0.59      0.67

Net investment income, before reimbursements and credits

     0.74      0.64      0.51      0.46      0.42      0.46
Portfolio Turnover Rate      9.73      20.96      6.28      16.21      14.31      12.84

 

(1)

Assumes investment at net asset value at the beginning of the period, reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and a complete redemption of the investment at net asset value at the end of the period. The total return is not annualized for periods less than one year.

 

(2)

Annualized for periods less than one year.

 

(3)

The net expenses and net investment income ratios include additional reimbursements of management or advisory fees, as applicable, incurred in connection with the investment of uninvested cash in affiliated money market funds of approximately $12,000, $13,000, $14,000 and $17,000, which represent less than 0.01 percent of average net assets for the six months ended September 30, 2019 and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively and approximately $12,000 and $2,000, which represent less than 0.005 percent of average net assets for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Absent the additional reimbursements, net investment income and reimbursements would have been decreased and net expenses would have been increased by a corresponding amount.

 

(4)

Effective June 15, 2016, the investment adviser agreed to increase the expense reimbursements it provides to the Fund by contractually limiting the Fund’s total expenses (other than certain expected expenses) to 0.65%. Prior to June 15, 2016, the expense limitation had been 0.75%.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   61   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

U.S. QUALITY ESG FUND    SHARES  
Selected per share data    SIX MONTHS
ENDED
SEP 30,
2019
(UNAUDITED)
     FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
MAR 31,
2019
     PERIOD
ENDED
MAR 31,
2018(1)
 
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period      $11.15        $10.46        $10.00  
INCOME (LOSS) FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:         
Net investment income      0.08        0.17        0.06  
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)      0.51        0.77        0.46  

Total from Investment Operations

     0.59        0.94        0.52  
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS PAID:         
From net investment income      (0.08      (0.16      (0.06
From net realized gains             (0.09       

Total Distributions Paid

     (0.08      (0.25      (0.06
Net Asset Value, End of Period      $11.66        $11.15        $10.46  
Total Return(2)      5.44      9.09      5.17
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA AND RATIOS:         
Net assets, in thousands, end of period      $107,719        $38,168        $22,854  
Ratio to average net assets of:(3)         

Expenses, net of reimbursements and credits(4)

     0.43      0.43      0.43

Expenses, before reimbursements and credits

     0.67      1.32      2.08

Net investment income, net of reimbursements and credits(4)

     1.57      1.69      1.53 %(5) 

Net investment income (loss), before reimbursements and credits

     1.33      0.80      (0.12 )%(5) 
Portfolio Turnover Rate      10.78      51.43      10.19

 

(1)

Commenced investment operations on October 2, 2017.

 

(2)

Assumes investment at net asset value at the beginning of the period, reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and a complete redemption of the investment at net asset value at the end of the period. The total return is not annualized for periods less than one year.

 

(3)

Annualized for periods less than one year.

 

(4)

The net expenses and net investment income ratios include additional reimbursements of management or advisory fees, as applicable, incurred in connection with the investment of uninvested cash in affiliated money market funds of less than $2,000, which represents less than 0.01 percent of average net assets for the six months ended September 30, 2019 and less than $1,000, which represents less than 0.01 percent of average net assets for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and for the period from October 2, 2017 (commencement of operations) to March 31, 2018. Absent the additional reimbursements, net investment income and reimbursements would have been decreased and net expenses would have been increased by a corresponding amount.

 

(5)

As the Fund commenced investment operations on October 2, 2017, annualized net investment income may not be reflective of actual amounts the Fund might obtain in a full year of operation.

 

EQUITY FUNDS   62   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND   SHARES  
Selected per share data   SIX MONTHS
ENDED
SEP 30,
2019
(UNAUDITED)
    FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
MAR 31,
2019
    FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
MAR 31,
2018
    FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
MAR 31,
2017
    FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
MAR 31,
2016
    FISCAL
YEAR
ENDED
MAR 31,
2015
 
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period     $13.97       $13.84       $12.59       $11.47       $12.29       $11.87  
INCOME (LOSS) FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:            
Net investment income     0.17       0.27       0.27       0.27       0.24       0.22  
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)     0.62       0.29       1.42       1.26       (0.63     0.47  

Total from Investment Operations

    0.79       0.56       1.69       1.53       (0.39     0.69  
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS PAID:            
From net investment income(1)           (0.26     (0.26     (0.27     (0.22     (0.27
From net realized gains           (0.17     (0.18     (0.14     (0.21      

Total Distributions Paid

          (0.43     (0.44     (0.41     (0.43     (0.27
Net Asset Value, End of Period     $14.76       $13.97       $13.84       $12.59       $11.47       $12.29  
Total Return(2)     5.66     4.48     13.38     13.55     (3.11 )%      5.82
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA AND RATIOS:            
Net assets, in thousands, end of period     $746,706       $638,284       $399,903       $296,407       $242,860       $220,201  
Ratio to average net assets of:(3)            

Expenses, net of reimbursements and credits(4)

    0.30     0.30     0.30     0.31     0.31     0.31

Expenses, before reimbursements and credits

    0.31     0.33     0.34     0.36     0.37     0.47

Net investment income, net of reimbursements and credits(4)

    2.36     2.21     2.08     2.19     2.13     2.02

Net investment income, before reimbursements and credits

    2.35     2.18     2.04     2.14     2.07     1.86
Portfolio Turnover Rate     10.58     9.10     5.64     19.30     16.97     5.99

 

(1)

Distributions to shareholders from net investment income include amounts related to foreign currency transactions, which are treated as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes.

 

(2)

Assumes investment at net asset value at the beginning of the period, reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and a complete redemption of the investment at net asset value at the end of the period. The total return is not annualized for periods less than one year.

 

(3)

Annualized for periods less than one year.

 

(4)

The net expenses and net investment income ratios include additional reimbursements of management or advisory fees, as applicable, incurred in connection with the investment of uninvested cash in affiliated money market funds of approximately $5,000, $14,000, $10,000, $7,000, $4,000 and $1,000, which represent less than 0.01 percent of average net assets for the six months ended September 30, 2019 and fiscal years ended March 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 and less than 0.005 percent of average net assets for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Absent the additional reimbursements, net investment income and reimbursements would have been decreased and net expenses would have been increased by a corresponding amount.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS   63   EQUITY FUNDS


EQUITY FUNDS

 

FOR MORE INFORMATION

 

ANNUAL/SEMIANNUAL REPORTS AND STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Additional information about the Funds’ investments is available in the Funds’ annual and semiannual reports to shareholders. In the Funds’ annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Funds’ performance during their last fiscal year.

Additional information about the Funds and their policies is also available in the Funds’ SAI. The SAI is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus (and is legally considered part of this Prospectus).

The Funds’ annual and semiannual reports and the SAI are available free upon request by calling the Northern Funds Center at 800-595-9111 or by sending an email request to: northern-funds@ntrs.com. The SAI and other information are available from a financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank) through which the Funds’ shares may be purchased or sold.

TO OBTAIN OTHER INFORMATION AND FOR SHAREHOLDER INQUIRIES:

BY TELEPHONE

Call 800-595-9111

BY MAIL

Northern Funds

P.O. Box 75986

Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986

ON THE INTERNET

The Funds’ documents are available online and may be downloaded from:

 

 

The EDGAR database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov (text-only).

 

 

Northern Funds’ website at northerntrust.com/funds.

Reports and other information about Northern Funds’ are available on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s internet site at http://www.sec.gov. You also may obtain copies of Northern Funds’ documents, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request to: publicinfo@sec.gov.

 

811-08236

 

EQUITY FUNDS   64   NORTHERN FUNDS PROSPECTUS  


Preliminary Statement of Additional Information dated February 28, 2020

Subject to Completion

The information contained in this statement of additional information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This statement of additional information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

NORTHERN FUNDS

(THE “TRUST”)

PART B

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

[                ], 2020

SMALL CAP CORE FUND

CLASS I (NSGRX)

CLASS K (            )

U.S. QUALITY ESG FUND

CLASS I (            )

CLASS K (NUESX)

GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND

CLASS I (NSRIX)

CLASS K (            )


This Statement of Additional Information dated [                ], 2020 (the “SAI”) is not a prospectus. This SAI should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus dated [                ], 2020, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectus), for the Small Cap Core Fund, U.S. Quality ESG Fund and Global Sustainability Index Fund (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) of Northern Funds (the “Prospectus”). Copies of the Prospectus may be obtained without charge from the Trust’s transfer agent, The Northern Trust Company (in such capacity, the “Transfer Agent”) by writing to the Northern Funds Center, P.O. Box 75986, Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986 or by calling 800-595-9111. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined have the same meaning as in the Prospectuses.

The audited financial statements for the Funds and related reports of Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, contained in the annual reports to the Funds’ shareholders for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and the unaudited financial statements of the Funds contained in the semi-annual report to the Funds’ shareholders for the six-months ended September 30, 2019 , are incorporated herein by reference in the section entitled “Financial Statements.” No other parts of the annual or semi-annual reports are incorporated by reference herein. Copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained upon request and without charge by calling 800-595-9111 (toll-free).

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS SAI OR IN THE PROSPECTUSES IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE BY THE PROSPECTUSES AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE TRUST OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR. THE PROSPECTUSES DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING BY THE TRUST OR BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of any bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), any other government agency or The Northern Trust Company (“TNTC”), its affiliates, subsidiaries or any other bank. An investment in a Fund involves investment risks, including possible loss of principal.

 

2


INDEX

 

     Page  

ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT INFORMATION

     4  

Classification and History

     4  

Investment Objectives and Strategies

     4  

Investment Restrictions

     47  

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

     51  

ADDITIONAL TRUST INFORMATION

     53  

Trustees and Officers

     53  

Leadership Structure

     60  

Risk Oversight

     60  

Trustee Experience

     61  

Standing Board Committees

     63  

Trustee Ownership of Fund Shares

     64  

Trustee and Officer Compensation

     64  

Code of Ethics

     66  

Investment Adviser, Transfer Agent and Custodian

     66  

Brokerage Transactions

     72  

Portfolio Managers

     73  

Proxy Voting—Small Cap Core Fund

     78  

Proxy Voting—Global Sustainability Index Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund Only

     80  

Distributor

     81  

Service Organizations

     81  

Counsel and Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     82  

In-Kind Purchases and Redemptions

     83  

Redemption Fees and Requirements

     83  

Automatic Investing Plan

     83  

Directed Reinvestments

     83  

Redemptions and Exchanges

     84  

Retirement Plans

     84  

Expenses

     84  

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

     86  

General Information

     88  

NET ASSET VALUE

     91  

TAXES

     93  

Federal—General Information

     93  

State and Local Taxes

     94  

Foreign Taxes

     94  

Qualified Dividend Income

     95  

Corporate Dividends Received Deduction

     95  

Taxation of Income from Certain Financial Instruments and PFICs

     95  

Investments in Real Estate Investment Trusts

     95  

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders

     96  

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

     98  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     102  

OTHER INFORMATION

     103  

APPENDIX A

     A-1  

APPENDIX B

     B-1  

APPENDIX C

     C-1  

 

3


ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT INFORMATION

CLASSIFICATION AND HISTORY

Northern Funds (the “Trust”) is an open-end management investment company. Each Fund is classified as diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

Each Fund is a series of the Trust that was formed as a Delaware statutory trust on February 7, 2000 under an Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended (the “Trust Agreement”). The Trust also offers other funds, including other equity and equity index funds and fixed income, tax exempt fixed income, multi-manager and money market funds, which are not described in this SAI.

The Funds currently offer two classes of shares: Class K shares and Class I shares. Prior to [                , 2020], the Funds offered a single class of shares, designated as the Shares class.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES

The following supplements the investment objectives, strategies and risks of the Funds as set forth in the Prospectus. The investment objective of each Fund may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) without shareholder approval. Except as expressly noted below, each Fund’s investment strategies may be changed without shareholder approval. In addition to the instruments discussed below and in the Prospectus, each Fund may purchase other types of financial instruments, however designated, whose investment and credit quality characteristics are determined by Northern Trust Investments, Inc. (“NTI” or the “Investment Adviser,” and collectively with TNTC, “Northern Trust”) to be substantially similar to those of any other investment otherwise permitted by a Fund’s investment strategies.

With respect to the Funds to the extent required by Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations, shareholders of each Fund will be provided with sixty days’ notice in the manner prescribed by the SEC before any change in a Fund’s policy stated in the Prospectus to invest at least 80% of its net assets in the particular type of investment suggested by its name. For these purposes, “net assets” include the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes and the amount of “net assets” is measured at the time of purchase.

Global Sustainability Index Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing, under normal circumstances, substantially all (and at least 80%) of its net assets in equity securities included in the MSCI World ESG Leaders IndexSM, in weightings that approximate the relative composition of the securities contained in the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index.

Small Cap Core Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of small capitalization companies. Small capitalization companies generally are considered to be those whose market capitalization is, at the time the Fund makes an investment, within the range of the market capitalization of companies in the Russell 2000® Index.

U.S. Quality ESG Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of large and mid-capitalization U.S. companies that the Investment Adviser believes have favorable environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) characteristics under a third party vendor’s rating methodology. For purposes of this definition, companies with a market capitalization within the range of the Russell 1000® Index will be considered large or mid-capitalization companies. As of December 31, 2019, the market capitalization of the companies in the Russell 1000 Index was between approximately $823.4 million and $1.305 trillion. Using a quantitative factor-based approach, the U.S. Quality ESG Fund intends to invest in companies that (i) meet the criteria for ESG factors provided by a third-party research vendor, (ii) exhibit strong business fundamentals, solid management and reliable cash flows, and (iii) are located, headquartered in, incorporated in or otherwise organized in the United States.

 

4


AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS (“ADRs”). To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in ADRs. ADRs are receipts that are traded in the United States evidencing ownership of the underlying foreign securities and are denominated in U.S. dollars. In addition to investment risks associated with the underlying issuer, ADRs expose a Fund to additional risk associated with non-uniform terms that apply to ADR programs, credit exposure to the depository bank and to the sponsors and other parties with whom the depository bank establishes the programs, currency risk and liquidity risk. Some institutions issuing ADRs may not be sponsored by the issuer. Unsponsored programs generally expose investors to greater risks than sponsored programs and do not provide holders with many of the shareholder benefits that come from investing in a sponsored ADR. Available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored ADRs and the prices of unsponsored ADRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer. ADRs are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted.

A non-sponsored depository may not provide the same shareholder information that a sponsored depository is required to provide under its contractual arrangement with the issuer.

ASSET-BACKED (INCLUDING MORTGAGE-BACKED) SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may purchase asset-backed securities, which are securities sponsored by entities such as government agencies, banks, financial companies and commercial or industrial companies and are backed by mortgages, installment contracts, credit card receivables, municipal securities or other financial assets. The investment characteristics of asset-backed securities differ from those of traditional fixed-income securities. Asset-backed securities represent interests in “pools” of assets in which payments of both interest and principal on the securities are made periodically, thus in effect “passing through” such payments made by the individual borrowers on the assets that underlie the securities, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities. The average life of asset-backed securities varies with the maturities of the underlying instruments, and the average life of a mortgage-backed instrument, in particular, is likely to be substantially less than the original maturity of the mortgage pools underlying the securities as a result of mortgage prepayments. For this and other reasons, an asset-backed security normally is subject to both call risk and extension risk, and an asset-backed security’s stated maturity may be shortened. In addition, the security’s total return may be difficult to predict precisely. These differences can result in significantly greater price and yield volatility than is the case with traditional fixed-income securities.

If an asset-backed security is purchased at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity.

Conversely, if an asset-backed security is purchased at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will decrease, yield to maturity. Prepayments on asset-backed securities generally increase with falling interest rates and decrease with rising interest rates; furthermore, prepayment rates are influenced by a variety of economic and social factors. In general, the collateral supporting non-mortgage asset-backed securities is of shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial prepayments.

Asset-backed securities acquired by certain Funds may include collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs provide the holder with a specified interest in the cash flow of a pool of underlying mortgages or other mortgage-backed securities. Issuers of CMOs ordinarily elect to be taxed as pass-through entities known as real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”). CMOs are issued in multiple classes, each with a specified fixed or floating interest rate and a final distribution date. The relative payment rights of the various CMO classes may be structured in a variety of ways, and normally are considered derivative securities. In some cases CMOs may be highly leveraged and very speculative. The Funds will not purchase “residual” CMO interests, which normally exhibit greater price volatility.

 

5


There are a number of important differences among the agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises of the U.S. government that issue mortgage-related securities and among the securities that they issue. Mortgage-related securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) include Ginnie Mae Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by Ginnie Mae and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, which means that the U.S. government guarantees that the interest and principal will be paid when due. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Ginnie Mae certificates also are supported by the authority of Ginnie Mae to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee.

Mortgage-backed securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) include Fannie Mae Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, which are solely the obligations of Fannie Mae and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States, except as described below, but are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury. Fannie Mae is a stockholder-owned corporation chartered under an Act of the U.S. Congress. Fannie Mae certificates are guaranteed as to timely payment of the principal and interest by Fannie Mae. Mortgage-related securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) include Freddie Mac Mortgage Participation Certificates. Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of the United States, created pursuant to an Act of Congress. Freddie Mac certificates are not guaranteed by the United States or by any Federal Home Loan Banks and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or of any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Mac certificates entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans. When Freddie Mac does not guarantee timely payment of principal, Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal after default.

From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating federal sponsorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The Trust cannot predict what legislation, if any, may be proposed in the future in Congress with regard to such sponsorship or which proposals, if any, might be enacted. Such proposals, if enacted, might materially and adversely affect the availability of government guaranteed mortgage-backed securities and the Funds’ liquidity and value.

There is risk that the U.S. government will not provide financial support to its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. A Fund may purchase U.S. government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. government securities held by a Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

The volatility and disruption that impacted the capital and credit markets during late 2008 and into 2009 have led to increased market concerns about Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s ability to withstand future credit losses associated with securities held in their investment portfolios, and on which they provide guarantees, without the direct support of the federal government. On September 7, 2008, both Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae were placed under the conservatorship of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”).

Under the plan of conservatorship, the FHFA has assumed control of, and generally has the power to direct, the operations of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, and is empowered to exercise all powers collectively held by their respective shareholders, directors and officers, including the power to: (1) take over the assets of and operate Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae with all the powers of the shareholders, the directors, and the officers of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae and conduct all business of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae; (2) collect all obligations and money due to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae; (3) perform all functions of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae that are consistent with the conservator’s appointment; (4) preserve and conserve the assets and property of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae; and (5) contract for assistance in fulfilling any function, activity, action or duty of the

 

6


conservator. In addition, in connection with the actions taken by the FHFA, the U.S. Treasury Department (the “Treasury”) entered into certain preferred stock purchase agreements with each of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, which established the Treasury as the holder of a new class of senior preferred stock in each of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, which stock was issued in connection with financial contributions from the Treasury to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.

The conditions attached to the financial contribution made by the Treasury to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae and the issuance of this senior preferred stock placed significant restrictions on the activities of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae must obtain the consent of the Treasury to, among other things: (i) make any payment to purchase or redeem its capital stock or pay any dividend other than in respect of the senior preferred stock issued to the Treasury, (ii) issue capital stock of any kind, (iii) terminate the conservatorship of the FHFA except in connection with a receivership, or (iv) increase its debt beyond certain specified levels. In addition, significant restrictions were placed on the maximum size of each of Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s respective portfolios of mortgages and mortgage-backed securities, and the purchase agreements entered into by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae provide that the maximum size of their portfolios of these assets must decrease by a specified percentage each year. The future status and role of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae could be impacted by (among other things): the actions taken and restrictions placed on Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae by the FHFA in its role as conservator; the restrictions placed on Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s operations and activities as a result of the senior preferred stock investment made by the Treasury; market responses to developments at Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae; and future legislative and regulatory action that alters the operations, ownership, structure and/or mission of these institutions, each of which may, in turn, impact the value of, and cash flows on, any mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, including any such mortgage-backed securities held by the Funds.

The economic recession that commenced in the United States in 2008 introduced a period of heightened levels of default on receivables and loans underlying asset-backed securities than were historically experienced. A future economic downturn could increase the risk that such assets underlying asset-backed securities purchased by the Funds will also suffer greater levels of default than were historically experienced.

In addition, privately issued mortgage-backed securities (as well as other types of asset-backed securities) do not have the backing of any U.S. government agency, instrumentality or sponsored enterprise. The seller or servicer of the underlying mortgage obligations generally will make representations and warranties to certificate-holders as to certain characteristics of the mortgage loans and as to the accuracy of certain information furnished to the trustee in respect of each such mortgage loan. Upon a breach of any representation or warranty that materially and adversely affects the interests of the related certificate-holders in a mortgage loan, the seller or servicer generally will be obligated either to cure the breach in all material respects, to repurchase the mortgage loan or, if the related agreement so provides, to substitute in its place a mortgage loan pursuant to the conditions set forth therein. Such a repurchase or substitution obligation may constitute the sole remedy available to the related certificate-holders or the trustee for the material breach of any such representation or warranty by the seller or servicer. To provide additional investor protection, some mortgage-backed securities may have various types of credit enhancements, reserve funds, subordination provisions or other features.

Non-mortgage asset-backed securities involve certain risks that are not presented by mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the underlying collateral. Credit card receivables generally are unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which have given debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile

 

7


receivables may not have an effective security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is a possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be able to support payments on these securities.

Asset-backed securities acquired by the Funds may also include collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”). CDOs include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”) and collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities.

A CBO is a trust or other special purpose entity (“SPE”) that is typically backed by a diversified pool of fixed-income securities (which may include high risk, below investment grade securities). A CLO is a trust or other SPE that is typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and non-U.S. senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Investments in CLOs organized outside of the United States may not be deemed to be foreign securities if a CLO is collateralized by a pool of loans, a substantial portion of which are U.S. loans. Although certain CDOs may receive credit enhancement in the form of a senior-subordinate structure, over-collateralization or bond insurance, such enhancement may not always be present and may fail to protect a Fund against the risk of loss on default of the collateral. Certain CDOs may use derivatives contracts to create “synthetic” exposure to assets rather than holding such assets directly, which entails the risks of derivative instruments described elsewhere in this SAI. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses, which are in addition to those of a Fund.

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cash flows from the SPE are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche, which bears the first loss from defaults from the bonds or loans in the SPE and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default (though such protection is not complete). Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO or CLO typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and may be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as investor aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class. Interest on certain tranches of a CDO may be paid in kind (paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash), which involves continued exposure to default risk with respect to such payments.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which a Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a Fund as illiquid investments. However, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs, allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed-income securities and asset-backed securities generally discussed elsewhere in this SAI, CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) a Fund may invest in tranches of CDOs that are subordinate to other tranches; (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results; and (v) the CDO’s manager may perform poorly or default.

BANK LOANS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds, except for the U.S. Quality ESG Fund, may invest in loans. The primary risk in an investment in loans is that borrowers may be unable to meet their interest and/or principal payment obligations. Loans in which a Fund invests may be made to finance highly leveraged borrowers, which may make such loans especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions. Loans in which a Fund may invest may be either collateralized or uncollateralized and senior or subordinate. Investments in uncollateralized and/or subordinate loans entail a greater risk of nonpayment than do investments in loans that hold a more senior position in the borrower’s capital structure and/or are secured with collateral. If they do provide collateral, the value of the collateral may not

 

8


completely cover the borrower’s obligations at the time of a default. If a borrower files for protection from its creditors under the U.S. bankruptcy laws, these laws may limit a Fund’s rights to its collateral. In addition, the value of collateral may erode during a bankruptcy case. In the event of a bankruptcy, the holder of a loan may not recover its principal, may experience a long delay in recovering its investment and may not receive interest during the delay. In addition, loans are generally subject to liquidity risk. The Funds may acquire interests in loans by purchasing participations in and/or assignments of portions of loans from third parties or by investing in pools of loans, such as collateralized debt obligations (see “Asset-Backed (including Mortgage-Backed) Securities” on page 5). Transactions in loans may settle on a delayed basis. As a result, the proceeds from the sale of a loan may not be available to make additional investments or to meet a Fund’s redemption obligations.

In certain circumstances, loans may not be deemed to be securities under certain federal securities laws. Therefore, in the event of fraud or misrepresentation by a borrower or an arranger, lenders and purchasers of interests in loans, such as a Fund, may not have the protection of the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws as would otherwise be available for bonds or stocks. Instead, in such cases, parties generally would rely on the contractual provisions in the loan agreement itself and common-law fraud protections under applicable state law.

BORROWINGS. The Funds may engage in borrowing transactions as a means of raising cash to satisfy redemption requests, for other temporary or emergency purposes or, to the extent permitted by their investment policies, to raise additional cash to be invested in other securities or instruments in an effort to increase the Funds’ investment returns. Reverse repurchase agreements may be considered to be a type of borrowing.

When the Funds invest borrowing proceeds in other securities, the Funds will be at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of the securities in which the proceeds are invested. Like other leveraging risks, this makes the value of an investment in the Funds more volatile and increases the Funds’ overall investment exposure. In addition, if a Fund’s return on its investment of the borrowing proceeds does not equal or exceed the interest that the Fund is obligated to pay under the terms of a borrowing, engaging in these transactions will lower the Fund’s return.

The Funds may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to their borrowing obligations. This could adversely affect a Fund’s strategy and result in lower returns. Interest on any borrowings will be a Fund expense and will reduce the value of the Funds’ shares. The Funds may borrow on a secured or on an unsecured basis. If a Fund enters into a secured borrowing arrangement, a portion of the Fund’s assets will be used as collateral. During the term of the borrowing, the Funds will remain at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of these assets in addition to any securities purchased with the proceeds of the loan. In addition, the Funds may be unable to sell the collateral at a time when it would be advantageous to do so, which could adversely affect the Funds’ strategy and result in lower returns. The Funds would also be subject to the risk that the lender may file for bankruptcy, become insolvent, or otherwise default on its obligations to return the collateral to the Funds. In the event of a default by the lender, there may be delays, costs and risks of loss involved in a Fund’s exercising its rights with respect to the collateral or those rights may be limited by other contractual agreements or obligations or by applicable law.

CALCULATION OF PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATE. The portfolio turnover rate for a Fund is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio investments for the reporting period by the monthly average value of the portfolio investments owned during the reporting period. The calculation excludes all securities, including options, whose maturities or expiration dates at the time of acquisition are one year or less. Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year as well as within a particular year, and may be affected by changes in the holdings of specific issuers, changes in country and currency weightings, cash requirements for redemption of shares and by requirements that enable the Funds to receive favorable tax treatment.

 

9


Portfolio Turnover Rate

The Funds are not restricted by policy with regard to portfolio turnover and will make changes in their investment portfolios from time to time as business and economic conditions as well as market prices may dictate. Please see the Financial Highlights tables in the Funds’ Prospectus for the Funds’ portfolio turnover rates for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and the semi-annual period ended September 30, 2019.

COMMERCIAL PAPER, BANKERS ACCEPTANCES, CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT, TIME DEPOSITS AND BANK NOTES. To the extent consistent with their respective investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in commercial paper. Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by banks or bank holding companies, corporations and finance companies. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties that vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party. Bank notes generally rank junior to deposit liabilities of banks and pari passu with other senior, unsecured obligations of the bank. Bank notes are classified as “other borrowings” on a bank’s balance sheet, while deposit notes and certificates of deposit are classified as deposits. Bank notes are not insured by the FDIC or any other insurer. Deposit notes are insured by the FDIC only to the extent of $250,000 per depositor per bank.

Each Fund may invest a portion of its assets in the obligations of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks. Such obligations include Eurodollar Certificates of Deposit (“ECDs”), which are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit issued by offices of foreign and domestic banks located outside the United States; Eurodollar Time Deposits (“ETDs”), which are U.S. dollar-denominated deposits in a foreign branch of a U.S. bank or a foreign bank; Canadian Time Deposits (“CTDs”), which are essentially the same as ETDs except they are issued by Canadian offices of major Canadian banks; Schedule Bs, which are obligations issued by Canadian branches of foreign or domestic banks; Yankee Certificates of Deposit (“Yankee CDs”), which are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit issued by a U.S. branch of a foreign bank and held in the United States; and Yankee Bankers’ Acceptances (“Yankee BAs”), which are U.S. dollar-denominated bankers’ acceptances issued by a U.S. branch of a foreign bank and held in the United States.

Commercial paper is generally unsecured and usually discounted from its value at maturity. The value of commercial paper may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of the issuing entities and will tend to fall when interest rates rise and rise when interest rates fall. Investments in commercial paper are subject to the risk that the issuer cannot issue enough new commercial paper to satisfy its obligations with respect to its outstanding commercial paper, also known as rollover risk. Commercial paper is also susceptible to changes in the issuer’s financial condition or credit quality. In addition, under certain circumstances commercial paper may become illiquid or may suffer from reduced liquidity.

Such investment risks include future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of non-U.S. withholding taxes on interest income payable on such obligations held by the Funds, the possible seizure or nationalization of non-U.S. deposits and the possible establishment of exchange controls or other non-U.S. governmental laws or restrictions applicable to the payment of the principal of and interest on certificates of deposit or fixed time deposits that might affect adversely such payment on such obligations held by the Funds. Additionally, there may be less public information available about non-U.S. entities. Non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less governmental regulation and supervision than U.S. issuers. Non-U.S. issuers also generally are not bound by uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. issuers. See also “Foreign Investments—General” on page 17.

 

10


COMMODITY-LINKED SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may seek to provide exposure to the investment returns of real assets that trade in the commodity markets through investments in commodity-linked derivative securities, which are designed to provide this exposure without direct investment in physical commodities or commodities futures contracts. Real assets are assets such as oil, gas, industrial and precious metals, livestock, and agricultural or meat products, or other items that have tangible properties, as compared to stocks or bonds, which are financial instruments.

The value of commodity-linked derivative securities may be affected by a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, overall market movements and other factors affecting the value of particular industries or commodities, such as weather, disease, embargoes, acts of war or terrorism, or political and regulatory developments.

The prices of commodity-linked derivative securities may move in different directions than investments in traditional equity and debt securities when the value of those traditional securities is declining due to adverse economic conditions. As an example, during periods of rising inflation, debt securities have historically tended to decline in value due to the general increase in prevailing interest rates. Conversely, during those same periods of rising inflation, the prices of certain commodities, such as oil and metals, have historically tended to increase. Of course, there cannot be any guarantee that these investments will perform in that manner in the future, and at certain times the price movements of commodity-linked instruments have been parallel to those of debt and equity securities. Commodities have historically tended to increase and decrease in value during different parts of the business cycle than financial assets. Nevertheless, at various times, commodities prices may move in tandem with the prices of financial assets and thus may not provide overall portfolio diversification benefits.

COMMODITY-RELATED SECURITIES RISK is the risk that investing in commodity-related securities investments may subject a Fund to greater volatility than investments in other kinds of securities. In addition to overall market movements, commodity-related securities may be adversely impacted by commodity index volatility, changes in interest rates, or factors affecting a particular industry or commodity, such as weather, disease, embargoes, acts of war or terrorism, or political and regulatory developments.

To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest a portion of their assets in commodity-related securities. Commodity-related industries throughout the world are subject to greater political, environmental, and other governmental regulation than many other industries. Changes in government policies and the need for regulatory approvals may adversely affect the products and services of companies in the commodities industries. The effect of future regulations affecting commodity-related industries cannot be predicted. The value of a Fund’s investments in commodity-related securities may decline and fluctuate in a rapid and unpredictable manner.

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities entitle the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible securities mature or are redeemed, converted or exchanged. Prior to conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to ordinary debt securities in that they normally provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stock of the same or similar issuers. Convertible securities are usually subordinated to comparable-tier non-convertible securities but rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a fixed-income security.

In selecting convertible securities, the Investment Adviser may consider, among other factors: an evaluation of the creditworthiness of the issuers of the securities; the interest or dividend income generated by the securities; the potential for capital appreciation of the securities and the underlying common stocks; the prices of the securities relative to other comparable securities and to the underlying common stocks; whether the securities are

 

11


entitled to the benefits of sinking funds or other protective conditions; diversification of portfolio securities as to issuers; and whether the securities are rated by a rating agency and, if so, the ratings assigned.

The value of convertible securities is a function of their investment value (determined by yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and their conversion value (their worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The investment value of convertible securities is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline, and by the credit standing of the issuer and other factors. The conversion value of convertible securities is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock, and may vary in price in response to changes in the price of the underlying common stock, with greater volatility. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible securities is governed principally by their investment value. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible securities will be increasingly influenced by their conversion value. In addition, convertible securities generally sell at a premium over their conversion value determined by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding fixed-income securities.

In addition, a convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption, the Fund would be required to (i) permit the issuer to redeem the security, (ii) convert it into the underlying common stock or (iii) sell it to a third party. Any of the actions could have an adverse effect on a Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

In general, investments in lower quality convertible securities are subject to a significant risk of a change in the credit rating or financial condition of the issuing entity. Investments in convertible securities of medium or lower quality also are likely to be subject to greater market fluctuation and to greater risk of loss of income and principal due to default than investments of higher quality fixed-income securities. Such lower quality securities generally tend to reflect short-term corporate and market developments to a greater extent than higher quality securities, which react more to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. A Fund that invests in convertible securities generally will seek to reduce risk to the investor by diversification, credit analysis and attention to current developments in trends of both the economy and financial markets. However, while diversification reduces the effect on a Fund of any single investment, it does not reduce the overall risk of investing in lower quality securities.

CUSTODIAL RECEIPTS FOR TREASURY SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may acquire U.S. government obligations and their unmatured interest coupons that have been separated (“stripped”) by their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage firm. Having separated the interest coupons from the underlying principal of the U.S. government obligations, the holder will resell the stripped securities in custodial receipt programs with a number of different names, such as TIGRs (Treasury Income Growth Receipts) and CATS (Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities). The stripped coupons are sold separately from the underlying principal, which usually is sold at a deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to receive a future fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights to periodic interest (cash) payments. The underlying U.S. Treasury bonds and notes themselves are held in book-entry form at the Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered securities, which are ostensibly owned by the bearer or holder), in trust on behalf of the owners. Counsel to the underwriters of these certificates or other evidences of ownership of U.S. Treasury securities have stated that, in their opinion, purchasers of the stripped securities most likely will be deemed the beneficial holders of the underlying U.S. government obligations for federal tax purposes. The Trust is unaware of any binding legislative, judicial or administrative authority on this issue. If for tax purposes a Fund is not considered to be the owner of the securities held in the underlying trust or custodial account, the Fund may suffer adverse tax consequences. As a holder of custodial receipts, a Fund will bear its proportionate share of the fees or expenses charged to the custodial account.

 

12


CYBERSECURITY RISK. With the increased use of technologies such as mobile devices and Web-based or “cloud” applications, and the dependence on the Internet and computer systems to conduct business, the Funds are susceptible to operational, information security and related risks. In general, cybersecurity incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events (arising from external or internal sources) that may cause the Funds to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, physical damage to a computer or network system or lose operational capacity. Cybersecurity attacks include, but are not limited to, infection by malicious software, such as malware or computer viruses or gaining unauthorized access to digital systems, networks or devices that are used to service the Funds’ operations (e.g., through “hacking,” “phishing” or malicious software coding) or other means for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cybersecurity attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on the Funds’ websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). In addition, authorized persons could inadvertently or intentionally release confidential or proprietary information stored on the Funds’ systems.

Cybersecurity incidents affecting the Investment Adviser, other service providers (including, but not limited to, the sub-administrator, custodian, sub-custodians, transfer agent and financial intermediaries) or the Funds’ shareholders have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses to both the Funds and their shareholders, interference with the Funds’ ability to calculate their Net Asset Values (“NAV”), impediments to trading, the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business and the Funds to process transactions (including fulfillment of Fund share purchases and redemptions), violations of applicable privacy and other laws (including the release of private shareholder information) and attendant breach notification and credit monitoring costs, regulatory fines, penalties, litigation costs, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, forensic investigation and remediation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. Similar adverse consequences could result from cybersecurity incidents affecting issuers of securities in which the Funds invest, counterparties with which the Funds engage in transactions, governmental and other regulatory authorities, exchange and other financial market operators, banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies and other financial institutions (including financial intermediaries and other service providers) and other parties. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to safeguard against and reduce the risk of any cybersecurity incidents in the future. In addition to administrative, technological and procedural safeguards, the Investment Adviser has established business continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent or reduce the impact of, such cybersecurity incidents. However, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified, as well as the rapid development of new threats. Furthermore, the Funds have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cybersecurity incidents affecting third-party service providers, and the Funds cannot control the cybersecurity plans and systems put in place by their service providers or any other third parties whose operations may affect the Funds or their shareholders. The Funds and their shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

EQUITY-LINKED NOTES. An equity-linked note (“ELN”) is a debt instrument whose value is based on the value of a single equity security, basket of equity securities or an index of equity securities (each, an “Underlying Equity”). An ELN typically provides interest income, thereby offering a yield advantage over investing directly in an Underlying Equity. A Fund, except for the U.S. Quality ESG Fund, may purchase ELNs that trade on a securities exchange or those that trade on the over-the-counter markets, including Rule 144A securities. A Fund may also purchase ELNs in a privately negotiated transaction with the issuer of the ELNs (or its broker-dealer affiliate). A Fund may or may not hold an ELN until its maturity.

Equity-linked securities also include issues such as Structured Yield Product Exchangeable for Stock (“STRYPES”), Trust Automatic Common Exchange Securities (“TRACES”), Trust Issued Mandatory Exchange Securities (“TIMES”) and Trust Enhanced Dividend Securities (“TRENDS”). The issuers of these equity-linked securities generally purchase and hold a portion of stripped U.S. Treasury securities maturing on a quarterly basis through the conversion date, and a forward purchase contract with an existing shareholder of the company relating to the common stock. Quarterly distributions on such equity-linked securities generally consist of the

 

13


cash received from the U.S. Treasury securities and such equity-linked securities generally are not entitled to any dividends that may be declared on the common stock.

ELNs also include participation notes issued by a bank or broker-dealer that entitles a Fund to a return measured by the change in value of an Underlying Equity. Participation notes are typically used when a direct investment in the Underlying Equity is restricted due to country-specific regulations. Investment in a participation note is the same as investment in the constituent shares of the company (or other issuer type) to which the Underlying Equity is economically tied. A participation note represents only an obligation of the company or other issuer type to provide a Fund the economic performance equivalent to holding shares of the Underlying Equity. A participation note does not provide any beneficial or equitable entitlement or interest in the relevant Underlying Equity. In other words, shares of the Underlying Equity are not in any way owned by the Fund.

EQUITY SECURITIES. The Funds invest primarily in equity securities. “Equity securities” include common stocks, preferred stocks, investment companies including ETFs, interests in REITs, convertible securities, equity interests in trusts, partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies and similar enterprises, warrants, stock purchase rights and synthetic and derivative instruments that have economic characteristics similar to equity securities.

Investing in equity securities involves market risk. Market risk is the risk that the value of the securities in which a Fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual issuers and/or general economic conditions. Securities markets may experience great short-term volatility and may fall sharply at times. Different markets may behave differently from each other and a foreign market may move in the opposite direction from the U.S. market. Stock prices have historically risen and fallen in periodic cycles. In general, the values of equity investments fluctuate in response to the activities of individual companies and in response to general market and economic conditions. Price changes may be temporary or may last for extended periods. Accordingly, the values of the equity investments that a Fund holds may decline over short or extended periods. This volatility means that the value of your investment in the Fund may increase or decrease. You could lose money over short periods due to fluctuation in a Fund’s NAV in response to market movements, and over longer periods during market downturns.

Over the past several years, stock markets have experienced substantial price volatility. Growth stocks are generally more sensitive to market movements than other types of stocks and their stock prices may therefore be more volatile and present a higher degree of risk of loss. Value stocks, on the other hand, may fall out of favor with investors and underperform growth stocks during any given period. Stock prices may fluctuate from time to time in response to the activities of individual companies and in response to general market and economic conditions. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry trends and developments, and the stock prices of such companies may decline in response.

Although interest rates were raised from their historic lows in 2017, subsequent rate increases and decreases have occurred since then. Future increases to the federal funds rate by the U.S. Federal Reserve, among other factors, could cause markets to experience continuing high volatility. A significant increase in interest rates may cause a decline in the market for equity securities. Also, regulators have expressed concern that rate increases may contribute to price volatility. These events and the possible resulting market volatility may have an adverse effect on the Funds.

EQUITY SWAPS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may enter into equity swap contracts to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in circumstances in which direct investment is restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impracticable. Equity swaps may be used by the Funds for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. The counterparty to an equity swap contract will typically be a bank, investment banking firm or broker/dealer. Equity swap contracts may be structured in different ways. For example, a counterparty may agree to pay a Fund the amount, if any, by

 

14


which the notional amount of the equity swap contract would have increased in value had it been invested in particular stocks (or an index of stocks), plus the dividends that would have been received on those stocks. In these cases, a Fund may agree to pay to the counterparty the amount, if any, by which that notional amount would have decreased in value had it been invested in the stocks. Therefore, the return to the Fund on any equity swap contract should be the gain or loss on the notional amount plus dividends on the stocks less the interest paid by the Fund on the notional amount. In other cases, the counterparty and a Fund may each agree to pay the other the difference between the relative investment performances that would have been achieved if the notional amount of the equity swap contract had been invested in different stocks (or indices of stocks).

A Fund will enter into equity swaps only on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Payments may be made at the conclusion of an equity swap contract or periodically during its term. Equity swaps do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to equity swaps is limited to the net amount of payments that a Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to an equity swap defaults, a Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that such Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any. Inasmuch as these transactions are entered into for hedging purposes or are offset by segregated cash or liquid assets to cover the Fund’s obligations, the Funds and the Investment Adviser believe that such transactions do not constitute senior securities under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to a Fund’s borrowing restrictions.

The Funds will not enter into any swap transactions unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt or claims-paying ability of the other party is rated either A, or A-1 or better by S&P® Global Ratings Services (“S&P”), or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”); or A or Prime-1 or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), or has received a comparable rating from another organization that is recognized as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”). If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, a Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

The use of equity swaps is a highly specialized activity, which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, the investment performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if this investment technique were not used. For a description of Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) regulations affecting swap transactions and certain other derivatives, see “Futures Contracts and Related Options” on page 26.

EUROPEAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS (EDRs) AND GLOBAL DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS (GDRs). To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in EDRs and GDRs. EDRs and GDRs are receipts issued by a non-U.S. financial institution evidencing ownership of underlying foreign or U.S. securities and usually are denominated in foreign currencies. EDRs and GDRs may not be denominated in the same currency as the securities they represent. Generally, EDRs and GDRs are designed for use in the foreign securities markets. In addition to investment risks associated with the underlying issuer, EDRs and GDRs expose a Fund to additional risk associated with non-uniform terms that apply to EDR and GDR programs, credit exposure to the depository bank and to the sponsors and other parties with whom the depository bank establishes the programs, currency risk and liquidity risk. Some institutions issuing EDRs and GDRs may not be sponsored by the issuer. Unsponsored programs generally expose investors to greater risks than sponsored programs and do not provide holders with many of the shareholder benefits that come from investing in a sponsored EDR or GDR. Available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored EDRs and the prices of unsponsored GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer. EDRs and GDRs are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted. (See also “Foreign Investments—General” on page 17 for an additional discussion of the risks of investments in foreign securities).

 

15


EXCHANGE-RELATED SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with its investment objective and strategies, the U.S. Quality ESG Fund may invest in exchange-related securities. Exchange-related securities represent certain foreign debt obligations whose principal values are linked to a foreign currency but which are repaid in U.S. dollars. The principal payable on an exchange rate-related security is subject to currency risk. In addition, the potential illiquidity and high volatility of the foreign exchange market may make exchange rate-related securities difficult to sell prior to maturity at an appropriate price.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against a possible loss on investments resulting from a decline or appreciation in the value of a particular foreign currency against the U.S. dollar or another foreign currency or for other reasons. These contracts involve an obligation to purchase or sell a specified currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. Forward currency contracts do not eliminate fluctuations in the values of portfolio securities but rather allow a Fund to establish a rate of exchange for a future point in time.

When entering into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security, a Fund may enter into a forward foreign currency exchange contract for the amount of the purchase or sale price to protect against variations, between the date the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received, in the value of the foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar or other foreign currency.

When the Investment Adviser anticipates that a particular foreign currency may decline relative to the U.S. dollar or other leading currencies, in order to reduce risk, a Fund may enter into a forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the Fund’s securities denominated in such foreign currency. Similarly, when the securities held by a Fund create a short position in a foreign currency, a Fund may enter into a forward contract to buy, for a fixed amount, an amount of foreign currency approximating the short position. With respect to any forward foreign currency contract, it generally will not be possible to match precisely the amount covered by that contract and the value of the securities involved due to the changes in the values of such securities resulting from market movements between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. In addition, while forward contracts may offer protection from losses resulting from declines or appreciation in the value of a particular foreign currency, they also limit potential gains, which might result from changes in the value of such currency. A Fund also may incur costs in connection with forward foreign currency exchange contracts and conversions of foreign currencies and U.S. dollars.

In addition, to the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may purchase or sell forward foreign currency exchange contracts to seek to increase total return or for cross-hedging purposes and may engage in cross-hedging by using forward contracts in one currency to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if the investment management team believes that there is a pattern of correlation between the two currencies.

Liquid assets equal to the amount of a Fund’s assets that could be required to consummate forward contracts will be segregated except to the extent the contracts are otherwise “covered.” The segregated assets will be valued at market or fair value. If the market or fair value of such assets declines, additional liquid assets will be segregated daily so that the value of the segregated assets will equal the amount of such commitments by the Fund. A forward contract to sell a foreign currency is “covered” if a Fund owns the currency (or securities denominated in the currency) underlying the contract, or holds a forward contract (or call option) permitting the Fund to buy the same currency at a price that is (i) no higher than the Fund’s price to sell the currency or (ii) greater than the Fund’s price to sell the currency provided the Fund segregates liquid assets in the amount of the difference. A forward contract to buy a foreign currency is “covered” if a Fund holds a forward contract (or call option) permitting the Fund to sell the same currency at a price that is (i) as high as or higher than the Fund’s price to buy the currency or (ii) lower than the Fund’s price to buy the currency provided the Fund segregates liquid assets in the amount of the difference.

 

16


FOREIGN CUSTODY RISK. The Funds may hold foreign securities and cash with foreign banks, agents, and securities depositories appointed by a Fund’s custodian (each a “Foreign Custodian”). Some Foreign Custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In some countries, Foreign Custodians may be subject to little or no regulatory oversight over or independent evaluation of their operations. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on a Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a Foreign Custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

FOREIGN INVESTMENTS—GENERAL. To the extent consistent with its investment objectives and strategies, each Fund may invest in foreign securities, including bonds and other fixed income securities of foreign issuers. The Global Sustainability Index Fund and the Small Cap Core Fund are permitted to invest a substantial portion of their assets in foreign securities. Foreign fixed-income securities may include eurodollar convertible securities, which are fixed-income securities that are issued in U.S. dollars outside the United States and are convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities of the same or a different issuer.

To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds also may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued or guaranteed by one or more foreign governments or any of their political subdivisions, agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises, as well as other foreign issuers. These obligations may be issued by supranational entities, including international organizations (such as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (also known as the World Bank)) designed or supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and international banking institutions and related government agencies.

Investment in foreign securities involves special risks. These include market risk, interest rate risk and the risks of investing in securities of foreign issuers and of companies whose securities are principally traded outside the United States on foreign exchanges or foreign over-the-counter markets and in investments denominated in foreign currencies. Market risk involves the possibility that security prices will decline over short or even extended periods. The markets tend to be cyclical, with periods of generally rising prices and periods of generally declining prices. These cycles will affect the value of a Fund to the extent that it invests in foreign securities. The holdings of a Fund, to the extent that it invests in fixed-income securities, will be sensitive to changes in interest rates and the interest rate environment. Generally, the prices of bonds and debt securities fluctuate inversely with interest rate changes. In addition, the performance of investments in securities denominated in a foreign currency will depend on the strength of the foreign currency against the U.S. dollar and the interest rate environment in the country issuing the currency. Absent other events that could otherwise affect the value of a foreign security (such as a change in the political climate or an issuer’s credit quality), appreciation in the value of the foreign currency generally can be expected to increase the value of a foreign currency-denominated security in terms of U.S. dollars. A rise in foreign interest rates or decline in the value of the foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar generally can be expected to depress the value of a foreign currency-denominated security. Generally, the prices of bonds and debt securities fluctuate inversely with interest rate changes.

There are other risks and costs involved in investing in foreign securities, which are in addition to the usual risks inherent in domestic investments. Investment in foreign securities involves higher costs than investment in U.S. securities, including higher transaction and custody costs as well as the imposition of additional taxes by foreign governments. Foreign investments also involve risks associated with the level of currency exchange rates, less complete financial information about the issuers, less market liquidity, more market volatility and political instability. Future political, financial, social and economic developments in foreign countries (including, for example, military confrontations, war and terrorism), the possible imposition of withholding taxes on dividend income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign holdings, the possible establishment of exchange controls, or freezes on the convertibility of currency, trade restrictions (including tariffs) or the adoption of other governmental restrictions might adversely affect an investment in foreign securities. Additionally, foreign banks

 

17


and foreign branches of domestic banks are subject to less stringent reserve requirements, and to different accounting, auditing and recordkeeping requirements. Also, the legal remedies for investors may be more limited than the remedies available in the United States. Additionally, many countries throughout the world are dependent on a healthy U.S. economy and are adversely affected when the U.S. economy weakens or its markets decline. For example, the decline in the U.S. subprime mortgage market quickly spread throughout global credit markets, triggering a liquidity crisis that affected fixed-income and equity markets around the world.

The energy, materials and agriculture sectors may account for a large portion of a foreign country’s exports. Any changes in these sectors or fluctuations in the commodity markets could have an adverse impact on a country’s economy. Commodity prices may be influenced or characterized by unpredictable factors, including where applicable, high volatility, changes in supply and demand relationships, weather, agriculture, trade, pestilence, changes in interest rates and monetary and other governmental policies, action and inaction. Securities of companies held by a Fund that are dependent on a single commodity, or are concentrated in a single commodity sector, may typically exhibit even higher volatility attributable to commodity prices.

European countries can be affected by the significant fiscal and monetary controls that the European Economic and Monetary Union (“EMU”) imposes for membership. Europe’s economies are diverse, its governments are decentralized, and its cultures vary widely. Several European Union (“EU”) countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain and Portugal, have faced budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries. There is continued concern about national-level support for the euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among EMU member countries. Member countries are required to maintain tight control over inflation, public debt, and budget deficit to qualify for membership in the EMU. These requirements can severely limit the ability of EMU member countries to implement monetary policy to address regional economic conditions.

In June of 2016, the United Kingdom (the “UK”) approved a referendum to leave the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” which sparked depreciation in the value of the British pound and heightened risk of continued worldwide economic volatility. Pursuant to Article 50 of the Treaty of Lisbon, the UK gave notice in March 2017 of its withdrawal from the EU and commenced negotiations on the terms of withdrawal.

Following years of negotiation and multiple deadline extensions, the UK withdrew from the EU on January 31, 2020. The effects of this withdrawal will depend, in part, on agreements the UK negotiates to retain access to EU markets either during a transitional period scheduled to end on December 31, 2020 or more permanently including, but not limited to, current trade and finance agreements. The UK’s exit from the EU may cause significant market volatility and illiquidity, currency fluctuations, deterioration in economic activity, legal uncertainty, a decrease in business confidence, and increased likelihood of a recession in the UK. This may increase redemptions from Portfolios that hold impacted securities or cause the value of a Portfolio’s securities that are economically tied to the UK or EU to decline. Market factors, such as the demand for particular portfolio securities, may cause the price of certain portfolio securities to fall while the price of other securities rise or remain unchanged. There is significant uncertainty regarding Brexit’s ramifications and the range and potential implications of possible political, regulatory, economic and market outcomes are difficult to predict. Securities issued by companies domiciled in the UK could be subject to changing regulatory and tax regimes. Banking and financial services that operate in the UK or EU could be disproportionately impacted by those actions. Other countries may seek to withdraw from the EU and/or abandon the euro, the common currency of the EU, which could exacerbate market and currency volatility and negatively impact a Portfolio’s investments in securities issued by companies located in EU countries. Other economic challenges facing Europe include high levels of public debt, significant rates of unemployment, aging populations, mass migrations from the Middle East and Africa and heavy regulation in certain economic sectors. European governments have taken unprecedented steps to respond to the economic crises and to boost growth in the region, which has increased the risk that regulatory uncertainty could negatively affect a Portfolio’s investments. In addition, Ukraine has experienced an ongoing military conflict; this conflict may expand and military attacks could occur in Europe. The ultimate effects of

 

18


these events and other socio-political or geopolitical issues are not known but could profoundly affect global economies and markets. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching.

Many non-governmental issuers, and even certain governments, have defaulted on, or been forced to restructure, their debts; many other issuers have faced difficulties obtaining credit or refinancing existing obligations; financial institutions have in many cases required government or central bank support, have needed to raise capital, and/or have been impaired in their ability to extend credit; and financial markets in Europe and elsewhere have experienced extreme volatility and declines in asset values and liquidity. These difficulties may continue, worsen or spread within and without Europe. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not work, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and others of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world.

To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in foreign debt, including the securities of foreign governments. Several risks exist concerning such investments, including the risk that foreign governments may default on their obligations, may not respect the integrity of such debt, may attempt to renegotiate the debt at a lower rate, and may not honor investments by U.S. entities or citizens.

Although each Fund may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies, its portfolio securities and other assets are valued in U.S. dollars. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time causing, together with other factors, a Fund’s NAV to fluctuate as well. Currency exchange rates can be affected unpredictably by the intervention or the failure to intervene by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad. To the extent that a Fund’s total assets, adjusted to reflect a Fund’s net position after giving effect to currency transactions, are denominated in the currencies of foreign countries, a Fund will be more susceptible to the risk of adverse economic and political developments within those countries.

Dividends and interest payable on a Fund’s foreign portfolio securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes. To the extent such taxes are not offset by credits or deductions allowed to investors under U.S. federal income tax law, they may reduce the net return to the shareholders. See “Taxes” on page 93.

A Fund’s income and, in some cases, capital gains from foreign stocks and securities will be subject to applicable taxation in certain of the countries in which they invest, and treaties between the United States and such countries may not be available in some cases to reduce the otherwise applicable tax rates. See “Taxes” on page 93.

A Fund also is subject to the possible imposition of exchange control regulations or freezes on the convertibility of currency. In addition, through the use of forward currency exchange contracts with other instruments, the respective net currency positions of the Global Sustainability Index Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund may expose the Fund to risks independent of its securities positions. Although the net long and short foreign currency exposure of the Funds will not exceed their respective total asset values, to the extent that a Fund is fully invested in foreign securities while also maintaining currency positions, it may be exposed to greater risk than it would have if it did not maintain the currency positions.

Foreign securities are generally held outside the United States in the primary market for the securities in the custody of certain eligible foreign banks and trust companies, as permitted under the 1940 Act (“foreign sub-custodians”). Settlement practices for foreign securities may differ from those in the United States. Some countries have limited governmental oversight and regulation of industry practices, stock exchanges, depositories, registrars, brokers and listed companies, which increases the risk of corruption and fraud and the possibility of losses to the Funds. In particular, under certain circumstances, foreign securities may settle on a

 

19


delayed delivery basis, meaning that the Funds may be required to make payment for securities before the Funds have actually received delivery of the securities or deliver securities prior to the receipt of payment. Typically, in these cases, the Funds will receive evidence of ownership in accordance with the generally accepted settlement practices in the local market entitling the Funds to deliver payment at a future date, but there is a risk that the security will not be delivered to the Funds or that payment will not be received, although the Funds and their foreign sub-custodians take reasonable precautions to mitigate this risk.

Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a Fund remain uninvested and no return is earned on such assets. The inability of a Fund to make intended security purchases or sales due to settlement problems could result in missed attractive investment opportunities, losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio securities or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the securities, possible liability to the purchaser. Losses can also result from lost, stolen or counterfeit securities; defaults by brokers and banks; failures or defects of the settlement system; or poor and improper record keeping by registrars and issuers.

Share blocking refers to a practice in certain foreign markets under which an issuer’s securities are blocked from trading at the custodian or sub-custodian level for a specified number of days before and, in certain instances, after a shareholder meeting where a vote of shareholders takes place. The blocking period can last up to several weeks. Share blocking may prevent the Funds from buying or selling securities during this period, because during the time shares are blocked, trades in such securities will not settle. It may be difficult or impossible to lift blocking restrictions, with the particular requirements varying widely by country.

Certain Funds may invest a significant percentage of their assets in the securities of issuers located in geographic regions with securities markets that are highly developed, liquid and subject to extensive regulation, including Japan. Japan’s economy has historically lagged that of its Asian neighbors and other major developed economies, and it has experienced lengthy periods of recession and deterioration of its competitiveness. Although Japan has attempted to reform its political process and deregulate its economy to address the situation, there is no guarantee that these efforts will succeed.

Japan’s economy is heavily dependent upon international trade, and is especially sensitive to trade barriers and disputes. Domestic or foreign trade sanctions or other protectionist measures may also adversely impact Japan’s economy. In particular, Japan relies on large imports of agricultural products, raw materials and fuels. Japan also remains heavily dependent on oil imports, and a substantial rise in commodity prices, or a fall-off in Japan’s manufactured exports, may affect Japan’s economy adversely. Additionally, slowdowns in the economies of key trading partners such as the United States, China and countries in Southeast Asia could have a negative impact on the Japanese economy.

Furthermore, Japan has an aging workforce. It is a labor market undergoing fundamental structural changes, as traditional lifetime employment clashes with the need for increased labor mobility, which may adversely affect Japan’s economic competitiveness.

The Japanese yen has fluctuated widely at times and any increase in its value may cause a decline in exports that could weaken the economy. The Japanese yen may also be affected by currency volatility elsewhere in Asia, particularly Southeast Asia.

The Japanese securities markets are less regulated than the U.S. markets. Evidence has emerged from time to time of distortion of market prices to serve political or other purposes. Shareholders’ rights also are not always enforced.

 

20


Japan has had territorial disputes and/or defense issues with China, North Korea, South Korea and Russia, among others. In the past several years, Japan’s relationship with North Korea has been especially strained because of increased nuclear and military activity by North Korea. Japan’s disputes with neighboring countries have the potential to cause uncertainty in the Japanese markets and affect the overall Japanese economy in times of crisis.

Japan is located in a part of the world that has historically been prone to natural disasters such as earthquakes, volcanoes and tsunamis and is economically sensitive to environmental events. Any such event could result in a significant adverse impact on the Japanese economy.

A Fund may invest in the economies of Australasia. The economies of Australasia, which includes Australia and New Zealand, are dependent on exports from the agricultural and mining sectors. This makes Australasian economies susceptible to fluctuations in the commodity markets. Australasian economies are also increasingly dependent on their growing service industries. Because the economies of Australasia are dependent on the economies of Asia, Europe and the United States as key trading partners and investors, reduction in spending by any of these trading partners on Australasian products and services or negative changes in any of these economies may cause an adverse impact on some or all of the Australasian economies.

The United States is Canada’s and Mexico’s largest trading and investment partner. The Canadian and Mexican economies are significantly affected by developments in the U.S. economy. Since the implementation of the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”) in 1994 among Canada, the United States and Mexico, total merchandise trade between the three countries have increased. To further this relationship, the three NAFTA countries entered into the Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America in March 2005, which may further affect Canada’s and Mexico’s dependency on the U.S. economy. However, political developments in the U.S., including renegotiation of NAFTA and imposition of tariffs by the U.S., may have implications for the trade arrangements among the U.S., Mexico and Canada, which could negatively affect the value of securities held by a Fund. Policy and legislative changes and economic events in any one North American country may have a significant economic effect on the entire North American region, and on some or all of the North American countries in which a Fund may invest.

The Global Sustainability Index Fund invests primarily in the equity securities included in the MSCI World ESG Leaders IndexSM. The MSCI World ESG Leaders Index is a free float-adjusted, market capitalization weighted index comprised of large- and mid-capitalization developed market companies in Asia-Pacific, Europe & the Middle East, Canada and the United States. The MSCI World ESG Leaders Index holds a broad, diversified set of global companies, selected based on regional sector rankings of environmental, social and governance performance. As of December 31, 2019, the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index consisted of issuers from the following 23 developed market countries: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States.

FOREIGN INVESTMENTS—EMERGING MARKETS. To the extent permitted by their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in countries with emerging economies or securities markets. These countries are generally located in the Asia and Pacific regions, the Middle East, Eastern Europe, Central America, South America and Africa. Political and economic structures in many of these countries may be undergoing significant evolution and rapid development, and these countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristics of more developed countries.

In general, the securities markets of emerging countries are less liquid, subject to greater price volatility, and have a smaller market capitalization than the U.S. securities markets. In certain countries, there may be fewer publicly traded securities and the market may be dominated by a few issues or sectors. Issuers and securities markets in such countries are not subject to as extensive and frequent accounting, financial and other reporting requirements or as comprehensive government regulations as are issuers and securities markets in the United

 

21


States. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of emerging country issuers may not reflect their financial position or results of operations in the same manner as financial statements for U.S. issuers. Substantially less information may be publicly available about emerging country issuers than is available about issuers in the United States.

Emerging country securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. The markets for securities in certain emerging countries are in the earliest stages of their development. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging country securities may also affect a Fund’s ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Certain emerging market countries may have antiquated legal systems, which may adversely impact the Funds. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders in U.S. corporations. In addition, the systems of corporate governance to which issuers in certain emerging countries are subject may be less advanced than the systems to which issuers located in more developed countries are subject, and therefore, shareholders of such issuers may not receive many of the protections available to shareholders of issuers located in more developed countries.

Because of the recent formation of the Russian securities markets, the underdeveloped state of Russia’s banking and telecommunication system and the legal and regulatory framework in Russia, settlement, clearing and registration of securities transactions are subject to additional risks. Prior to 2013, there was no central registration system for equity share registration in Russia and registration was carried out either by the issuers themselves or by registrars located throughout Russia. These registrars may not have been subject to effective state supervision or licensed with any governmental entity. In 2013, Russia established the National Settlement Depository (“NSD”) as a recognized central securities depository, and title to Russian equities is now based on the records of the NSD and not on the records of local registrars. The implementation of the NSD is generally expected to decrease the risk of loss in connection with recording and transferring title to securities; however, loss may still occur. Additionally, issuers and registrars remain prominent in the validation and approval of documentation requirements for corporate action processing in Russia, and there remain inconsistent market standards in the Russian market with respect to the completion and submission of corporate action elections. To the extent that a Fund suffers a loss relating to title or corporate actions relating to its portfolio securities, it may be difficult for the Fund to enforce its rights or otherwise remedy the loss. In addition, Russia also may attempt to assert its influence in the region through economic or even military measures, as it did with Georgia in the summer of 2008 and the Ukraine in 2014. Such measures may have an adverse effect on the Russian economy, which may, in turn negatively impact the Fund.

The United States, the EU and other countries have imposed economic sanctions on certain Russian individuals and Russian corporations. Additional broader sanctions may be imposed in the future. These sanctions, or even the threat of further sanctions, may result in the decline of the value and liquidity of Russian securities, a weakening of the ruble or other adverse consequences to the Russian economy. These sanctions could also result in the immediate freeze of Russian securities, impairing the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities. Sanctions could also result in Russia taking counter measures or retaliatory

 

22


actions, which may further impair the value and liquidity of Russian securities. The sanctions against certain Russian issuers include prohibitions on transacting in or dealing in new debt of longer than 30 or 90 days maturity or new equity of such issuers. Securities held by a Fund issued prior to the date of the sanctions being imposed are not currently subject to any restrictions under the sanctions. However, compliance with each of these sanctions may impair the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, hold, receive or deliver the affected securities or other securities of such issuers. If it becomes impracticable or unlawful for a Fund to hold securities subject to, or otherwise affected by, sanctions (collectively, “affected securities”), or if deemed appropriate by the Fund’s investment adviser, the Fund may prohibit in-kind deposits of the affected securities in connection with creation transactions and instead require a cash deposit, which may also increase a Fund’s transaction costs.

Also, if an affected security is included in the index tracked by the Global Sustainability Index Fund (the “Underlying Index”), the Fund may, where practicable, seek to eliminate its holdings of the affected security by employing or augmenting its representative sampling strategy to seek to track the investment results of its Underlying Index. The use of (or increased use of) a representative sampling strategy may increase the Fund’s tracking error risk. If the affected securities constitute a significant percentage of the Underlying Index, the Fund may not be able to effectively implement a representative sampling strategy, which may result in significant tracking error between the Fund’s performance and the performance of the Underlying Index.

Current or future sanctions may result in Russia taking counter measures or retaliatory actions, which may further impair the value and liquidity of Russian securities. These retaliatory measures may include the immediate freeze of Russian assets held by a Fund. In the event of such a freeze of any Fund assets, including depositary receipts, a Fund may need to liquidate non-restricted assets in order to satisfy any Fund redemption orders. The liquidation of Fund assets during this time may also result in the Fund receiving substantially lower prices for its securities.

These sanctions may also lead to changes in the Underlying Index tracked by the Global Sustainability Index Fund. Index Providers may remove securities from the Underlying Index or implement caps on the securities of certain issuers that have been subject to recent economic sanctions. In such an event, it is expected that the Fund will rebalance its portfolio to bring it in line with the Underlying Index as a result of any such changes, which may result in transaction costs and increased tracking error. These sanctions, the volatility that may result in the trading markets for Russian securities and the possibility that Russia may impose investment or currency controls on investors may cause the Fund to invest in, or increase the Fund’s investments in, depositary receipts that represent the securities of the Underlying Index. These investments may result in increased transaction costs and increased tracking error.

Transaction costs, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups, in emerging countries may be higher than in developed securities markets. In addition, existing laws and regulations are often inconsistently applied. As legal systems in emerging countries develop, foreign investors may be adversely affected by new or amended laws and regulations. In circumstances where adequate laws exist, it may not be possible to obtain swift and equitable enforcement of the law.

Certain emerging countries may restrict or control foreign investments in their securities markets. These restrictions may limit a Fund’s investment in those countries and may increase the expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investment by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer’s outstanding securities or a specific class of securities, which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals. In addition, the repatriation of both investment income and capital from emerging countries may be subject to restrictions that require governmental consents or prohibit repatriation entirely for a period of time. Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operation of the Fund. Custodial and/or settlement systems in emerging countries may not be fully developed. To the extent a Fund invests in emerging countries, Fund assets that are traded in those markets and which have been entrusted to sub-custodians in those markets may be exposed to risks for which the sub-custodian will have no liability.

 

23


Emerging countries may be subject to a substantially greater degree of economic, political and social instability and disruption than more developed countries. This instability may result from, among other things, the following: (i) authoritarian governments or military involvement in political and economic decision making, including changes or attempted changes in governments through extra-constitutional means; (ii) social unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic or social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection or conflict; and (vi) the absence of developed legal structures governing foreign private investments and private property. Such economic, political and social instability could disrupt the principal financial markets in which a Fund may invest and adversely affect the value of the Fund’s assets. A Fund’s investments can also be adversely affected by any increase in taxes or by political, economic or diplomatic developments.

A Fund may invest in former “eastern bloc” countries in Eastern Europe. Most Eastern European countries had a centrally planned, socialist economy for a substantial period of time. The governments of many Eastern European countries have more recently been implementing reforms directed at political and economic liberalization, including efforts to decentralize the economic decision-making process and move towards a market economy. However, business entities in many Eastern European countries do not have an extended history of operating in a market-oriented economy, and the ultimate impact of Eastern European countries’ attempts to move toward more market-oriented economies is currently unclear. In addition, any change in the leadership or policies of Eastern European countries may halt the expansion of or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring and adversely affect existing investment opportunities.

Investment exposure to China subjects a Fund to risks specific to China. China may be subject to considerable degrees of economic, political and social instability. China is a developing market and demonstrates significantly higher volatility from time to time in comparison to developed markets. The Chinese government has undertaken reform of economic and market practices and expansion of the sphere for private ownership of property in China. However, Chinese markets generally continue to experience inefficiency, volatility and pricing anomalies resulting from governmental influence, a lack of publicly available information and/or political and social instability. Internal social unrest or confrontations with other neighboring countries, including military conflicts in response to such events, may also disrupt economic development in China and result in a greater risk of currency fluctuations, currency convertibility, interest rate fluctuations and higher rates of inflation. Export growth continues to be a major driver of China’s rapid economic growth. Reduction in spending on Chinese products and services, institution of tariffs or other trade barriers, or a downturn in any of the economies of China’s key trading partners may have an adverse impact on the Chinese economy. Recently, the U.S. has instituted trade tariffs on certain goods from China to which China has initiated retaliatory tariffs on certain goods from the U.S. Further escalation of a trade war between the U.S. and China may have an adverse effect on both the U.S. and Chinese economies.

The economies of emerging countries may suffer from unfavorable growth of gross domestic product, rates of inflation and hyperinflation, capital reinvestment, resources, self-sufficiency and balance of payments. Many emerging countries have experienced in the past, and continue to experience, high rates of inflation. In certain countries inflation has at times accelerated rapidly to hyperinflationary levels, creating a negative interest rate environment and sharply eroding the value of outstanding financial assets in those countries. Other emerging countries, on the other hand, have recently experienced deflationary pressures and are in economic recessions. The economies of many emerging countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers and the economic conditions of their trading partners. In addition, the economies of some emerging countries are vulnerable to weakness in world prices for their commodity exports.

Risks related to currencies and corporate actions are also greater in emerging countries than in developed countries. For example, some emerging countries may have fixed or managed currencies that are not free-floating against the U.S. dollar. Certain emerging countries may experience sudden and large adjustments in their currency, which can have a disruptive and adverse effect on foreign investors. Some emerging countries have a higher risk of currency devaluations, and some of these countries may experience sustained periods of high

 

24


inflation or rapid changes in inflation rates, which can have negative effects on a country’s economy and securities markets. There may be no significant foreign exchange market for certain currencies making it difficult for the Funds to engage in foreign currency transactions designed to protect the value of the Funds’ investments denominated in such currencies. Some emerging countries may impose restrictions on the free conversion of their currencies into foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar. Corporate action procedures in emerging countries may be less reliable and have limited or no involvement by the depositories and central banks. Lack of standard practices and payment systems can lead to significant delays in payment.

Many emerging countries are highly dependent on foreign loans for their operations. There have been moratoria on, and refinancing of, repayments with respect to these loans. Some of the refinancings have imposed restrictions and conditions on the economies of such nations that have adversely affected their economic growth.

FOREIGN INVESTMENTS—LIQUIDITY AND TRADING VOLUME RISKS. A Fund that invests a significant percentage of its assets in foreign securities may be subject to the liquidity and trading volume risks associated with international investing. Due to market conditions, including uncertainty regarding the price of a security, it may be difficult for the Fund to buy or sell foreign portfolio securities at a desirable time or price, which could result in investment losses. This risk of portfolio illiquidity is heightened with respect to small- and mid-capitalization securities, generally, and foreign small- and mid-capitalization securities in particular. A Fund may have to lower the selling price, liquidate other investments, or forego another, more appealing investment opportunity as a result of illiquidity in the markets. The Investment Adviser will fair value in good faith any securities it deems to be illiquid under consistently applied procedures established by the Board. Market conditions are always changing and vary by country and industry sector, and investing in international markets involves unique risks. It is difficult to accurately assess trends in trading volumes in foreign markets, because some amount of activity has migrated to alternative trading venues, and a reduction in trading volumes that has persisted since the 2007-2009 financial crisis may pose challenges to a Fund. This is particularly so for Funds that invest in small- and mid-capitalization companies, which usually have lower trading volumes and take sizeable positions in portfolio companies. As a result of lower trading volumes, it may take longer to buy or sell the securities of such companies, which can exacerbate a Fund’s exposure to volatile markets. A Fund may also be limited in its ability to execute favorable trades in foreign portfolio securities in response to changes in company prices and fundamentals. If a Fund is forced to sell securities to meet redemption requests or other cash needs, or in the case of an event affecting liquidity in a particular market or markets, it may be forced to dispose of those securities under disadvantageous circumstances and at a loss. As a Fund grows in size, these considerations take on increasing significance and may adversely impact performance.

FORWARD COMMITMENTS, WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES AND DELAYED-DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, each Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment (sometimes called delayed-delivery) basis. These transactions involve a commitment by the Fund to purchase or sell securities at a future date. The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. When-issued purchases and forward commitment transactions normally are negotiated directly with the other party. In addition, recently finalized rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) include mandatory margin requirements that require a Fund to post collateral in connection with its To Be Announced (“TBA”) transactions. There is no similar requirement applicable to a Fund’s TBA counterparties. The required collateralization of TBA trades could increase the cost of TBA transactions to a Fund and impose added operational complexity.

A Fund will purchase securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis only with the intention of completing the transaction and actually purchasing or selling the securities. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, a Fund may dispose of or negotiate a commitment after entering into it. A Fund also may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Fund on the settlement date. A Fund may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with these transactions.

 

25


When a Fund purchases securities on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis, the Fund will segregate liquid assets having a value (determined daily) at least equal to the amount of the Fund’s purchase commitments or will otherwise cover its position. These procedures are designed to ensure that a Fund will maintain sufficient assets at all times to cover its obligations under when-issued purchases, forward commitments and delayed-delivery transactions. For purposes of determining a Fund’s average dollar-weighted maturity, the maturity of when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment securities will be calculated from the commitment date.

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND RELATED OPTIONS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, each Fund may invest in futures contracts and may purchase and sell call and put options on futures contracts for hedging purposes, to seek to increase total return or for liquidity management purposes, to invest cash balances or dividends or to minimize trading costs.

The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”) under the Commodity Exchange Act, and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under that Act with respect to the Funds. The Funds will engage in transactions in futures contracts and related options only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirement of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) for maintaining their qualifications as regulated investment companies for federal income tax purposes. In February 2012, however, the CFTC adopted certain regulatory changes that will subject the adviser of an investment company to registration with the CFTC as a CPO if the investment company is unable to comply with certain trading and marketing limitations. The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, is required to affirm each Fund’s CPO exclusion annually within 60 days of the start of the calendar year.

With respect to investments in swap transactions, commodity futures, commodity options or certain other derivatives used for purposes other than bona fide hedging purposes, an investment company must meet one of the following tests under the amended regulations in order to claim an exemption from being considered a “commodity pool” or a CPO. First, the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish an investment company’s positions in such investments may not exceed five percent (5%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such investments). Alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of such instruments, determined at the time of the most recent position established, may not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, the investment company may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the commodity futures, commodity options or swaps and derivatives markets. In the event that the Investment Adviser was required to register as a CPO, the disclosure and operations of the Funds would need to comply with all applicable CFTC regulations. Compliance with these additional registration and regulatory requirements would increase operational expenses. Other potentially adverse regulatory initiatives could also develop. A related CFTC proposal to harmonize applicable CFTC and SEC regulations could, if adopted, mitigate certain disclosure and operational burdens if CPO registration were required.

When used as a hedge, a Fund may sell a futures contract in order to offset a decrease in the market value of its portfolio securities that might otherwise result from a market decline or currency exchange fluctuations. A Fund may do so either to hedge the value of its portfolio securities as a whole, or to protect against declines, occurring prior to sales of securities, in the value of the securities to be sold. Conversely, a Fund may purchase a futures contract as a hedge in anticipation of purchase of securities. In addition, a Fund may utilize futures contracts in anticipation of changes in the composition of its portfolio holdings.

Participation in foreign futures and foreign options transactions involves the execution and clearing of trades on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade. Neither the National Futures Association (the “NFA”) nor any domestic exchange regulates activities of any foreign boards of trade, including the execution, delivery and

 

26


clearing of transactions, or has the power to compel enforcement of the rules of a foreign board of trade or any applicable foreign law. This is true even if the exchange is formally linked to a domestic market so that a position taken on the market may be liquidated by a transaction on another market. Moreover, such laws or regulations will vary depending on the foreign country in which the foreign futures or foreign options transaction occurs. For these reasons, persons who trade foreign futures or foreign options contracts may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTC regulations and the rules of the NFA and any domestic exchange, including the right to use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings provided them by the NFA or any domestic futures exchange. In particular, a Fund’s investments in foreign futures or foreign options transactions may not be provided the same protections in respect of transactions on U.S. futures exchanges. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or foreign options contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss thereon may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time an order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised.

Certain derivatives traded in over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets, including indexed securities, swaps and OTC options, involve substantial liquidity risk. The absence of liquidity may make it difficult or impossible for a Fund to sell such instruments promptly at an acceptable price. The absence of liquidity may also make it more difficult for a Fund to ascertain a market value for such instruments.

Because derivatives traded in OTC markets are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and may not require payment of margin, to the extent that a Fund has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparty the Fund is at risk that its counterparty will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations. A Fund will attempt to minimize these risks by engaging in transactions in derivatives traded in OTC markets only with financial institutions that have substantial capital or that have provided the Fund with a third-party guaranty or other credit enhancement.

Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), certain derivatives are subject to margin requirements and swap dealers will potentially be required to collect margin from a Fund with respect to such derivatives. In connection with a Fund’s position in a futures contract or related option, the Fund will segregate liquid assets or will otherwise cover its position in accordance with applicable SEC requirements. See “Interest Rate Swaps, Total Rate of Return Swaps, Credit Swaps and Interest-Rate Floors, Caps and Collars,” on page 28.

For a further description of futures contracts and related options, see Appendix B to this SAI.

ILLIQUID OR RESTRICTED INVESTMENTS. Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, each of the Funds may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. An illiquid investment is an investment that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions within 7 calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. The Funds may purchase commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and investments that are not registered under the 1933 Act but can be sold to “qualified institutional buyers” in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. These investments will not be considered illiquid so long as the Investment Adviser determines, under guidelines approved by the Trust’s Board, that an adequate trading market exists. This practice could increase the level of illiquidity during any period that qualified institutional buyers become uninterested in purchasing these investments. To the extent an investment held by a Fund is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, the Fund will be exposed to a greater liquidity risk.

The Trust has implemented a liquidity risk management program and related procedures to identify illiquid investments pursuant to Rule 22e-4, and the Trustees have approved the designation of the Investment Adviser to administer the Trust’s liquidity risk management program and related procedures.

A Fund may be limited in pursuing investment opportunities, particularly those in emerging and frontier markets by the limits on its ability to hold illiquid investments. Certain investments trade in lower volume and

 

27


may be less liquid than securities of large established companies. Because the SEC places a limit of 15% of net assets that can be invested in illiquid investments, a Fund may be forced to forego investments in securities that are deemed illiquid.

INSURANCE FUNDING AGREEMENTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds, except for the U.S. Quality ESG Fund, may invest in insurance funding agreements (“IFAs”). An IFA is normally a general obligation of the issuing insurance company and not a separate account. The purchase price paid for an IFA becomes part of the general assets of the insurance company, and the contract is paid from the company’s general assets. Generally, IFAs are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in IFAs may not exist. Therefore, IFAs will be subject to a Fund’s limitation on illiquid investments when the Fund may not demand payment of the principal amount within seven days and a reliable trading market is absent. This means that it may be difficult to sell an IFA at an appropriate price or that these investments may be considered illiquid.

INTEREST RATE SWAPS, CURRENCY SWAPS, TOTAL RATE OF RETURN SWAPS, CREDIT SWAPS, AND INTEREST RATE FLOORS, CAPS AND COLLARS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may enter into swap transactions and transactions involving interest rate floors, caps and collars for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. These instruments are privately negotiated over-the-counter derivative products. A great deal of flexibility is possible in the way these instruments are structured. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments. The purchase of an interest rate floor or cap entitles the purchaser to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the seller, to the extent the specified index falls below (floor) or exceeds (cap) a predetermined interest rate. Interest rate and currency swaps are contracts that obligate a Fund and another party to exchange their rights to pay or receive interest or specified amounts of currency, respectively. Interest rate floors entitle the purchasers to receive interest payments if a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate. Interest rate caps entitle the purchasers to receive interest payments if a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate. An interest rate collar is a combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates. Total rate of return swaps are contracts that obligate a party to pay or receive interest in exchange for the payment by the other party of the total return generated by a security, a basket of securities, an index or an index component. Credit swaps are contracts involving the receipt of floating or fixed rate payments in exchange for assuming potential credit losses of an underlying security. Credit swaps give one party to a transaction the right to dispose of or acquire an asset (or group of assets), or, in the case of credit default swaps, the right to receive or make a payment from the other party, upon the occurrence of specific credit events. The Funds also may enter into currency swaps, which involve the exchange of the rights of a Fund and another party to make or receive payments in specific currencies.

Some transactions, such as interest rate swaps and total rate of return swaps are entered into on a net basis, i.e.; the two payment streams are netted out, with a Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If the other party to such a transaction defaults, a Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any. In contrast, other transactions involve the payment of the gross amount owed. For example, currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal amount of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. Therefore, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations. To the extent that the amount payable by a Fund under a swap or an interest rate floor, cap or collar is covered by segregated cash or liquid assets, the Fund and its Investment Adviser, believe that transactions do not constitute senior securities under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to a Fund’s borrowing restrictions.

Credit default swaps are contracts whereby one party makes periodic payments to a counterparty in exchange for the right to receive from the counterparty a payment equal to the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation in the event of a default by the issuer of the debt obligation. The use of credit default swaps may be limited by the Funds’ limitations on illiquid investments.

 

28


When used for hedging purposes, a Fund would be the buyer of a credit default swap contract. In that case, the Fund would be entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or non-U.S. issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would pay to the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. Credit default swaps involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would generate income only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk—that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund in the event of a default.

When a Fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it receives the stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, credit default swaps involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty).

A Fund will not enter into a total rate of return, credit, currency or interest rate swap or interest rate floor, cap or collar transaction unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is rated either A or A-1 or better by S&P or Fitch, or A or Prime-1 or better by Moody’s or a comparable rating from another organization that is recognized as an NRSRO or, if unrated by such rating organization, is determined to be of comparable quality by the Investment Adviser. If there is a default by the other party to such transaction, a Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

The use of interest rate, total rate of return, credit and currency swaps, as well as interest rate caps, floors and collars, is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and currency exchange rates, the investment performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used.

In addition, these transactions can involve greater risks than if a Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly because, in addition to general market risk, swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, credit risk and pricing risk. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap transactions may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap counterparty. Many swaps are complex and often valued subjectively. Swaps may be subject to pricing or “basis” risk, which exists when a particular swap becomes extraordinarily expensive relative to historical prices or the price of corresponding cash market instruments. Under certain market conditions, it may not be economically feasible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position in time to avoid a loss or take advantage of an opportunity. If a swap transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.

The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid in comparison with the markets for other similar instruments that are traded in the interbank market. The Investment Adviser under the supervision of the Board is responsible for

 

29


determining and monitoring the liquidity of a Fund’s transactions in swaps, caps, floors and collars. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, certain derivatives will potentially become subject to margin requirements and swap dealers will potentially be required to collect margin from a Fund with respect to such derivatives.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, regulations are now in effect that require swap dealers to post and collect variation margin (comprised of specified liquid instruments and subject to a required haircut) in connection with trading of OTC swaps with a Fund. Shares of investment companies (other than certain money market funds) may not be posted as collateral under these regulations. Requirements for posting of initial margin in connection with OTC swaps will be phased-in through 2020. In addition, such agreements may be considered to be qualified financial contracts and subject to additional regulations as qualified financial contracts. (See “Qualified Financial Contracts” below beginning on page 36 for additional information.)

INVESTMENT COMPANIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in the securities of other affiliated and unaffiliated investment companies. With respect to the Funds, such investments generally will be limited so that, as determined after a purchase is made, either: (a) not more than 3% of the total outstanding stock of such investment company will be owned by a Fund, the Trust as a whole and its affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act); or (b) (i) not more than 5% of the value of the total assets of a Fund will be invested in the securities of any one investment company, (ii) not more than 10% of the value of the total assets of a Fund will be invested in the aggregate in securities of investment companies as a group, and (iii) not more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of any one investment company will be owned by the Fund. Pursuant to an exemptive order, the limits will not apply to the investment of securities lending collateral by the Funds, in certain investment portfolios advised by NTI. In addition, these limits will not apply to the investment of uninvested cash balances in shares of registered or unregistered money market funds whether affiliated or unaffiliated. The foregoing exemption, however, only applies to an unregistered money market fund that (i) limits its investments to those in which a money market fund may invest under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, and (ii) undertakes to comply with all the other provisions of Rule 2a-7.

The Funds may invest uninvested cash in the Northern Institutional Funds U.S. Government Portfolio (the “Sweep Portfolio”) of Northern Institutional Funds (“NIF”), an investment company that is advised by NTI.

The Sweep Portfolio seeks to maximize current income to the extent consistent with the preservation of capital and maintenance of liquidity by investing exclusively in high-quality money market instruments. The Sweep Portfolio and the respective Funds treat investments in the Sweep Portfolio as the purchase and redemption of the Sweep Portfolio’s Shares. Any Fund investing in the Sweep Portfolio pursuant to an exemptive order participates equally on a pro rata basis in all income, capital gains and net assets of the Sweep Portfolio, and will have all rights and obligations of a shareholder, as provided in the NIF Trust Agreement, including voting rights. In addition to the management, transfer agency and custody fees payable by the Funds to the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates, each Fund that invests its uninvested cash in the Sweep Portfolio pursuant to the terms of the exemptive order will bear indirectly a proportionate share of the Portfolio’s operating expenses, which include the foregoing fees. Currently, the aggregate annual rate of management, transfer agent and custodial fees payable to the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates on the uninvested cash invested in the Sweep Portfolio is 0.25%. Pursuant to the exemptive order, the Investment Adviser is currently reimbursing each of the Funds invested in the Sweep Portfolio for a portion of the management fees attributable to advisory services otherwise payable by the Fund on any assets invested in the Sweep Portfolio. The exemptive order requires the Funds’ Board to determine before a vote on the Management Agreement (as defined on page 66) that the management fees incurred in connection with the investment of uninvested cash in affiliated money market funds are not for duplicative services.

Investments by the Funds in other investment companies, including ETFs, will be subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act except as permitted by SEC orders. The Funds may rely on SEC orders that permit them to invest in certain ETFs beyond the limits contained in the 1940 Act, subject to certain terms and conditions. Generally, these terms and conditions require the Board to approve policies and procedures relating to certain of the Funds’

 

30


investments in ETFs. These policies and procedures require, among other things, that (i) the Investment Adviser conducts the Funds’ investment in ETFs without regard to any consideration received by the Funds or any of their affiliated persons and (ii) the Investment Adviser certifies to the Board quarterly that it has not received any consideration in connection with an investment by the Funds in an ETF, or if it has, the amount and purpose of the consideration will be reported to the Board and an equivalent amount of advisory fees shall be waived by the Investment Adviser.

Certain investment companies whose securities are purchased by the Funds may not be obligated to redeem such securities in an amount exceeding 1% of the investment company’s total outstanding securities during any period of less than 30 days. Therefore, such securities that exceed this amount may be illiquid.

If required by the 1940 Act, each Fund expects to vote the shares of other investment companies that are held by it in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities.

To the extent consistent with its investment objective and strategies, a Fund may invest all or substantially all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof with substantially the same investment objective, strategy and restrictions as the Fund. However, each Fund currently intends to limit its investments in securities issued by other investment companies to the extent described above. A Fund may adhere to other limitations with respect to its investments in securities issued by other investment companies if required or permitted by the SEC or deemed to be in the best interests of the Trust.

As noted in the Prospectus, the Funds may invest in securities of other investment companies subject to the restrictions set forth above.

LARGE TRADE NOTIFICATIONS. The transfer agent may from time to time receive notice that an authorized institution or other financial intermediary has received an order for a large trade in a Fund’s shares. The Investment Adviser may determine to enter into portfolio transactions in anticipation of that order, even though the order will not be processed until the following business day. This practice provides for a closer correlation between the time shareholders place trade orders and the time a Fund enters into portfolio transactions based on those orders, and permits a Fund to be more fully invested in investment securities, in the case of purchase orders, and to more orderly liquidate their investment positions, in the case of redemption orders. On the other hand, the authorized institution or other financial intermediary may not ultimately process the order. In this case, a Fund may be required to borrow assets to settle the portfolio transactions entered into in anticipation of that order, and would therefore incur borrowing costs. A Fund may also suffer investment losses on those portfolio transactions. Conversely, a Fund would benefit from any earnings and investment gains resulting from such portfolio transactions.

LENDING OF SECURITIES. In order to generate additional income, a Fund may lend securities to banks, brokers and dealers or other qualified institutions. In exchange, the Fund will receive collateral equal to at least 100% of the value of the securities loaned. Securities lending may represent no more than one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the loan collateral).

Collateral for loans of portfolio securities made by a Fund may consist of cash, cash equivalents, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or irrevocable bank letters of credit (or any combination thereof). Any cash collateral received by the Fund in connection with these loans may be invested in a variety of short-term investments, either directly or indirectly through registered or unregistered money market funds. Loan collateral (including any investment of the collateral) is not included in the calculation of the percentage limitations described elsewhere in the Prospectus or SAI regarding a Fund’s investments in particular types of securities. The borrower of securities will be required to maintain the market value of the collateral at not less than the market value of the loaned securities, and such value will be monitored on a daily basis.

 

31


When a Fund lends its securities, it continues to receive payments equal to the dividends and interest paid on the securities loaned and simultaneously may earn interest on the investment of the cash collateral. Investing the collateral subjects it to market depreciation or appreciation, and the Fund is responsible for any loss that may result from its investment in borrowed collateral. Additionally, the amount of a Fund’s distributions that qualify for taxation at reduced long-term capital gains rates for individuals, as well as the amount of the Fund’s distributions that qualify for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders (together, “qualifying dividends”) may be reduced as a result of the Fund’s securities lending activities. This is because any dividends paid on securities while on loan will not be deemed to have been received by the Fund, and the equivalent amount paid to the Fund by the borrower of the securities will not be deemed to be a qualifying dividend.

A Fund will have the right to terminate a loan at any time and recall the loaned securities within the normal and customary settlement time for securities transactions. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, such loans may be called so that the securities may be voted by the Fund if a material event affecting the investment is to occur. As with other extensions of credit there are risks of delay in recovering, or even loss of rights in, the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. Securities lending arrangements may be considered and be subject to additional regulation as qualified financial contracts. (See “Qualified Financial Contracts,” below for additional information.)

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC concerning such arrangements, TNTC, an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, may render securities lending services to the Funds. For such services, TNTC would receive a percentage of securities lending revenue generated for the Fund. In addition, cash collateral received by the Fund in connection with a securities loan may be invested in shares of other registered or unregistered funds that pay investment advisory or other fees to NTI, TNTC or an affiliate. As of the date of this SAI, the Funds do not engage in securities lending.

LIQUIDITY RISK. Liquidity risk is the risk that the Funds will not be able to pay redemption proceeds within the time periods described in a timely manner because of unusual market conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests, legal restrictions impairing a Fund’s ability to sell particular securities or close out derivative positions at an advantageous market price or other reasons. Certain portfolio securities may be less liquid than others, which may make them difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that the Funds would like or difficult to value. The Funds may have to lower the price, sell other securities instead or forgo an investment opportunity In addition, less liquid securities may be more difficult to value and markets may become less liquid when there are fewer interested buyers or sellers or when dealers are unwilling or unable to make a market for certain securities. For the same reason, less liquid securities that a Fund may want to invest in may be difficult or impossible to purchase. Federal banking regulations may also cause certain dealers to reduce their inventories of certain securities, which may further decrease a Fund’s ability to buy or sell such securities. All of these risks may increase during periods of market turmoil and could have a negative effect on portfolio management or performance. Liquidity risk may be the result of, among other things, the reduced number and capacity of traditional market participants to make a market in fixed income securities. The potential for liquidity risk may be magnified by a rising interest rate environment or other circumstances where investor redemptions from money market and other fixed income mutual funds may be higher than normal, potentially causing increased supply in the market due to selling activity. Funds with principal investment strategies that involve investments in securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations, foreign securities derivatives or securities with potential market and/or credit risk tend to have the greatest exposure to liquidity risk. All of these risks may increase during periods of market volatility. The liquidity of certain assets, such as privately issued and non-investment grade mortgage- and asset-backed securities, may be difficult to ascertain and may change over time. Transactions in less liquid securities may entail transaction costs that are higher than those for transactions in more liquid securities.

MISCELLANEOUS. Securities may be purchased on margin only to obtain such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities. Certain Funds may, however, make short sales against-the-box.

 

32


MONEY MARKET FUND INVESTMENTS. Certain money market funds in which the Funds may invest, including certain money market funds managed by the Investment Adviser, operate as “institutional money market funds” under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act and must calculate their NAV per share to the fourth decimal place (e.g., $1.0000) reflecting market-based values of the money market fund’s holdings. Because the share price of these money market funds will fluctuate, when a Fund sells its shares they may be worth more or less than what the Fund originally paid for them. A Fund could also lose money if the money market fund holds defaulted securities or as a result of adverse market conditions. These money market funds may impose a “liquidity fee” upon the redemption of their shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to redeem shares if the money market fund’s liquidity falls below the required minimums because of market conditions or other factors.

These measures may result in an investment loss or prohibit a Fund from redeeming shares when the Investment Adviser would otherwise redeem shares. If a liquidity fee is imposed or redemptions are suspended, an investing Fund may have to sell other investments at less than opportune times to raise cash to meet shareholder redemptions or for other purposes. The Investment Adviser, as a result of imposition of liquidity fees or suspension of redemptions, or the potential risk of such actions, may determine not to invest the Funds’ assets in a money market fund when it otherwise would, and may potentially be forced to invest in more expensive, lower-performing investments.

Imposition of a liquidity fee or temporary suspension of redemptions is at the discretion of a money market fund’s board of directors or trustees; however, they must impose a liquidity fee or suspend redemptions if they determine it would be in the best interest of the money market fund. Such a determination may conflict with the interest of the Funds. In the case of affiliated money market funds managed or sponsored by NTI or Northern, the Investment Adviser may also face a conflict of interest between recommending imposition of a liquidity fee or suspension of redemptions and continuing to maintain unrestricted liquidity for the investing Funds. In such circumstances, federal regulations require the money market fund’s board, Northern and the Investment Adviser to act in the best interest of the money market funds rather than the Funds, which could adversely affect the Funds.

Funds may also invest in money market funds that invest at least 99.5% of their assets in U.S. government securities and operate as “government money market funds” under Rule 2a-7. Government money market funds may seek to maintain a stable price of $1.00 per share and are generally not required to impose liquidity fees or temporarily suspend redemptions. However, government money market funds typically offer materially lower yields than other money market funds with fluctuating share prices. Government money market funds face a risk that the money market fund will not be able to maintain a NAV per share of $1.00 at all times. A significant enough market disruption or drop in market prices of securities held by the government money market fund, especially at a time when the fund needs to sell securities to meet shareholder redemption requests, could cause the value of the government money market shares to decrease to a price less than $1.00 per share.

A Fund could lose money invested in a money market fund. An investment in a money market fund, including a government money market fund, is not insured or guaranteed by the fund sponsor, FDIC or any other government agency. A money market fund’s sponsor has no legal obligation to provide financial support to the money market fund, and you should not expect that the sponsor or any person will provide financial support to a money market fund at any time.

In addition to the fees and expenses that a Fund directly bears, the Fund indirectly bears the fees and expenses of any money market funds in which it invests, including affiliated money market funds. To the extent that fees and expenses, along with the fees and expenses of any other funds in which a Fund may invest, are expected to equal or exceed 0.01% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, they will be reflected in the Annual Fund Operating Expenses set forth in the table under “Fees and Expenses of the Fund.” By investing in a money market fund, a Fund will be exposed to the investment risks of the money market fund in direct proportion to such investment. The money market fund may not achieve its investment objective. A Fund, through its investment in the money market fund, may not achieve its investment objective. To the extent a Fund invests in

 

33


instruments such as derivatives, the Fund may hold investments, which may be significant, in money market fund shares to cover its obligations resulting from the Fund’s investments in derivatives. Money market funds are subject to comprehensive regulations. The enactment of new legislation or regulations, as well as changes in interpretation and enforcement of current laws, may affect the manner of operation, performance and/or yield of money market funds.

MORTGAGE DOLLAR ROLLS. To the extent consistent with its investment objective and strategies, each Fund, except for the U.S. Quality ESG Fund, may enter into mortgage “dollar rolls” in which a Fund sells securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with the same counterparty to repurchase similar (same type, coupon and maturity), but not identical, securities on a specified future date. A Fund gives up the right to receive principal and interest paid on the securities sold. However, a Fund would benefit to the extent of any difference between the price received for the securities sold and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) or fee income plus the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the securities sold until the settlement date of the forward purchase. Unless such benefits exceed the income, capital appreciation, and gain or loss due to mortgage prepayments that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the mortgage dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of a Fund. Each Fund will hold and maintain in a segregated account until the settlement date cash or liquid assets in an amount equal to the forward purchase price. The benefits derived from the use of mortgage dollar rolls may depend upon the Investment Adviser’s ability to correctly predict mortgage prepayments and interest rates. There is no assurance that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed.

For financial reporting and tax purposes, each Fund proposes to treat mortgage dollar rolls as two separate transactions; one transaction involving the purchase of a security and a separate transaction involving a sale. No Fund currently intends to enter into mortgage dollar rolls that are accounted for as a financing.

Mortgage dollar rolls involve certain risks, including the following: if the broker-dealer to whom a Fund sells the security becomes insolvent, a Fund’s right to purchase or repurchase the mortgage-related securities subject to the mortgage dollar roll may be restricted. Also, the instrument that a Fund is required to repurchase may be worth less than an instrument which the Fund originally held. Successful use of mortgage dollar rolls will depend upon the Investment Adviser’s ability to manage a Fund’s interest rate and mortgage prepayments exposure. For these reasons, there is no assurance that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed. The use of this technique may diminish the investment performance of a Fund compared with what such performance would have been without the use of mortgage dollar rolls.

OPERATIONAL RISK. The Investment Adviser and other Fund service providers may experience disruptions or operating errors arising from factors such as processing errors, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, failures in systems and technology, changes in personnel, and errors caused by third-party service providers or trading counterparties. In particular, these errors or failures in systems and technology, including operational risks associated with reliance on third party service providers, may affect a Fund’s ability to calculate its net asset values in a timely manner, including over a potentially extended period. While service providers are required to have appropriate operational risk management policies and procedures, their methods of operational risk management may differ from those of the Funds in the setting of priorities, the personnel and resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls. The Investment Adviser, through its monitoring and oversight of service providers, seeks to ensure that service providers take appropriate precautions to avoid and mitigate risks that could lead to disruptions and operating errors. However, it is not possible for the Investment Adviser or other Fund service providers to identify all of the operational risks that may affect a Fund or to develop processes and controls to completely eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects.

OPTIONS. To the extent consistent with its investment objective and strategies, each Fund may buy put options and buy call options and write covered call and secured put options. Such options may relate to particular securities, foreign and domestic stock indices, financial instruments, foreign currencies or the yield differential between two securities (“yield curve options”) and may or may not be listed on a domestic or foreign securities

 

34


exchange or issued by the Options Clearing Corporation. A call option for a particular security or currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and a writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security or currency. The premium paid to the writer is in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular security or currency gives the purchaser the right to sell the security or currency at the stated exercise price prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security or currency. In contrast to an option on a particular security, an option on an index provides the holder with the right to make or receive a cash settlement upon exercise of the option. The amount of this settlement will be equal to the difference between the closing price of the index at the time of exercise and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars, times a specified multiple.

Options trading is a highly specialized activity that entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options on particular securities may be more volatile than the underlying instruments and, therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves.

The Funds will write call options only if they are “covered.” In the case of a call option on a security or currency, the option is “covered” if a Fund owns the security or currency underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, liquid assets in such amount are segregated) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by it. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if a Fund maintains with its custodian a portfolio of securities substantially replicating the index, or liquid assets equal to the contract value. A call option also is covered if a Fund holds a call on the same security, currency or index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written provided the Fund segregates liquid assets in the amount of the difference.

All put options written by a Fund would be covered, which means that such Fund will segregate cash or liquid assets with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option or will use the other methods described in the next sentence. A put option also is covered if a Fund holds a put option on the same security or currency as the option written where the exercise price of the option held is (i) equal to or higher than the exercise price of the option written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the option written provided the Fund segregates liquid assets in the amount of the difference.

With respect to yield curve options, a call (or put) option is covered if a Fund holds another call (or put) option on the spread between the same two securities and segregates liquid assets sufficient to cover the Fund’s net liability under the two options. Therefore, the Fund’s liability for such a covered option generally is limited to the difference between the amount of the Fund’s liability under the option written by the Fund less the value of the option held by the Fund. Yield curve options also may be covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the requirements of the counterparty with which the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations.

A Fund’s obligation to sell subject to a covered call option written by it, or to purchase a security or currency subject to a secured put option written by it, may be terminated prior to the expiration date of the option by the Fund’s execution of a closing purchase transaction, which is effected by purchasing on an exchange an option of the same series (i.e., same underlying security or currency, exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously written. Such a purchase does not result in the ownership of an option. A closing purchase transaction will ordinarily be effected to realize a profit on an outstanding option, to prevent an underlying instrument from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying security or currency or to permit the writing of a new option containing different terms on such underlying security. The cost of such a liquidation purchase plus transaction costs may be greater than the premium received upon the original option, in which event the Fund will have incurred a loss in the transaction. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option. An option writer, unable to effect a closing purchase transaction, will not be able to sell the

 

35


underlying security or currency (in the case of a covered call option) or liquidate the segregated assets (in the case of a secured put option) until the option expires or the optioned security or currency is delivered upon exercise with the result that the writer in such circumstances will be subject to the risk of market decline or appreciation in the instrument during such period.

When a Fund purchases an option, the premium paid by it is recorded as an asset of the Fund. When a Fund writes an option, an amount equal to the net premium (the premium less the commission) received by the Fund is included in the liability section of the Fund’s statement of assets and liabilities as a deferred credit. The amount of this asset or deferred credit will be subsequently marked-to-market to reflect the current value of the option purchased or written. The current value of the traded option is the last sale price or, in the absence of a sale, the current bid price. If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a loss equal to the premium paid. If a Fund enters into a closing sale transaction on an option purchased by it, the Fund will realize a gain if the premium received by the Fund on the closing transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, or a loss if it is less. If an option written by a Fund expires on the stipulated expiration date or if a Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction, it will realize a gain (or loss if the cost of a closing purchase transaction exceeds the net premium received when the option is sold) and the deferred credit related to such option will be eliminated. If an option written by a Fund is exercised, the proceeds of the sale will be increased by the net premium originally received and the Fund will realize a gain or loss.

There are several risks associated with transactions in certain options. For example, there are significant differences between the securities, currency and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options, whether traded over-the-counter or on an exchange, may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities or currencies; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading value; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS. Regulations adopted by federal banking regulators under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), which took effect in 2019, require that certain qualified financial contracts (“QFCs”) with counterparties that are part of U.S. or foreign global systemically important banking organizations be amended to include contractual restrictions on close-out and cross-default rights. QFCs include, but are not limited to, securities contracts, commodities contracts, forward contracts, repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements and swaps agreements, as well as related master agreements, security agreements, credit enhancements, and reimbursement obligations. If a covered counterparty of a Portfolio or certain of the covered counterparty’s affiliates were to become subject to certain insolvency proceedings, the Portfolio may be temporarily unable to exercise certain default rights, and the QFC may be transferred to another entity. These requirements may impact a Portfolio’s credit and counterparty risks.

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in real estate or real estate related loans. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Equity REITs may further be categorized by the

 

36


type of real estate securities they own, such as apartment properties, retail shopping centers, office and industrial properties, hotels, healthcare facilities, manufactured housing and mixed property types. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. Like regulated investment companies such as the Funds, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with certain requirements under the Code. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by such REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified (except to the extent the Code requires), and are subject to the risks of financing projects. REITs are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibilities of failing to qualify for the exemption from tax for distributed income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from the 1940 Act. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. Investing in REITs also involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. That is, they may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to abrupt or erratic price movements in comparison to larger capitalization companies. To the extent that assets underlying a REIT are concentrated geographically, by property type or in certain other respects such as location, these risks may be heightened.

In addition, the value of such securities may fluctuate in response to the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers of mortgage-related securities owned by a Fund. Because investments in mortgage-related securities are interest sensitive, the ability of the issuer to reinvest or to reinvest favorably in underlying mortgages may be limited by government regulation or tax policy. For example, action by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to limit the growth of the nation’s money supply may cause interest rates to rise and thereby reduce the volume of new residential mortgages. Additionally, although mortgages and mortgage-related securities are generally supported by some form of government or private guarantees and/or insurance, there is no assurance that private guarantors or insurers will be able to meet their obligation.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investments in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investments in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates, causing the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.

The REIT investments of a Fund may not provide complete tax information to the Fund until after the calendar year-end. Consequently, because of the delay, it may be necessary for the Fund to request permission to extend the deadline for issuance of Forms 1099-DIV beyond January 31. Also, under current provisions of the Code, distributions attributable to operating income of REITs in which the Fund invests are not eligible for favorable tax treatment as long-term capital gains and will be taxable to you as ordinary income. A Fund, however, may designate such distributions as “section 199A dividends” to the extent of the excess of the ordinary REIT dividends, other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income, that the Fund receives from a REIT for a taxable year over the Fund’s expenses allocable to such dividends. Section 199A dividends may be taxed to individuals and other non-corporate shareholders at a reduced effective federal income tax rate, provided you have satisfied a holding period requirement for the Fund’s shares and satisfied certain other conditions.

REAL ESTATE SECURITIES. The Funds may each invest in real estate securities to the extent consistent with its respective investment objectives and strategies. The performance of real estate securities may be significantly impacted by the performance of real estate markets. Property values may fall due to increasing

 

37


vacancies or declining rents resulting from economic, legal, cultural or technological developments. The price of real estate company shares also may drop because of the failure of borrowers to pay their loans and poor management. Many real estate companies utilize leverage, which increases investment risk and could adversely affect a company’s operations and market value in periods of rising interest rates as well as risks normally associated with debt financing. Real property investments are subject to varying degrees of risk. The yields available from investments in real estate depend on the amount of income and capital appreciation generated by the related properties. Income and real estate values may also be adversely affected by such factors as applicable domestic and foreign laws (e.g., Americans with Disabilities Act and tax laws), interest rate levels and the availability of financing. If the properties do not generate sufficient income to meet operating expenses, including, where applicable, debt service, ground lease payments, tenant improvements, third-party leasing commissions and other capital expenditures, the income and ability of the real estate company to make payments of any interest and principal on its debt securities will be adversely affected. In addition, real property may be subject to the quality of credit extended and defaults by borrowers and tenants. The performance of the economy in each of the countries and regions in which the real estate owned by the Funds is located affects occupancy, market rental rates and expenses and, consequently, has an impact on the income from such properties and their underlying values. The financial results of major local employers also may have an impact on the cash flow and value of certain properties. In addition, real estate investments are relatively illiquid and, therefore, the ability of real estate companies to vary their portfolios promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions is limited. A real estate company such as a REIT may also have joint venture investments in certain of its properties and, consequently, its ability to control decisions relating to such properties may be limited.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may agree to purchase portfolio securities from domestic and foreign financial institutions subject to the seller’s agreement to repurchase them at a mutually agreed upon date and price (“repurchase agreements”). Repurchase agreements may be considered to be loans under the 1940 Act. Although the securities subject to a repurchase agreement may bear maturities exceeding one year, settlement for the repurchase agreement generally will not be more than one year after a Fund’s acquisition of the securities and normally will be within a shorter period of time. Securities subject to repurchase agreements normally are held either by the Trust’s custodian or subcustodian (if any), or in the Federal Reserve/Treasury Book-Entry System.

The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the securities subject to the agreement in an amount exceeding the repurchase price (including accrued interest). Default by the seller would, however, expose a Fund to possible loss because of adverse market action or delay in connection with the disposition of the underlying obligations. In addition, in the event of a bankruptcy, a Fund could suffer additional losses if a court determines that the Fund’s interest in the collateral is unenforceable. If a Fund enters into a repurchase agreement involving securities the Funds could not purchase directly, and the counterparty defaults, the Fund may become the holder of securities that it could not purchase. Apart from the risks associated with bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, there is also the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the security. If the market value of the securities subject to the repurchase agreement becomes less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest), generally, the seller of the securities will be required to deliver additional securities so that the market value of all securities subject to the repurchase agreement equals or exceeds the repurchase price. Repurchase agreements may be subject to additional regulation as qualified financial contracts. (See “Qualified Financial Contracts” above on page 36 for additional information.)

In the event of default by a foreign counterparty in a repurchase agreement, a Fund may be unable to successfully assert a claim to the collateral under foreign laws. As a result, repurchase agreements with a foreign financial institution may involve higher credit risks than repurchase agreements with domestic financial institutions. Moreover, certain foreign countries may have less developed and less regulated banking systems and auditing, accounting and financial reporting systems than the United States. In addition, repurchase agreements with foreign financial institutions located in emerging markets, or relating to emerging markets, may involve foreign financial institutions or counterparties with lower credit ratings than domestic financial institutions. (See also “Foreign Investments—General” on page 17 for additional discussion of the risks of investments with foreign institutions.)

 

38


REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may borrow funds by selling portfolio securities to financial institutions such as banks and broker/dealers and agreeing to repurchase them at a mutually specified date and price (“reverse repurchase agreements”). The Funds may use the proceeds of reverse repurchase agreements to purchase other securities either maturing, or under an agreement to resell, on a date simultaneous with or prior to the expiration of the reverse repurchase agreement. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may be regarded as leveraging and, therefore, speculative. Furthermore, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that (i) the interest income earned in the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense, (ii) the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by a Fund may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase, (iii) the market value of the securities sold will decline below the price at which the Fund is required to repurchase them and (iv) the securities will not be returned to the Fund. The Funds will pay interest on amounts obtained pursuant to a reverse repurchase agreement. While reverse repurchase agreements are outstanding, the Funds will segregate liquid assets in an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities, plus accrued interest, subject to the agreement.

In addition, if the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce a Fund’s obligations to repurchase the securities and the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. Reverse repurchase agreements may be subject to additional regulation as qualified financial contracts. (See “Qualified Financial Contracts” above on page 36 for additional information.)

RISKS RELATED TO SMALL AND MID-CAPITALIZATION COMPANY SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in small and mid-capitalization company securities. Small capitalization stocks will be the principal investments for the Small Cap Core Fund. Mid-capitalization stocks will be the principal investments for the U.S. Quality ESG Fund. While the Investment Adviser may believe that smaller companies can provide greater growth potential than larger, more mature firms, investing in the securities of such companies also involves greater risk, portfolio price volatility and cost. Securities of such issuers may lack sufficient market liquidity to enable a Fund to effect sales at an advantageous time or without a substantial drop in price. Small and mid-capitalization companies often have narrower markets and more limited managerial and financial resources than larger, more established companies and may have a greater sensitivity to changing economic conditions. Smaller and mid-capitalization companies also face a greater risk of business failure. As a result, their performance can be more volatile, which could increase the volatility of a Fund’s portfolio. Generally, the smaller the company size, the greater these risks.

The values of small and mid-capitalization company stocks will frequently fluctuate independently of the values of larger company stocks. Small and mid-capitalization company stocks may decline in price as large company stock prices rise, or rise in price as large company stock prices decline. You should, therefore, expect that the NAV of a Fund’s shares will be more volatile than, and may fluctuate independently of, broad stock market indices such as the S&P 500 Index.

The additional costs associated with the acquisition of small and mid-capitalization company stocks include brokerage costs, market impact costs (that is, the increase in market prices which may result when a Fund purchases thinly traded stock) and the effect of the “bid-ask” spread in small and mid-capitalization company stocks. These costs will be borne by all shareholders and may negatively impact investment performance.

RISKS RELATED TO MEDIUM AND LOWER QUALITY SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds, except the U.S. Quality ESG Fund, may invest in medium and lower quality securities. Fixed-income securities rated Baa3 or BBB- are considered medium quality obligations with speculative characteristics. Fixed-income securities rated below Baa3 or BBB- are considered lower quality and are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Descriptions of bond ratings are

 

39


contained in Appendix A. Investments in medium and lower quality securities present special risk considerations. Medium quality securities, although considered investment grade, also are considered to have speculative characteristics. Lower quality securities are considered predominantly speculative by traditional investment standards. In some cases, these lower quality obligations may be highly speculative and have poor prospects for reaching investment grade standard. While any investment carries some risk, certain risks associated with lower quality securities are different than those for investment-grade securities. The risk of loss through default is greater because lower quality securities usually are unsecured and are often subordinate to an issuer’s other obligations. Additionally, the issuers of these securities frequently have high debt levels and are thus more sensitive to difficult economic conditions, individual corporate developments and rising interest rates. Consequently, the market price of these securities may be quite volatile and may result in wider fluctuations of a Fund’s NAV per share.

There remains some uncertainty about the performance level of the market for lower quality securities under adverse market and economic environments. An economic downturn or increase in interest rates could have a negative impact on both the market for lower quality securities (resulting in a greater number of bond defaults) and the value of lower quality securities held in the portfolio of investments.

The economy and interest rates can affect lower quality securities differently than other securities. For example, the prices of lower quality securities are more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments than are the prices of higher quality investments. In addition, during an economic downturn or period in which interest rates are rising significantly, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial difficulties, which, in turn, would adversely affect their ability to service their principal and interest payment obligations, meet projected business goals and obtain additional financing.

The market value of lower quality securities tends to reflect individual corporate developments to a greater extent than that of higher quality securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower quality securities are often issued in connection with a corporate reorganization or restructuring or as a part of a merger, acquisition, takeover or similar event. They also are issued by less established companies seeking to expand. Such issuers are often highly leveraged, may not have available to them more traditional methods of financing and generally are less able than more established or less leveraged entities to make scheduled payments of principal and interest in the event of adverse economic developments or business conditions.

A holder’s risk of loss from default is significantly greater for lower quality securities than is the case for holders of other debt securities because such securities generally are unsecured and are often subordinated to the rights of other creditors of the issuers of such securities. Investment by a Fund in defaulted securities poses additional risk of loss should nonpayment of principal and interest continue in respect of such securities. Even if such securities are held to maturity, recovery by a Fund of its initial investment and any anticipated income or appreciation will be uncertain. A Fund also may incur additional expenses in seeking recovery on defaulted securities. If an issuer of a security defaults, a Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty would likely result in increased volatility for the market prices of lower quality securities as well as a Fund’s NAV. In general, both the prices and yields of lower quality securities will fluctuate.

The secondary market for lower quality securities is concentrated in relatively few market makers and is dominated by institutional investors, including mutual funds, insurance companies and other financial institutions. Accordingly, the secondary market for such securities is not as liquid as, and is more volatile than, the secondary market for higher quality securities. In addition, market trading volume for high yield fixed-income securities generally is lower and the secondary market for such securities could contract under adverse market or economic conditions, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. These factors may have an adverse effect on the market price and a Fund’s ability to dispose of particular portfolio investments. A less developed secondary market also may make it more difficult for a Fund to obtain precise valuations of the high yield securities in its portfolio.

 

40


The adoption of new legislation could adversely affect the secondary market for high yield securities and the financial condition of issuers of these securities. The form of any future legislation, and the probability of such legislation being enacted, is uncertain.

In certain circumstances, it may be difficult to determine a security’s fair value due to a lack of reliable objective information. Such instances occur where there is not an established secondary market for the security or the security is lightly traded. As a result, a Fund’s valuation of a security and the price it is actually able to obtain when it sells the security could differ.

Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the value and liquidity of lower quality convertible securities held by a Fund, especially in a thinly traded market. Illiquid or restricted securities held by a Fund may involve special registration responsibilities, liabilities and costs, and could involve other liquidity and valuation difficulties.

The ratings of S&P, DBRS Ratings Limited (“DBRS”), Moody’s and Fitch evaluate the safety of a lower quality security’s principal and interest payments, but do not address market value risk. Because the ratings of the rating agencies may not always reflect current conditions and events, in addition to using recognized rating agencies and other sources, the Investment Adviser performs its own analysis of the issuers whose lower quality securities the Funds purchase. Because of this, a Fund’s performance may depend more on its Investment Adviser’s credit analysis than is the case of mutual funds investing in higher quality securities.

In selecting lower quality securities, the Investment Adviser considers factors such as those relating to the creditworthiness of issuers, the ratings and performance of the securities, the protections afforded the securities and the diversity of a Fund’s investment portfolio. The Investment Adviser monitors the issuers of lower quality securities held by a Fund for their ability to make required principal and interest payments, as well as in an effort to control the liquidity of the Fund so that it can meet redemption requests.

SHORT SALES AGAINST-THE-BOX. The Funds may engage in short sales “against-the-box.” In a short sale, the seller sells a borrowed security and has a corresponding obligation to the lender to deliver the identical security. The seller does not immediately return the securities sold and is said to have a short position in those securities until delivery occurs. While a short sale is made by selling a security the seller does not own, a short sale is “against-the-box” to the extent that the seller contemporaneously owns or has the right to obtain, at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short. It may be entered into by a Fund, for example, to lock in a sales price for a security the Fund does not wish to sell immediately. If a Fund sells securities short against-the-box, it may protect itself from loss if the price of the security declines in the future, but will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises.

STOCK INDICES.

The Russell 1000® Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization index which measures the performance of the 1,000 largest companies in the Russell 3000® Index, based on market capitalizations, which represents approximately 92% of the U.S. market as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, the market capitalization of the companies in the Russell 1000 Index was between approximately $823.4 million and $1.305 trillion.

The Russell 2000® Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization index which measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest of the 3,000 U.S. companies in the Russell 3000® Index, based on market capitalization, which represents approximately 10% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 3000 Index as of May 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, the approximate market capitalization of the companies in the Russell 2000 Index was between approximately $12.7 million and $8.3 billion.

 

41


The MSCI World ESG Leaders IndexSM is a free float-adjusted market capitalization-weighted index comprised of large- and mid-capitalization developed market companies in Asia-Pacific, Europe and the Middle East, Canada and the United States. The MSCI World ESG Leaders Index holds a broad, diversified set of global companies, selected based on regional sector rankings of environmental, social and governance performance. As of December 31, 2019, the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index consisted of issuers from the following 23 developed market countries: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States.

THE GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND IS NOT SPONSORED, ENDORSED, SOLD OR PROMOTED BY MSCI, ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, ANY OF ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN, OR RELATED TO, COMPILING, COMPUTING OR CREATING ANY MSCI INDEX (COLLECTIVELY, THE “MSCI PARTIES”). THE MSCI INDICES ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF MSCI. MSCI AND MSCI INDEX NAMES ARE SERVICE MARKS OF MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES AND HAVE BEEN LICENSED FOR USE FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES BY NORTHERN TRUST. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS FINANCIAL PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY REGARDING THE ADVISABILITY OF INVESTING IN THE FUNDS GENERALLY OR IN THE GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND PARTICULARLY OR THE ABILITY OF ANY MSCI INDEX TO TRACK CORRESPONDING STOCK MARKET PERFORMANCE. MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES ARE THE LICENSORS OF CERTAIN TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES AND OF THE MSCI INDICES WHICH ARE DETERMINED, COMPOSED AND CALCULATED BY MSCI WITHOUT REGARD TO THE GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND OR THE ISSUER OR SHAREHOLDERS OF THE GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY OBLIGATION TO TAKE THE NEEDS OF THE TRUST OR SHAREHOLDERS OF THE GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY INTO CONSIDERATION IN DETERMINING, COMPOSING OR CALCULATING THE MSCI INDICES. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OR HAS PARTICIPATED IN THE DETERMINATION OF THE TIMING OF, PRICES AT, OR NUMBER OF SHARES OF THE GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND TO BE ISSUED OR IN THE DETERMINATION OR CALCULATION OF THE EQUATION BY OR THE CONSIDERATION INTO WHICH THE GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND IS REDEEMABLE. FURTHER, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY TO THE ISSUER OR SHAREHOLDERS OF THE GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE ADMINISTRATION, MARKETING OR OFFERING OF THE GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND.

ALTHOUGH MSCI SHALL OBTAIN INFORMATION FOR INCLUSION IN OR FOR USE IN THE CALCULATION OF THE MSCI INDICES FROM SOURCES THAT MSCI CONSIDERS RELIABLE, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES WARRANTS OR GUARANTEES THE ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE ISSUER OF THE GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND OWNERS OF THE GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY, FROM THE USE OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR INTERRUPTIONS OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. FURTHER, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, AND THE MSCI PARTIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO EACH MSCI INDEX AND ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY

 

42


OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY OTHER DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS) EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

No purchaser, seller or holder of the Global Sustainability Index Fund or any other person or entity, should use or refer to any MSCI trade name, trademark or service mark to sponsor, endorse, market or promote this security without first contacting MSCI to determine whether MSCI’s permission is required. Under no circumstances may any person or entity claim any affiliation with MSCI without the prior written permission of MSCI.

STRIPPED SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with its investment objective and strategies, each Fund may purchase stripped securities. The Treasury Department has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero coupon securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of particular interest coupon and principal payments on Treasury securities through the Federal Reserve book-entry record-keeping system. The Federal Reserve program as established by the Treasury Department is known as “Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities” or “STRIPS.” The Funds may purchase securities registered in the STRIPS program. Under the STRIPS program, a Fund will be able to have its beneficial ownership of zero coupon securities recorded directly in the book-entry record-keeping system in lieu of having to hold certificates or other evidences of ownership of the underlying U.S. Treasury securities.

Other types of stripped securities may be purchased by the Funds, including stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”). SMBS usually are structured with two or more classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions from a pool of mortgage-backed obligations. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving all of the interest, while the other class receives all of the principal. However, in some instances, one class will receive some of the interest and most of the principal while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. If the underlying obligations experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities. The market value of the class consisting entirely of principal payments generally is extremely volatile in response to changes in interest rates. The yields on a class of SMBS that receives all or most of the interest generally are higher than prevailing market yields on other mortgage-backed obligations because their cash flow patterns also are volatile and there is a risk that the initial investment will not be recouped fully. SMBS issued by the U.S. government (or a U.S. government agency, instrumentality or sponsored enterprise) may be considered liquid under guidelines established by the Board if they can be disposed of promptly in the ordinary course of business at a value reasonably close to that used in the calculation of the NAV per share.

SUPRANATIONAL BANK OBLIGATIONS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, each Fund may invest in obligations of supranational banks. Supranational banks are international banking institutions designed or supported by national governments to promote economic reconstruction, development or trade among nations (e.g., the World Bank). Obligations of supranational banks may be supported by appropriated but unpaid commitments of their member countries and there is no assurance that these commitments will be undertaken or met in the future. See also “Foreign Investments—General” on page 17.

TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds, except for the U.S. Quality ESG Fund, temporarily may hold cash and/or invest in short-term obligations including U.S. government obligations, high quality money market instruments (including commercial paper and obligations of foreign and domestic banks such as certificates of deposit, bank and deposit notes, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits), and repurchase agreements with maturities of 13 months or less. The Funds temporarily may hold cash or invest all or any portion of their assets in short-term obligations pending investment or to meet anticipated redemption requests. The Funds also may hold cash or invest in short-term obligations as a temporary measure mainly designed to limit a Fund’s losses in response to adverse market, economic or other conditions when the Investment Adviser believes that it is in the best interest of the Fund to pursue such defensive strategy. The Investment Adviser may, however, choose not to make such temporary

 

43


investments even in very volatile or adverse conditions. The Funds may not achieve their investment objectives when they hold cash or invest their assets in short-term obligations or otherwise make temporary investments. The Funds also may miss investment opportunities and have a lower total return during these periods.

TRACKING VARIANCE. As discussed in its Prospectus, the Global Sustainability Index Fund is subject to the risk of tracking variance. Tracking variance may result from share purchases and redemptions, transaction costs, expenses and other factors. Share purchases and redemptions may necessitate the purchase and sale of securities by the Global Sustainability Index Fund and the resulting transaction costs which may be substantial because of the number and the characteristics of the securities held. In addition, transaction costs are incurred because sales of securities received in connection with spin-offs and other corporate reorganizations are made to conform the Global Sustainability Index Fund’s holdings to its investment objective. Tracking variance also may occur due to factors such as the size of the Fund, the maintenance of a cash reserve pending investment or to meet expected redemptions, changes made in the Fund’s designated index or the manner in which the index is calculated or because the indexing and investment approach of the Investment Adviser does not produce the intended goals of the Global Sustainability Index Fund. With respect to the Global Sustainability Index Fund, due to limitations on investments in illiquid investments and/or purchasing and selling such investments, the Fund may be unable to achieve a high degree of correlation with the Fund’s index. Tracking variance is monitored by the Investment Adviser at least quarterly. In the event the performance of the Global Sustainability Index Fund is not comparable to the performance of its designated index, the Board will evaluate the reasons for the deviation and the availability of corrective measures. If substantial deviation in the Global Sustainability Index Fund’s performance were to continue for extended periods, it is expected that the Board would consider recommending to shareholders possible changes to the Global Sustainability Index Fund’s investment objective.

TRADING RISK. In order to engage in certain transactions on behalf of a Fund, the Investment Adviser will be subject to (or cause a Fund to become subject to) the rules, terms and/or conditions of any venues through which it trades securities, derivatives or other instruments. This includes, but is not limited to, where the Investment Adviser and/or a Fund may be required to comply with the rules of certain exchanges, execution platforms, trading facilities, clearinghouses and other venues, or may be required to consent to the jurisdiction of any such venues. The rules, terms and/or conditions of any such venue may result in the Investment Adviser (and/or a Fund) being subject to, among other things, margin requirements, additional fees and other charges, disciplinary procedures, reporting and recordkeeping, position limits and other restrictions on trading, settlement risks and other related conditions on trading set out by such venues.

U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS. Examples of the types of U.S. government obligations that may be acquired by the Funds include U.S. Treasury Bills, Treasury Notes and Treasury Bonds. The Funds also may acquire obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Farm Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae, General Services Administration, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Freddie Mac, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks and the Maritime Administration.

Securities guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government or by its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises also are deemed to include (i) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. government or by any agency, instrumentality or sponsored enterprise thereof, and (ii) participations in loans made to foreign governments or their agencies that are so guaranteed.

To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in a variety of U.S. Treasury obligations and obligations issued by or guaranteed by the U.S. government or by its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. Not all U.S. government obligations carry the same credit support. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it were not obligated to do so by law. There is no assurance that these commitments will be undertaken or complied with in the future. In addition, the secondary market for

 

44


certain participations in loans made to foreign governments or their agencies may be limited. In the absence of a suitable secondary market, such participations are generally considered illiquid.

Many states grant tax-free status to dividends paid to shareholders of a fund from interest income earned by that fund from direct obligations of the U.S. government, subject in some states to minimum investment requirements that must be met by the fund. Investments in securities issued by Ginnie Mae or Fannie Mae, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities do not generally qualify for tax-free treatment.

VARIABLE AND FLOATING RATE INSTRUMENTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in variable and floating rate instruments. Variable and floating rate instruments have interest rates that periodically are adjusted either at set intervals or that float at a margin in relation to a generally recognized index rate. These instruments include long-term floating rate public obligations of the U.S. Treasury and variable and floating rate bonds (sometimes referred to as “put bonds”) where a Fund obtains at the time of purchase the right to put the bond back to the issuer or a third party at par at a specified date and also includes leveraged inverse floating rate instruments (“inverse floaters”).

With respect to the variable and floating rate instruments that may be acquired by the Funds, the Investment Adviser will consider the earning power, cash flows and other liquidity ratios of the issuers and guarantors of such instruments and, if the instruments are subject to demand features, will monitor their financial status and ability to meet payment on demand. Where necessary to ensure that a variable or floating rate instrument meets the Funds’ quality requirements, the issuer’s obligation to pay the principal of the instrument will be backed by an unconditional bank letter or line of credit, guarantee or commitment to lend.

Variable and floating rate instruments that may be purchased by the Funds include variable amount master demand notes, which permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary in addition to providing for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. Variable and floating rate instruments also include leveraged inverse floaters. The interest rate on an inverse floater resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater is indexed. An inverse floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest. The higher degree of leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Accordingly, the duration of an inverse floater may exceed its stated final maturity. The Funds may deem the maturity of variable and floating rate instruments to be less than their stated maturities based on their variable and floating rate features and/or their put features. Unrated variable and floating rate instruments will be determined by the Investment Adviser to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase to rated instruments that may be purchased by the Funds.

Variable and floating rate instruments including inverse floaters held by a Fund will be subject to the Fund’s limitation on illiquid investments, absent a reliable trading market, when the Fund may not demand payment of the principal amount within seven days. Because there is no active secondary market for certain variable and floating rate instruments, they may be more difficult to sell if the issuer defaults on its payment obligations or during periods when the Fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights. As a result, the Fund could suffer a loss with respect to these instruments.

The Funds’ investments, payment obligations and financing terms may be based on floating rates, such as London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), Euro Interbank Offered Rate and other similar types of reference rates (each, a “Reference Rate”). On July 27, 2017, the Chief Executive of the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), which regulates LIBOR, announced that the FCA will no longer persuade nor compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR and certain other Reference Rates after 2021. Such announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR and other Reference Rates on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. This announcement and any additional regulatory or market changes may have an adverse impact on

 

45


a Fund’s investments, performance or financial condition. Until then, the Funds may continue to invest in instruments that reference such rates or otherwise use such Reference Rates due to favorable liquidity or pricing.

In advance of 2021, regulators and market participants will work together to identify or develop successor Reference Rates and how the calculation of associated spreads (if any) should be adjusted. Additionally, prior to 2021, it is expected that industry trade associations and participants will focus on the transition mechanisms by which the Reference Rates and spreads (if any) in existing contracts or instruments may be amended, whether through market-wide protocols, fallback contractual provisions, bespoke negotiations or amendments or otherwise. Nonetheless, the termination of certain Reference Rates presents risks to the Funds. At this time, it is not possible to exhaustively identify or predict the effect of any such changes, any establishment of alternative Reference Rates or any other reforms to Reference Rates that may be enacted in the United Kingdom or elsewhere. The elimination of a Reference Rate or any other changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of Reference Rates may affect the value, liquidity or return on certain Fund investments and may result in costs incurred in connection with closing out positions and entering into new trades, adversely impacting a Fund’s overall financial condition or results of operations. The impact of any successor or substitute Reference Rate, if any, will vary on an investment-by-investment basis, and any differences may be material and/or create material economic mismatches, especially if investments are used for hedging or similar purposes. In addition, although certain Fund investments may provide for a successor or substitute Reference Rate (or terms governing how to determine a successor or substitute Reference Rate) if the Reference Rate becomes unavailable, certain Fund investments may not provide such a successor or substitute Reference Rate (or terms governing how to determine a successor or substitute Reference Rate). Accordingly, there may be disputes as to: (i) any successor or substitute Reference Rate; or (ii) the enforceability of any Fund investment that does not provide such a successor or substitute Reference Rate (or terms governing how to determine a successor or substitute Reference Rate). The Investment Adviser, Northern Trust and/or their affiliates may have discretion to determine a successor or substitute Reference Rate, including any price or other adjustments to account for differences between the successor or substitute Reference Rate and the previous rate. The successor or substitute Reference Rate and any adjustments selected may negatively impact a Fund’s investments, performance or financial condition, including in ways unforeseen by the Investment Adviser, Northern Trust and/or their affiliates. In addition, any successor or substitute Reference Rate and any pricing adjustments imposed by a regulator or by counterparties or otherwise may adversely affect a Fund’s performance and/or NAV, and may expose a Fund to additional tax, accounting and regulatory risks.

WARRANTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may purchase warrants and similar rights, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. The prices of warrants do not necessarily correlate with the prices of the underlying shares. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that a Fund could lose the purchase value of a warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the warrant’s expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

YIELDS AND RATINGS. The yields on certain obligations, including the instruments in which the Funds may invest, are dependent on a variety of factors, including general market conditions, conditions in the particular market for the obligation, financial condition of the issuer, size of the offering, maturity of the obligation and ratings of the issue. The ratings of S&P, DBRS, Moody’s and Fitch represent their respective opinions as to the quality of the obligations they undertake to rate. Ratings, however, are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, obligations with the same rating, maturity and interest rate may have different market prices. For a more complete discussion of ratings, see Appendix A to this SAI.

Subject to the limitations stated in the Prospectus, if a security held by a Fund undergoes a rating revision, the Fund may continue to hold the security if the Investment Adviser determines such retention is warranted.

 

46


ZERO COUPON AND CAPITAL APPRECIATION BONDS AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in zero coupon bonds, capital appreciation bonds and pay-in-kind (“PIK”) securities. Zero coupon and capital appreciation bonds are debt securities issued or sold at a discount from their face value and which do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity or a specified date. The original issue discount varies depending on the time remaining until maturity or cash payment date, prevailing interest rates, the liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. These securities also may take the form of debt securities that have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons, the coupons themselves or receipts or certificates representing interests in such stripped debt obligations or coupons. The market prices of zero coupon bonds, capital appreciation bonds and PIK securities generally are more volatile than the market prices of interest bearing securities and are likely to respond to a greater degree to changes in interest rates than interest bearing securities having similar maturities and credit quality.

PIK securities may be debt obligations or preferred shares that provide the issuer with the option of paying interest or dividends on such obligations in cash or in the form of additional securities rather than cash. Similar to zero coupon bonds, PIK securities are designed to give an issuer flexibility in managing cash flow. PIK securities that are debt securities can either be senior or subordinated debt and generally trade flat (i.e., without accrued interest). The trading price of PIK debt securities generally reflects the market value of the underlying debt plus an amount representing accrued interest since the last interest payment.

Zero coupon bonds, capital appreciation bonds and PIK securities involve the additional risk that, unlike securities that periodically pay interest to maturity, the Fund will realize no cash until a specified future payment date unless a portion of such securities is sold and, if the issuer of such securities defaults, the Fund may obtain no return at all on its investment. In addition, even though such securities do not provide for the payment of current interest in cash, the Fund is nonetheless required to accrue income on such investments for each taxable year and generally is required to distribute such accrued amounts (net of deductible expenses, if any) to avoid being subject to tax. Because no cash generally is received at the time of the accrual, the Fund may be required to liquidate other portfolio securities to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy federal tax distribution requirements applicable to the Fund.

Each Fund is subject to the fundamental investment restrictions enumerated below which may be changed with respect to a particular Fund only by a vote of the holders of a majority of such Fund’s outstanding shares as described in “Description of Shares” on page 98.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The Global Sustainability Index Fund and Small Cap Core Fund.

No Fund may:

(1) Make loans, except through (a) the purchase of debt obligations in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and strategies, (b) repurchase agreements with banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions, (c) loans of securities, and (d) loans to affiliates of the Fund to the extent permitted by law.

(2) Purchase or sell real estate, real estate limited partnerships, but this restriction shall not prevent a Fund from investing directly or indirectly in portfolio instruments secured by real estate or interests therein or acquiring securities of REITs or other issuers that deal in real estate.

(3) Invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemptions therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time; and each Fund may invest in currency and financial instruments and contracts that are commodities or commodity contracts.

 

47


(4) Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control.

(5) Act as underwriter of securities, except as a Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio instruments in accordance with its investment objective and portfolio management strategies.

(6) Purchase securities (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase agreements collateralized by such obligations) if such purchase would cause 25% or more in the aggregate of the market value of the total assets of a Fund to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry, except to the extent that the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index is concentrated in that industry. For the purposes of this restriction, state and municipal governments and their agencies and authorities are not deemed to be industries; as to utility companies, the gas, electric, water and telephone businesses are considered separate industries; personal credit finance companies and business credit finance companies are deemed to be separate industries; and wholly-owned finance companies are considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of their parents.

(7) Borrow money, except that to the extent permitted by applicable law (a) a Fund may borrow from banks, other affiliated investment companies and other persons, and may engage in reverse repurchase agreements and other transactions which involve borrowings, in amounts up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) or such other percentage permitted by law, (b) a Fund may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes, (c) a Fund may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities, and (d) a Fund may purchase securities on margin. If due to market fluctuations or other reasons a Fund’s borrowings exceed the limitations stated above, the Trust will promptly reduce the borrowings of a Fund in accordance with the 1940 Act. In addition, as a matter of fundamental policy, a Fund will not issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate applicable law.

(8) Make any investment inconsistent with the Fund’s classification as a diversified company under the 1940 Act.

(9) Notwithstanding any of a Fund’s other fundamental investment restrictions (including, without limitation, those restrictions relating to issuer diversification, industry concentration and control), each Fund may: (a) purchase securities of other investment companies to the full extent permitted under Section 12 or any other provision of the 1940 Act (or any successor provision thereto) or under any regulation or order of the SEC; and (b) invest all or substantially all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof with substantially the same investment objective, strategies and fundamental restrictions as the Fund.

For the purposes of Investment Restriction Nos. 1 and 7 above, the Funds have received an exemptive order from the SEC permitting them to participate in lending and borrowing arrangements with affiliates.

In applying Investment Restriction No. 8 above, a security is considered to be issued by the entity, or entities, whose assets and revenues back the security. A guarantee of a security is not deemed to be a security issued by the guarantor when the value of all securities issued and guaranteed by the guarantor, and owned by a Fund, does not exceed 10% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.

In applying Investment Restriction No. 8 with respect to the Global Sustainability Index Fund, it is anticipated that the Global Sustainability Index Fund will be diversified in approximately the same proportions as the index that the Fund uses to measure its performance. Because the Global Sustainability Index Fund attempts to achieve weightings that approximate the relative composition of the securities included in the index , it is possible that the Global Sustainability Index Fund may change from diversified to non-diversified as a result of a change in relative market capitalization or weighting of one or more constituents of the Fund’s index. In such an instance, shareholder approval will not be sought when the Global Sustainability Index Fund crosses from

 

48


diversified to non-diversified status due solely to a change in the relative market capitalization or index weightings of one or more constituents of the Global Sustainability Index Fund ’s index.

Securities held in escrow or separate accounts in connection with a Fund’s investment practices described in this SAI and the applicable Prospectus are not deemed to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated for purposes of the foregoing restrictions.

Notwithstanding Investment Restriction No. 7, each Fund intends, as a non-fundamental policy, to limit all borrowings to no more than 25% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed). Any fund in which a Fund may invest will have adopted certain investment restrictions that may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing the Fund to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions and policies listed above. The investment restrictions of such underlying funds will be set forth in their respective prospectus and statements of additional information.

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

The U.S. Quality ESG Fund is subject to the fundamental investment restrictions enumerated below which may be changed with respect to the Fund only by a vote of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares as described in “Description of Shares” on page 98.

The Fund may not:

(1) Make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemptions therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(2) Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemptions therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time. This restriction shall not prevent the Fund from investing directly or indirectly in portfolio instruments secured by real estate or interests therein or acquiring securities of REITs or other issuers that deal in real estate.

(3) Invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemptions therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(4) Concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5) Borrow money or issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemptions therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(6) Act as underwriter of securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemptions therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(7) Make any investment inconsistent with the Fund’s classification as a diversified company under the 1940 Act.

Notwithstanding any of the Fund’s other fundamental investment restrictions (including, without limitation, those restrictions relating to issuer diversification and industry concentration), the Fund may: (a) purchase securities of other investment companies to the full extent permitted under Section 12 of the 1940 Act or any

 

49


other provision of the 1940 Act (or any successor provision thereto) or under any regulation or order of the SEC; and (b) invest all or substantially all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof with substantially the same investment objective, strategies and fundamental restrictions as the Fund.

The following investment limitations are non-fundamental policies and may be changed with respect to the U.S. Quality ESG Fund by the Board without a vote of shareholders.

The Fund may not:

(1) Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate assets, except to secure permitted borrowings or in relation to the deposit of assets in escrow or in segregated accounts in compliance with the asset segregation requirements imposed by Section 18 of the 1940 Act, or any rule or SEC staff interpretation thereunder. Securities held in escrow or separate accounts in connection with the Fund’s investment practices described in this SAI and the Fund’s Prospectus are not deemed to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated for purposes of the foregoing restrictions.

(2) Purchase securities on margin or effect short sales, except that the Fund may: (i) obtain short-term credits as necessary for the clearance of security transactions; (ii) provide initial and variation margin payments in connection with transactions involving futures contracts and options on such contracts; and (iii) make short sales “against the box” or in compliance with the SEC’s position regarding the asset segregation requirements of Section 18 of the 1940 Act.

(3) Purchase or hold illiquid securities, i.e., securities that cannot be disposed of for their approximate carrying value in seven days or less (which term includes repurchase agreements and time deposits maturing in more than seven days) if, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in illiquid securities.

(4) Purchase any securities that would cause more than 25% of the total assets of the Fund to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that this limitation does not apply to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

(5) Borrow money, except (a) the Fund may borrow from banks (as defined in the 1940 Act) or through reverse repurchase agreements in amounts up to 25% of the value of its total assets (including amounts borrowed); (b) the Fund may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities; (c) the Fund may purchase securities on margin to the extent permitted by applicable law; and (d) the Fund may engage in transactions in mortgage dollar rolls which are accounted for as financings.

(6) Make loans if, as a result, more than 25% of its total assets (including amounts borrowed) would be lent to other parties, except that the Fund may: (i) purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objective and policies; (ii) enter into repurchase agreements; (iii) lend its securities; and (iv) loan to affiliates to the extent permitted by law.

(7) Purchase or sell real estate, physical commodities or commodities contracts, except that the Fund may purchase: (i) marketable securities issued by companies that own or invest in real estate (including REITs), commodities or commodities contracts; and (ii) commodities contracts relating to financial instruments, such as financial futures contracts and options on such contracts.

The following descriptions from the 1940 Act may assist shareholders in understanding the above policies and restrictions for all of the Funds.

Concentration and Industry Classification. The SEC has presently defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment company’s net assets in an industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions.

 

50


Except to the extent otherwise provided in each of the Investment Restrictions above, for the purpose of determining industry classification, a Fund may use the industry classification provide by a third party service provider. For the purpose of determining the percentage of a Fund’s total assets invested in securities of issuers having their principal business activities in a particular industry, (i) an asset-backed security will be classified separately based on the nature of its underlying assets; (ii) state and municipal governments and their agencies and authorities are not deemed to be industries; (iii) as to utility companies, the gas, electric, water and telephone businesses are considered separate industries; (iv) personal credit finance companies and business credit finance companies are deemed to be separate industries; and (v) wholly-owned financial companies are considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of their parents.

Borrowing. The 1940 Act presently allows a Fund to borrow from any bank (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in an amount up to 33-1/3% of its total assets, including the amount borrowed (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets).

Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by a Fund evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits Funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation.

Lending. Under the 1940 Act, a Fund may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies. The Funds’ non-fundamental investment policy on lending is set forth above.

Underwriting. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves a Fund purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified Fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets.

Real Estate. The 1940 Act does not directly restrict a Fund’s ability to invest in real estate, but does require that every Fund have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments. The Funds have a non-fundamental investment limitation that prohibits them from investing directly in real estate. This non-fundamental policy may be changed only by vote of the Funds’ Board.

Securities held in escrow or separate accounts in connection with a Fund’s investment practices described in this SAI and the Prospectus are not deemed to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated for purposes of the foregoing restrictions.

Any Investment Restriction that involves a maximum percentage (other than the restriction set forth above with respect to borrowing money) will not be considered violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after, and is caused by, an acquisition of securities or assets of, or borrowings by a Fund. The 1940 Act requires that if the asset coverage for borrowings at any time falls below 33-1/3% of its total assets including the amount borrowed) plus an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes, a Fund will, within three days thereafter (not including Sundays and holidays), reduce the amount of its borrowings to an extent that the net asset coverage of such borrowings shall conform to such limits. As of the date of this SAI, the Funds do not engage in securities lending.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Board has adopted a policy on disclosure of portfolio holdings, which it believes is in the best interest of the Funds’ shareholders. The policy provides that neither the Funds nor their Investment Adviser, Distributor or any agent, or any employee thereof (“Fund Representative”) will disclose a Fund’s portfolio holdings

 

51


information to any person other than in accordance with the policy. For purposes of the policy, “portfolio holdings information” means a Fund’s actual portfolio holdings, as well as non-public information about its trading strategies or pending transactions including the portfolio holdings, trading strategies or pending transactions of any actively managed commingled fund portfolio which contains identical holdings as the Fund. Under the policy, neither a Fund nor any Fund Representative may solicit or accept any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information. A Fund Representative may provide portfolio holdings information to third parties if such information has been included in a Fund’s public filings with the SEC or is disclosed on the Trust’s publicly accessible website. Information posted on the Trust’s website may be separately provided to any person commencing the day after it is first published on the Trust’s website.

Portfolio holdings information that is not filed with the SEC or posted on the publicly available website may be provided to third parties only if the third party recipients are required to keep all portfolio holdings information confidential and are prohibited from trading on the information they receive. Disclosure to such third parties must be approved in advance by the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”). Disclosure to providers of auditing, custody, proxy voting and other similar services for the Funds, as well as rating and ranking organizations, will generally be permitted; however, information may be disclosed to other third parties

(including, without limitation, individuals, institutional investors, and intermediaries that sell shares of a Fund) only upon approval by the CCO, who must first determine that the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for doing so. In general, each recipient of non-public portfolio holdings information must sign a confidentiality and non-trading agreement, although this requirement will not apply when the recipient is otherwise subject to a duty of confidentiality as determined by the CCO. In accordance with the policy, the recipients who receive non-public portfolio holdings information on an ongoing basis are as follows: the Investment Adviser and its affiliates, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, the Funds’ custodian, the Funds’ legal counsel, the Funds’ financial printer (Donnelley Financial Solutions), the Funds’ pricing vendors, and the Funds’ proxy voting service and subsidiary (Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. and Securities Class Action Services, LLC); certain rating and ranking organizations, including Moody’s, Fitch and S&P; and the following vendors that provide portfolio analytical tools: Barclays Capital, BlackRock Solutions, Bloomberg, FactSet and Thomson Reuters. These entities are obligated to keep such information confidential. Third-party providers of custodial or accounting services to a Fund may release non-public portfolio holdings information of the Fund only with the permission of Fund Representatives. From time to time, portfolio holdings information may be provided to broker-dealers solely in connection with a Fund seeking portfolio securities trading recommendations. Portfolio holdings information may also be provided to financial institutions solely for the purpose of funding borrowings under the Trust’s line of credit. In providing this information, reasonable precautions, including limitations on the scope of the portfolio holdings information disclosed, are taken in an effort to avoid any potential misuse of the disclosed information.

The Funds currently publish on the Trust’s website, northerntrust.com/funds, complete portfolio holdings for the Small Cap Core Fund and the U.S. Quality ESG Fund as of the end of each calendar quarter. For the Global Sustainability Index Fund, complete portfolio holdings information will be provided as of month-end, subject to at least a ten (10) calendar day lag between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. In addition, the Funds intend to publish on the Trust’s website month-end top ten holdings subject to at least a ten (10) calendar day lag between the date of the information presented and the date on which the information is disclosed. A Fund may publish on the Trust’s website complete portfolio holdings information more frequently if it has a legitimate business purpose for doing so.

Portfolio holdings also are currently disclosed through required filings with the SEC. Each Fund files its portfolio holdings with the SEC and the holdings are publicly made available twice each fiscal year on Form N-CSR (with respect to each annual period and semiannual period) and twice each fiscal year on Form N-PORT (with respect to the first and third quarters of the Funds’ fiscal year). Shareholders may obtain a Fund’s Forms N-CSR and N-PORT filings on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Under the policy, the Board is to receive information, on a quarterly basis, regarding any other disclosures of non-public portfolio holdings information that were permitted during the preceding quarter.

 

52


ADDITIONAL TRUST INFORMATION

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

The Board is responsible for the management and business and affairs of the Funds. Set forth below is information about the Trustees and the Officers of Northern Funds as of the date of this SAI. Each Trustee has served in that capacity since he or she was originally elected or appointed to the Board. As of the date of this SAI, each Trustee oversees a total of 50 portfolios in the Northern Funds Complex—Northern Funds offers 43 portfolios and Northern Institutional Funds consists of 7 portfolios.

NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES

 

NAME, AGE, ADDRESS(1),

POSITIONS HELD WITH
TRUST AND LENGTH OF
SERVICE AS TRUSTEE(2)

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD
BY TRUSTEE(3)

Therese M. Bobek

Age: 58

Trustee since 2019

 

•  Adjunct Lecturer in the Masters of Accountancy Program, University of Iowa Tippie College of Business since 2018;

•  Assurance Partner, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (retired 2018) from 1997 to 2018.

 

•  None

Ingrid LaMae A. de Jongh

Age: 53

Trustee since 2019

 

•  Head of School Management and Technology, Success Academy Charter Schools since 2016;

•  Member of the Board of Directors of Bank Leumi USA since 2016;

•  Partner in Accenture (global management consulting and professional services firm) from 1987 to 2012;

•  Member of the Board of Directors, Member of Nominating and Governance and Compensating Committees of Carver Bancorp from 2014 to 2018.

 

•  None

 

(1) 

Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o Diana E. McCarthy, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, PA 19103-6996.

(2) 

Each Trustee will hold office for an indefinite term until the earliest of: (i) the next meeting of shareholders, if any, called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such Trustee and until the election and qualification of his or her successor, if any, elected at such meeting; (ii) the date a Trustee resigns or retires, or a Trustee is removed by the Board or shareholders, in accordance with the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust; or (iii) in accordance with the current resolutions of the Board (which may be changed without shareholder vote) on the earlier of the completion of 15 years of service on the Board and the last day of the calendar year in which he or she attains the age of seventy-five years. The 15-year service limit does not apply to the service of Trustees of the Trust who began serving on the Board prior to July 1, 2016.

(3) 

This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (i.e., public companies) or other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, as amended.

 

53


NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES (CONTINUED)

 

NAME, AGE, ADDRESS(1),

POSITIONS HELD WITH
TRUST AND LENGTH OF
SERVICE AS TRUSTEE(2)

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD
BY TRUSTEE(3)

Mark G. Doll

Age: 69

Trustee since 2013

 

•  Member of the State of Wisconsin Investment Board since 2015;

•  Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer, Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company from 2008 to 2012;

•  Senior Vice President—Public Markets, Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company from 2002 to 2008;

•  President, Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Mason Street Advisors and Mason Street Funds from 2002 to 2008;

•  Chairman, Archdiocese of Milwaukee Finance Council from 2005 to 2015;

•  Member of Investment Committee of Greater Milwaukee Foundation from 2003 to 2015.

 

•  None

 

(1) 

Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o Diana E. McCarthy, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, PA 19103-6996.

(2) 

Each Trustee will hold office for an indefinite term until the earliest of: (i) the next meeting of shareholders, if any, called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such Trustee and until the election and qualification of his or her successor, if any, elected at such meeting; (ii) the date a Trustee resigns or retires, or a Trustee is removed by the Board or shareholders, in accordance with the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust; or (iii) in accordance with the current resolutions of the Board (which may be changed without shareholder vote) on the earlier of the completion of 15 years of service on the Board and the last day of the calendar year in which he or she attains the age of seventy-five years. The 15-year service limit does not apply to the service of Trustees of the Trust who began serving on the Board prior to July 1, 2016.

(3) 

This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (i.e., public companies) or other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, as amended.

 

54


NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES (CONTINUED)

 

NAME, AGE, ADDRESS(1),

POSITIONS HELD WITH
TRUST AND LENGTH OF
SERVICE AS TRUSTEE(2)

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD
BY TRUSTEE(3)

Thomas A. Kloet

Age: 61

Trustee since 2015 and Chairperson since 2020

 

•  Chair of Boards of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, NASDAQ PHLX LLC and NASDAQ BX, Inc. since 2016;

•  Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer, TMX Group, Ltd. (financial services company and operator of stock, derivatives exchanges, their clearing operations and securities depository) from 2008 to 2014.

 

•  Nasdaq, Inc.

David R. Martin

Age: 62

Trustee since 2017

 

•  Chief Financial Officer, Neo Tech (an electronics manufacturer) since June 2019;

•  Adjunct professor, University of Texas, McCombs School of Business since 2017;

•  Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (an investment manager) from 2007 to 2016;

•  Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Janus Capital Group Inc. (an investment manager) from 2005 to 2007;

•  Senior Vice President, Finance of Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (an investment banking and securities brokerage firm) from 1999 to 2005.

 

•  None

 

(1) 

Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o Diana E. McCarthy, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, PA 19103-6996.

(2) 

Each Trustee will hold office for an indefinite term until the earliest of: (i) the next meeting of shareholders, if any, called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such Trustee and until the election and qualification of his or her successor, if any, elected at such meeting; (ii) the date a Trustee resigns or retires, or a Trustee is removed by the Board or shareholders, in accordance with the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust; or (iii) in accordance with the current resolutions of the Board (which may be changed without shareholder vote) on the earlier of the completion of 15 years of service on the Board and the last day of the calendar year in which he or she attains the age of seventy-five years. The 15-year service limit does not apply to the service of Trustees of the Trust who began serving on the Board prior to July 1, 2016.

(3) 

This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (i.e., public companies) or other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, as amended.

 

55


NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES (CONTINUED)

 

NAME, AGE, ADDRESS(1),

POSITIONS HELD WITH
TRUST AND LENGTH OF
SERVICE AS TRUSTEE(2)

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD
BY TRUSTEE(3)

Cynthia R. Plouché

Age: 62

Trustee since 2014

 

•  Assessor, Moraine Township, Illinois from January 2014 to June 2018;

•  Trustee of AXA Premier VIP Trust (registered investment company—34 portfolios) from 2001 to May 2017;

•  Senior Portfolio Manager and member of Investment Policy Committee, Williams Capital Management, LLC from 2006 to 2012;

•  Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer of Blaylock-Abacus Asset Management, Inc. from June 2003 to 2006;

•  Founder, Chief Investment Officer and Managing Director of Abacus Financial Group from May 1991 to 2003, a manager of fixed income portfolios for institutional clients.

 

•  Barings Fund Trust (registered investment company—8 portfolios); Barings Global Short Duration High Yield Fund (closed-end investment company advised by Barings LLC)

Mary Jacobs Skinner

Age: 62

Trustee since 1998

 

•  Executive Committee member and Chair, Public Policy Committee, Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital since 2016;

•  Director, Pathways Awareness Foundation since 2000;

•  Harvard Advanced Leadership Fellow—2016;

•  Retired in 2015 as partner in the law firm of Sidley Austin LLP;

•  Director, Chicago Area Foundation for Legal Services from 1995 to 2013.

 

•  None

 

(1) 

Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o Diana E. McCarthy, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, PA 19103-6996.

(2) 

Each Trustee will hold office for an indefinite term until the earliest of: (i) the next meeting of shareholders, if any, called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such Trustee and until the election and qualification of his or her successor, if any, elected at such meeting; (ii) the date a Trustee resigns or retires, or a Trustee is removed by the Board or shareholders, in accordance with the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust; or (iii) in accordance with the current resolutions of the Board (which may be changed without shareholder vote) on the earlier of the completion of 15 years of service on the Board and the last day of the calendar year in which he or she attains the age of seventy-five years. The 15-year service limit does not apply to the service of Trustees of the Trust who began serving on the Board prior to July 1, 2016.

(3) 

This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (i.e., public companies) or other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, as amended.

 

56


INTERESTED TRUSTEE

 

NAME, AGE, ADDRESS(1),

POSITIONS HELD WITH
TRUST AND LENGTH OF
SERVICE AS TRUSTEE(2)

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS

DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD
BY TRUSTEE(3)

Darek Wojnar(4)

Age 54

Trustee since 2019

 

•  Director and Executive Vice President, Head of Funds and Managed Accounts Group at Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since January 2018;

•  Head of Exchange Traded Funds at Hartford Funds from 2014 to 2017;

•  Managing Director at Lattice Strategies, LLC from 2014 to 2016;

•  Managing Director, Head of US iShares Product at BlackRock from 2005 to 2013.

 

•  FlexShares Trust (registered investment company—29 portfolios)

 

(1) 

Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o Diana E. McCarthy, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, PA 19103-6996.

(2) 

Each Trustee will hold office for an indefinite term until the earliest of: (i) the next meeting of shareholders, if any, called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such Trustee and until the election and qualification of his or her successor, if any, elected at such meeting; (ii) the date a Trustee resigns or retires, or a Trustee is removed by the Board or shareholders, in accordance with the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust; or (iii) in accordance with the current resolutions of the Board (which may be changed without shareholder vote) on the earlier of the completion of 15 years of service on the Board and the last day of the calendar year in which he or she attains the age of seventy-five years. The 15-year service limit does not apply to the service of Trustees of the Trust who began serving on the Board prior to July 1, 2016.

(3) 

This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Security Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (i.e., public companies) or other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, as amended.

(4) 

An “interested person,” as defined by the 1940 Act. Mr. Wojnar is deemed to be an “interested” Trustee because he is an officer, director, employee, and a shareholder of Northern Trust Corporation and/or its affiliates.

OFFICERS OF THE TRUST

 

NAME, AGE, ADDRESS,

POSITIONS HELD WITH
TRUST AND LENGTH OF
SERVICE(1)

  

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

Peter K. Ewing

Age: 61

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

President since March 2017

   Director of Product Management, ETFs and Mutual Funds, Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since 2017; Director of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since 2017; Director of ETF Product Management, Northern Trust Investments, Inc. from 2010 to 2017; Senior Vice President of The Northern Trust Company and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since 2010; President of FlexShares Trust since 2017; Vice President of FlexShares Trust from 2011 to 2017.

Kevin P. O’Rourke

Age: 48

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Vice President since 2015

   Senior Vice President of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since 2014; Vice President of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. from 2009 to 2014.

 

(1) 

Each Officer serves until his or her resignation, removal or retirement, or election of his or her successor. Each Officer also holds the same office with Northern Institutional Funds.

 

57


OFFICERS OF THE TRUST (CONTINUED)

 

NAME, AGE, ADDRESS,

POSITIONS HELD WITH
TRUST AND LENGTH OF
SERVICE(1)

  

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

Jack P. Huntington

Age: 49

Foreside Fund Officer Services, LLC

10 High Street, Suite 302

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Interim Chief Compliance

Officer since September 2019

   Fund Chief Compliance Officer, Foreside Fund Officer Services, LLC (since 2015); Senior Vice President of Regulatory Administration, Citi Fund Services Ohio, Inc. (2008 to 2015).

Darlene Chappell

Age: 57

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer since 2009

   Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer for Northern Trust Investments, Inc., Northern Trust Securities, Inc. and Alpha Core Strategies Fund since 2009; Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer for 50 South Capital Advisors, LLC since 2015; Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer for Equity Long/Short Opportunities Fund and FlexShares Trust since 2011; Vice President and Compliance Consultant for The Northern Trust Company since 2006; Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer for The Northern Trust Company of Connecticut from 2009 to 2013 and Northern Trust Global Advisors, Inc. from 2009 to 2011.

Randal E. Rein

Age: 49

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Treasurer since 2008

   Senior Vice President of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since 2010; Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer of FlexShares Trust since 2011; Treasurer of Alpha Core Strategies Fund from 2008 to 2018; Treasurer of Equity Long/Short Opportunities Fund from 2011 to 2018.

Michael J. Pryszcz

Age: 52

801 South Canal Street

Chicago, Illinois 60607

Assistant Treasurer since 2008

   Senior Vice President of Fund Accounting of The Northern Trust Company since 2010.

Richard N. Crabill

Age: 51

2160 East Elliott Road

Tempe, Arizona 85284

Assistant Treasurer since 2008

   Senior Vice President of Fund Administration of The Northern Trust Company since 2011; Vice President of Fund Administration of The Northern Trust Company from 2005 to 2011.

Michael G. Meehan

Age: 49

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Assistant Treasurer since 2011

   Senior Vice President of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since 2016; Vice President of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. from 2011 to 2016; Assistant Treasurer of Alpha Core Strategies Fund and Equity Long/Short Opportunities Fund from 2011 to 2018.

John P. Gennovario

Age: 59

Northern Trust Investments, Inc.

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Vice President since August 2019

   Vice President of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since August 2019; Management Consultant, Principal Funds from September 2018 to April 2019; Financial Reporting Manager Consultant, BNY Mellon from December 2016 to June 2018; Vice President, Fund Accounting Unit Manager, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services and Accounting Manager, State Street Global Services from January 2016 to August 2016; Assistant Treasurer, Forward Management LLC from July 2010 to March 2013.

 

(1) 

Each Officer serves until his or her resignation, removal or retirement, or election of his or her successor. Each Officer also holds the same office with Northern Institutional Funds.

 

58


OFFICERS OF THE TRUST (CONTINUED)

 

NAME, AGE, ADDRESS,
POSITIONS HELD WITH
TRUST AND LENGTH OF
SERVICE(1)

  

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

Gregory A. Chidsey

Age: 50

801 South Canal Street

Chicago, Illinois 60607

Assistant Treasurer since 2013

   Senior Vice President of Financial Reporting of The Northern Trust Company since 2010.

Craig R. Carberry, Esq.

Age: 59

The Northern Trust Company

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Chief Legal Officer since August 2019

   Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since May 2000; Chief Compliance Officer of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. from October 2015 to June 2017; Chief Legal Officer of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since 2019; Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Belvedere Advisers LLC since September 2019; Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of 50 South Capital Advisors, LLC since 2015; Associate General Counsel and Senior Vice President at The Northern Trust Company since June 2015; Assistant General Counsel and U.S. Funds General Counsel at The Northern Trust Company from July 2014 to June 2015; Senior Legal Counsel and U.S. Funds General Counsel at The Northern Trust Company from 2000 to 2014; Secretary of Alpha Core Strategies Fund (formerly NT Alpha Strategies Fund) since 2004; Secretary of Equity Long/Short Opportunities Fund (formerly NT Equity Long/Short Strategies Fund) from 2011 to 2019; Secretary of Northern Institutional Funds and Northern Funds from 2010-2018; Secretary of FlexShares Trust from 2011-2018.

Jose J. Del Real, Esq.

Age: 42

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Secretary since 2018

   Senior Legal Counsel and Senior Vice President of The Northern Trust Company since 2017; Senior Legal Counsel and Vice President of The Northern Trust Company from 2015 to 2017; Assistant Secretary of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since 2016; Legal Counsel and Vice President of The Northern Trust Company from 2014 to 2015; Assistant Secretary of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds from 2011 to 2014 and from 2015 to November 2018; Assistant Secretary of FlexShares Trust from 2015 to December 2018; and Secretary of FlexShares Trust since December 2018.

Angela R. Burke, Esq.

Age: 37

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Assistant Secretary since 2018

   Vice President of The Northern Trust Company since 2016; Attorney of Jackson National Asset Management, LLC and Assistant Secretary of Jackson Variable Series Trust from 2013 to 2015.

 

(1) 

Each Officer serves until his or her resignation, removal or retirement, or election of his or her successor. Each officer also holds the same office with Northern Institutional Funds.

As a result of the responsibilities assumed by the Trust’s service providers, the Trust itself requires no employees.

 

59


Each officer holds comparable positions with Northern Institutional Funds and certain officers hold comparable positions with certain other investment companies of which Northern Trust Corporation, or an affiliate thereof, is the investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent and/or administrator.

LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE. The Board is currently composed of nine Trustees, eight of whom are not “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act (“non-interested Trustee”), and one of whom is an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act (“interested Trustee”). The Chairperson of the Board, Thomas Kloet, is a non-interested Trustee. Derek Wojnar is considered an interested Trustee because he is an officer, director, employee, and a shareholder of Northern Trust Corporation and/or its affiliates. Each Trustee was nominated to serve on the Board because of his or her experience, skills and qualifications. See “Trustee Experience” below. The Board believes that its leadership structure is consistent with industry practices and is appropriate in light of the size of the Trust and the nature and complexity of its business. In particular:

 

   

Board Composition. The Trustees believe that having a super-majority of non-interested Trustees (at least 75%) is appropriate and in the best interest of shareholders. The Trustees also believe that having Mr. Wojnar serve as an interested Trustee brings management and financial insight that is important to certain of the Board’s decisions and is also in the best interest of shareholders.

 

   

Non-Interested Trustee Meetings and Executive Sessions. The Trustees believe that meetings of the non-interested Trustees and meetings in executive session, including with independent counsel, help prevent conflicts of interest from occurring. The Trustees also believe that these sessions allow the non-interested Trustees to deliberate candidly and constructively, separately from management, in a manner that affords honest disagreement and critical questioning.

RISK OVERSIGHT. Risk oversight is a part of the Board’s general oversight of the Funds and is addressed as part of various Board and committee activities. Day-to-day risk management functions are subsumed within the responsibilities of the Investment Adviser and other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), which carry out the Funds’ investment management and business affairs. The Investment Adviser and other service providers employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various events or circumstances that may give rise to risks, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they occur. The Investment Adviser and other service providers have their own independent interests in risk management, and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models. The Investment Adviser has a dedicated risk management function that is headed by a Chief Risk Officer.

Currently, the Board receives and reviews risk reports on a quarterly basis from the Investment Adviser’s Chief Risk Officer. The Audit Committee reviews and discusses these reports with the Investment Adviser’s Chief Risk Officer prior to their presentation to the Board. These reports cover risk areas that include, but are not limited to, credit risk, investment risk, operational risk, fiduciary risk, compliance risk, market and liquidity risk and strategic risk. These reports are intended to provide the Trustees with a forward-looking view of risk and the manner in which the Investment Adviser is managing various risks.

The Audit Committee, in addition to its risk management responsibilities, plays an important role in the Board’s risk oversight. Working with the Funds’ independent registered accountants, the Audit Committee ensures that the Funds’ annual audit scope includes risk-based considerations, such that the auditors consider the risks potentially impacting the audit findings as well as risks to the Funds’ financial position and operations.

The Valuation Committee reviews risk related reports related to the Funds on a quarterly basis. These reports are intended to test the valuations of the Funds under highly stressed market conditions. The Committee also reviews know your customer reports on a quarterly basis, which are designed to track shareholder concentrations in the Funds and the ability of the Funds to withstand large redemptions.

The Ad Hoc Committee monitors compliance matters affecting the Funds. The Ad Hoc Committee was created on November 13, 2019.

 

60


The Board also monitors and reviews the Funds’ performance metrics, and regularly confers with the Investment Adviser on performance-related issues.

The Trust’s CCO reports to the Board at least quarterly regarding compliance risk issues. In addition to providing quarterly reports, the CCO provides an annual report to the Board in accordance with the Funds’ compliance policies and procedures. The CCO regularly discusses relevant compliance risk issues affecting the Funds during meetings with the non-interested Trustees and counsel. The CCO updates the Board on the application of the Funds’ compliance policies and procedures and discusses how they mitigate risk. The CCO also reports to the Board immediately regarding any problems associated with the Funds’ compliance policies and procedures that could expose (or that might have the potential to expose) the Funds to risk.

TRUSTEE EXPERIENCE. Each Trustee is required to possess certain qualities such as integrity, intelligence, the ability to critically discuss and analyze issues presented to the Board and an understanding of a trustee’s fiduciary obligations with respect to a registered investment company. In addition to these qualities, the following is a description of certain other Trustee attributes, skills, experiences and qualifications.

NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Therese M. Bobek: Ms. Bobek retired in 2018 from a 35-year career with PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP (“PwC”), having served a wide variety of public and privately held clients with external audits, internal auditing and risk advisory services. Ms. Bobek most recently served in PwC’s national office where she led a nationwide network of partners and managers whose main responsibility was to support audit quality in the field. She now teaches Advanced Auditing in the Masters of Accountancy program at the University of Iowa’s Henry B. Tippie College of Business. Ms. Bobek has been a Board Member of Metropolitan Family Services and a Board Member of the Illinois Society of CPAs. She has also served as a member and Chair of the University of Iowa Professional Accounting Council, a voluntary council of business leaders supporting accounting education. She has served as a non-interested Trustee of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since January 2019.

Ingrid LaMae A. de Jongh: Ms. de Jongh served as a partner in the global financial services strategy at Accenture, and was with the global management consulting and professional services firm from 1987 through 2012. While at Accenture, she helped global financial institutions improve their business performance by developing strategies and business models, and implementing business change programs and systems. Since 2016, she has been Head of School Management and Technology at Success Academy Charter Schools, the largest network and highest-performing free, public charter schools in New York City. Ms. de Jongh is a former member of the Board of Carver Bancorp, Inc. in New York City, where she served as a member of the Nominating and Governance Committees and the Compensation Committee. She is currently on the Board of Directors of Bank Leumi USA. Ms. de Jongh had previously served from 2011 to 2013 as a member of the U.S. Department of Commerce’s National Advisory Council for Minority Business Enterprises. She has served as a non-interested Trustee of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since January 2019.

Mark G. Doll: Mr. Doll has over 40 years of experience in the investment management industry. He was Chief Investment Officer of Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company from 2008 to 2012. During that time, he was responsible for over $180 billion in account assets, and managed the Northwestern Mutual Series, Inc., a 1940 Act registered mutual fund complex offering 28 portfolios. During his 40-year career at Northwestern Mutual, Mr. Doll oversaw all aspects of the company’s publicly traded assets. As Chief Investment Officer, he was a member of the seven-person management committee that oversaw all aspects of Northwestern Mutual’s asset management and insurance business. Mr. Doll’s extensive experience in mutual fund and separate account management provided him with significant knowledge of equity, fixed income and money market funds. He has served as a non-interested Trustee of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since 2013.

Thomas A. Kloet: Mr. Kloet is a long-time financial industry executive and former Chief Executive Officer of TMX Group, Ltd., a financial services company and operator of stock, derivatives exchanges, their clearing

 

61


operations and securities depository. As a result of this position, Mr. Kloet is familiar with financial, investment and business matters. He also understands the functions of a board through his service during the past seven years on the Boards of TMX Group, Ltd.; Nasdaq, Inc. (and the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC as well as certain other subsidiaries of Nasdaq, Inc. where he has served as Board Chair since 2016); Box Options Exchange; FTSE-TMX Global Debt Capital Markets, Inc.; Bermuda Stock Exchange, Inc.; the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada and the World Federation of Exchanges. He is a certified public accountant, a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and is an emeritus member of the Board of Elmhurst College. He has served as a non-interested Trustee of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since 2015.

Mr. Kloet serves on the Board of Directors of Nasdaq, Inc. Northern Trust Corporation (“NTC”), parent company of NTI, and its affiliates (including affiliated fund complexes) pay listing fees, market data fees, GRC (governance risk and compliance) software fees and similar fees to Nasdaq, Inc. and its affiliates, The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC and Nasdaq OMX Nordic OY and BWise Internal Control Inc. (collectively, “Nasdaq”). The total of these payments were $762,730 and $1,889,147 in each of 2018 and 2019, respectively, which are immaterial to Nasdaq’s gross revenues. Nasdaq, Inc. paid The Northern Trust Company, an affiliate of NTI, $422,984 and $313,077 in each of 2018 and 2019, respectively, for managing Nasdaq’s pension funds, which are immaterial to NTC’s gross revenues. In consideration of the immaterial amounts involved in the foregoing transactions, Mr. Kloet is not considered to have a material business or professional relationship with NTI or its affiliates.

David R. Martin: As of June 2019, Mr. Martin became Chief Financial Officer for Neo Tech, an electronics manufacturer. Mr. Martin was Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from 2007 to 2016 of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, a global investment manager that provides its services largely to investment companies or their local equivalent (mutual funds in the United States). The funds are held primarily by clients of independent financial advisors but they are also held by institutional clients (who may invest in separate accounts), pensions and profit sharing plans, corporations, defined contribution plans, endowments, state and municipal entities, and sovereign wealth funds. Mr. Martin had oversight responsibilities for all finance and accounting, real estate and compliance functions while at Dimensional, including the implementation of a global transfer pricing methodology. He also served as a director on eight internal Dimensional boards. During his 35-year career in corporate finance, Mr. Martin also had senior management positions at Janus Capital Group, Inc. and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. and senior level finance positions at First Interstate Bank of Texas, N.A. and Texas Commerce Bancshares, Inc. Mr. Martin is familiar with the functions of mutual fund boards and their oversight responsibilities and the operations of fund advisers and other service providers. He is also well versed in risk management and financial matters affecting mutual funds. He has served as a non-interested Trustee of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since 2017.

Cynthia R. Plouché: Ms. Plouché has an extensive background in the financial services industry. Until May 2017, she served as lead Independent Trustee and chair of the Audit Committee of the Board of Trustees of AXA Premier VIP Trust, a registered investment company. She currently serves as an Independent Trustee of Barings Fund Trust, a registered investment company and an Independent Trustee of Barings Global Short Duration High Yield Fund, a closed-end investment company. She also has served as portfolio manager and chief investment officer for other registered investment advisers. Ms. Plouché is therefore familiar with the functions of mutual fund boards and their oversight responsibilities and the operations of fund advisers and other service providers. In addition, Ms. Plouché served as Township Assessor for Moraine, Illinois, from January 2014 to June 2018. She has served as a non-interested Trustee of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since 2014.

Mary Jacobs Skinner: Ms. Skinner was a partner until November 30, 2015 at Sidley Austin LLP, a large international law firm, in which she managed a regulatory-based practice. As a result of this position, Ms. Skinner is familiar with legal, regulatory and financial matters. She was a Harvard Advanced Leadership Fellow in 2016. She also is familiar with the functions of the Board and its oversight responsibilities with respect to the Investment Adviser and other Fund service providers as a result of her service as a Trustee of Northern Funds since 1998 and Northern Institutional Funds since 2000.

 

62


INTERESTED TRUSTEE

Darek Wojnar, CFA: Mr. Wojnar is the Executive Vice President and Head of the Funds and Managed Accounts Group at NTI. He principally leads the development, management and distribution of Northern Funds, Northern Institutional Funds, FlexShares Trust and related business activities. Mr. Wojnar also oversees the Managed Accounts practice for NTI, which offers investment advisory solutions to financial intermediaries and their clients. With extensive business experience and a history of successfully building strong teams, Mr. Wojnar’s broad executive responsibilities include developing long-term strategies, executing operating plans,

managing client and vendor relationships and developing and retaining talented professionals. Mr. Wojnar has also had a series of executive positions at other fund groups, including head of ETFs for Hartford Funds, managing director and head of US iShares product at BlackRock and executive director at UBS Global Asset Management. He has served as an interested Trustee of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since January 2019.

STANDING BOARD COMMITTEES. The Board has established five standing committees in connection with its governance of the Trust: Audit, Governance, Valuation, Executive and Ad Hoc.

The Audit Committee consists of four members: Messrs. Martin (Chairperson), Doll (ex-officio), Kloet (ex-officio) and Ms. Bobek. The Audit Committee oversees the audit process and provides assistance to the full Board with respect to fund accounting, tax compliance and financial statement matters. In performing its responsibilities, the Audit Committee selects and recommends annually to the entire Board an independent registered public accounting firm to audit the books and records of the Trust for the ensuing year, and reviews with the firm the scope and results of each audit. The Audit Committee also is designated as the Qualified Legal Compliance Committee under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Audit Committee convenes at least four times each year to meet with the independent registered public accounting firm to review the scope and results of the audit and to discuss other non-audit matters as requested by the Board’s Chairperson, the Committee Chairperson or the independent registered public accounting firm. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, the Audit Committee convened five times.

The Governance Committee consists of three members: Mses. Plouché (Chairperson), Skinner (ex-officio) and Mr. Kloet (ex-officio). The functions performed by the Governance Committee include, among other things, selecting and nominating candidates to serve as non-interested Trustees, reviewing and making recommendations regarding Trustee compensation, developing policies regarding Trustee education and, subject to Board oversight, supervising the Trust’s CCO and reviewing information and making recommendations to the Board in connection with the Board’s annual consideration of the Trust’s management, custody and transfer agency and service agreements. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, the Governance Committee convened five times.

As stated above, each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until the occurrence of certain events. In filling Board vacancies, the Governance Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Nominee recommendations should be submitted to Diana E. McCarthy, Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, PA 19103-6996.

The Valuation Committee consists of four members: Messrs. Doll (Chairperson), Kloet (ex-officio), Martin (ex-officio) and Wojnar and Ms. de Jongh. The Valuation Committee is authorized to act for the Board in connection with the valuation of portfolio securities of the Funds in accordance with the Trust’s valuation procedures. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, the Valuation Committee convened four times.

The Ad Hoc Compliance Committee consists of four members: Mses. Skinner (Chairperson), Plouché (ex-officio) and Bobek and Mr. Kloet (ex-officio). The Ad Hoc Committee monitors compliance matters affecting the Funds. The Ad Hoc Committee was created November 13, 2019 and did not meet during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019.

 

63


The Executive Committee consists of four members: Ms. Plouché and Messrs. Doll, Kloet (ex-officio) and Martin. The Executive Committee is comprised of the Chairperson of the Board as well as the Chairpersons of the Governance, Valuation and Audit Committees, with the remaining Trustees each serving as an alternate in the event of an emergency. The Executive Committee is granted the power to act on behalf of the full Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Trust, to be exercised when circumstances impair the ability of the Board or its committees to conduct business. In particular, the Executive Committee may take action with respect to: (1) the valuation of securities; and (2) the suspension of redemptions. The Executive Committee was formed on May 21, 2015 and will convene as necessary upon notice by the Chairperson of the Committee. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, the Executive Committee did not convene.

TRUSTEE OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. The following table shows the dollar range of shares of the Funds owned by each Trustee in the Funds included in this SAI and other investment portfolios of the Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds.

 

Information as of December 31, 2019

Name of Non-Interested Trustee

 

Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Funds
included in this  SAI

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity

Securities in All Registered Investment

Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family

of Investment Companies(1)

Therese M. Bobek(2)

 

None

  Over $100,000

Ingrid LaMae A. de Jongh(2)

 

None

  None

Mark G. Doll

 

None

  Over $100,000

Thomas A. Kloet

 

Small Cap Core Fund – Over $100,000

  Over $100,000

David R. Martin

 

None

  Over $100,000

Cynthia R. Plouché

 

None

  Over $100,000

Mary Jacobs Skinner

 

Small Cap Core Fund – $50,001 to $100,000

  Over $100,000

Name of -Interested Trustee

       

Darek Wojnar(2)

 

None

  $10,001 to $50,000

 

 

(1) 

The Northern Funds Complex consists of Northern Institutional Funds and Northern Funds. As of December 31, 2019, Northern Funds offered 43 portfolios (including 7 Multi-Manager Funds) and Northern Institutional Funds offered 7 portfolios.

(2) 

Mses. Bobek and de Jongh and Mr. Wojnar became Trustees effective January 1, 2019.

(3) 

Includes amounts in Ms. Skinner’s Deferred Compensation Plan account, which is treated as if invested in the U.S. Government Portfolio of Northern Institutional Funds.

TRUSTEE AND OFFICER COMPENSATION. The Trust pays each Trustee who is not an officer, director or employee of Northern Trust Corporation or its subsidiaries annual fees for his or her services as a Trustee of the Trust and as a member of the respective Board committees. In recognition of their services, the fees paid to the Board and Committee chairpersons are larger than the fees paid to other members of the Board and Committees. The Trustees also are reimbursed for travel expenses incurred in connection with attending such meetings. The Trust also may pay the incidental costs of a Trustee to attend training or other types of conferences relating to the investment company industry.

 

64


The following tables set forth certain information with respect to the compensation of each non-interested and interested Trustee of the Trust for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019(1).

Non-Interested Trustees

 

     Small Cap
Core Fund
     U.S. Quality
ESG
Fund
     Global
Sustainability
Index
Fund
 

William L. Bax(2)

   $ 943      $ 943      $ 943  

Therese M. Bobek(3)

     259        259        259  

Ingrid LaMae A. de Jongh(3)

     259        259        259  

Mark G. Doll

     1,260        1,260        1,260  

Sandra Polk Guthman(4)

     1,409        1,409        1,409  

Thomas A. Kloet

     1,253        1,253        1,253  

David R. Martin

     1,133        1,133        1,133  

Cynthia R. Plouché

     1,158        1,158        1,158  

Mary Jacobs Skinner(5)

     1,201        1,201        1,201  

Casey J. Sylla(2)

     943        943        943  

 

(1)  

The Northern Funds Complex consists of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds. As of March 31, 2019, Northern Funds offered 43 portfolios (including 7 Multi-Manager Funds) and Northern Institutional Funds consisted of 7 portfolios.

(2) 

Effective December 31, 2018, William L. Bax and Casey J. Sylla retired from the Board.

(3) 

Mses. Bobek and de Jongh, and Mr. Wojnar, became Trustees effective January 1, 2019.

(4) 

Effective December 31, 2019, Sandra Polk Guthman retired from the Board.

(5)

Ms. Skinner did not defer compensation for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019. During this time, Ms. Skinner earned $4,575 in accrued interest from previous years’ deferred compensation.

Interested Trustees

 

     Small Cap
Core Fund
     U.S. Quality
ESG
Fund
     Global
Sustainability
Index
Fund
 

Shundrawn A. Thomas(2)(5)

     None        None        None  

Darek Wojnar(3)(5)

     None        None        None  

 

(1)  

The Northern Funds Complex consists of Northern Institutional Funds and Northern Funds. As of March 31, 2019, Northern Funds offered 43 portfolios (including 7 Multi-Manager Funds) and Northern Institutional Funds consisted of 7 portfolios.

(2) 

Effective December 31, 2018, William L. Bax and Casey J. Sylla retired as Trustees. Also effective December 31, 2018, Shundrawn Thomas resigned from the Board.

(3) 

Mses. Bobek and de Jongh, and Mr. Wojnar, became Trustees effective January 1, 2019.

(4) 

Ms. Skinner did not defer compensation for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019. During this time, Ms. Skinner earned $4,575 in accrued interest from previous years’ deferred compensation.

(5) 

As an “interested” Trustee who is an officer, director and employee of Northern Trust Corporation and/or its affiliates, Messrs. Thomas and Wojnar did not receive any compensation from the Trust for their services.

The Trust does not provide pension or retirement benefits to its Trustees.

Prior to August 22, 2013, each Trustee was entitled to participate in the Northern Funds Deferred Compensation Plan (the “D.C. Plan”). Effective August 22, 2013, the Trustees may no longer defer their compensation. Any amounts deferred and invested under the D.C. Plan shall remain invested pursuant to the terms of the D.C. Plan. Under the D.C. Plan, a Trustee may have elected to have his or her deferred fees treated as if they had been invested by the Trust in the shares of the Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund of Northern Funds or the U. S. Government Portfolio of Northern Institutional Funds and/or at the discretion of the Trust, another money market fund selected by the Trust that complied with the provisions of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940

 

65


Act or one or more short-term fixed-income instruments selected by the Trust that are “eligible securities” as defined by that rule. The amount paid to the Trustees under the D.C. Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such investments. Deferral of Trustees’ fees will not obligate the Trust to retain the service of any Trustee or obligate a Fund to any level of compensation to the Trustee. The Trust may invest in underlying securities without shareholder approval.

The Trust’s officers do not receive fees from the Trust for services in such capacities. Northern Trust Corporation and/or its affiliates, of which Mses. Burke and Chappell and Messrs. Chidsey, Crabill, Del Real, Ewing, Meehan, O’Rourke, Pryszcz and Rein are officers, receive fees from the Trust as Investment Adviser, Custodian and Transfer Agent. Mr. Huntington receives fees from Foreside Fund Officer Services, LLC (“Foreside”). NTI compensates Foreside in connection with compliance services, including the services provided by Mr. Huntington.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Trust and its Investment Adviser have adopted codes of ethics (the “Codes of Ethics”) under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act. Northern Funds Distributors, LLC (“NFD” or the “Distributor”), an unaffiliated principal underwriter of the Trust, is exempt from the requirements of Rule 17j-1(c)(1) and (c)(2) of the 1940 Act. The Codes of Ethics permit personnel, subject to the Codes of Ethics and their provisions, to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust.

INVESTMENT ADVISER, TRANSFER AGENT AND CUSTODIAN

NTI, an indirect subsidiary of Northern Trust Corporation, serves as the Investment Adviser and provides investment advisory and administration services to the Funds. NTI is referred to as the “Investment Adviser.” Northern Trust Corporation is regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as a financial holding company under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. NTI is located at 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

NTI is an Illinois State Banking Corporation and an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). It primarily manages assets for institutional and individual separately managed accounts, investment companies and bank common and collective funds.

TNTC is the principal subsidiary of Northern Trust Corporation and serves as the sub-administrator, transfer agent and custodian for the Funds. TNTC is located at 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603. TNTC is a member of the Federal Reserve System. Since 1889, TNTC has administered and managed assets for individuals, institutions and corporations. Unless otherwise indicated, NTI and TNTC are referred to collectively in this SAI as “Northern Trust.”

As of December 31, 2019, Northern Trust Corporation, through its affiliates, had assets under custody of $9.23 trillion, and assets under investment management of $1.23 trillion.

Management Agreement

NTI provides each Fund with investment advisory and administration services under a single agreement (the “Management Agreement”) and fee structure. Under the Management Agreement with NTI for the Funds, subject to the general supervision of the Trust’s Board, NTI makes decisions with respect to, and places orders for, all purchases and sales of portfolio securities for each Fund and also provides certain administration services to the Funds.

NTI is also responsible for monitoring and preserving the records required to be maintained under the regulations of the SEC (with certain exceptions unrelated to its activities for the Trust). In making investment

 

66


recommendations for the Funds, if any, investment advisory personnel of NTI may not inquire or take into consideration whether issuers of securities proposed for purchase or sale for the Funds’ accounts are customers of TNTC’s commercial banking department. These requirements are designed to prevent investment advisory personnel for the Funds from knowing which companies have commercial business with TNTC and from purchasing securities where they know the proceeds will be used to repay loans to the bank.

The Management Agreement has been approved by the Board, including the “non-interested” Trustees and by shareholders of each Fund.

The Management Agreement provides that generally in selecting brokers or dealers to place orders for transactions on (i) common and preferred stocks, the Investment Adviser shall use its best judgment to obtain the best overall terms available; and (ii) on bonds and other fixed-income obligations, the Investment Adviser shall attempt to obtain best net price and execution or, use its best judgment to obtain the best overall terms available. Purchases by the Funds from underwriters of portfolio securities normally include a commission or concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter, and purchases from dealers include the spread between the dealer’s cost for a given security and the resale price of the security.

Transactions on U.S. stock exchanges involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. On exchanges on which commissions are negotiated, the cost of transactions may vary among different brokers. In assessing the best overall terms available for any transaction, the Investment Adviser is to consider all factors it deems relevant, including the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and execution capability of the broker or dealer, and the reasonableness of the commission, if any, both for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis. In evaluating the best overall terms available and in selecting the broker or dealer to execute a particular transaction, the Investment Adviser may consider the brokerage and research services provided to the Funds and/or other accounts over which the Investment Adviser or an affiliate exercises investment discretion. A broker or dealer providing brokerage and/or research services may receive a higher commission than another broker or dealer would receive for the same transaction. These brokerage and research services may include but are not limited to, furnishing of advice, either directly or through publications or writings, as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in securities and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities. The Investment Adviser also may obtain economic statistics, forecasting services, industry and company analyses, portfolio strategies, quantitative data, quotation services, order management systems for certain purposes, certain news services, credit rating services, testing services, execution services, market information systems, consulting services from economists and political analysts and computer software or on-line data feeds. These services and products may disproportionately benefit other accounts. For example, research or other services paid for through the Funds’ commissions may not be used in managing the Funds. In addition, other accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products or services that may be provided to the Funds and to such other accounts. To the extent that the Investment Adviser uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products or services itself. The Investment Adviser may receive research that is bundled with the trade execution, clearing, and/or settlement services provided by a particular broker-dealer. In that event, the research will effectively be paid for by client commissions that will also be used to pay for execution, clearing and settlement services provided by the broker-dealer and will not be paid by the Investment Adviser.

Member States of the European Union recently put in place new laws and regulations to implement the second Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID II”). This law imposes new regulatory obligations and costs, including with respect to the processes and conditions under which global asset managers may acquire investment research. Investment managers subject to MiFID II may not receive investment research from brokers unless the investment manager pays for such research directly from its own resources or research is paid for from a separate source (or a combination of the two methods). Although the Investment Adviser is organized in the U.S., they may be affected by MiFID II if the Investment Adviser seeks to (i) aggregate trades on behalf of the Fund with those of vehicles that are directly subject to MiFID II, (ii) use brokers based in the European Union, or (iii) make use of advisory personnel who are subject to European Union regulation.

 

67


The Investment Adviser and its affiliates may also receive products and services that provide both research and non-research benefits to them (“mixed-use items”). The research portion of mixed-use items may be paid for with soft dollars. When paying for the research portion of mixed-use items with soft dollars, the Investment Adviser must make a good faith allocation between the cost of the research portion and the cost of the non-research portion of the mixed-use items. The Investment Adviser will pay for the non-research portion of the mixed-use items with hard dollars.

Supplemental research information so received is in addition to, and not in lieu of, services required to be performed by the Investment Adviser and does not reduce the management fees payable to the Investment Adviser by the Funds. The Trustees will periodically review the commissions paid by the Funds to consider whether the commissions paid over representative periods of time appear to be reasonable in relation to the benefits inuring to the Funds. It is possible that certain of the supplemental research or other services received will primarily benefit one or more other investment companies or other accounts. Conversely, a Fund may be the primary beneficiary of the research or services received as a result of portfolio transactions effected for such other account or investment company.

The Funds may participate, if and when practicable, in bidding for the purchase of portfolio securities directly from an issuer in order to take advantage of the lower purchase price available to members of a bidding group. The Funds will engage in this practice, however, only when the Investment Adviser believes such practice to be in the Funds’ interests.

On occasions when the Investment Adviser deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of a Fund as well as other fiduciary or agency accounts (“other accounts”) managed by the Investment Adviser, the Management Agreement provides that the Investment Adviser, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased for the Funds with those to be sold or purchased for such other accounts in order to obtain the best net price and execution. In such an event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Investment Adviser in the manner it considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its obligations to the Fund and other accounts involved. In some instances, this procedure may adversely affect the size of the position obtainable for a Fund or the amount of the securities that are able to be sold for a Fund. To the extent that the execution and price available from more than one broker or dealer are believed to be comparable, the Management Agreement permits the Investment Adviser, at its discretion but subject to applicable law, to select the executing broker or dealer on the basis of the Investment Adviser’s opinion of the reliability and quality of the broker or dealer.

The Investment Adviser is also responsible for providing certain administration services to the Funds pursuant to the Management Agreement. Subject to the general supervision of the Board, the Investment Adviser provides supervision of all aspects of the Funds’ operations and performs the customary services of an administrator, including but not limited to the following corporate treasury, secretarial and “blue sky” services: (a) maintaining office facilities and furnishing corporate officers for the Funds; (b) furnishing data processing services, clerical services, and executive and administrative services and standard stationery and office supplies; (c) performing all functions ordinarily performed by the office of a corporate treasurer, and furnishing the services and facilities ordinarily incident thereto, such as expense accrual monitoring and payment of the Funds’ bills, preparing monthly reconciliation of the Funds’ expense records, updating projections of annual expenses, preparing materials for review by the Board, and compliance testing; (d) preparing and arranging for printing of financial statements; (e) preparing and filing the Funds’ federal and state tax returns (other than those required to be filed by the Funds’ custodian and transfer agent) and providing shareholder tax information to the Funds’ transfer agent; (f) assisting the Funds’ Investment Adviser, at the Investment Adviser’s request, in monitoring and developing compliance procedures for the Funds which include, among other matters, procedures to assist the Investment Adviser in monitoring compliance with each Fund’s investment objective, policies, restrictions, tax matters and applicable laws and regulations; (g) assisting in product development; (h) performing oversight/management responsibilities such as the supervision and coordination of certain of the Funds’ service providers;

 

68


(i) performing corporate secretarial services such as assisting in maintaining corporate records and the good standing status of the Trust in its state of organization; (j) performing “blue sky” compliance functions; (k) monitoring the Funds’ arrangements with respect to services provided by Service Organizations (as defined below) to their customers who are the beneficial owners of shares, pursuant to agreements between the Funds and such Service Organizations; (l) performing certain legal services such as preparing and filing annual Post-Effective Amendments to the Funds’ registration statement and other SEC filings for the Funds; and (m) computing and determining on the days and at the times specified in the Funds’ then-current Prospectus, the NAV of each share of each Fund and the net income of each Fund. Pursuant to a Sub-Administration Agreement, NTI has delegated certain of the above administration services to TNTC.

In addition to the advisory fees payable by the Funds to the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates, the Funds, investing uninvested cash in one or more of the affiliated money market funds will bear indirectly a proportionate share of that money market fund’s operating expenses, which include management, transfer agent and custodial fees payable by the money market fund to the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates. See “Investment Objective and Policies—Investment Companies” for a discussion of the fees payable to the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates by the money market funds in which the Funds invest.

Unless sooner terminated, the Trust’s Management Agreement with respect to the Funds will continue in effect for each Fund until June 30, 2020. Thereafter, each of the foregoing Agreements will continue in effect for successive 12-month periods, provided that the continuance is approved at least annually (i) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Management Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any party thereto, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval and (ii) by the Trustees or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of each Fund (as defined under “Description of Shares”).

The Management Agreement is terminable at any time without penalty by the Trust (by specified Trustee or shareholder action) or by the Investment Adviser on 60 days’ written notice.

The Management Agreement provides that the Investment Adviser may render similar services to others so long as its services under the Management Agreement are not impaired thereby. The Management Agreement also provides that the Trust will indemnify the Investment Adviser against certain liabilities (including, with respect to the advisory services provided by the Investment Adviser under the Management Agreement, liabilities under the federal securities laws relating to untrue statements or omissions of material fact and actions that are in accordance with the terms of the Management Agreement) or, in lieu thereof, contribute to resulting losses.

Northern Trust Corporation and its affiliates may act as an underwriter of various securities. Under the 1940 Act, the Funds are precluded, subject to certain exceptions, from purchasing in the primary market those securities with respect to which Northern Trust Corporation or an affiliate is serving as a principal underwriter. In the opinion of Northern Trust Corporation, this limitation will not significantly affect the ability of the Funds to pursue their investment objective.

In the Management Agreement, the Investment Adviser agrees that the name “Northern” may be used in connection with the Trust’s business on a royalty-free basis. TNTC has reserved to itself the right to grant the non-exclusive right to use the name “Northern” to any other person. The Management Agreement provides that at such time as the Management Agreement is no longer in effect, the Trust will cease using the name “Northern.”

Effective [                ], 2020, with respect to the Small Cap Core Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund, as compensation for advisory services and administration services and the assumption of related expenses, NTI is

 

69


entitled to a management fee, computed daily and payable monthly, at the annual rates set forth in the table below (expressed as a percentage of the Funds’ respective average daily assets).

 

     CONTRACTUAL MANAGEMENT FEE RATE  
     Effective [ ], 2020  

Small Cap Core Fund

     0.47

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

     0.37

From July 31, 2017 to [                ], 2020 with respect to the Small Cap Core Fund, as compensation for advisory services and administration services and the assumption of related expenses, NTI was entitled to an annual contractual management fee rate of 0.63% (expressed as a percentage of the Funds’ respective average daily assets), computed daily and payable monthly.

Prior to July 31, 2017, with respect to the Small Cap Core Fund, as compensation for advisory services and administration services and the assumption of related expenses, NTI was entitled to an annual contractual management fee rate of 0.74% (expressed as a percentage of the Funds’ respective average daily assets), computed daily and payable monthly.

From the inception of the Fund on August 20, 2017 to [                ] 2020, with respect to the US Quality ESG Fund, as compensation for advisory services and administration services and the assumption of related expenses, NTI was entitled to an annual contractual management fee rate of 0.41% (expressed as a percentage of the Funds’ respective average daily assets), computed daily and payable monthly.

With respect to the Global Sustainability Index Fund, as compensation for advisory services and administration services and the assumption of related expenses, NTI is entitled to an annual contractual management fee rate of 0.18% (expressed as a percentage of the Funds’ respective average daily net assets), computed daily and payable monthly.

For the fiscal years or periods indicated below, the amount of management fees paid by each of the Funds was as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2019
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2018
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2017
 

Small Cap Core Fund

   $ 2,983,448      $ 3,202,950      $ 3,320,006  

U.S. Quality ESG Fund*

     124,964        28,848        N/A  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     835,529        627,145        480,532  

 

*

The Fund commenced operations on August 20, 2017.

Transfer Agency and Service Agreement

Under its Transfer Agency and Service Agreement with the Trust, TNTC as Transfer Agent has undertaken to perform certain services for the Funds, including but not limited to the following: (i) answer shareholder inquiries and respond to requests for information regarding the Trust; (ii) process purchase and redemption transactions; (iii) establish and maintain shareholder accounts and subaccounts; (iv) furnish confirmations in accordance with applicable law, and provide periodic account statements to each shareholder; (v) furnish proxy statements and proxies, annual and semiannual financial statements, and dividend, distribution and tax notices to shareholders; (vi) act as dividend disbursing agent; (vii) report abandoned property to state authorities; (viii) impose, collect, account for and administer redemption fees if applicable on redemptions and exchanges; (ix) process, handle and account for all “as of” transactions; (x) conduct daily reviews of management reports related to late trading and daily value reviews with respect to the Trust’s excessive trading policies; and (xi) maintain appropriate records relating to its services. The Trust may appoint one or more sub-transfer agents in the performance of its services.

 

70


As compensation for the services rendered by TNTC under the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement and the assumption by TNTC of related expenses, for the periods through July 31, 2019, TNTC was entitled to a fee from the Trust, payable monthly, at an annual rate of 0.015% of the average daily net assets of each of the Funds. In addition, TNTC may be reimbursed for certain expenses as provided under the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement. Effective August 1, 2019, the Trust pays TNTC a monthly fee based on an annual rate of 0.0385% of each Fund’s average daily net assets. In addition, TNTC may be reimbursed for certain expenses as provided in the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement. The Transfer Agency and Service Agreement shall continue indefinitely until terminated by the Trust by not less than 90 days’ written notice or by the Transfer Agent by not less than six months written notice.

For the fiscal years or periods indicated below, the amount of transfer agent fees paid by each of the Funds was as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2019
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2018
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2017
 

Small Cap Core Fund

   $ 71,042      $ 72,075      $ 67,295  

U.S. Quality ESG Fund*

     4,572        1,055        N/A  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     69,635        52,267        40,043  

 

*

The Fund commenced operations on August 20, 2017.

Custody Agreement

Under its Custody Agreement with the Trust, TNTC (the “Custodian”) (i) holds each Fund’s cash and securities, (ii) maintains such cash and securities in separate accounts in the name of the Fund, (iii) makes receipts and disbursements of funds on behalf of the Fund, (iv) receives, delivers and releases securities on behalf of the Fund, (v) collects and receives all income, principal and other payments in respect of the Fund’s investments held by the Custodian, (vi) to the extent applicable to the Funds, is responsible for the Funds’ foreign custody arrangements pertaining to its activities under the Custody Agreement, and (vii) maintains all records of its activities and obligations under the Custody Agreement. The Custodian may appoint one or more sub-custodians and shall oversee the maintenance by any sub-custodian of any securities or other assets held by any Fund. The Custody Agreement provides that the Custodian will use reasonable care, prudence and diligence with respect to its obligations under the Custody Agreement and the safekeeping of the Funds’ property and shall be liable to and shall indemnify the Trust from and against any loss that occurs as a result of the failure of the Custodian or a sub-custodian to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence with respect to their respective obligations under the Custody Agreement and the safekeeping of such property. The Custodian is not responsible for any act, omission, or default of, or for the solvency of, any eligible securities depository, nor is the Custodian responsible for any act, omission, or default of, or for the solvency of, any broker or agent which it or a sub-custodian appoints and uses unless such appointment and use is made or done negligently or in bad faith.

As compensation for the domestic custody services rendered with respect to each applicable Fund, and the assumption by the Custodian of certain related expenses, for periods through July 31, 2019, the Custodian was entitled to payment from the Trust as follows: (a) a basic custodial fee of (i) $18,000 annually for each Fund; plus (ii) 1/100th of 1% annually of each Fund’s average daily net assets to the extent they exceed $100 million; plus (b) a fixed dollar fee for each trade in portfolio securities; plus (c) a fixed dollar fee for each time that the Custodian receives or transmits funds via wire; plus (d) reimbursement of other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Custodian. The fees referred to in clauses (b) and (c) are subject to annual upward adjustments based on increases in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPIU”), provided that the Custodian may permanently or temporarily waive all or any portion of any upward adjustment. The Custodian’s fees under the Custody Agreement are subject to reduction based on each Fund’s daily-uninvested U.S. cash balances (if any). The Custody Agreement shall continue indefinitely until terminated by the Trust by not less than 60 days’ written notice, or by the Custodian on not less than 90 days’ written notice.

 

71


As compensation for the foreign custody services rendered to the Trust by the Custodian with respect to each applicable Fund, and the assumption by the Custodian of certain related expenses, for periods through July 31, 2019, the Custodian was entitled to payment from the Trust as follows: (i) $35,000 annually for each Fund; plus (ii) 9/100th of 1% annually of each Fund’s average daily net assets; plus (iii) reimbursement for other out-of-pocket fees incurred by the Custodian.

Effective August 1, 2019, the Custodian receives from the Trust, with respect to each Fund: (i) an annual fixed fee; plus (ii) an annual percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets; plus (iii) an annual fixed dollar fee for each portfolio holding; plus (iv) fixed dollar fees for each trade in portfolio securities; plus (v) reimbursements for other out-of-pocket fees incurred by the Custodian.

For the fiscal years or periods indicated below, the amount of custodian fees paid by each Fund was as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2019
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2018
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2017
 

Small Cap Core Fund

   $ 119,416      $ 101,056      $ 107,395  

U.S. Quality ESG Fund*

     107,175        33,832        N/A  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     453,565        349,155        275,861  

 

*

The Fund commenced operations on August 20, 2017.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The amount of brokerage commissions paid by a Fund may vary substantially from year to year due to differences in shareholder purchase and redemption activity, portfolio turnover rates and other factors. For the fiscal years or periods indicated below, the amount of commissions paid by each Fund was as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2019
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2018
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2017
 

Small Cap Core Fund

   $ 76,227      $ 60,443      $ 111,187  

U.S. Quality ESG Fund*

     6,020        3,387        N/A  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     46,369        15,559        21,060  

 

*

The Fund commenced operations on August 20, 2017.

To the extent that a Fund effects brokerage transactions with any broker/dealer affiliated directly or indirectly with the Investment Adviser, such transactions, including the frequency thereof, the receipt of any commissions payable in connection therewith, and the selection of the affiliated broker/dealer effecting such transactions, will be fair and reasonable to the shareholders of the Fund. No commissions were paid by the Funds described in this SAI to any direct or indirect “affiliated” persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Funds. Transactions on U.S. stock exchanges, and increasingly equity securities traded over-the-counter, involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions and the cost of transactions may vary among different brokers. Over-the-counter transactions in equity securities also may involve the payment of negotiated commissions to brokers. Transactions on foreign stock exchanges involve payment for brokerage commissions, which generally are fixed by applicable regulatory bodies. Many over-the-counter issues, including corporate debt and government securities, are often traded on a “net” basis (i.e., without commission) through dealers, or otherwise involve transactions directly with the issuer of an instrument. With respect to over-the-counter transactions, the Investment Adviser will normally deal directly with dealers who make a market in the instruments involved except in those circumstances where more favorable prices and execution are available elsewhere. The cost of foreign and domestic securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission or concession, and the prices at which securities are purchased from and sold to dealers include a dealer’s mark-up or mark-down.

 

72


During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, the Trust directed brokerage transactions to brokers because of research services provided. The amounts of such transactions and related commissions are as follows:

 

     Amount of
Research
Commission
Transactions
(if applicable)
     Amount of
Research
Commissions
 

Small Cap Core Fund

   $ 24,430      $ 44  

The Trust is required to identify any securities of its “regular brokers or dealers” or their parents that the Funds acquired during their most recent fiscal year.

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, the Small Cap Core Fund acquired and sold securities of the following regular broker/dealers and owned the following amounts of securities of such regular broker/dealers, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act, or their parent companies:

 

Name of Regular Broker/
Dealer of which the
Fund Acquired and Sold
Securities

   Parent Company Name
(if applicable)
   As of March 31, 2019,
the Fund Owned the
Following Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities
 

Investment Technology Group

   N/A    $ 0  

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, the U.S. Quality ESG Fund acquired and sold securities of the following regular broker/dealers and owned the following amounts of securities of such regular broker/dealers, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act, or their parent companies:

 

Name of Regular Broker/
Dealer of which the
Fund Acquired and Sold
Securities

   Parent Company Name
(if applicable)
   As of March 31, 2019,
the Fund Owned the
Following Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities
 

Citigroup

   N/A    $ 669,000  

Goldman Sachs & Co.

   N/A      303,000  

JP Morgan Chase Securities

   N/A      633,000  

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, the Global Sustainability Index Fund acquired and sold securities of the following regular broker/dealers and owned the following amounts of securities of such regular broker/dealers, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act, or their parent companies:

 

Name of Regular Broker/
Dealer of which the
Fund Acquired and Sold
Securities

   Parent Company Name
(if applicable)
   As of March 31, 2019,
the Fund Owned the
Following Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities
 

Macquarie Group Ltd.

   N/A    $ 884,000  

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

The portfolio managers for the Funds are listed in the chart below.

 

   

Portfolio Manager(s)

Small Cap Core Fund   Robert H. Bergson
U.S. Quality ESG Fund   Jeffrey D. Sampson and Peter M. Zymali
Global Sustainability Index Fund   Brent D. Reeder and Steven J. Santiccioli

 

73


Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

The following tables describe certain information with respect to accounts for which the portfolio managers have day-to-day responsibility, including all Northern Funds managed by the portfolio manager.

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Robert H. Bergson was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2019.

 

Type of Accounts

   Total
# of
Accounts
Managed
     Total Assets
(in Millions)
     # of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
     Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

     2      $ 3,433.7        0      $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

     0        0        0        0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

     6        338.29        0        0  

Other Accounts:

     5        650.70        0        0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Brent D. Reeder* was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2019.

 

Type of Accounts

   Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
     Total Assets
(in Millions)
     Number of Accounts
Managed with
Advisory Fee
Based  on
Performance
     Total Assets with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
(in  Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

     3      $ 11,333        0      $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

     22        17,880        0        0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

     93        211,092        0        0  

Other Accounts:

     83        52,935        0        0  

 

*

Mr. Reeder became a Portfolio Manager of the Global Sustainability Index Fund effective July 2019.

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Jeffrey D. Sampson, CFA, was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2019.

 

Type of Accounts

   Total
# of
Accounts
Managed
     Total Assets
(in Millions)
     # of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based  on
Performance
     Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in  Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

     1      $ 38.1        0      $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

     0        0        0        0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

     0        0        0        0  

Other Accounts:

     50        5,100        0        0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Steven J. Santiccioli* was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2019.

 

Type of Accounts

   Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
     Total Assets
(in Millions)
     Number of Accounts
Managed with
Advisory Fee
Based  on
Performance
     Total Assets with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
(in  Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

     2      $ 9,481.5        0      $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

     0        0        0        0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

     3        23,700.1        0        0  

Other Accounts:

     6        3,180.0        0        0  

 

*

Mr. Santiccioli became a Portfolio Manager of the Global Sustainability Index Fund effective July 2019.

 

74


The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Peter M. Zymali, CFP®, was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2019:

 

Type of Accounts

   Total
# of
Accounts
Managed
     Total Assets
(in Millions)
     # of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
     Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

     1      $ 92        0      $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

     0        0        0        0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

     0        0        0        0  

Other Accounts:

     70        10,400        0        0  

Material Conflicts of Interest

NTI’s portfolio managers are often responsible for managing one or more Northern Funds, as well as other client accounts, including exchange-traded funds, separate accounts and other pooled investment vehicles. A Fund’s manager may manage various client accounts that may have materially higher or lower fee arrangements than the Fund. The side-by-side management of these accounts may raise potential conflicts of interest relating to cross trading, the allocation of investment opportunities and the aggregation and allocation of trades. In addition, while portfolio managers generally only manage accounts with similar investment strategies, it is possible, that due to varying investment restrictions among accounts certain investments are made for some accounts and not others or conflicting investment positions could be taken among accounts. Some portfolio managers may be dual officers of one or more NTI affiliates and undertake investment advisory duties for the affiliates. The portfolio managers have a responsibility to manage all client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. NTI seeks to provide best execution of all securities transactions and aggregate and then allocate securities to client accounts in a fair and timely manner. To this end, NTI has developed policies and procedures designed to mitigate and manage the potential conflicts of interest that may arise from side-by-side management.

NTI may have a financial incentive to favor accounts with performance-based fees because there may be an opportunity to earn greater fees on such accounts compared to accounts without performance-based fees. As a result, NTI may have an incentive to direct its best investment ideas to or allocate the sequencing of trades in favor of the account that pays a performance fee. NTI may also have an incentive to recommend investments that may be riskier or more speculative than those that it would recommend under a different fee arrangement.

NTI may invest client accounts in affiliated investment pools. If appropriate and consistent with the client’s investment objectives and applicable law, NTI may recommend to clients investment pools in which it or an affiliate provides services for a fee. NTI has an incentive to allocate investments to these types of affiliated investment pools in order to generate additional fees for NTI or its affiliates. In addition, NTI could direct its best investment ideas to these investment products or investment pools to the potential disadvantage of the Funds.

As NTI becomes aware of additional potential or actual conflicts of interest, they will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

NTI manages its client accounts consistent with applicable law and follows its own policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to treat clients fairly and to prevent any client or group of clients from being systematically favored or disadvantaged.

NTI provides advice and makes investment decisions for client accounts that it believes are consistent with each client’s stated investment objectives and guidelines. Advice given to clients or investment decisions made for clients may differ from, or may conflict with, advice given or investment decisions made for clients of an NTI affiliate. Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding the Trust may benefit NTI or its affiliates

 

75


or another account or fund managed by NTI or its affiliates. Actions taken with respect to NTI’s and its affiliates’ other funds or accounts managed by them may adversely impact the Funds, and actions taken by the Funds may benefit NTI or its affiliates or their other funds or accounts. NTI may also invest in the same securities that it or its affiliates recommend to clients. When NTI or an affiliate currently holds for its own benefit the same securities as a client, it could be viewed as having a potential conflict of interest.

Generally, NTI will not, as principal for its own account, buy securities from or sell securities to any client. It is possible that an affiliate, will, as principal, purchase securities from or sell securities to its clients.

From time to time securities to be sold on behalf of a client may be suitable for purchase by another client. In such instances, if NTI determines in good faith that the transaction is in the best interest of each client, it may arrange for the securities to be crossed between client accounts at an independently determined fair market value and in compliance with the 1940 Act, if applicable. Cross-trades present conflicts of interest, as there may be an incentive for NTI to favor one client to the disadvantage of another. Cross-trades are only effected as permitted under applicable law and regulation and consistent with the client’s guidelines, with any restrictions. NTI does not receive fees or commissions for these transactions. NTI and the Trust have adopted policies on cross-trades that may be effected between the Funds and another client account. NTI conducts periodic reviews of trades for consistency with these policies.

NTI has established certain policies and procedures designed to address conflicts of interest that may arise between its employees and clients as well as between clients and NTI or its affiliates. NTI’s employees must act in the best interests of its clients and generally do not have knowledge of proprietary trading positions or certain other operations of affiliates.

Receipt of research from brokers who execute client transactions involve conflicts of interest. To the extent that NTI uses commissions to obtain research services for NTI or TNTC, NTI or TNTC will receive a benefit as it will not have to pay for the research, products or services itself. NTI may, therefore, have an incentive to select or recommend a broker-dealer based on its interest in receiving research rather than in obtaining the lowest commission rate on the transaction. NTI or TNTC may also obtain research services from brokerage commissions incurred by client accounts that may not directly benefit such client accounts. Similarly, clients may benefit from research even if trades placed on their behalf did not contribute to the compensation of the broker-dealer providing such research. NTI and TNTC do not seek to allocate research services to client accounts proportionately to the commissions that the client accounts generate.

Also, NTI and TNTC may receive products and services that are mixed use. In these cases, NTI or TNTC will use commissions to pay only for the eligible portion of the product or service that assists NTI or TNTC in the investment decision-making process. Any ineligible portion of the product will be paid directly by NTI or TNTC. NTI or TNTC makes a good faith effort to reasonably allocate such items and keeps records of such allocations although clients should be aware of the potential conflicts of interest.

NTI may provide investment advice to its affiliates and may provide investment advisory services to affiliates’ clients or as an investment adviser to the registered or unregistered investment pools in which these clients may invest. TNTC and NTI share a common trading desk and may have shared arrangements with investment research vendors. Also, these affiliates may provide marketing services to NTI, including the referral of certain clients.

NTI may have common management and officers with some of its affiliates. NTI shares facilities with affiliates and relies on TNTC and other affiliates for various administrative support, including information technology, human resources, business continuity, legal, compliance, finance, enterprise risk management, internal audit and general administrative support.

 

76


NTI’s affiliations may create potential conflicts of interest. NTI seeks to mitigate the potential conflicts of interest to ensure accounts are managed at all times in a client’s best interests and in accordance with client investment objectives and guidelines through regular account reviews attended by investment advisory, compliance and senior management staff. NTI also seeks to mitigate potential conflicts of interest through a governance structure and by maintaining policies and procedures that include, but are not limited to, personal trading, custody and trading.

Various non-affiliated investment advisers that may manage NTI client accounts, or may be recommended to NTI clients, may use an NTI affiliate for banking, trust, custody, administration, brokerage and related services for which NTI’s affiliate may receive fees. NTI does not recommend or utilize non-affiliated investment advisers based upon their use of NTI affiliates.

Given the interrelationships among NTI and its affiliates, there may be other or different potential conflicts of interest that arise in the future that are not included in this section.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, NTI may make payments to authorized dealers and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) from time to time to promote the Funds. These payments may be made out of NTI’s assets, or amounts payable to the NTI rather than as a separately identifiable charge to the Funds. These payments may compensate Intermediaries for, among other things: marketing the Funds; access to the Intermediaries’ registered representatives or salespersons, including at conferences and other meetings; assistance in training and education of personnel; marketing support; and/or other specified services intended to assist in the distribution and marketing of the Funds. The payments may also, to the extent permitted by applicable regulations, contribute to various non-cash and cash incentive arrangements to promote certain products, as well as sponsor various educational programs, sales contests and/or for subaccounting, administrative and/or shareholder processing services that are in addition to the fees paid for these services for such products.

Portfolio Manager Compensation Structure

As of the date of this registration statement, the compensation for the NTI portfolio managers of the Funds is based on the competitive marketplace and consists of a fixed base salary plus a variable annual cash incentive award. Certain portfolio managers may receive part of their incentive award in the form of phantom shares of a Fund that they manage. The award tracks the performance of the Fund and is settled in cash when vested. In addition, non-cash incentives, such as stock options or restricted stock of Northern Trust Corporation, may be awarded from time to time. The annual cash incentive award is discretionary and is based on a quantitative and qualitative evaluation of each portfolio manager’s investment performance and contribution to his or her respective product team plus the financial performance of the investment business unit and Northern Trust Corporation as a whole. In addition, the annual cash incentive award for portfolio managers of the Funds is based primarily on the investment performance of the Funds. Performance is measured against each Fund’s Prospectus benchmark(s) and in some cases its Lipper peer group for the prior one-year and three-year periods on a pre-tax basis. The portfolio managers’ annual cash incentive award is not based on the amount of assets held in the Funds. Moreover, no material differences exist between the compensation structure for mutual fund accounts and other types of accounts.

Disclosure of Securities Ownership

As of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, the table below provides beneficial ownership of shares of the portfolio managers of the Funds. Please note that the table provides a dollar range of each portfolio manager’s holdings in each Fund (None, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, $100,001-$500,000, $500,001-$1,000,000, or over $1,000,000).

 

77


Shares Beneficially Owned by

        Dollar ($) Range of Shares
Beneficially Owned by Portfolio
Manager Because of Direct or
Indirect
Pecuniary Interest

Robert H. Bergson

   Small Cap Core Fund    $50,001 – $100,000

Brent D. Reeder1

   Global Sustainability Index Fund    None

Jeffrey D. Sampson

   U.S. Quality ESG Fund    $1 – 10,000

Steven J. Santiccioli

   Global Sustainability Index Fund    None

Peter M. Zymali

   U.S. Quality ESG Fund    $1 – $10,000

 

 

1 

Mr. Reeder became a Portfolio Manager of the Global Sustainability Index Fund effective July 2019. Amounts are shown as of March 31, 2019

PROXY VOTING—SMALL CAP CORE FUND ONLY

The Trust has delegated the voting of portfolio securities to the Investment Adviser. The Investment Adviser has adopted the proxy voting policies and procedures applicable to Northern Trust Corporation and its affiliates (the “Northern Proxy Voting Policy”) for the voting of proxies on behalf of client accounts for which the Investment Adviser has voting discretion, including the Small Cap Core Fund. For the Global Sustainability Index Fund and the U.S. Quality ESG Fund, the Investment Adviser casts proxies on behalf of those Funds based on the Proxy Voting Guidelines, as discussed beginning on page 80. Under the Northern Proxy Voting Policy, shares are to be voted in the best interests of the Funds.

A Proxy Committee comprised of senior investment and compliance officers of Northern Trust Corporation, including officers of the Investment Adviser, has adopted certain guidelines (the “Proxy Guidelines”) concerning various corporate governance issues. The Proxy Committee has the responsibility for the content, interpretation and application of the Proxy Guidelines and may apply these Proxy Guidelines with a measure of flexibility. The Investment Adviser has retained an independent third party proxy voting service (the “Service Firm”) to review proxy proposals and to make voting recommendations to the Proxy Committee in a manner consistent with the Proxy Guidelines. The Proxy Committee will apply the Proxy Guidelines as discussed below to any such recommendation.

The Proxy Guidelines provide that the Proxy Committee will generally vote for or against various proxy proposals, usually based upon certain specified criteria. As an example, the Proxy Guidelines provide that the Proxy Committee will generally vote in favor of:

 

   

Shareholder proposals in support of the appointment of a lead independent director;

 

   

Shareholder proposals requesting that the board of a company be comprised of a majority of independent directors;

 

   

Proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually;

 

   

Shareholder proposals calling for directors in uncontested elections to be elected by an affirmative majority of votes cast where companies have not adopted a written majority voting (or majority withhold) policy;

 

   

Shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification;

 

   

Shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter and bylaw amendments;

 

   

Shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for mergers and other significant business combinations while taking into account ownership structure, quorum requirements, and vote requirements;

 

78


   

Management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock, while taking into account accompanying corporate governance concerns;

 

   

Management proposals to implement a reverse stock split, provided that the reverse split does not result in an increase of authorized but unissued shares of more than 100% after giving effect to the shares needed for the reverse split;

 

   

Proposals to approve an ESOP (employee stock ownership plan) or other broad based employee stock purchase or ownership plan, or to increase authorized shares for such existing plans, except in cases when the number of shares allocated to such plans is “excessive” (i.e. generally greater than ten percent (10%) of outstanding shares); and

 

   

Proposals requesting that a company take reasonable steps to ensure that women and minority candidates are in the pool from which board nominees are chosen or that request that women and minority candidates are routinely sought as part of every board search the company undertakes.

The Proxy Guidelines also provide that the Proxy Committee will generally vote against:

 

   

Shareholder proposals requesting that the board of a company be comprised of a supermajority of independent directors;

 

   

Proposals to elect director nominees if it is a CEO who sits on more than two public boards or a non-CEO who sits on more than four public company boards;

 

   

Proposals to classify the board of directors;

 

   

Shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board;

 

   

Shareholder proposals to impose age and term limits unless the company is found to have poor board refreshment and director succession practices;

 

   

Proposals for multi-class exchange offers and multi-class recapitalizations;

 

   

Management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve mergers and other significant business combinations, while taking into account ownership structure, quorum requirements, and vote requirements;

 

   

Management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve charter and bylaw amendments; and

 

   

Shareholder proposals to eliminate, direct, or otherwise restrict charitable contributions.

For proxy proposals that under the Proxy Guidelines are to be voted on a case-by-case basis, the Proxy Committee provides supplementary instructions to the Service Firm to guide it in making vote recommendations.

Except as otherwise provided in the Northern Proxy Voting Policy, the Proxy Committee may vote proxies contrary to the recommendations of the Service Firm if it determines that such action is in the best interest of a Fund. In exercising its discretion, the Proxy Committee may take into account a wide array of factors relating to the matter under consideration, the nature of the proposal and the company involved. As a result, the Proxy Committee may vote in one manner in the case of one company and in a different manner in the case of another where, for example, the past history of the company, the character and integrity of its management, the role of outside directors, and the company’s record of producing performance for investors justifies a high degree of confidence in the company and the effect of the proposal on the value of the investment. Similarly, poor past performance, uncertainties about management and future directions, and other factors may lead the Proxy Committee to conclude that particular proposals present unacceptable investment risks and should not be supported. In addition, the Proxy Committee also evaluates proposals in context. For example, a particular

 

79


proposal may be acceptable standing alone, but objectionable when part of an existing or proposed package. Special circumstances may also justify casting different votes for different clients with respect to the same proxy vote.

The Investment Adviser or its affiliates may occasionally be subject to conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies due to business or personal relationships it maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes. For example, the Investment Adviser or its affiliates may provide trust, custody, investment management, brokerage, underwriting, banking and related services to accounts owned or controlled by companies whose management is soliciting proxies. Occasionally, the Investment Adviser or its affiliates may also have business or personal relationships with other proponents of proxy proposals, participants in proxy contests, corporate directors or candidates for directorships. The Investment Adviser may also be required to vote proxies for securities issued by Northern Trust Corporation or its affiliates or on matters in which the Investment Adviser or its affiliates have a direct financial interest, such as shareholder approval of a change in the advisory fees paid by a Fund. The Investment Adviser seeks to address such conflicts of interest through various measures, including the establishment, composition and authority of the Proxy Committee and the retention of the Service Firm to perform proxy review and vote recommendation functions. The Proxy Committee has the responsibility to determine whether a proxy vote involves a conflict of interest and how the conflict should be addressed in conformance with the Northern Proxy Voting Policy. The Proxy Committee may resolve such conflicts in any of a variety of ways, including without limitation the following: (i) voting in accordance with the Proxy Guidelines based recommendation of the Service Firm; (ii) voting in accordance with the recommendation of an independent fiduciary appointed for that purpose; (iii) voting pursuant to client direction by seeking instructions from the Board; or (iv) by voting pursuant to a “mirror voting” arrangement under which shares are voted in the same manner and proportion as shares over which the Investment Adviser does not have voting discretion. The method selected by the Proxy Committee may vary depending upon the facts and circumstances of each situation.

The Investment Adviser may choose not to vote proxies in certain situations. This may occur, for example, in situations where the exercise of voting rights could restrict the ability to freely trade the security in question (as is the case, for example, in certain foreign jurisdictions known as “blocking markets”). In circumstances in which the Service Firm does not provide recommendations for a particular proxy, the Proxy Committee may obtain recommendations from analysts at the Investment Adviser who review the issuer in question or the industry in general. The Proxy Committee will apply the Proxy Guidelines as discussed above to any such recommendation.

This summary and the Northern Proxy Voting Policy and Proxy Guidelines, as adopted by the Investment Adviser, are posted in the Account Resources section of the Trusts’ website, northerntrust.com/funds. You may also obtain, upon request and without charge, a paper copy of the Northern Proxy Voting Policies and Proxy Guidelines or an SAI by calling 800-595-9111.

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies, if any, relating to portfolio securities for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available, without charge, upon request, by contacting Northern Trust or by visiting the Northern Funds’ website at northerntrust.com/funds or the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.

PROXY VOTING—GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND AND U.S. QUALITY ESG FUND ONLY

The Trust has delegated the voting of portfolio securities to its Investment Adviser. With regard to the Global Sustainability Index Fund and the U.S. Quality ESG Fund, the Investment Adviser has adopted the Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) United States SRI Proxy Voting Guidelines (“SRI US Guidelines”) for the voting of U.S. proxies on behalf of the Funds and the ISS International SRI Proxy Voting Guidelines (“SRI International Guidelines” and together with the SRI US Guidelines, the “SRI Guidelines”) for voting of international proxies on behalf of the Global Sustainability Index Fund.

 

80


On matters of corporate governance, executive compensation and corporate structure, the SRI Guidelines, as developed by Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., seek to create and preserve economic value and to advance principles of good corporate governance consistent with responsibilities to society as a whole. The SRI Guidelines include certain country-specific guidelines that respond to social concerns in that country. The SRI Guidelines do not take into consideration any interest that the Investment Adviser, Distributor, or any affiliated person of the Global Sustainability Index Fund or the U.S. Quality ESG Fund, the Investment Adviser or Distributor may have in the proposed proxy issue. See Appendix C for a complete list of the SRI Guidelines.

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies, if any, relating to portfolio securities for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available, without charge, upon request, by contacting Northern Trust or by visiting the Northern Funds’ website at northerntrust.com/funds or the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

DISTRIBUTOR

The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) under which NFD, with principal offices at Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101, as agent, distributes the shares of each Fund on a continuous basis. NFD continually distributes shares of the Fund on a best efforts basis. NFD has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of Fund shares. NFD and its officers have no role in determining the investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Trust. The Investment Adviser pays the cost of printing and distributing prospectuses to persons who are not shareholders of the Trust (excluding preparation and typesetting expenses) and of certain other distribution efforts. No compensation is payable by the Trust to NFD for such distribution services. However, the Investment Adviser has entered into an agreement (the “Distribution Services Agreement”) with NFD under which it makes payments to NFD in consideration for certain distribution related services. The payments made by the Investment Adviser to NFD under the Distribution Services Agreement do not represent an additional expense to the Trust or its shareholders. The Distribution Agreement provides that the Trust will indemnify NFD against certain liabilities relating to untrue statements or omissions of material fact except those resulting from the reliance on information furnished to the Trust by NFD, or those resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence of NFD, or NFD’s breach of confidentiality.

Under a License Agreement (the “License Agreement”) with Foreside Distributors, LLC (“Foreside Distributors”), Northern Trust Corporation agrees that the name “Northern Funds” may be used by Foreside Distributors and its subsidiary, NFD, in connection with providing services to the Trust on a royalty-free basis. Northern Trust Corporation has reserved to itself the right to grant the non-exclusive right to use the name “Northern Funds” to any other person. The License Agreement provides that at such time as the License Agreement is no longer in effect, Foreside Distributors and NFD will cease using the name “Northern Funds.”

SERVICE ORGANIZATIONS

As stated in the Funds’ Prospectus, with respect to Class I shares, the Funds may enter into agreements from time to time with Service Organizations providing for support services to customers of the Service Organizations who are the beneficial owners of Class I shares of the Funds. Under the agreements, the Funds may pay Service Organizations up to 0.15% (on an annualized basis) of the average daily NAV of the Class I shares beneficially owned by their customers. Support services provided by Service Organizations under their agreements may include: (i) processing dividend and distribution payments from the Funds; (ii) providing information periodically to customers showing their share positions; (iii) arranging for bank wires; (iv) responding to customer inquiries; (v) providing subaccounting with respect to shares beneficially owned by customers or the information necessary for subaccounting; (vi) forwarding shareholder communications; (vii) assisting in processing share purchase, exchange and redemption requests from customers; (viii) assisting customers in changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; and (ix) other similar services requested by the Funds.

 

81


The Funds’ arrangements with Service Organizations under the agreements are governed by an Amended and Restated Service Plan, which was adopted by the Board on February 13, 2020. In accordance with the Amended and Restated Service Plan, the Board reviews, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended in connection with the Funds’ arrangements with Service Organizations and the purposes for which the expenditures were made. In addition, the Funds’ arrangements with Service Organizations must be approved annually by a majority of the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act and have no direct or indirect financial interest in such arrangements (the “Disinterested Trustees”).

The Board believes that there is a reasonable likelihood that their arrangements with Service Organizations will benefit each Fund and its shareholders. Any material amendment to the arrangements with Service Organizations under the agreements must be approved by a majority of the Board (including a majority of the Disinterested Trustees).

Effective [        ], 2020, NTI has agreed to contractually limit the fees paid under the Amended and Restated Service Plan to the following amounts (expressed as a percentage, on an annualized basis, of the net assets attributable to Class I shares of each Fund):

 

Fund

   Service Organization
Payment Limit for
Class I Shares
 

Small Cap Core Fund

     0.10

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

     0.10

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     0.05

Investors who purchase shares through financial intermediaries will be subject to the procedures of those intermediaries through which they purchase shares, which may include charges, investment minimums, cutoff times and other restrictions in addition to, or different from, those listed herein. Information concerning any charges or services will be provided to customers by the financial intermediary through which they purchase shares. Investors purchasing shares of the Fund through financial intermediaries should acquaint themselves with their financial intermediary’s procedures and should read the Prospectus in conjunction with any materials and information provided by their financial intermediary. The financial intermediary, and not its customers, will be the shareholder of record, although customers may have the right to vote shares depending upon their arrangement with the intermediary.

Prior to [        ], 2020, for the fiscal years or periods indicated below, the following Funds paid fees under the prior Service Plan:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2019
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2018
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2017
 

Small Cap Core Fund

     162,711        223,406        314,422  

U.S. Quality ESG Fund*

     0        0        N/A  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     63,495        53,117        45,278  

COUNSEL AND INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, with offices at One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996 and 191 North Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606-1698, serves as counsel to the Trust, as well as its non-interested Trustees.

 

82


Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, 111 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, has been appointed to serve as an independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. In addition to audit services, an affiliate of Deloitte & Touche LLP reviews the Trust’s federal and state tax returns.

IN-KIND PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS

Payment for shares of a Fund may, in the discretion of Northern Trust, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Fund as described in the Prospectus. For further information about this form of payment, contact the Transfer Agent. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, a Fund will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by the Fund and that the Fund receive satisfactory assurances that it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; that the securities be in proper form for transfer to the Fund; and that adequate information be provided concerning the basis and other tax matters relating to the securities.

Although each Fund generally will redeem shares in cash, each Fund reserves the right to pay redemptions by a distribution in-kind of securities (instead of cash) from such Fund. The securities distributed in-kind would be readily marketable and would be valued for this purpose using the same method employed in calculating the Fund’s NAV per share. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received in the redemption.

REDEMPTION FEES AND REQUIREMENTS

Shares of the Small Cap Core and U.S. Quality ESG Funds are sold and generally redeemed without any purchase or redemption charge imposed by the Trust. However, as described in the Prospectus for the Global Sustainability Index Fund, there will be a 2% redemption fee (including redemption by exchange) on shares of the Fund exchanged within 30 days of purchase.

AUTOMATIC INVESTING PLAN

The Automatic Investing Plan permits an investor to use “Dollar Cost Averaging” in making investments. Instead of trying to time market performance, a fixed dollar amount is invested in shares at predetermined intervals. This may help investors reduce their average cost per share because the agreed upon fixed investment amount allows more shares to be purchased during periods of lower share prices and fewer shares during periods of higher share prices. In order to be effective, Dollar Cost Averaging usually should be followed on a sustained, consistent basis. Investors should be aware, however, that shares bought using Dollar Cost Averaging are purchased without regard to their price on the day of investment or to market trends. Dollar Cost Averaging does not assure a profit and does not protect against losses in a declining market. In addition, while investors may find Dollar Cost Averaging to be beneficial, it will not prevent a loss if an investor ultimately redeems shares at a price that is lower than their purchase price. An investor may want to consider his or her financial ability to continue purchases through periods of low price levels.

DIRECTED REINVESTMENTS

In addition to having your income dividends and/or capital gains distributions reinvested in shares of the Fund from which such distributions are paid, you may elect the directed reinvestment option and have dividends and capital gains distributions automatically invested in another Northern Fund. Reinvestments can only be directed to an existing Northern Funds account (which must meet the minimum investment requirement).

Directed reinvestments may be used to invest funds from a regular account to another regular account, from a qualified plan account to another qualified plan account, or from a qualified plan account to a regular account.

 

83


Directed reinvestments from a qualified plan account to a regular account may have adverse tax consequences including imposition of a penalty tax and, therefore, you should consult your own tax adviser before commencing these transactions.

REDEMPTIONS AND EXCHANGES

Exchange requests received on a business day prior to the time shares of the Funds involved in the request are priced will be processed on the date of receipt. “Processing” a request means that shares in a Fund from which the shareholder is withdrawing an investment will be redeemed at the NAV per share next determined on the date of receipt. The share class of the new Fund into which the shareholder is investing also normally will be purchased at the NAV per share next determined coincident to or after the time of redemption. Exchange requests received on a business day after the time shares of the Funds involved in the request are priced and will be processed on the next business day in the manner described above. Shareholders who wish to exchange Class I shares or Class K shares of a Fund for shares of the same class of another fund in the Trust or for Shares class shares of another fund of the Trust. If a shareholder holds shares through certain financial intermediaries, exchangeability among Funds may be limited.

The Trust may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse a Fund for any loss sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased by the shareholder or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder that is applicable to Fund shares as provided in the Funds’ Prospectuses from time to time. The Trust reserves the right on 30 days’ written notice, to redeem the shares held in any account if at the time of redemption, the NAV of the remaining shares in the account falls below $1,000. Such involuntary redemptions will not be made if the value of shares in an account falls below the minimum solely because of a decline in the Fund’s NAV. The Trust also may involuntarily redeem shares held by any shareholder who provides incorrect or incomplete account information or when such redemptions are necessary to avoid adverse consequences to the Funds and their shareholders or the Transfer Agent. Additionally, subject to applicable law, the Trust reserves the right to involuntarily redeem an account at the Fund’s then current NAV, in cases of disruptive conduct, suspected fraudulent or illegal activity, inability to verify the identity of an investor, or in other circumstances where redemption is determined to be in the best interest of the Trust and its shareholders.

The Trust, Northern Trust and their agents also reserve the right, without notice, to freeze any account and/or suspend account services when: (i) notice has been received of a dispute regarding the assets in an account, or a legal claim against an account; (ii) upon initial notification to Northern Trust of a shareholder’s death until Northern Trust receives required documentation in correct form; or (iii) if there is reason to believe a fraudulent transaction may occur or has occurred.

RETIREMENT PLANS

Shares of the Funds may be purchased in connection with certain tax-sheltered retirement plans, including profit-sharing plans, 401(k) plans, money purchase pension plans, target benefit plans and individual retirement accounts. Further information about how to participate in these plans, the fees charged and the limits on contributions can be obtained from Northern Trust. To invest through any of the tax-sheltered retirement plans, please call Northern Trust for information and the required separate application. To determine whether the benefits of a tax-sheltered retirement plan are available and/or appropriate, a shareholder should consult with a tax adviser.

EXPENSES

Except as set forth above and in this SAI, each Fund is responsible for the payment of its expenses. These expenses include, without limitation: the fees and expenses payable to the Investment Adviser, Transfer Agent

 

84


and Custodian; brokerage fees and commissions; fees for the registration or qualification of Fund shares under federal or state securities laws taxes; interest; costs of liability insurance, fidelity bonds, indemnification or contribution; any costs, expenses or losses arising out of any liability of, or claim for damages or other relief asserted against the Trust for violation of any law; legal, tax and auditing fees and expenses; expenses of preparing and printing prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxy materials, reports and notices and distributing of the same to the Funds’ shareholders and regulatory authorities; compensation and expenses of its non-interested Trustees; payments to Service Organizations; fees of industry organizations such as the Investment Company Institute and Mutual Fund Directors Forum; acquired fund fees and expenses; expenses of third party consultants engaged by the Board; expenses in connection with the negotiation and renewal of the revolving credit facility; and miscellaneous and extraordinary expenses incurred by the Trust.

NTI has contractually agreed to reimburse a portion of the operating expenses of each Fund (other than certain excepted expenses, i.e., for the Global Sustainability Index Fund and Small Cap Core Fund, service fees, acquired fund fees and expenses, the compensation paid to each Independent Trustee of the Trust, expenses of third-party consultants engaged by the Board, membership dues paid to the Investment Company Institute and Mutual Fund Directors Forum, expenses in connection with the negotiation and renewal of the revolving credit facility, extraordinary expenses and interest and, for the U.S. Quality ESG Fund, service fees and extraordinary expenses) so that “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement” do not exceed the amount shown in the footnote to the table under the caption “Fees and Expenses of the Fund” in each Fund’s Fund Summary during the current fiscal year. The “Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement” for the Funds may be higher than the contractual limitation for the Funds as a result of certain excepted expenses that are not reimbursed. The contractual expense reimbursement arrangement with respect to each Fund is expected to continue until at least [                ], 2021. The expense reimbursement arrangement will continue automatically for periods of one year (each such one-year period, a “Renewal Year”). The arrangement may be terminated, as to any succeeding Renewal Year, by NTI or a Fund upon 60 days’ written notice prior to the end of the current Renewal Year. The Board may terminate the arrangement at any time with respect to a Fund if it determines that it is in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. The expense reimbursement amounts below do not include expense reimbursements for any duplicative advisory fees attributable to Fund assets invested in an affiliated money market fund.

For the fiscal years indicated below, NTI contractually reimbursed expenses for each of the Funds as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2019
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2018
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2017
 

Small Cap Core Fund

     396,874        599,063        942,937  

U. S. Quality ESG Fund*

     272,063        115,989        N/A  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     104,865        108,254        129,681  

 

*

The Fund commenced operations on August 20, 2017.

 

85


PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

You may call 800-595-9111 to obtain performance information or visit northerntrust.com/funds. Performance reflects fee waivers and expense reimbursements, as previously discussed in this SAI. If such fee waivers, and expense reimbursements were not in place, a Fund’s performance would have been reduced.

The Funds calculate the total return for a share class on an “average annual total return” basis for various periods. Average annual total return reflects the average annual percentage change in value of an investment in a share class of the Fund over the measuring period. Total returns for a share class also may be calculated on an “aggregate total return” basis for various periods. Aggregate total return reflects the total percentage change in value over the measuring period. Both methods of calculating total return reflect changes in the price of the shares and assume that any dividends and capital gain distributions made by the Fund during the period are reinvested in the shares of a Fund. When considering average total return figures for periods longer than one year, it is important to note that the annual total return of a share class of a Fund for any one year in the period might have been more or less than the average for the entire period. The Funds also may advertise from time to time the total return of a share class of a Fund on a year-by-year or other basis for various specified periods by means of quotations, charts, graphs or schedules.

Each Fund calculates its “average annual total return” by determining the average annual compounded rate of return during specified periods that equates the initial amount invested to the ending redeemable value (“ERV”) of such investment according to the following formula:

P (1+T)n = ERV

 

Where:    P =    hypothetical initial payment of $1,000;
   T =    average annual total return;
   n =    period covered by the computation, expressed in terms of years; and
   ERV =    ending redeemable value at the end of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods (or fractional portion thereof) of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the 1-, 5- or 10-year (or other) periods at the end of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods (or fractional portion).

Average annual total return (before taxes) for a specified period is derived by calculating the actual dollar amount of the investment return on a $1,000 investment made at the maximum public offering price for a share class of the Fund at the beginning of the period, and then calculating the annual compounded rate of return which would produce that amount, assuming a redemption at the end of the period. This calculation assumes a complete redemption of the investment. It also assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at NAV on the reinvestment dates during the period.

Each Fund may compute an “average annual total return-after taxes on distributions” for a class of shares by determining the average annual compounded rate of return after taxes on distributions during specified periods that equates the initial amount invested to the ERV after taxes on distributions but not after taxes on redemption according to the following formula:

P (1+T)n = ATVD

 

Where:    P =    a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000;
   T =    average annual total return (after taxes on distributions);
   n =    number of years; and
   ATVD =    ending value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods at the end of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods (or fractional portion), after taxes on distributions but not after taxes on redemption.

 

86


Average annual total return (after taxes on distributions) for a specified period is derived by calculating the actual dollar amount of the investment return on a $1,000 investment made at the maximum public offering price for a share class of a Fund at the beginning of the period, and then calculating the annual compounded rate of return (after federal income taxes on distributions but not redemptions) which would produce that amount, assuming a redemption at the end of the period. This calculation assumes a complete redemption of the investment but further assumes that the redemption has no federal income tax consequences. This calculation also assumes that all dividends and distributions, less the federal income taxes due on such distributions, are reinvested at NAV on the reinvestment dates during the period. In calculating the impact of federal income taxes due on distributions, the federal income tax rates used correspond to the tax character of each component of the distributions (e.g., ordinary income rate for ordinary income distributions, short-term capital gain rate for short-term capital gains distributions and long-term capital gain rate for long-term capital gain distributions). The highest individual marginal federal income tax rate in effect on the reinvestment date is applied to each component of the distributions on the reinvestment date. These tax rates may vary over the measurement period. The effect of applicable tax credits, such as the foreign tax credit, also is taken into account in accordance with federal tax law. The calculation disregards (i) the effect of phase-outs of certain exemptions, deductions and credits at various income levels, (ii) the impact of the federal alternative minimum tax and (iii) the potential tax liabilities other than federal tax liabilities (e.g., state and local taxes).

Each Fund may compute an “average annual total return-after taxes on distributions and redemption” for a share class by determining the average annual compounded rate of return after taxes on distributions and redemption during specified periods that equates the initial amount invested to the ERV after taxes on distributions and redemption according to the following formula:

P(1+T)n = ATVDR

 

Where:    P =    a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000;
   T =    average annual total return (after taxes on distributions and redemption);
   n =    number of years; and
   ATVDR =    ending value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods at the end of the 1-, 5-, or 10-year periods (or fractional portion), after taxes on distributions and redemption.

Average annual total return (after taxes on distributions and redemptions) for a specified period is derived by calculating the actual dollar amount of the investment return on a $1,000 investment made at a Fund’s maximum public offering price for the share class at the beginning of the period, and then calculating the annual compounded rate of return (after federal income taxes on distributions and redemptions) which would produce that amount, assuming a redemption at the end of the period. This calculation assumes a complete redemption of the investment. This calculation also assumes that all dividends and distributions, less the federal income taxes due on such distributions, are reinvested at NAV on the reinvestment dates during the period. In calculating the federal income taxes due on distributions, the federal income tax rates used correspond to the tax character of each component of the distributions (e.g., ordinary income rate for ordinary income distributions, short-term capital gain rate for short-term capital gains distributions and long-term capital gain rate for long-term capital gain distributions). The highest individual marginal federal income tax rate in effect on the reinvestment date is applied to each component of the distributions on the reinvestment date. These tax rates may vary over the measurement period. The effect of applicable tax credits, such as the foreign tax credit, is taken into account in accordance with federal tax law. The calculation disregards (i) the effect of phase-outs of certain exemptions, deductions and credits at various income levels, (ii) the impact of the federal alternative minimum tax and (iii) the potential tax liabilities other than federal tax liabilities (e.g., state and local taxes). In calculating the federal income taxes due on redemptions, capital gains taxes resulting from the redemption are subtracted from the redemption proceeds and the tax benefits from capital losses resulting from the redemption are added to the redemption proceeds. The highest federal individual capital gains tax rate in effect on the redemption date is used in such calculation. The federal income tax rates used correspond to the tax character of any gains or losses (e.g., short-term or long-term).

 

87


Each Fund may compute the “aggregate total return” for a share class by determining the aggregate compounded rates of return during specified periods that likewise equate the initial amount invested to the ERV of such investment. The formula for calculating aggregate total return is as follows:

T = [(ERV/P)]-1

 

Where:    P =    hypothetical initial payment of $1,000;
   T =    aggregate total return; and
   ERV =    ending redeemable value at the end of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods (or fractional portion thereof) of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the 1-, 5- or 10-year (or other) period at the end of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods (or fractional portion).

The formula for calculating total return assumes that (i) all dividends and capital gain distributions are reinvested on the reinvestment dates at the price per share existing on the reinvestment date, and (ii) all recurring fees charged to all shareholder accounts are included. The variable ERV in the formula is determined by assuming complete redemption of the hypothetical investment after deduction of all nonrecurring charges at the end of the measuring period.

The yield of a share class for a Fund is computed based on the share class’s net income during a specified 30-day (or one month) period which will be identified in connection with the particular yield quotation. More specifically, the yield is computed by dividing the per share net income during a 30-day (or one month) period by the NAV per share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result on a semiannual basis.

A Fund calculates its 30-day (or one month) standard yield for each share class in accordance with the method prescribed by the SEC for mutual funds:

Yield = 2[{(a-b/cd) + 1}6 -1]

 

Where:    a =    dividends and interest earned during the period;
   b =    expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements);
   c =    average daily number of shares outstanding during the period entitled to receive dividends; and
   d =    NAV per share on the last day of the period.

A Fund’s “tax-equivalent” yield is computed by: (i) dividing the portion of the Fund’s yield (calculated as above) that is exempt from income tax by one minus a stated income tax rate; and (ii) adding the quotient to that portion, if any, of the Fund’s yield that is not exempt from income tax.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Each Fund’s performance will fluctuate, unlike bank deposits or other investments that pay a fixed yield for a stated period of time. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future return. Actual performance will depend on such variables as portfolio quality, average portfolio maturity, the type of portfolio instruments acquired, changes in interest rates, portfolio expenses and other factors. Performance is one basis investors may use to analyze a class of shares of a Fund as compared to other funds and other investment vehicles. However, performance of other funds and other investment vehicles may not be comparable because of the foregoing variables, and differences in the methods used in valuing their portfolio instruments, computing NAV and determining performance.

The performance of each Fund may be compared to those of other mutual funds with similar investment objectives and to stock, bond and other relevant indices or to rankings prepared by independent services or other financial or industry publications that monitor the performance of mutual funds. For example, the performance of the Funds may be compared to data prepared by Lipper Inc., Morningstar, Inc. or to the Russell 2000 or 1000 Index, the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index, the Consumer Price Index or the Dow Jones Industrial Average.

 

88


Performance of the Small Cap Core Fund may be compared to the Russell 2000 Index. Performance of the U.S. Quality ESG Fund may be compared to the Russell 1000 Index. Performance of the Global Sustainability Index Fund may be compared to the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index. Performance data as reported in national financial publications such as Money, Forbes, Barron’s, the Wall Street Journal and The New York Times, or in publications of a local or regional nature, also may be used in comparing the performance of a Fund. From time to time, the Funds also may quote the mutual fund ratings of Morningstar, Inc. and other services in their advertising materials.

NTI does not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of the broad-based securities market indices or any data included therein or the descriptions of the index providers, and NTI shall have no liability for any errors, omissions, or interruptions therein.

NTI makes no warranty, express or implied, as to the results to be obtained by the Northern Funds, to the owners of the shares of any Fund of Northern Funds, or to any other person or entity, from the use of any index or any data included therein. NTI makes no express or implied warranties, and expressly disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or use with respect to any index or any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall NTI have any liability for any special, punitive, direct, indirect, or consequential damages (including lost profits), even if notified of the possibility of such damages.

Ibbotson Associates, Inc. of Chicago, Illinois (“Ibbotson”), a registered investment adviser and wholly-owned subsidiary of Morningstar, Inc., provides historical returns of the capital markets in the United States, including common stocks, small capitalization stocks, long-term corporate bonds, intermediate-term government bonds, long-term government bonds, Treasury bills, the U.S. rate of inflation (based on the Consumer Price Index) and combinations of various capital markets. The performance of these capital markets is based on the returns of different indices. The Funds may use the performance of these capital markets in order to demonstrate general risk-versus-reward investment scenarios. Performance comparisons also may include the value of a hypothetical investment in any of these capital markets. The risks associated with the security types in any capital market may or may not correspond directly to those of the Funds. The Funds also may compare performance to that of other compilations or indices that may be developed and made available in the future.

The Funds may also from time to time include discussions or illustrations of the effects of compounding in advertisements. “Compounding” refers to the fact that, if dividends or other distributions on a Fund investment are reinvested by being paid in additional Fund shares, any future income or capital appreciation of a Fund would increase the value, not only of the original investment in the Fund, but also of the additional Fund shares received through reinvestment.

The Funds may include discussions or illustrations of the potential investment goals of a prospective investor (including materials that describe general principles of investing, such as asset allocation, diversification, risk tolerance, and goal setting, questionnaires designed to help create a personal financial profile, worksheets used to project savings needs based on assumed rates of inflation and hypothetical rates of return and action plans offering investment alternatives), investment management techniques, policies or investment suitability of a Fund (such as value investing, market timing, dollar cost averaging, asset allocation, constant ratio transfer, automatic account rebalancing, the advantages and disadvantages of investing in tax-deferred and taxable investments), economic and political conditions, the relationship between sectors of the economy and the economy as a whole, the effects of inflation and historical performance of various asset classes, including but not limited to, stocks, bonds and Treasury bills. From time to time, advertisements, sales literature, communications to shareholders or other materials may summarize the substance of information contained in shareholder reports (including the investment composition of a Fund), as well as the views of the Investment Adviser as to current market, economic, trade and interest rate trends, legislative, regulatory and monetary developments, investment strategies and related matters believed to be of relevance to a Fund. In addition, selected indices may be used to illustrate historic performance of selected asset classes. The Funds also may include in advertisements, sales

 

89


literature, communications to shareholders or other materials, charts, graphs or drawings which illustrate the potential risks and rewards of investment in various investment vehicles, including but not limited to, stocks, bonds, treasury bills and shares of a Fund. Also, advertisements, sales literature, communications to shareholders or other materials may include a discussion of certain attributes or benefits to be derived by an investment in a Fund and/or other mutual funds, shareholder profiles and hypothetical investor scenarios, timely information on financial management, tax and retirement planning and investment alternative to certificates of deposit and other financial instruments. Such sales literature, communications to shareholders or other materials may include symbols, headlines or other material which highlight or summarize the information discussed in more detail therein.

Materials may include lists of representative clients of Northern Trust. Materials may refer to the CUSIP numbers of the Funds and may illustrate how to find the listings of the Funds in newspapers and periodicals. Materials also may include discussions of other funds, investment products, and services.

The Funds may quote various measures of volatility and benchmark correlation in advertising. In addition, the Funds may compare these measures to those of other funds. Measures of volatility seek to compare the historical share price fluctuations or total returns to those of a benchmark. Measures of benchmark correlation indicate how valid a comparative benchmark may be. Measures of volatility and correlation may be calculated using averages of historical data.

The Funds may advertise examples of the effects of periodic investment plans, including the principle of dollar cost averaging. In such a program, an investor invests a fixed dollar amount in a Fund at periodic intervals, thereby purchasing fewer shares when prices are high and more shares when prices are low. While such a strategy does not assure a profit or guard against loss in a declining market, the investor’s average cost per share can be lower than if fixed numbers of shares are purchased at the same intervals. In evaluating such a plan, investors should consider their ability to continue purchasing shares during periods of low price levels.

A Fund may advertise its current interest rate sensitivity, duration, weighted average maturity or similar maturity characteristics.

Advertisements and sales materials relating to a Fund may include information regarding the background and experience of its portfolio managers.

 

90


NET ASSET VALUE

Securities are valued at fair value. Securities traded on U.S. securities exchanges or in the NASDAQ National Market System are valued at the regular trading session closing price on the exchange or system in which such securities are principally traded. If any such security is not traded on a valuation date, it is valued at the most recent quoted bid price. Over-the-counter securities that are not reported in the NASDAQ National Market System also generally are valued at the most recent quoted bid price. Fixed-income securities, however, may be valued on the basis of evaluated prices provided by independent pricing services when such prices are believed to reflect the fair value of such securities. Such prices may be determined taking into account other similar securities prices, yields, maturities, call features, ratings, strength of issuer, insurance guarantees, institutional size trading in similar groups of securities and developments related to specific securities. The values of securities of foreign issuers generally are based upon market quotations which, depending upon local convention or regulation, may be the last sale price, the last bid or asked price or the mean between the last bid and asked price as of, in each case, the close of the appropriate exchange or other designated time. Foreign fixed-income securities, however, may, like domestic fixed-income securities, be valued based on evaluated prices provided by independent pricing services when such prices are believed to reflect the fair value of such securities. Shares of open-end investment companies are valued at NAV. Shares of exchange-traded funds are valued at their closing price on the exchange or system on which such securities are principally traded. Spot and forward currency exchange contracts generally are valued using an independent pricing service. Exchange-traded financial futures and options are valued at the settlement price as established by the exchange on which they are traded. Over-the-counter options are valued at broker-provided bid prices, as are swaps, caps, collars and floors. The foregoing prices may be obtained from one or more independent pricing services or, as needed or applicable, independent broker-dealers. Short-term investments are valued at amortized cost, which the Investment Adviser has determined, pursuant to Board authorization, approximates fair value. Any securities for which market quotations are not readily available or are believed to be incorrect are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Investment Adviser under the supervision of the Board. Circumstances in which securities may be fair valued include periods when trading in a security is limited, corporate actions and announcements take place, or regulatory news is released such as government approvals. Additionally, the Trust, in its discretion, may make adjustments to the prices of securities held by a Fund if an event occurs after the publication of market values normally used by a Fund but before the time as of which a class of shares of the Fund calculates its NAV, depending on the nature and significance of the event, consistent with applicable regulatory guidance. This may occur particularly with respect to certain foreign securities held by a Fund, in which case the Trust may use adjustment factors obtained from an independent evaluation service that are intended to reflect more accurately the fair value of those securities as of the time a class of shares of the Fund’s NAV is calculated. Other events that can trigger fair valuing of foreign securities include, for example, significant fluctuations in general market indicators, government actions, or natural disasters. The use of fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by the Funds to price their investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other unaffiliated investment companies and investors to price the same investments.

The time at which transactions and shares are priced and the time by which orders must be received may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time. The Trust reserves the right to reprocess purchase, redemption and exchange transactions that were processed at a NAV other than the official closing NAV for a class of shares of the Fund. For instance, if a pricing error is discovered that impacts the NAV for a class of shares of a Fund, the corrected NAV would be the official closing NAV for the class of shares and the erroneous NAV would be a NAV other than the Fund’s official closing NAV for that class of shares. Those transactions that were processed using the erroneous NAV may then be reprocessed using the official closing NAV for the class of shares. The Trust reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must be received for same business day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC. In addition, each Fund may compute its NAV as of any time permitted pursuant to any exemption, order or statement of the SEC or its staff.

 

91


The Funds may also close on days when the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“New York Fed”) is open but the New York Stock Exchange is closed, such as Good Friday, and when the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (“SIFMA”) recommends that the bond markets close early. If a Fund does so, it will cease granting same day credit for purchase and redemption orders received at the Fund’s closing time and credit will be given on the next business day.

A Business Day is defined as each Monday through Friday that the New York Fed is open for business, except as noted below. The New York Fed is closed on the following national holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

The Investment Adviser is not required to calculate the NAV of a Fund on days during which no shares are tendered to a Fund for redemption and no orders to purchase or sell shares are received by a Fund, or on days on which there is an insufficient degree of trading in the Fund’s portfolio securities for changes in the value of such securities to affect materially the NAV per share.

 

92


TAXES

The following summarizes certain additional tax considerations generally affecting the Funds and their shareholders that are not described in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Funds or their shareholders, and the discussions here and in the Prospectus are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Potential investors should consult their tax advisers with specific reference to their own tax situations.

The discussions of the federal tax consequences in the Prospectus and this SAI are based on the Code and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations, as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly alter the statements included herein, and any such changes or decisions may be retroactive.

FEDERAL—GENERAL INFORMATION

Each Fund intends to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. As a regulated investment company, each Fund generally is exempt from federal income tax on its net investment income and realized capital gains which it distributes to shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, it must meet three important tests each year.

First, each Fund must derive with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Second, generally, at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of each Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers as to which (a) the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of the issuer and (b) the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of each Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of (1) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (2) two or more issuers that the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or (3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (including MLPs).

Third, each Fund must distribute an amount equal to at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss), before taking into account any deduction for dividends paid, and 90% of its tax-exempt income, if any, for the year.

Each Fund intends to comply with these requirements. If a Fund were to fail to make sufficient distributions, it could be liable for corporate income tax and for excise tax in respect of the shortfall or, if the shortfall is large enough, the Fund could be disqualified as a regulated investment company. If for any taxable year a Fund were not to qualify as a regulated investment company, all its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In that event, taxable shareholders would recognize dividend income on distributions (including distributions attributable to tax-exempt income) to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, and corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

The Code imposes a non-deductible 4% excise tax on regulated investment companies that fail to currently distribute an amount equal to specified percentages of their ordinary taxable income with certain modifications and capital gain net income (excess of capital gains over capital losses) before taking into account any deduction

 

93


for dividends paid, by the end of each calendar year. Each Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions of its ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income each calendar year to avoid liability for this excise tax.

For federal income tax purposes, each Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss realized in its taxable years beginning before December 23, 2010 to offset its own capital gains, if any, during the eight years following the year of the loss. These amounts are available to be carried forward to offset future capital gains to the extent permitted by the Code and applicable tax regulations.

As of March 31, 2019, the following Fund utilized capital loss carry forwards approximating the amount (in thousands) indicated for federal tax purposes:

 

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

   $ 12  

The Regulated Investment Company Modernization Act of 2010 changed the carryforward periods for capital loss carryforwards of funds. For capital losses realized in taxable years beginning after December 22, 2010 (the “Enactment Date”), the eight-year limitation has been eliminated, so that any capital losses realized by a Fund in the taxable year beginning after December 22, 2010 and in subsequent taxable years will be permitted to be carried forward indefinitely and will retain their character as short or long term capital losses. Capital loss carryovers from taxable years beginning prior to the Enactment Date are still subject to the eight-year limitation. The Code provides for coordination of capital loss carryovers arising in taxable years before and after the Enactment Date by requiring that capital loss carryovers from taxable years beginning after the Enactment Date be applied before capital loss carryovers from taxable years beginning prior to the Enactment Date. This could cause all or a portion of the pre-Enactment Date losses to expire before they can be used.

STATE AND LOCAL TAXES

Although each Fund expects to qualify as a “regulated investment company” and to be relieved of all or substantially all federal income taxes, depending upon the extent of its activities in states and localities in which its offices are maintained, in which its agents or independent contractors are located or in which it is otherwise deemed to be conducting business, each Fund may be subject to the tax laws of such states or localities.

Many states grant tax-free status to dividends paid to shareholders of a fund from interest income earned by that fund from direct obligations of the U.S. government, subject in some states to minimum investment requirements that must be met by the fund. Investments in securities issued by Ginnie Mae or Fannie Mae, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities do not generally qualify for tax-free treatment.

FOREIGN TAXES

The Funds may be subject to foreign withholding or foreign taxes on income, including dividends and interest received from sources in foreign countries or gain from certain foreign securities. With respect to the Funds, if more than 50% of the value of the total assets of a Fund consists of stocks and securities (including debt securities) of foreign corporations at the close of a taxable year, the Fund may elect, for federal income tax purposes, to treat certain foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by it, including generally any withholding and other foreign income taxes, as paid by its shareholders. It is anticipated that the Global Sustainability Index Fund, will generally be eligible to make this election. If the Fund makes this election, the amount of such foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Fund will be included in its’ shareholder income pro rata (in addition to taxable distributions actually received by it), and each such shareholder will be entitled either (1) to credit that proportionate amount of taxes against U.S. federal income tax liability as a foreign tax credit (subject to applicable limitations) or (2) to take that amount as an itemized deduction. If a Fund that is not eligible or chooses not to make this election, it will be entitled to deduct such taxes in computing the amounts it is required to distribute.

 

94


QUALIFIED DIVIDEND INCOME

Distributions by a Fund of investment company taxable income (excluding any short-term capital gains) whether received in cash or shares will be taxable either as ordinary income or as qualified dividend income, eligible for the reduced maximum rate to individuals of 20% to the extent each Fund receives qualified dividend income on the securities it holds and such Fund designates the distribution as qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that: (i) the shareholder has not held the shares on which the dividend was paid for more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the shares become ex dividend with respect to such dividend (and each Fund also satisfies those holding period requirements with respect to the securities it holds that paid the dividends distributed to the shareholder); (ii) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property; or (iii) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Code. Distributions by a Fund of its net short-term capital gains will be taxable as ordinary income. Capital gain distributions consisting of a Fund’s net capital gains will be taxable as long-term capital gains except to the extent of any “unrecaptured section 1250 gains” which are taxed at a maximum rate of 25%.

CORPORATE DIVIDENDS RECEIVED DEDUCTION

A Fund’s dividends that are paid to its corporate shareholders and are attributable to qualifying dividends it received from U.S. domestic corporations may be eligible, in the hands of such shareholders, for the corporate dividends received deduction, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations.

TAXATION OF INCOME FROM CERTAIN FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND PFICS

The tax principles applicable to transactions in financial instruments, including futures contracts and options, that may be engaged in by a Fund, and investments in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), are complex and, in some cases, uncertain. Such transactions and investments may cause a Fund to recognize taxable income prior to the receipt of cash, thereby requiring the Fund to liquidate other positions, or to borrow money, so as to make sufficient distributions to shareholders to avoid corporate-level tax. Moreover, some or all of the taxable income recognized may be ordinary income or short-term capital gain, so that the distributions may be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Additionally, they may generate items of tax preference or adjustment for the alternative minimum tax that may be allocable to the shareholder.

In addition, in the case of any shares of a PFIC in which a Fund invests, the Fund may be liable for corporate-level tax on any ultimate gain or distributions on the shares if the Fund fails to make an election to recognize income annually during the period of its ownership of the shares.

INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS

The Funds may invest in REITs.

Some REITS will qualify as real estate investment trusts under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code (“qualified REITs”). In general, qualified REITs are taxed only on their income that is not distributed to their shareholders. Even if a REIT meets all of the requirements to be generally exempt from federal income tax on its income, under Treasury regulations that have not yet been issued, REITs will be taxed on income, if any, from real estate mortgage investment conduits and possibly income from equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (so-called “excess inclusions”). These regulations may require excess inclusion income of a regulated

 

95


investment company be allocated to the shareholders of the regulated investment company with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the interests directly.

The U.S. Quality ESG Fund may invest in REITs that hold residual interests REMICs. Under Treasury regulations that have not yet been issued, but may apply retroactively, a portion of the U.S. Quality ESG Fund’s income from a REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. These regulations are also expected to provide that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the U.S. Quality ESG Fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest directly. The IRS in Notice 2006-97 set forth some basic principles for the application of these rules until such regulations are issued.

In general, the applicable rules under the Code and expected rules under the regulations will provide that the excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on unrelated business income, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (as defined in the Code to include governmental units, tax-exempt entities and certain cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a regulated investment company, then the regulated investment company will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations.

The Funds may make distributions to you of “section 199A dividends” with respect to qualified dividends that it receives with respect to such Fund’s investments in REITs. A section 199A dividend is any dividend or part of such dividend that the Fund pays to you and reports as a section 199A dividend in written statements furnished to you. Distributions paid by a Fund that are eligible to be treated as section 199A dividends for a taxable year may not exceed the “qualified REIT dividends” received by the Fund from a REIT reduced by the Fund’s allocable expenses. Section 199A dividends may be taxed to individuals and other non-corporate shareholders at a reduced effective federal income tax rate, provided you have satisfied a holding period requirement for the Fund’s shares and satisfied certain other conditions. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Fund shares for at least 46 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date, but only to the extent that you are not under an obligation (under a short-sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.

TAXATION OF NON-U.S. SHAREHOLDERS

Subject to the discussion of special tax consequences under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (“FIRPTA”) below, dividends paid by a Fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gains. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. Certain interest related dividends and short term capital gain dividends as designated by a Fund are not subject to this 30% withholding tax if the shareholder provides a properly completed Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to

 

96


additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, United States federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the Fund.

Under FIRPTA, distributions to non-U.S. shareholders attributable to U.S. real estate gains received from the sale of U.S. real property interests and real estate gains from REITs will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at rates up to 21%. If a non-U.S. shareholder holds more than 5% of a Fund at any time during the 5-year period ending on the date of disposition or redemption of shares and the Fund is a U.S. Real Property Holding Corporation (as defined in the Code), the non-U.S. shareholder will be subject to withholding tax on the gross proceeds at a 15% rate and may be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return. Foreign corporations recognizing gain under these rules may be subject to the U.S. Branch Profits Tax.

Ordinary dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder that fails to make certain required certifications, or that is a “foreign financial institution” as defined in Section 1471 of the Code and that does not meet the requirements imposed on foreign financial institutions by Section 1471, are generally subject to a U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate. The extent, if any, to which such withholding tax may be reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty is unclear. A non-U.S. shareholder may be exempt from the withholding described in this paragraph under an intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and a foreign government, provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

 

97


DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

The Trust Agreement permits the Trust’s Board to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of one or more separate series representing interests in one or more investment portfolios. The Trustees of the Trust may hereafter create series in addition to the Trust’s 43 existing series, which represent interests in the Trust’s 43 respective portfolios, 3 of which are described in this SAI. The Trust Agreement also permits the Board to classify or reclassify any unissued shares into classes within a series. Pursuant to such authority, the Trustees have authorized the issuance of an unlimited class of shares in two separate classes of shares in each of the Funds: Class I shares and Class K shares.

The Trustees may appoint separate Trustees with respect to one or more series or classes of the Trust’s shares (the “Series Trustees”). To the extent provided by the Trustees in the appointment of Series Trustees, Series Trustees: (i) may, but are not required to, serve as Trustees of the Trust or any other series or class of the Trust; (ii) may have, to the exclusion of any other Trustee of the Trust, all the powers and authorities of Trustees under the Trust Agreement with respect to such series or class; and/or (iii) may have no power or authority with respect to any other series or class. There are currently no Series Trustees for the Trust.

Under the terms of the Trust Agreement, each share of each Fund has a par value of $0.0001, which represents a proportionate interest in the particular Fund with each other share of its class in the same Fund and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income belonging to the Fund as are declared by the Trustees. Upon any liquidation of a Fund, shareholders of each class of a Fund are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets belonging to that class available for distribution. Shares do not have any preemptive or conversion rights. The right of redemption is described under “Account Policies and Other Information” in the Prospectus. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the 1940 Act, the right of a shareholder to redeem shares and the date of payment by a Fund may be suspended for more than seven days (i) for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange is closed, other than the customary weekends or holidays, or trading in the markets the Fund normally utilizes is closed or is restricted as determined by the SEC, (ii) during any emergency, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to dispose of instruments owned by it or fairly to determine the value of its net assets, or (iii) for such other period as the SEC may by order permit for the protection of the shareholders of the Fund. The Trust also may suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of its shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions. In addition, shares of each Fund are redeemable at the unilateral option of the Trust. Shares when issued as described in the Prospectus are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, except as stated below. In the interests of economy and convenience, certificates representing shares of the Funds are not issued.

The proceeds received by each Fund for each issue or sale of its shares, and all net investment income, realized and unrealized gain and proceeds thereof, subject only to the rights of creditors, will be specifically allocated to and constitute the underlying assets of that Fund. The underlying assets of each Fund will be segregated on the books of account, and will be charged with the liabilities in respect to that Fund and with a share of the general liabilities of the Trust. Expenses with respect to the Funds and other funds of the Trust normally are allocated in proportion to the NAV of the respective funds except where allocations of direct expenses can otherwise be fairly made.

NOTICE: Under Section 72.1021(a) of the Texas Property Code, initial investors in the Funds who are Texas residents may designate a representative to receive notices of abandoned property in connection with Fund shares. Texas shareholders who wish to appoint a representative should notify the Trust’s Transfer Agent by writing to the Northern Funds Center, P.O. Box 75986, Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986 or by calling 800-595-9111 to obtain a form for providing written notice to the Trust.

Each Fund and other funds of the Trust entitled to vote on a matter will vote in the aggregate and not by fund, except as required by law or when the matter to be voted on affects only the interests of shareholders of a particular fund.

 

98


Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required by the provisions of the 1940 Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to be submitted to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Trust shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each investment portfolio affected by such matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that an investment portfolio shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless the interests of each investment portfolio in the matter are substantially identical or the matter does not affect any interest of the investment portfolio. Under the Rule, the approval of an investment advisory agreement or any change in a fundamental investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to an investment portfolio only if approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of such investment portfolio. However, the Rule also provides that the ratification of the appointment of independent accountants, the approval of principal underwriting contracts and the election of Trustees are exempt from the separate voting requirements stated above.

The Trust is not required to hold annual meetings of shareholders and does not intend to hold such meetings. In the event that a meeting of shareholders is held, each share of the Trust will be entitled, as determined by the Trustees without the vote or consent of shareholders, either to one vote for each share (and proportionate fractional votes for fractional shares held) or to one vote for each dollar of NAV represented by such shares on all matters presented to shareholders, including the election of Trustees (this method of voting being referred to as “dollar-based voting”). However, to the extent required by the 1940 Act or otherwise determined by the Trustees, series and classes of the Trust will vote separately from each other. Shareholders of the Trust do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of Trustees and, accordingly, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the Trust may elect all of the Trustees, irrespective of the vote of the other shareholders. Meetings of shareholders of the Trust, or any series or class thereof, may be called by the Trustees, certain officers or upon the written request of holders of 10% or more of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting. The power to call a vote with respect to shareholders of the Funds is vested exclusively in the Board. To the extent required by law, the Trust will assist in shareholder communications in connection with a meeting called by shareholders. The shareholders of the Trust will have voting rights only with respect to the limited number of matters specified in the Trust Agreement and such other matters as the Trustees may determine or may be required by law.

The Trust Agreement authorizes the Trustees, without shareholder approval (except as stated in the next paragraph), to cause the Trust, or any series thereof, to merge or consolidate with any corporation, association, trust or other organization or sell or exchange all or substantially all of the property belonging to the Trust, or any series thereof. In addition, the Trustees, without shareholder approval, may adopt a “master-feeder” structure by investing substantially all of the assets of a series of the Trust in the securities of another open-end investment company or pooled portfolio.

The Trust Agreement also authorizes the Trustees, in connection with the merger, consolidation, termination or other reorganization of the Trust or any series or class, to classify the shareholders of any class into one or more separate groups and to provide for the different treatment of shares held by the different groups, provided that such merger, consolidation, termination or other reorganization is approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of each group of shareholders that are so classified.

The Board may not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Trusts, amend or otherwise supplement the Trust Agreement or amend and restate a trust investment to reduce the rights, duties, powers, authorities and responsibilities of the Trustees, except to the extent such action does not violate the 1940 Act. Subject to the foregoing, the Trust Agreement permits the Trustees to amend the Trust Agreement without a shareholder vote. However, shareholders of the Trust have the right to vote on any amendment: (i) that would adversely affect the voting rights of shareholders; (ii) that is required by law to be approved by shareholders; (iii) that would amend the voting provisions of the Trust Agreement; or (iv) that the Trustees determine to submit to shareholders.

 

99


The Trust Agreement permits the termination of the Trust or of any series or class of the Trust: (i) by a majority of the affected shareholders at a meeting of shareholders of the Trust, series or class; or (ii) by a majority of the Trustees without shareholder approval if the Trustees determine that such action is in the best interest of the Trust or its shareholders. The factors and events that the Trustees may take into account in making such determination include: (i) the inability of the Trust or any series or class to maintain its assets at an appropriate size; (ii) changes in laws or regulations governing the Trust, or any series or class thereof, or affecting assets of the type in which it invests; or (iii) economic developments or trends having a significant adverse impact on their business or operations.

Under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (the “Delaware Act”), shareholders are not personally liable for obligations of the Trust. The Delaware Act entitles shareholders of the Trust to the same limitation of liability as is available to shareholders of private for-profit corporations. However, no similar statutory or other authority limiting statutory trust shareholder liability exists in many other states. As a result, to the extent that the Trust or a shareholder is subject to the jurisdiction of courts in such other states, those courts may not apply Delaware law and may subject the shareholders to liability. To offset this risk, the Trust Agreement: (i) contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation and instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or its Trustees and (ii) provides for indemnification out of the property of the applicable series of the Trust of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder and not because of the shareholder’s acts or omissions or for some other reason. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss beyond his or her investment because of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which all of the following factors are present: (i) a court refuses to apply Delaware law; (ii) the liability arises under tort law or, if not, no contractual limitation of liability is in effect; and (iii) the applicable series of the Trust is unable to meet its obligations.

The Trust Agreement provides that the Trustees will not be liable to any person other than the Trust or a shareholder and that a Trustee will not be liable for any act as a Trustee. However, nothing in the Trust Agreement protects a Trustee against any liability to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. The Trust Agreement provides for indemnification of Trustees, officers and agents of the Trust unless the recipient is liable by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

The Trust Agreement provides that each shareholder, by virtue of becoming such, will be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of the Trust Agreement and to have become a party thereto.

In addition to the requirements of Delaware law, the Trust Agreement provides that a shareholder of the Trust may bring a derivative action on behalf of the Trust only if the following conditions are met: (i) shareholders eligible to bring such derivative action under Delaware law who hold at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the Trust, or 10% of the outstanding shares of the series or class to which such action relates, must join in the request for the Trustees to commence such action; and (ii) the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider such shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim. The Trust Agreement also provides that no person, other than the Trustees, who is not a shareholder of a particular series or class shall be entitled to bring any derivative action, suit or other proceeding on behalf of or with respect to such series or class. The Trustees will be entitled to retain counsel or other advisers in considering the merits of the request and may require an undertaking by the shareholders making such request to reimburse the Trust for the expense of any such advisers in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring such action.

The term “majority of the outstanding shares” of either the Trust or a fund or investment portfolio means, with respect to the approval of an investment advisory agreement, a distribution plan or a change in a fundamental investment policy, the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the shares of the Trust or such Fund

 

100


or portfolio present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Trust or such Fund or portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Trust or such Fund or portfolio.

The Trust’s by-laws state that, unless the Trust consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forums for any Shareholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Trust, (ii) any action asserting a claim or breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any Trustee, officer or employee, if any, of the Trust to the Trust or the Trust’s Shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Trust, its Trustees, officers or employees, if any, arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act or the Trust’s Trust Instrument or bylaw; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Trust, its Trustees, officers or employees, if any, governed by the internal affairs doctrine, shall be a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware. The Trust’s by-laws also state that any persons or entity that is a shareholder of the Trust shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions of that Trust’s by-laws.

As of [    , ] 2020, TNTC and its affiliates held of record outstanding shares of the Funds as agent, custodian, trustee or investment adviser on behalf of their customers. For certain Funds, the amount of shares held of record may be more than 25%. TNTC has advised the Trust that the following persons (whose mailing address, unless otherwise indicated, is: c/o The Northern Trust Company, 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603) owned of record or is known by the Funds to have beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund’s classes as of [                ], 2020:

 

     Number of Shares      % of Fund  

Small Cap Core Fund

     

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

     

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     

To the extent that any shareholder is the beneficial owner of more than 25% of the outstanding shares of any Fund, such shareholder may be deemed a “control person” of that Fund for purposes of the 1940 Act.

[As of                 ] 2020, the Trust’s Trustees and officers as a group owned beneficially less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each class of each Fund.

 

101


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the Funds and related reports of Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, contained in the annual report to the Funds’ shareholders for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 (the “Annual Report”), are hereby incorporated by reference herein. The unaudited financial statements of the Funds contained in the semi-annual report to the Funds’ shareholders for the six-months ended September 30, 2019 (the “Semi-Annual Report”) are also hereby incorporated by reference herein. No other parts of the Annual Report, including without limitation, “Management’s Discussion of Fund Performance,” are incorporated by reference herein. Copies of the Funds’ Annual and Semiannual Reports may be obtained upon request and without charge, from the Transfer Agent by writing to the Northern Funds Center, P.O. Box 75986, Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986 or by calling 800-595-9111 (toll-free).

 

102


OTHER INFORMATION

Statements contained in the Prospectus or in this SAI as to the contents of any contract or other documents referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which the Prospectus and this SAI form a part, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. The Registration Statement, including the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. or on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

103


APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings short-term issue credit rating is generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P Global Ratings for short-term issues:

“A-1”—A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2”—A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

“A-3”—A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B”—A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

“C”—A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“D”—A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings—S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer will differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

“P-1”—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

A-1


“P-2”—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“P-3”—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

“NP”—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

“NR”—Is assigned to an unrated issuer.

Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

“F1”—Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

“F2”—Securities possess good short-term credit quality. This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

“F3”—Securities possess fair short-term credit quality. This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

“B”—Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“C”—Securities possess high short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

“RD”—Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

“D”—Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Plus (+) or minus (-)—The “F1” rating may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show the relative status within that major rating category.

“NR”—Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS® Ratings Limited (“DBRS”) short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the sub-categories “(high)”, “(middle)”, and “(low)”.

 

A-2


The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS for commercial paper and short-term debt:

“R-1 (high)”Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“R-1 (middle)”—Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from “R-1 (high)” by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“R-1 (low)”—Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“R-2 (high)”—Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“R-2 (middle)”—Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

“R-2 (low)”—Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

“R-3”—Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

“R-4”—Short-term debt rated “R-4” is considered to be of speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

“R-5”—Short-term debt rated “R-5” is considered to be of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

“D”—Short-term debt rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Long-Term Credit Ratings

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P Global Ratings for long-term issues:

“AAA”—An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA”—An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

 

A-3


“A”—An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

“BBB”—An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C”—Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

“BB”—An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B”—An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CCC”—An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CC”—An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

“C”—An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

“D”—An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

Plus (+) or minus (-)—The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

“NR”—This indicates that a rating has not been assigned, or is no longer assigned.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks - S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. An issuer’s foreign currency rating will differ from its local currency rating when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

 

A-4


Moody’s long-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. Such ratings reflect both on the likelihood of default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa”—Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

“Aa”—Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A”—Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

“Baa”—Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba”—Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B”—Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa”—Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

“Ca”—Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C”—Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

“NR”—Is assigned to unrated obligations.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

“AAA”—Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

“AA”—Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

“A”—Securities considered to be of high credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

“BBB”—Securities considered to be of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

 

A-5


“BB”—Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

“B”—Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

“CCC”—A “CCC” rating indicates that substantial credit risk is present.

“CC”—A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk.

“C”—A “C” rating indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned “RD” or “D” ratings but are instead rated in the “CCC” to “C” rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Fitch believes that this approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below “CCC”.

“NR”—Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligation has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS for long-term debt:

“AAA”—Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“AA”—Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“A”—Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.” May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“BBB”—Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“BB”—Long-term debt rated “BB” is of speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

“B”—Long-term debt rated “B” is of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

“CCC”, “CC” and “C”—Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is of very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories,

 

A-6


although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.

“D”—A security rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Municipal Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

 

   

Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

   

Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Municipal Short-Term Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1”—A municipal note rated “SP-1” exhibits a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2”—A municipal note rated “SP-2” exhibits a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3”—A municipal note rated “SP-3” exhibits a speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

“D”—This rating is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed exchange offer, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

Moodys uses the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) scale to rate U.S. municipal bond anticipation notes of up to five years maturity. Municipal notes rated on the MIG scale may be secured by either pledged revenues or proceeds of a take-out financing received prior to note maturity. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation, and the issuer’s long-term rating is only one consideration in assigning the MIG rating. MIG ratings are divided into three levels—“MIG-1” through “MIG-3” while speculative grade short-term obligations are designated “SG”. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for short-term municipal obligations:

“MIG-1”—This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

“MIG-2”—This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG-3”—This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

A-7


“SG”—This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

“NR”—Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned: a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or “VMIG” scale. The rating transitions on the VMIG scale differ from those on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support generally will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

“VMIG-1”—This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-2”—This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-3”—This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“SG”—This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“NR”—Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

About Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities.

Fitchs credit ratings relating to issuers are an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Fitch credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested. Fitch’s credit ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign financial, bank, insurance, and public finance entities (including supranational and sub-national entities) and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.

 

A-8


Credit ratings provided by DBRS are forward-looking opinions about credit risk which reflect the creditworthiness of an issuer, rated entity, security and/or obligation. Credit ratings are not statements of fact. While historical statistics and performance can be important considerations, credit ratings are not based solely on such; they include subjective considerations and involve expectations for future performance that cannot be guaranteed. To the extent that future events and economic conditions do not match expectations, credit ratings assigned to issuers, entities, securities and/or obligations can change. Credit ratings are also based on approved and applicable Methodologies (“Methodologies”), which are periodically updated and when material changes are deemed necessary, this may also lead to rating changes.

Credit ratings typically provide an opinion on the risk that investors may not be repaid in accordance with the terms under which the obligation was issued. In some cases, credit ratings may also include consideration for the relative ranking of claims and recovery, should default occur. Credit ratings are meant to provide opinions on relative measures of risk and are not based on expectations of any specific default probability, nor are they meant to predict such.

The data and information on which DBRS bases its opinions is not audited or verified by DBRS, although, DBRS conducts a reasonableness review of information received and relied upon in accordance with its Methodologies and policies.

DBRS uses rating symbols as a concise method of expressing its opinion to the market, but there are a limited number of rating categories for the possible slight risk differentials that exist across the rating spectrum and DBRS does not assert that credit ratings in the same category are of “exactly” the same quality.

 

A-9


APPENDIX B

As stated in the Prospectus, the Funds may enter into certain futures transactions. Some of these transactions are described in this Appendix. The Funds may also enter into futures transactions or other securities and instruments that are available in the markets from time to time.

I. Interest Rate Futures Contracts

Use of Interest Rate Futures Contracts. Bond prices are established in both the cash market and the futures market. In the cash market, bonds are purchased and sold with payment for the full purchase price of the bond being made in cash, at or shortly after the trade. In the futures market, only a contract is made to purchase or sell a bond in the future for a set price on a certain date. Historically, the prices for bonds established in the futures markets have tended to move generally in the aggregate in concert with the cash market prices and have maintained fairly predictable relationships. Accordingly, the Funds may use interest rate futures contracts as a defense, or hedge, against anticipated interest rate changes. As described below, this would include the use of futures contract sales to protect against expected increases in interest rates and futures contract purchases to offset the impact of interest rate declines.

The Funds presently could accomplish a similar result to that which they hope to achieve through the use of futures contracts by selling bonds with long maturities and investing in bonds with short maturities when interest rates are expected to increase, or conversely, selling short-term bonds and investing in long-term bonds when interest rates are expected to decline. However, because of the liquidity that is often available in the futures market, the protection is more likely to be achieved, perhaps at a lower cost and without changing the rate of interest being earned by the Funds, by using futures contracts.

Interest rate future contracts can also be used by the Funds for non-hedging (speculative) purposes to increase total return.

Description of Interest Rate Futures Contracts. An interest rate futures contract sale would create an obligation by a Fund, as seller, to deliver the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price. A futures contract purchase would create an obligation by a Fund, as purchaser, to take delivery of the specific type of financial instrument at a specific future time at a specific price. The specific securities delivered or taken, respectively, at settlement date, would not be determined until at or near that date. The determination would be in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the futures contract sale or purchase was made.

Although interest rate futures contracts by their terms may call for actual delivery or acceptance of securities, in most cases the contracts are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery of securities. Closing out a futures contract sale is effected by a Fund’s entering into a futures contract purchase for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial instrument and the same delivery date. If the price of the sale exceeds the price of the offsetting purchase, the Fund is immediately paid the difference and thus realizes a gain. If the offsetting purchase price exceeds the sale price, the Fund pays the difference and realizes a loss. Similarly, the closing out of a futures contract purchase is effected by the Fund entering into a futures contract sale. If the offsetting sale price exceeds the purchase price, the Fund realizes a gain, and if the purchase price exceeds the offsetting sale price, the Fund realizes a loss.

Interest rate futures contracts are traded in an auction environment on the floors of several exchanges—principally, the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the New York Futures Exchange. These exchanges may be either designated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) as a contract market or registered with the CFTC as a derivatives transaction execution facility (“DTEF”). Each exchange guarantees performance under contract provisions through a clearing corporation, a nonprofit

 

B-1


organization managed by the exchange membership. Interest rate futures also may be traded on electronic trading facilities or over-the-counter. These various trading facilities are licensed and/or regulated to varying degrees by the CFTC.

A public market now exists in futures contracts covering various financial instruments including long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds and Notes; Ginnie Mae modified pass-through mortgage-backed securities; three-month U.S. Treasury Bills; and ninety-day commercial paper. The Funds may trade in any interest rate futures contracts for which there exists a public market, including, without limitation, the foregoing instruments.

II. Index and Security Futures Contracts

A stock or bond index assigns relative values to the stocks or bonds included in the index, which fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks or bonds included. Some stock index futures contracts are based on broad market indices, such as the S&P 500 or the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index. In contrast, certain futures contracts relate to narrower market indices, such as the S&P 100 Index or indexes based on an industry or market segment, such as oil and gas stocks. Since 2001, trading has been permitted in futures based on a single stock and on narrow-based security indices (as defined in the Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000) (together “security futures;” broader-based index futures are referred to as “index futures”). Some futures contracts are traded on organized exchanges regulated by the CFTC. These exchanges may be either designated by the CFTC as a contract market or registered with the CFTC as a DTEF. Transactions on such exchanges are cleared through a clearing corporation, which guarantees the performance of the parties to each contract. Futures contracts also may be traded on electronic trading facilities or over-the-counter. These various trading facilities are licensed and/or regulated by varying degrees by the CFTC. To the extent consistent with its investment objective and strategies, a Fund may also engage in transactions, from time to time, in foreign stock index futures such as the ALL-ORDS (Australia), CAC-40 (France), TOPIX (Japan) and the FTSE-100 (United Kingdom).

The Funds may sell index futures and security futures contracts in order to offset a decrease in market value of their portfolio securities that might otherwise result from a market decline. The Funds may do so either to hedge the value of their portfolios as a whole, or to protect against declines, occurring prior to sales of securities, in the value of the securities to be sold. Conversely, the Funds will purchase index futures and security futures contracts in anticipation of purchases of securities. A long futures position may be terminated without a corresponding purchase of securities.

In addition, the Funds may utilize index futures and security futures contracts in anticipation of changes in the composition of its portfolio holdings. For example, in the event that the Funds expect to narrow the range of industry groups represented in their holdings they may, prior to making purchases of the actual securities, establish a long futures position based on a more restricted index, such as an index comprised of securities of a particular industry group. The Funds may also sell futures contracts in connection with this strategy, in order to protect against the possibility that the value of the securities to be sold as part of the restructuring of their portfolios will decline prior to the time of sale.

Index futures and security futures can also be used by the Funds for non-hedging (speculative) purposes to increase total return.

III. Futures Contracts on Foreign Currencies

A futures contract on foreign currency creates a binding obligation on one party to deliver, and a corresponding obligation on another party to accept delivery of, a stated quantity of foreign currency for an amount fixed in U.S. dollars. Foreign currency futures may be used by a Fund to hedge against exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies arising from multinational transactions.

 

B-2


The Funds may also use futures contracts on foreign currencies for non-hedging (speculative) purposes to increase total return.

IV. Margin Payments

Unlike purchases or sales of portfolio securities, no price is paid or received by a Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Funds will be required to deposit with the broker or in a segregated account with a custodian or sub-custodian an amount of liquid assets, known as initial margin, based on the value of the contract. The nature of initial margin in futures transactions is different from that of margin in security transactions in that futures contract margin does not involve the borrowing of funds by the customer to finance the transactions. Rather, the initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract, which is returned to the Funds upon termination of the futures contract assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, called variation margin, to and from the broker, will be made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying instruments fluctuates making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” For example, when a particular Fund has purchased a futures contract and the price of the contract has risen in response to a rise in the underlying instruments, that position will have increased in value and the Fund will be entitled to receive from the broker a variation margin payment equal to that increase in value. Conversely, where a Fund has purchased a futures contract and the price of the futures contract has declined in response to a decrease in the underlying instruments, the position would be less valuable and the Fund would be required to make a variation margin payment to the broker. Prior to expiration of the futures contract, the Investment Adviser may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, subject to the availability of a secondary market, which will operate to terminate a Fund’s position in the futures contract. A final determination of variation margin is then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a loss or gain.

V. Risks of Transactions in Futures Contracts

There are several risks in connection with the use of futures by the Funds, even if the futures are used for hedging (non-speculative) purposes. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures and movements in the price of the instruments which are the subject of the hedge. The price of the future may move more than or less than the price of the instruments being hedged. If the price of the futures moves less than the price of the instruments which are the subject of the hedge, the hedge will not be fully effective but, if the price of the instruments being hedged has moved in an unfavorable direction, a Fund would be in a better position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price of the instruments being hedged has moved in a favorable direction, this advantage will be partially offset by the loss on the futures. If the price of the futures moves more than the price of the hedged instruments, the Fund involved will experience either a loss or gain on the futures which will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the instruments that are the subject of the hedge. To compensate for the imperfect correlation of movements in the price of instruments being hedged and movements in the price of futures contracts, the Funds may buy or sell futures contracts in a greater dollar amount than the dollar amount of instruments being hedged if the volatility over a particular time period of the prices of such instruments has been greater than the volatility over such time period of the futures, or if otherwise deemed to be appropriate by the Investment Adviser. Conversely, a Fund may buy or sell fewer futures contracts if the volatility over a particular time period of the prices of the instruments being hedged is less than the volatility over such time period of the futures contract being used, or if otherwise deemed to be appropriate by the Investment Adviser. It is also possible that, where a Fund has sold futures to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the market may advance and the value of instruments held in the Fund may decline. If this occurred, the Fund would lose money on the futures and also experience a decline in value in its portfolio securities.

When futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the price of securities or a currency before a Fund is able to invest its cash (or cash equivalents) in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline instead; if the Fund then concludes not to invest its cash at that time because of concern as to

 

B-3


possible further market decline or for other reasons, the Fund will realize a loss on the futures contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the instruments that were to be purchased.

In addition to the possibility that there may be an imperfect correlation, or no correlation at all, between movements in the futures and the instruments being hedged, the price of futures may not correlate perfectly with movement in the cash market due to certain market distortions. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through off-setting transactions which could distort the normal relationship between the cash and futures markets. Second, with respect to financial futures contracts, the liquidity of the futures market depends on participants entering into off-setting transactions rather than making or taking delivery. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity in the futures market could be reduced thus producing distortions. Third, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market may also cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortion in the futures market, and because of the imperfect correlation between the movements in the cash market and movements in the price of futures, a correct forecast of general market trends or interest rate movements by the Investment Adviser may still not result in a successful hedging transaction over a short time frame.

In general, positions in futures may be closed out only on an exchange, board of trade or other trading facility, which provides a secondary market for such futures. Although the Funds intend to purchase or sell futures only on trading facilities where there appear to be active secondary markets, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on any trading facility will exist for any particular contract or at any particular time. In such an event, it may not be possible to close a futures investment position, and in the event of adverse price movements, the Funds would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. However, in the event futures contracts have been used to hedge portfolio securities, such securities will not be sold until the futures contract can be terminated. In such circumstances, an increase in the price of the securities, if any, may partially or completely offset losses on the futures contract. However, as described above, there is no guarantee that the price of the securities will in fact correlate with the price movements in the futures contract and thus provide an offset on a futures contract.

Further, it should be noted that the liquidity of a secondary market in a futures contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by commodity exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in a futures contract price during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open futures positions. The trading of futures contracts is also subject to the risk of trading halts, suspensions, exchange or clearing house equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm or clearing house or other disruptions of normal trading activity, which could at times make it difficult or impossible to liquidate existing positions or to recover excess variation margin payments.

Successful use of futures by Funds is also subject to the Investment Adviser’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the market. For example, if a particular Fund has hedged against the possibility of a decline in the market adversely affecting securities held by it and securities prices increase instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit to the increased value of its securities which it has hedged because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if a Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to meet daily variation margin requirements. Such sales of securities may be, but will not necessarily be, at increased prices which reflect the rising market. The Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

Futures purchased or sold by a Fund (and related options) may be traded on foreign exchanges. Participation in foreign futures and foreign options transactions involves the execution and clearing of trades on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade. Neither the NFA nor any domestic exchange regulates activities of any foreign boards of trade, including the execution, delivery and clearing of transactions, or has the power to compel

 

B-4


enforcement of the rules of a foreign board of trade or any applicable foreign law. This is true even if the exchange is formally linked to a domestic market so that a position taken on the market may be liquidated by a transaction on another market. Moreover, such laws or regulations will vary depending on the foreign country in which the foreign futures or foreign options transaction occurs. For these reasons, customers who trade foreign futures or foreign options contracts may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTC regulations and the rules of the NFA and any domestic exchange or other trading facility (including the right to use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings provided by the NFA or any domestic futures exchange), nor the protective measures provided by the SEC’s rules relating to security futures. In particular, the investments of the Funds in foreign futures, or foreign options transactions may not be provided the same protections in respect to transactions on United States futures trading facilities. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or foreign options contract and, therefore the potential profit and loss thereon may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time an order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised.

VI. Options on Futures Contracts

The Funds may purchase and write options on the futures contracts described above. A futures option gives the holder, in return for the premium paid, the right to buy (call) from or sell (put) to the writer of the option of a futures contract at a specified price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise, the writer of the option is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the futures contract and the exercise price. Like the buyer or seller of a futures contract, the holder, or writer, of an option has the right to terminate its position prior to the scheduled expiration of the option by selling, or purchasing an option of the same series, at which time the person entering into the closing transaction will realize a gain or loss. A Fund will be required to deposit initial margin and variation margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it pursuant to brokers’ requirements similar to those described above. Net option premiums received will be included as initial margin deposits. As an example, in anticipation of a decline in interest rates, a Fund may purchase call options on futures contracts as a substitute for the purchase of futures contracts to hedge against a possible increase in the price of securities which a Fund intends to purchase. Similarly, if the value of the securities held by a Fund is expected to decline as a result of an increase in interest rates, the Fund might purchase put options or sell call options on futures contracts rather than sell futures contracts.

Investments in futures options involve some of the same considerations that are involved in connection with investments in futures contracts (for example, the existence of a liquid secondary market). See “Risks of Transactions in Futures Contracts” above. In addition, the purchase or sale of an option also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not correspond to changes in the value of the option purchased. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to either the futures contract upon which it is based, or upon the price of the securities being hedged, an option may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or such securities. In general, the market prices of options can be expected to be more volatile than the market prices on the underlying futures contract. Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, however, the purchase of call or put options on futures contracts may frequently involve less potential risk to a Fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options (plus transaction costs). The writing of an option on a futures contract involves risks similar to those risks relating to the sale of futures contracts.

VII. Other Matters

Each Fund intends to comply with the regulations of the CFTC exempting it from registration as a “Commodity Pool Operator,” including the annual affirmation requirement that went into effect in 2013. The Funds are operated by persons who have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “Commodity Pool Operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, are not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under such Act. Accounting for futures contracts will be in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

B-5


LOGO


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

T A B L E  O F  C O N T E N T S

 

 

 

INTRODUCTION

     4  

1.

      

Board of Directors

     8  
 

Uncontested Election of Directors

     9  
      

Board Accountability

     9  
      

Board Responsiveness

     13  
      

Director Independence

     14  
      

Board Composition

     14  
      

2020 Classification of Directors – U.S.

     16  
 

Board-Related Management Proposals

     18  
      

Classification/Declassification of the Board

     18  
      

Majority Vote Threshold for Director Elections

     18  
      

Cumulative Voting

     19  
      

Director and Officer Liability Protection

     19  
      

Director and Officer Indemnification

     19  
      

Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors/Fill Vacancies

     20  
      

Board Size

     20  
      

Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

     21  
      

Term Limits

     21  
      

Age Limits

     21  
 

Board-Related Shareholder Proposals/Initiatives

     21  
      

Proxy Contests/Proxy Access- Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

     21  
      

Annual Election (Declassification) of the Board

     21  
      

Majority Threshold Voting Shareholder Proposals

     22  
      

Majority of Independent Directors

     22  
      

Establishment of Independent Committees

     22  
      

Independent Board Chair

     22  
      

Establishment of Board Committees

     23  
      

Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

     23  
      

Board Policy on Shareholder Engagement

     23  
      

Proxy Access

     23  
      

Term Limits

     24  
      

Age Limits

     24  
      

CEO Succession Planning

     24  
      

Vote No Campaigns

     24  

2.

      

Ratification of Auditors

     25  
 

Auditor-Related Shareholder Proposals

     25  
      

Ratify Auditors/Ensure Auditor Independence

     25  
      

Auditor Rotation

     25  

3.

      

Takeover Defenses / Shareholder Rights

     26  
 

Takeover Defenses and Shareholder Rights-Related Management Proposals

     26  
      

Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)

     26  
      

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Poison Pills/Protective Amendments

     27  
      

Ratification Proposals: Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions

     28  
      

Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirements

     28  
      

Shareholder Ability to Call a Special Meeting

     28  
      

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

     29  
      

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations

     29  

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      

Fair Price Provisions

     30  
      

Greenmail

     30  
      

Confidential Voting

     30  
      

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

     31  
      

Control Share Cash-Out Provisions

     31  
      

Disgorgement Provisions

     31  
      

State Takeover Statutes

     31  
      

Freeze-Out Provisions

     31  
      

Reincorporation Proposals

     32  
      

Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent

     32  
      

Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions)

     32  
 

Takeover Defenses and Shareholder Rights-Related Shareholder Proposals

     33  
      

Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

     33  
      

Reduce Supermajority Vote Requirements

     33  
      

Remove Antitakeover Provisions

     33  
      

Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses

     34  

4.

      

Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

     35  
      

Bundled Proposals

     35  
      

Adjourn Meeting

     35  
      

Changing Corporate Name

     35  
      

Amend Quorum Requirements

     35  
      

Amend Minor Bylaws

     35  
      

Other Business

     35  

5.

      

Capital Structure

     36  
      

Common Stock Authorization

     36  
      

Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

     37  
      

Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

     37  
      

Reverse Stock Splits

     37  
      

Preferred Stock Authorization

     37  
      

Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

     38  
      

Unequal Voting Rights/Dual Class Structure

     38  
      

Preemptive Rights

     39  
      

Debt Restructurings

     39  
      

Share Repurchase Programs

     40  
      

Conversion of Securities

     40  
      

Recapitalization

     40  
      

Tracking Stock

     40  

6.

      

Executive and Director Compensation

     41  
 

Criteria for Evaluating Executive Pay

     42  
      

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

     42  
      

Problematic Pay Practices

     44  
      

Board Communications and Responsiveness

     45  
      

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation – Management Say-on-Pay Proposals

     46  
      

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation – Management Say on Pay

     47  
      

Advisory Vote on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

     47  
      

Equity-Based Incentive Plans

     48  
 

Other Compensation Plans

     51  
      

Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))

     51  
      

Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPPs)

     52  
      

    Qualified Plans

     52  

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      

     Non-Qualified Plans

     52  
      

Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

     53  
      

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

     53  
      

Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash

     54  
      

Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs

     54  
      

401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

     54  
      

Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes

     55  
 

Director Compensation

     55  
      

Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs

     56  
      

Equity Plans for Non-Employee Directors

     56  
      

Outside Director Stock Awards/Options in Lieu of Cash

     56  
      

Director Retirement Plans

     57  
 

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

     57  
      

Increase Disclosure of Executive Compensation

     57  
      

Limit Executive Compensation

     57  
      

Stock Ownership Requirements

     57  
      

Prohibit/Require Shareholder Approval for Option Repricing

     58  
      

Severance Agreements/Golden Parachutes

     58  
      

Cash Balance Plans

     58  
      

Performance-Based Equity Awards

     58  
      

Pay for Superior Performance

     59  
      

Link Compensation to Non-Financial Factors

     59  
      

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay) Shareholder Proposals

     60  
       Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment and Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity      60  
      

Tax Gross-up Proposals

     60  
      

Compensation Consultants - Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization

     61  
      

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

     61  
      

Recoup Bonuses

     61  
      

Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy

     61  
      

Bonus Banking

     61  
      

Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time

     61  
      

Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)

     62  

7.

      

Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

     63  
      

Mergers and Acquisitions

     63  
      

Corporate Reorganization/Restructuring Plans (Bankruptcy)

     64  
      

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)

     64  
      

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs) - Proposals for Extensions

     65  
      

Spin-offs

     65  
      

Asset Purchases

     65  
      

Asset Sales

     65  
      

Liquidations

     65  
      

Joint Ventures

     65  
      

Appraisal Rights

     66  
      

Going Private/Dark Transactions (Leveraged buyouts and Minority Squeeze-outs)

     66  
      

Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures

     66  
      

Formation of Holding Company

     67  
      

Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals

     67  

8.

      

Social and Environmental Proposals

     68  
 

Diversity and Equality

     69  
      

Add Women and Minorities to the Board

     69  

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

4  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      

Report on the Distribution of Stock Options by Gender and Race

     70  
      

Prepare Report/Promote EEOC-Related Activities

     70  
      

Report on Progress Towards Glass Ceiling Commission Recommendations

     70  
      

Prohibit Discrimination on the Basis of Sexual Orientation or Gender Identity

     71  
      

Report on/Eliminate Use of Racial Stereotypes in Advertising

     71  
      

Gender, Race, or Ethnicity Pay Gap

     71  
 

Labor and Human Rights

     71  
      

Codes of Conduct and Vendor Standards

     72  
      

Adopt/Report on MacBride Principles

     73  
      

Community Impact Assessment/Indigenous Peoples’ Rights

     73  
      

Report on Risks of Outsourcing

     73  
      

Report on the Impact of Health Pandemics on Company Operations

     74  
      

Operations in High Risk Markets

     74  
      

Reports on Operations in Burma/Myanmar

     75  
      

Reports on Operations in China

     75  
      

Product Sales to Repressive Regimes

     75  
      

Internet Privacy/Censorship and Data Security

     75  
      

Disclosure on Plant Closings

     76  
 

Environment

     77  
      

Environmental/Sustainability Reports

     77  
      

Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas Emissions

     78  
      

Invest in Clean/Renewable Energy

     78  
      

Energy Efficiency

     78  
      

Operations in Environmentally Sensitive Areas

     79  
      

Canadian Oil Sands

     79  
      

Arctic National Wildlife Refuge

     79  
      

Hydraulic Fracturing

     80  
      

Phase Out Chlorine-Based Chemicals

     80  
      

Land Procurement and Development

     80  
      

Report on the Sustainability of Concentrated Area Feeding Operations (CAFO)

     80  
      

Adopt a Comprehensive Recycling Policy

     81  
      

Nuclear Energy

     81  
      

Water Use

     81  
      

Kyoto Protocol Compliance

     81  
 

Health and Safety

     82  
      

Toxic Materials

     82  
      

Product Safety

     82  
      

Workplace/Facility Safety

     82  
      

Report on Handgun Safety Initiatives

     82  
      

Phase-out or Label Products Containing Genetically Engineered Ingredients

     82  
      

Tobacco-related Proposals

     83  
      

Adopt Policy/Report on Drug Pricing

     84  
 

Government and Military

     84  
      

Prepare Report to Renounce Future Landmine Production

     84  
      

Prepare Report on Foreign Military Sales

     85  
      

Depleted Uranium/Nuclear Weapons

     85  
      

Adopt Ethical Criteria for Weapons Contracts

     85  
 

Animal Welfare

     85  
      

Animal Rights/Testing

     85  
 

Political and Charitable Giving

     86  
      

Lobbying Efforts

     86  
      

Political Contributions/Non-Partisanship

     86  
      

Charitable Contributions

     87  

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

5  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      

Disclosure on Prior Government Service

     87  
 

Consumer Lending and Economic Development

     87  
      

Adopt Policy/Report on Predatory Lending Practices

     87  
      

Disclosure on Credit in Developing Countries (LDCs) or Forgive LDC Debt

     88  
      

Community Investing

     88  
 

Miscellaneous

     88  
      

Adult Entertainment

     88  
      

Abortion/Right to Life Issues

     88  
      

Anti-Social Proposals

     89  
      

Violence and Adult Themes in Video Games

     89  

9.

      

Mutual Fund Proxies

     90  
      

Election of Trustees and Directors

     90  
      

Investment Advisory Agreement

     90  
      

Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Non-fundamental Restriction

     90  
      

Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Non-fundamental

     90  
      

Distribution Agreements

     90  
      

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares

     91  
      

Convert Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund

     91  
      

Proxy Contests

     91  
      

Preferred Stock Proposals

     91  
      

Mergers

     91  
       Business Development Companies – Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value      91  
      

Change in Fund’s Subclassification

     92  
      

Changing the Domicile of a Fund

     92  
      

Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation

     92  
      

Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisers Without Shareholder Approval

     92  
      

Name Change Proposals

     92  
      

1940 Act Policies

     92  

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

6  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

INTRODUCTION

ISS’ Social Advisory Services division recognizes that socially responsible investors have dual objectives: financial and social. Socially responsible investors invest for economic gain, as do all investors, but they also require that the companies in which they invest conduct their business in a socially and environmentally responsible manner.

These dual objectives carry through to socially responsible investors’ proxy voting activity once the security selection process is completed. In voting their shares, socially responsible institutional shareholders are concerned not only with sustainable economic returns to shareholders and good corporate governance but also with the ethical behavior of corporations and the social and environmental impact of their actions.

Social Advisory Services has, therefore, developed proxy voting guidelines that are consistent with the dual objectives of socially responsible shareholders. On matters of social and environmental import, the guidelines seek to reflect a broad consensus of the socially responsible investing community. Generally, we take as our frame of reference policies that have been developed by groups such as the Interfaith Center on Corporate Responsibility, the General Board of Pension and Health Benefits of the United Methodist Church, Domini Social Investments, and other leading church shareholders and socially responsible mutual fund companies. Additionally, we incorporate the active ownership and investment philosophies of leading globally recognized initiatives such as the United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative (UNEP FI), the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment (UNPRI), the United Nations Global Compact, and environmental and social European Union Directives.

On matters of corporate governance, executive compensation, and corporate structure, Social Advisory Services guidelines are based on a commitment to create and preserve economic value and to advance principles of good corporate governance consistent with responsibilities to society as a whole.

The guidelines provide an overview of how Social Advisory Services recommends that its clients vote. We note that there may be cases in which the final vote recommendation on a particular company varies from the vote guideline due to the fact that we closely examine the merits of each proposal and consider relevant information and company-specific circumstances in arriving at our decisions. Where Social Advisory Services acts as voting agent for its clients, it follows each client’s voting policy, which may differ in some cases from the policies outlined in this document. Social Advisory Services updates its guidelines on an annual basis to take into account emerging issues and trends on environmental, social, and corporate governance topics, in addition to evolving market standards, regulatory changes, and client feedback.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

7  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  1.

Board of Directors

A corporation’s board of directors sits at the apogee of the corporate governance system. Though they normally delegate responsibility for the management of the business to the senior executives they select and oversee, directors bear ultimate responsibility for the conduct of the corporation’s business. The role of directors in publicly held corporations has undergone considerable change in recent years. Once derided as rubber stamps for management, directors of public corporations today are expected to serve as effective guardians of shareholders’ interests.

Voting on directors and board-related issues is the most important use of the shareholder franchise, not simply a routine proxy item. Although uncontested director elections do not present alternative nominees from whom to choose, a high percentage of opposition votes is an expression of shareholder dissatisfaction and should be sufficient to elicit a meaningful response from management.

The role and responsibilities of directors has increasingly been the subject of much discussion and debate, given the current economic climate and the difficulties many companies now face in their respective markets. Influential organizations, including the American Law Institute, the American Bar Association, the National Association of Corporate Directors, and the Business Roundtable have issued reports and recommendations regarding the duties and accountability of corporate boards. Both mainstream and alternative media outlets have highlighted the numerous gaps within risk oversight of company boards and individual directors, and many institutional investors, in response, have capitalized on their rights as stakeholders to prompt changes. Corporations have taken notice, implementing many of the reforms championed by their shareholders.

Although differences of opinion remain, a fairly strong consensus has emerged on a number of key issues. It is widely agreed that the board’s most important responsibility is to ensure that the corporation is managed in the shareholders’ best long-term economic interest. This will often require boards to consider the impact of their actions on other constituencies, including employees, customers, local communities, and the environment.

 

      The board’s principal functions are widely agreed to consist of the following:
      To select, evaluate, and if necessary replace management, including the chief executive officer;
      To review and approve major strategies and financial objectives;
      To advise management on significant issues;
      To assure that effective controls are in place to safeguard corporate assets, manage risk, and comply with the law; and
      To nominate directors and otherwise ensure that the board functions effectively.

Boards are expected to have a majority of directors independent of management. The independent directors are expected to organize much of the board’s work, even if the chief executive officer also serves as Chairman of the board. Key committees of the board are expected to be entirely independent of management. It is expected that boards will engage in critical self-evaluation of themselves and of individual members. Individual directors, in turn, are expected to devote significant amounts of time to their duties, to limit the number of directorships they accept, and to own a meaningful amount of stock in companies on whose boards they serve. Directors are ultimately responsible to the corporation’s shareholders. The most direct expression of this responsibility is the requirement that directors be elected to their positions by the shareholders. Shareholders are also asked to vote on a number of other matters regarding the role, structure, and composition of the board. Social Advisory Services classifies directors as either inside directors, affiliated directors, or independent directors.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

8  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Uncontested Election of Directors

Four broad principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

  1.

Board Accountability: Accountability refers to the promotion of transparency into a company’s governance practices and annual board elections and the provision to shareholders the ability to remove problematic directors and to vote on takeover defenses or other charter/bylaw amendments. These practices help reduce the opportunity for management entrenchment.

  2.

Board Responsiveness: Directors should be responsive to shareholders, particularly in regard to shareholder proposals that receive a majority vote or management proposals that receive significant opposition and to tender offers where a majority of shares are tendered. Furthermore, shareholders should expect directors to devote sufficient time and resources to oversight of the company.

  3.

Director Independence: Without independence from management, the board may be unwilling or unable to effectively set company strategy and scrutinize performance or executive compensation.

  4.

Director Diversity/Competence: Companies should seek a diverse board of directors who can add value to the board through their specific skills or expertise and who can devote sufficient time and commitment to serve effectively. Boards should be of a size appropriate to accommodate diversity, expertise, and independence, while ensuring active and collaborative participation by all members. Boards should be sufficiently diverse to ensure consideration of a wide range of perspectives.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for director nominees, except under the following circumstances (with new nominees1 considered on a case-by-case basis):

Board Accountability

Vote against2 or withhold from the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) for the following:

Problematic Takeover Defenses

Classified Board Structure: The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant an against/withhold recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

Removal of Shareholder Discretion on Classified Boards: The company has opted into, or failed to opt out of, state laws requiring a classified board structure.

Director Performance Evaluation: The board lacks mechanisms to promote accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one-, three-, and five-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s operational metrics and other factors as warranted.

1 A “new nominee” is a director who is being presented for election by shareholders for the first time. Recommendations on new nominees who have served for less than one year are made on a case-by-case basis depending on the timing of their appointment and the problematic governance issue in question.

2 In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

9  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Problematic provisions include but are not limited to a classified board structure, supermajority vote requirements, a majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections, inability for shareholders to call special meetings or act by written consent, a multi-class capital structure, and/or a non-shareholder approved poison pill.

Poison Pills: Vote against/withhold from all nominees if:

 

      The company has a poison pill that was not approved by shareholders3. However, vote case-by-case on nominees if the board adopts an initial pill with a term of one year or less, depending on the disclosed rationale for the adoption, and other factors as relevant (such as a commitment to put any renewal to a shareholder vote).
      The board makes a material adverse modification to an existing pill, including, but not limited to, extension, renewal, or lowering the trigger, without shareholder approval.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Vote against/withhold from the members of the audit committee if:

 

      The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification);
      The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or
      There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote case-by-case on members of the audit committee and potentially the full board if:

 

      Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether withhold/against votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay) ballot item, or, in egregious situations, vote against/withhold from members of the compensation committee and potentially the full board if:

 

      There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay-for-performance);
      The company maintains significant problematic pay practices including options backdating, excessive perks and overly generous employment contracts etc.;
      The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders;
      The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash, or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in the firm’s equity plan;
      The company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions, or under the company’s declared frequency of say on pay; or
      The company fails to include a Frequency of Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions.

3 Public shareholders only, approval prior to a company’s becoming public is insufficient.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 0  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Generally vote against members of the board committee responsible for approving/setting non-employee director compensation if there is a pattern (i.e. two or more years) of awarding excessive non-employee director compensation without disclosing a compelling rationale or other mitigating factors.

Problematic Pledging of Company Stock

Vote against the members of the committee that oversees risks related to pledging, or the full board, where a significant level of pledged company stock by executives or directors raises concerns. The following factors will be considered:

 

      The presence of an anti-pledging policy, disclosed in the proxy statement, that prohibits future pledging activity;
      The magnitude of aggregate pledged shares in terms of total common shares outstanding, market value, and trading volume;
      Disclosure of progress or lack thereof in reducing the magnitude of aggregate pledged shares over time;
      Disclosure in the proxy statement that shares subject to stock ownership and holding requirements do not include pledged company stock; and
      Any other relevant factors.

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Failures

Vote against/withhold from directors individually, committee members, or potentially the entire board, due to:

 

      Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight4, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company, including failure to adequately guard against or manage ESG risks;
      A lack of sustainability reporting in the company’s public documents and/or website in conjunction with a failure to adequately manage or mitigate environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks;
      Failure to replace management as appropriate; or
      Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments and Problematic Capital Structures

Generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders. Considering the following factors:

 

      The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;
      Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;
      The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;
      The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;
      The company’s ownership structure;
      The company’s existing governance provisions;

4 Examples of failure of risk oversight include but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; significant environmental incidents including spills and pollution; large scale or repeat workplace fatalities or injuries; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; or hedging of company stock.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 1  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and
      Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote case-by-case on director nominees. Generally vote against (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the directors:

 

      Classified the board;
      Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or
      Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.

Problematic Governance Structure – Newly Public Companies

For newly public companies5, generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted the following bylaw or charter provisions that are considered to be materially adverse to shareholder rights:

 

      Supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter;
      A classified board structure; or
      Other egregious provisions.

A reasonable sunset provision will be considered a mitigating factor.

Unless the adverse provision is reversed or removed, vote case-by-case on director nominees in subsequent years.

Problematic Capital Structure – Newly Public Companies

For newly public companies, generally vote against or withhold from the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board implemented a multi-class capital structure in which the classes have unequal voting rights without subjecting the multi-class capital structure to a reasonable time-based sunset. In assessing the reasonableness of a time-based sunset provision, consideration will be given to the company’s lifespan, its post-IPO ownership structure and the board’s disclosed rationale for the sunset period selected. No sunset period of more than seven years from the date of the IPO will be considered to be reasonable.

Continue to vote against or withhold from incumbent directors in subsequent years, unless the problematic capital structure is reversed or removed.

Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions:

Vote against/withhold from individual directors, members of the governance committee, or the full board, where boards ask shareholders to ratify existing charter or bylaw provisions considering the following factors:

 

      The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing the same issue on the same ballot;

5 Newly-public companies generally include companies that emerge from bankruptcy, spin-offs, direct listings, and those who complete a traditional initial public offering.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 2  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      The board’s rationale for seeking ratification;
      Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board should the ratification proposal fail;
      Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding the board’s ratification request;
      The level of impairment to shareholders’ rights caused by the existing provision;
      The history of management and shareholder proposals on the provision at the company’s past meetings;
      Whether the current provision was adopted in response to the shareholder proposal;
      The company’s ownership structure; and
      Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude shareholder proposals.

Restrictions on Shareholders’ Rights: Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals

Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the governance committee if:

 

      The company’s governing documents impose undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals or share ownership requirements, subject matter restrictions, or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis.

Submission of management proposals to approve or ratify requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8 for the submission of binding bylaw amendments will generally be viewed as an insufficient restoration of shareholders’ rights. Generally continue to vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis until shareholders are provided with an unfettered ability to amend the bylaws or a proposal providing for such unfettered right is submitted for shareholder approval.

Board Responsiveness

Vote case-by-case on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors as appropriate if:

 

      The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year or failed to act on a management proposal seeking to ratify an existing charter/bylaw provision that received opposition of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:
      Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;
      Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;
      The subject matter of the proposal;
      The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;
      Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;
      The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and
      Other factors as appropriate.
      The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;
      At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

Vote case-by-case on compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Say on Pay proposal if:

 

      The company’s previous say-on-pay received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast. Factors that will be considered are:
      The company’s response, including:

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 3  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support (including the timing and frequency of engagements and whether independent directors participated);
      Disclosure of the specific concerns voiced by dissenting shareholders that led to the say-on-pay opposition;
      Disclosure of specific and meaningful actions taken to address shareholders’ concerns;
      Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;
      Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;
      The company’s ownership structure; and
      Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.
      The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the plurality of votes cast.

Director Independence

Vote against/withhold from the entire board if the full board is less than majority independent.

Vote against/withhold from non-independent directors (executive directors and non-independent non-executive directors per the Categorization of Directors) when:

 

      The non-independent director serves on the audit, compensation, or nominating committee;
      The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee; or
      The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee.

Board Composition

Board Diversity

Vote against /withhold from individual directors (except new nominees) who:

 

      Serve as members of the nominating committee and the board lacks at least one woman and one racially diverse director, and the board is not at least 30 percent diverse. If the company does not have a formal nominating committee, vote against/withhold votes from the entire board of directors.

Competence

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings

Generally vote against or withhold from directors (except nominees who served only part of the fiscal year6) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

      Medical issues/illness;
      Family emergencies; and

6 Nominees who served for only part of the fiscal year are generally exempted from the attendance policy.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 4  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      If the director’s total service was three meetings or fewer and the director missed only one meeting.

In cases of chronic poor attendance without reasonable justification, in addition to voting against the director(s) with poor attendance, generally vote against or withhold from appropriate members of the nominating/governance committees or the full board.

If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote against or withhold from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors

Vote against or withhold from individual directors who:

 

      Sit on more than five public company boards; or
      Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own — withhold only at their outside boards7.

 

 

 

7 Although all of a CEO’s subsidiary boards will be counted as separate boards, Social Advisory Services will not recommend a withhold vote for the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (>50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent, but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationships.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 5  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

2020 Classification of Directors – U.S.

 

1.

Executive Director

  1.1.

Current employee or current officeri of the company or one of its affiliatesii.

2.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

 

  Board 

Identification

 

  2.1.

Director identified as not independent by board.

 

  Controlling/Significant 

Shareholder

 

  2.2.

Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of the company’s voting power (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a group).

 

  Former 

CEO/Interim Officer

 

  2.3.

Former CEO of the companyiii,iv.

 

  2.4.

Former CEO of an acquired company within the past five yearsiv.

 

  2.5.

Former interim officer if the service was longer than 18 months. If the service was between 12 and 18 months an assessment of the interim officer’s employment agreement will be madev.

 

  Non-CEO 

Executives

 

  2.6.

Former officeri of the company, an affiliateii or an acquired firm within the past five years.

 

  2.7.

Officeri of a former parent or predecessor firm at the time the company was sold or split off from the parent/predecessor within the past five years.

 

  2.8.

Officeri , former officer, or general or limited partner of a joint venture or partnership with the company.

 

  Family 

Members

 

  2.9.

Immediate family membervi of a current or former officeri of the company or its affiliatesii within the last five years.

 

  2.10.

Immediate family membervi of a current employee of company or its affiliatesii where additional factors raise concern (which may include, but are not limited to, the following: a director related to numerous employees; the company or its affiliates employ relatives of numerous board members; or a non-Section 16 officer in a key strategic role).

 

  Transactional, 

Professional, Financial, and Charitable Relationships

 

  2.11.

Currently provides (or an immediate family membervi provides) professional servicesvii to the company, to an affiliateii of the company or an individual officer of the company or one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year.

 

  2.12.

Is (or an immediate family membervi is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an employee of, an organization which provides professional servicesvii to the company, to an affiliateii of the company, or an individual officer of the company or one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year.

 

  2.13.

Has (or an immediate family membervi has) any material transactional relationshipviii with the company or its affiliatesii (excluding investments in the company through a private placement).

 

  2.14.

Is (or an immediate family membervi is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, an organization which has any material transactional relationshipviii with the company or its affiliatesii (excluding investments in the company through a private placement).

 

  2.15.

Is (or an immediate family membervi is) a trustee, director, or employee of a charitable or non-profit organization that receives material grants or endowmentsviii from the company or its affiliatesii .

 

  Other 

Relationships

 

  2.16.

Party to a voting agreementix to vote in line with management on proposals being brought to shareholder vote.

 

  2.17.

Has (or an immediate family membervi has) an interlocking relationship as defined by the SEC involving members of the board of directors or its compensation committeex.

 

  2.18.

Founderxi of the company but not currently an employee.

 

  2.19.

Any materialxii relationship with the company.

 

3.

Independent Director

 

  3.1.

No materialxii connection to the company other than a board seat.

Footnotes:

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 6  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

i The definition of officer will generally follow that of a “Section 16 officer” (officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) and includes the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the president, treasurer, secretary, controller, or any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division, or policy function). Current interim officers are included in this category. For private companies, the equivalent positions are applicable. A non-employee director serving as an officer due to statutory requirements (e.g. corporate secretary) will be classified as an Affiliated Outsider under 2.18: “Any material relationship with the company.” However, if the company provides explicit disclosure that the director is not receiving additional compensation in excess of $10,000 per year for serving in that capacity, then the director will be classified as an Independent Outsider.

ii “Affiliate” includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company. Social Advisory Services uses 50 percent control ownership by the parent company as the standard for applying its affiliate designation.

iii Includes any former CEO of the company prior to the company’s initial public offering (IPO).

iv When there is a former CEO of a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) serving on the board of an acquired company, Social Advisory Services will generally classify such directors as independent unless determined otherwise taking into account the following factors: the applicable listing standards determination of such director’s independence; any operating ties to the firm; and the existence of any other conflicting relationships or related party transactions.

v Social Advisory Services will look at the terms of the interim officer’s employment contract to determine if it contains severance pay, long-term health and pension benefits, or other such standard provisions typically contained in contracts of permanent, non-temporary CEOs. Social Advisory Services will also consider if a formal search process was under way for a full-time officer at the time.

vi “Immediate family member” follows the SEC’s definition of such and covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

vii Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature, generally involve access to sensitive company information or to strategic decision-making, and typically have a commission- or fee-based payment structure. Professional services generally include, but are not limited to the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; legal services; property management services; realtor services; lobbying services; executive search services; and IT consulting services. The following would generally be considered transactional relationships and not professional services: deposit services; IT tech support services; educational services; and construction services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transactional (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship. “Of Counsel” relationships are only considered immaterial if the individual does not receive any form of compensation (in excess of $10,000 per year) from, or is a retired partner of, the firm providing the professional service. The case of a company providing a professional service to one of its directors or to an entity with which one of its directors is affiliated, will be considered a transactional rather than a professional relationship. Insurance services and marketing services are assumed to be professional services unless the company explains why such services are not advisory.

viii A material transactional relationship, including grants to non-profit organizations, exists if the company makes annual payments to, or receives annual payments from, another entity exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, in the case of a company which follows NASDAQ listing standards; or the greater of $1,000,000 or 2 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, in the case of a company which follows NYSE listing standards. In the case of a company which follows neither of the preceding standards, Social Advisory Services will apply the NASDAQ-based materiality test. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).

ix Dissident directors who are parties to a voting agreement pursuant to a settlement or similar arrangement may be classified as independent outsiders if an analysis of the following factors indicates that the voting agreement

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 7  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

does not compromise their alignment with all shareholders’ interests: the terms of the agreement; the duration of the standstill provision in the agreement; the limitations and requirements of actions that are agreed upon; if the dissident director nominee(s) is subject to the standstill; and if there any conflicting relationships or related party transactions.

x Interlocks include: executive officers serving as directors on each other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board); or executive officers sitting on each other’s boards and at least one serves on the other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board).

xi The operating involvement of the founder with the company will be considered; if the founder was never employed by the company, Social Advisory Services may deem him or her an independent outsider.

xii For purposes of Social Advisory Services’ director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Board-Related Management Proposals

Classification/Declassification of the Board

Under a classified board structure only one class of directors would stand for election each year, and the directors in each class would generally serve three-year terms. Although staggered boards can provide continuity for companies at the board level, there are also a number of downsides to the structure. First, a classified board can also be used to entrench management and effectively preclude most takeover bids or proxy contests. Board classification forces dissidents and would-be acquirers to negotiate with the incumbent board, which has the authority to decide on offers without a shareholder vote. In addition, when a board is classified, it is difficult to remove individual members for either poor attendance or poor performance; shareholders would only have the chance to vote on a given director every third year when he or she comes up for election. The classified board structure can also limit shareholders’ ability to withhold votes from inside directors that sit on key board committee, or to withhold votes from an entire board slate to protest the lack of board diversity. According to ISS’ 2012 Board Practices study, the number of S&P 500 companies with classified boards has continued to fall. In 2015, only 17 percent of S&P 500 companies maintained staggered boards, compared to 25 percent in 2014, 30 percent in 2013, and 39 percent in 2010. While we recognize that there are some advantages to classified boards, based on the latest studies on classified boards, the fact that classified boards can make it more difficult for shareholders to remove individual directors, and the fact that classified boards can be used as an antitakeover device, Social Advisory Services recommends against the adoption of classified boards.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

 

      Vote against proposals to classify (stagger) the board of directors.

Majority Vote Threshold for Director Elections

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals to adopt a majority of votes cast standard for directors in uncontested elections.

Vote against if no carve-out for plurality in contested elections is included.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 8  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Cumulative Voting

Most corporations provide that shareholders are entitled to cast one vote for each share owned. Under a cumulative voting scheme the shareholder is permitted to have one vote per share for each director to be elected. Shareholders are permitted to apportion those votes in any manner they wish among the director candidates. Shareholders have the opportunity to elect a minority representative to a board through cumulative voting, thereby ensuring representation for all sizes of shareholders. For example, if there is a company with a ten-member board and 500 shares outstanding—the total number of votes that may be cast is 5,000. In this case a shareholder with 51 shares (10.2 percent of the outstanding shares) would be guaranteed one board seat because all votes may be cast for one candidate.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against management proposals to eliminate cumulative voting, and for shareholder proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting unless:

 

      The company has proxy access8, thereby allowing shareholders to nominate directors to the company’s ballot; and
      The company has adopted a majority vote standard, with a carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats, and a director resignation policy to address failed elections.

Vote for proposals for cumulative voting at controlled companies (insider voting power > 50%).

Director and Officer Liability Protection

Management proposals typically seek shareholder approval to adopt an amendment to the company’s charter to eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors to the company and its shareholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty to the fullest extent permitted by state law. In contrast, shareholder proposals seek to provide for personal monetary liability for fiduciary breaches arising from gross negligence. While Social Advisory Services recognizes that a company may have a more difficult time attracting and retaining directors if they are subject to personal monetary liability, Social Advisory Services believes the great responsibility and authority of directors justifies holding them accountable for their actions. Each proposal addressing director liability will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis consistent with this philosophy using Delaware law as the standard. Social Advisory Services may support these proposals when the company persuasively argues that such action is necessary to attract and retain directors, but may oppose management proposals and support shareholder proposals in light of promoting director accountability.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals to limit or eliminate entirely director and officer liability for monetary damages for: (i) a breach of the duty of care; (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or knowing violations of the law; (iii) acts involving the unlawful purchases or redemptions of stock; (iv) the payment of unlawful dividends; or (v) the receipt of improper personal benefits.

Director and Officer Indemnification

Indemnification is the payment by a company of the expenses of directors who become involved in litigation as a result of their service to a company. Proposals to indemnify a company’s directors differ from those to eliminate or reduce their liability because with indemnification, directors may still be liable for an act or omission, but the company will bear the expense. Social Advisory Services may support these proposals when the company persuasively argues that such action is necessary to attract and retain directors, but will generally oppose indemnification when it is being proposed to insulate directors from actions they have already taken.

8 A proxy access right that meets the recommended guidelines.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 9  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote against indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligations than mere carelessness.
      Vote against proposals that would expand the scope of indemnification to provide for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification for at the discretion of the company’s board (i.e., “permissive indemnification”) but that previously the company was not required to indemnify.
      Vote for only those proposals that provide such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if: (i) the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that the director reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and (ii) only if the director’s legal expenses would be covered.

Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors/Fill Vacancies

Shareholder ability to remove directors, with or without cause, is either prescribed by a state’s business corporation law, an individual company’s articles of incorporation, or its bylaws. Many companies have sought shareholder approval for charter or bylaw amendments that would prohibit the removal of directors except for cause, thus ensuring that directors would retain their directorship for their full-term unless found guilty of self-dealing. By requiring cause to be demonstrated through due process, management insulates the directors from removal even if a director has been performing poorly, not attending meetings, or not acting in the best interests of shareholders.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.
      Vote for proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.
      Vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.
      Vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

Board Size

Proposals which would allow management to increase or decrease the size of the board at its own discretion are often used by companies as a takeover defense. Social Advisory Services supports management proposals to fix the size of the board at a specific number, thus preventing management, when facing a proxy contest, from increasing the board size without shareholder approval. By increasing the size of the board, management can make it more difficult for dissidents to gain control of the board. Fixing the size of the board also prevents a reduction in the size of the board as a strategy to oust independent directors. Fixing board size also prevents management from increasing the number of directors in order to dilute the effects of cumulative voting.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for proposals that seek to fix the size of the board.
      Vote case-by-case on proposals that seek to change the size or range of the board.
      Vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specific range without shareholder approval.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 0  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

Term Limits

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against management proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors through term limits. However, scrutinize boards where the average tenure of all directors exceeds 15 years for independence from management and for sufficient turnover to ensure that new perspectives are being added to the board.

Age Limits

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against management proposal to limit the tenure of outside directors through mandatory retirement ages.

Board-Related Shareholder Proposals/Initiatives

Proxy Contests/Proxy Access- Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

Contested elections of directors frequently occur when a board candidate or slate runs for the purpose of seeking a significant change in corporate policy or control. Competing slates will be evaluated based upon the personal qualifications of the candidates, the economic impact of the policies that they advance, and their expressed and demonstrated commitment to the interests of all shareholders.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Votes in a contested election of directors are evaluated on a case-by-case basis, considering the following factors:

 

      Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;
      Management’s track record;
      Background to the proxy contest;
      Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);
      Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;
      Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);
      Stock ownership positions; and
      Impact on stakeholders, such as job loss, community lending, equal opportunity, impact on environment.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access, vote case-by-case considering any applicable factors listed above or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether or not there are more candidates than board seats).

Annual Election (Declassification) of the Board

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals to repeal classified (staggered) boards and to elect all directors annually.

Vote against proposals to classify the board.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 1  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Majority Threshold Voting Shareholder Proposals

A majority vote standard requires that for directors to be elected (or re-elected) to serve on the company’s board they must receive support from holders of a majority of shares voted. Shareholders have expressed strong support for shareholder proposals on majority threshold voting. Social Advisory Services believes shareholders should have a greater voice in the election of directors and believes majority threshold voting represents a viable alternative to the plurality system in the U.S. Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also known as a director resignation policy) that will provide guidelines so that the company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for precatory and binding resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding resolutions need to allow for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats.

Majority of Independent Directors

Social Advisory Services believes that a board independent from management is of vital importance to a company and its shareholders. Accordingly, Social Advisory Services will cast votes in a manner that shall encourage the independence of boards.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by Social Advisory Services’ definition of independence.
      Vote for shareholder proposals to strengthen the definition of independence for board directors.

Establishment of Independent Committees

Most corporate governance experts agree that the key board committees (audit, compensation, and nominating/corporate governance) of a corporation should include only independent directors. The independence of key committees has been encouraged by regulation. Social Advisory Services believes that initiatives to increase the independent representation of these committees or to require that these committees be independent should be supported.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors.

Independent Board Chair

One of the principle functions of the board is to monitor and evaluate the performance of the CEO. The chairperson’s duty to oversee management is obviously compromised when he or she is required to monitor himself or herself, or when he or she is a non-independent director. Generally Social Advisory Services recommends a vote for shareholder proposals that would require that the position of board chair be held by an individual with no materials ties to the company other than their board seat.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals that would require the board chair to be independent of management.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 2  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Establishment of Board Committees

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals to establish a new board committee to address broad corporate policy topics or to provide a forum for ongoing dialogue on issues such as the environment, human or labor rights, shareholder relations, occupational health and safety etc. when the formation of such committees appears to be a potentially effective method of protecting or enhancing shareholder value. In evaluating such proposals, the following factors will be considered:

 

      Existing oversight mechanisms (including current committee structure) regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;
      Level of disclosure regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;
      Company performance related to the issue for which board oversight is sought;
      Board committee structure compared to that of other companies in its industry sector; and
      The scope and structure of the proposal.

Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on the reasonableness of the criteria and to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

Vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on the reasonableness of the criteria and to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

Vote case-by-case on shareholder resolutions seeking a director nominee candidate who possesses a particular subject matter expertise, considering:

 

      The company’s board committee structure, existing subject matter expertise, and board nomination provisions relative to that of its peers;
      The company’s existing board and management oversight mechanisms regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;
      The company’s disclosure and performance relating to the issue for which board oversight is sought and any significant related controversies; and
      The scope and structure of the proposal.

Board Policy on Shareholder Engagement

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholders proposals requesting that the board establish an internal mechanism/process, which may include a committee, in order to improve communications between directors and shareholders, unless the company has the following features, as appropriate:

 

      Established a communication structure that goes beyond the exchange requirements to facilitate the exchange of information between shareholders and members of the board;
      Effectively disclosed information with respect to this structure to its shareholders;
      The company has not ignored majority-supported shareholder proposals or a majority withhold vote on a director nominee; and
      The company has an independent chairman or a lead director (according to Social Advisory Services’ definition). This individual must be made available for periodic consultation and direct communication with major shareholders.

Proxy Access

Social Advisory Services supports proxy access as an important shareholder right, one that is complementary to other best-practice corporate governance features. However, in the absence of a uniform standard, proposals to enact proxy access may vary widely; as such, a case-by-case approach will be undertaken in evaluating these proposals.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 3  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

 

      Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;
      Ownership duration: maximum requirement not longer than three (3) years of continuous ownership for each member of the nominating group;
      Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;
      Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.

Generally vote against proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Term Limits

Supporters of term limits argue that this requirement would bring new ideas and approaches to a board. However, we prefer to look at directors and their contributions to the board individually rather than impose a strict rule.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors. However, scrutinize boards where the average tenure of all directors exceeds 15 years for independence from management and for sufficient turnover to ensure that new perspectives are being added to the board.

Age Limits

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors through mandatory retirement ages.

CEO Succession Planning

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking disclosure on a CEO succession planning policy, considering at a minimum, the following factors:

 

      The reasonableness/scope of the request; and
      The company’s existing disclosure on its current CEO succession planning process.

Vote No Campaigns

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: In cases where companies are targeted in connection with public “vote no” campaigns, evaluate director nominees under the existing governance policies for voting on director nominees in uncontested elections. Take into consideration the arguments submitted by shareholders and other publicly available information.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 4  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  2.

Ratification of Auditors

Annual election of the outside accountants is best practice standard. While it is recognized that the company is in the best position to evaluate the competence of the outside accountants, we believe that outside accountants must ultimately be accountable to shareholders. A Blue Ribbon Commission report concluded that audit committees must improve their current level of oversight of independent accountants. Given the rash of accounting misdeeds that were not detected by audit panels or auditors, shareholder ratification is an essential step in restoring investor confidence. Shareholders should have the right to weigh in on the choice of the audit firm, and all companies should put ratification on the ballot of their annual meeting. Special consideration will be given when non-audit fees exceed audit fees, as high non-audit fees can compromise the independence of the auditor. Social Advisory Services will also monitor both auditor tenure and whether auditor ratification has been pulled from the ballot.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

      The non-audit fees paid represent 25 percent or more of the total fees paid to the auditor;
      An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;
      There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position; or
      Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures.

Auditor-Related Shareholder Proposals

Ratify Auditors/Ensure Auditor Independence

These shareholder proposals request that the board allow shareholders to ratify the company’s auditor at each annual meeting. Annual ratification of the outside accountants is standard practice. While it is recognized that the company is in the best position to evaluate the competence of the outside accountants, we believe that outside accountants must ultimately be accountable to shareholders.

Given the rash of accounting irregularities that were not detected by audit panels or auditors, shareholder ratification is an essential step in restoring investor confidence. Social Advisory Services believes that shareholders should have the ability to ratify the auditor on an annual basis.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals to allow shareholders to vote on auditor ratification.
      Vote for proposals that ask a company to adopt a policy on auditor independence.
      Vote for proposals that seek to limit the non-audit services provided by the company’s auditor.

Auditor Rotation

To minimize any conflict of interest that may rise between the company and its auditor, Social Advisory Services supports the rotation of auditors. Currently, SEC rules provide that partners should be rotated every five years. However, Social Advisory Services also believes that the long tenure of audit firms at U.S. companies can be problematic.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals to rotate company’s auditor every five years or more. Social Advisory Services believes that proposing a rotation period less than five years is unreasonably restrictive and may negatively affect audit quality and service while increasing expense.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 5  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  3.

Takeover Defenses / Shareholder Rights

Corporate takeover attempts come in various guises. Usually, a would-be acquirer makes a direct offer to the board of directors of a targeted corporation. The bidder may offer to purchase the company for cash and/or stock. If the board approves the offer, a friendly transaction is completed and presented to shareholders for approval. If, however, the board of directors rejects the bid, the acquirer can make a tender offer for the shares directly to the targeted corporation’s shareholders. Such offers are referred to as hostile tender bids.

Not wishing to wait until they are subjects of hostile takeover attempts, many corporations have adopted antitakeover measures designed to deter unfriendly bids or buy time. The most common defenses are the shareholders rights protection plan, also known as the poison pill, and charter amendments that create barriers to acceptance of hostile bids. In the U.S., poison pills do not require shareholder approval. However, shareholders must approve charter amendments, such as classified boards or supermajority vote requirements. In brief, the very existence of defensive measures can foreclose the possibility of tenders and hence, opportunities to premium prices for shareholders.

Anti-takeover statutes generally increase management’s potential for insulating itself and warding off hostile takeovers that may be beneficial to shareholders. While it may be true that some boards use such devices to obtain higher bids and to enhance shareholder value, it is more likely that such provisions are used to entrench management. The majority of historical evidence on individual corporate anti-takeover measures indicates that heavily insulated companies generally realize lower returns than those having managements that are more accountable to shareholders and the market. The evidence also suggests that when states adopt their own anti-takeover devices, or endorse those employed by firms, shareholder returns are harmed. Moreover, the body of evidence appears to indicate that companies in states with the strongest anti-takeover laws experience lower returns than they would absent such statutes.

Takeover Defenses and Shareholder Rights-Related Management Proposals

Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)

Poison pills are corporate-sponsored financial devices that, when triggered by potential acquirers, do one or more of the following: 1) dilute the acquirer’s equity holdings in the target company; 2) dilute the acquirer’s voting interests in the target company; or 3) dilute the acquirer’s equity holdings in the post-merger company. Poison pills generally allow shareholders to purchase shares from, or sell shares back to, the target company (flip-in pill) and/or the potential acquirer (flip-out pill) at a price far out of line with fair market value. Depending on the type of pill, the triggering event can either transfer wealth from the target company or dilute the equity holdings of current shareholders. Poison pills insulate management from the threat of a change in control and provide the target board with veto power over takeover bids. Because poison pills greatly alter the balance of power between shareholders and management, shareholders should be allowed to make their own evaluation of such plans.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

      No lower than a 20 percent trigger, flip-in or flip-over provision;
      A term of no more than three years;
      No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 6  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Poison Pills/Protective Amendments

The financial crisis has prompted widespread losses in certain industries. This has resulted in previously profitable companies considering the adoption of a poison pill and/or NOL protective amendment to protect their NOL tax assets, which may be lost upon an acquisition of 5 percent of a company’s shares.

When evaluating management proposals seeking to adopt NOL pills or protective amendments, the purpose behind the proposal, its terms, and the company’s existing governance structure should be taken into account to assess whether the structure actively promotes board entrenchment or adequately protects shareholder rights. While Social Advisory Services acknowledges the high estimated tax value of NOLs, which benefit shareholders, the ownership acquisition limitations contained in an NOL pill/protective amendment coupled with a company’s problematic governance structure could serve as an antitakeover device.

Given the fact that shareholders will want to ensure that such an amendment does not remain in effect permanently, Social Advisory Services will also closely review whether the pill/amendment contains a sunset provision or a commitment to cause the expiration of the NOL pill/protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOLs.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”) if the term of the pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

Vote case-by-case on management proposals for poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

      The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);
      The value of the NOLs;
      Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);
      The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and
      Any other factors that may be applicable.

Vote against proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”) if the effective term of the protective amendment would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

Vote case-by-case, considering the following factors, for management proposals to adopt an NOL protective amendment that would remain in effect for the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

      The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing five-percent holder);

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 7  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      The value of the NOLs;
      Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);
      The company‘s existing governance structure including; board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns;
      Any other factors that may be applicable.

Ratification Proposals: Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against management proposals to ratify provisions of the company’s existing charter or bylaws, unless these governance provisions align with best practice.

In addition, voting against/withhold from individual directors, members of the governance committee, or the full board may be warranted, considering:

 

      The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing the same issue on the same ballot;
      The board’s rationale for seeking ratification;
      Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board should the ratification proposal fail;
      Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding the board’s ratification request;
      The level of impairment to shareholders’ rights caused by the existing provision;
      The history of management and shareholder proposals on the provision at the company’s past meetings;
      Whether the current provision was adopted in response to the shareholder proposal;
      The company’s ownership structure; and
      Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude shareholder proposals.

Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirements

Supermajority provisions violate the principle that a simple majority of voting shares should be all that is necessary to effect change at a company.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for proposals to reduce supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter amendments, mergers and other significant business combinations. For companies with shareholder(s) who own a significant amount of company stock, vote case-by-case, taking into account: a) ownership structure; b) quorum requirements; and c) supermajority vote requirements.
      Vote against proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote for charter amendments, mergers and other significant business combinations.

Shareholder Ability to Call a Special Meeting

Most state corporation statutes allow shareholders to call a special meeting when they want to take action on certain matters that arise between regularly scheduled annual meetings. Sometimes this right applies only if a shareholder or a group of shareholders own a specified percentage of shares, with 10 percent being the most common. Shareholders may lose the ability to remove directors, initiate a shareholder resolution, or respond to a beneficial offer without having to wait for the next scheduled meeting if they are unable to act at a special meeting of their own calling.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account: a) shareholders’ current right to call special meetings; b) minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 8  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  meetings (10% preferred); c) the inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language; d) investor ownership structure; and e) shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.
      Vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Consent solicitations allow shareholders to vote on and respond to shareholder and management proposals by mail without having to act at a physical meeting. A consent card is sent by mail for shareholder approval and only requires a signature for action. Some corporate bylaws require supermajority votes for consents while at others, standard annual meeting rules apply. Shareholders may lose the ability to remove directors, initiate a shareholder resolution, or respond to a beneficial offer without having to wait for the next scheduled meeting if they are unable to act at a special meeting of their own calling.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Generally vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to take action by written consent.
      Vote for proposals to allow or facilitate shareholder action by written consent, taking into consideration: a) shareholders’ current right to act by written consent; b) consent threshold; c) the inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language; d) Investor ownership structure; and e) shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.
      Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions; a) an unfettered9 right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 10 percent threshold; b) a majority vote standard in uncontested director elections; c) no non-shareholder-approved pill, and; d) an annually elected board.

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations

In 2008, the Delaware courts handed down two decisions, which, read together, indicate a judicial move toward a narrower interpretation of companies’ advance notice bylaws. These recent court decisions have encouraged companies to take a closer look at their bylaw provisions to ensure that broad language does not provide loopholes for activist investors. Specifically, companies are including language designed to provide more detailed advance notice provisions and to ensure full disclosure of economic and voting interests in a shareholder’s notice of proposals, including derivatives and hedged positions.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case basis on advance notice proposals, giving support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory and shareholder review.

To be reasonable, the company’s deadline for shareholder notice of a proposal/ nominations must not be more than 60 days prior to the meeting, with a submittal window of at least 30 days prior to the deadline. The submittal window is the period under which a shareholder must file his proposal/nominations prior to the deadline. In general, support additional efforts by companies to ensure full disclosure in regard to a proponent’s economic and voting position in the company so long as the informational requirements are reasonable and aimed at providing shareholders with the necessary information to review such proposals.

9 “Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 9  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Fair Price Provisions

Fair price provisions were originally designed to specifically defend against the most coercive of takeover devises, the two-tiered, front-end loaded tender offer. In such a hostile takeover, the bidder offers cash for enough shares to gain control of the target. At the same time the acquirer states that once control has been obtained, the target’s remaining shares will be purchased with cash, cash and securities or only securities. Since the payment offered for the remaining stock is, by design less valuable than the original offer for the controlling shares, shareholders are forced to sell out early to maximize their value. Standard fair price provisions require that, absent board or shareholder approval of the acquisition, the bidder must pay the remaining shareholders the same price for their shares that brought control.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote case-by-case on proposals to adopt fair price provisions evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.
      Generally, vote against fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

Greenmail

Greenmail payments are targeted share repurchases by management of company stock from individuals or groups seeking control of the company. Since only the hostile party receives payment, usually at a substantial premium over the market value of shares, the practice discriminates against most shareholders. This transferred cash, absent the greenmail payment, could be put to much better use for reinvestment in the company, payment of dividends, or to fund a public share repurchase program.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for proposals to adopt antigreenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.
      Review on a case-by-case basis antigreenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

Confidential Voting

Confidential voting, or voting by secret ballot, is one of the key structural issues in the proxy system. It ensures that all votes are based on the merits of proposals and cast in the best interests of fiduciary clients and pension plan beneficiaries. In a confidential voting system, only vote tabulators and inspectors of election may examine individual proxies and ballots; management and shareholders are given only vote totals. In an open voting system, management can determine who has voted against its nominees or proposals and then re-solicit those votes before the final vote count. As a result, shareholders can be pressured to vote with management at companies with which they maintain, or would like to establish, a business relationship. Confidential voting also protects employee shareholders from retaliation. Shares held by employee stock ownership plans, for example, are important votes that are typically voted by employees.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 0  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

Control share acquisition statutes function by denying shares their voting rights when they contribute to ownership in excess of certain thresholds. Voting rights for those shares exceeding ownership limits may only be restored by approval of either a majority or supermajority of disinterested shares. Thus, control share acquisition statutes effectively require a hostile bidder to put its offer to a shareholder vote or risk voting disenfranchisement if the bidder continues buying up a large block of shares.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.
      Vote against proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.
      Vote for proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

Control Share Cash-Out Provisions

Control share cash-out statutes give dissident shareholders the right to “cash-out” of their position in a company at the expense of the shareholder who has taken a control position. In other words, when an investor crosses a preset threshold level, remaining shareholders are given the right to sell their shares to the acquirer, who must buy them at the highest acquiring price.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of control share cash-out statutes.

Disgorgement Provisions

Disgorgement provisions require an acquirer or potential acquirer of more than a certain percentage of a company’s stock to disgorge, or pay back, to the company any profits realized from the sale of that company’s stock purchased 24 months before achieving control status. All sales of company stock by the acquirer occurring within a certain period of time (between 18 months and 24 months) prior to the investor’s gaining control status are subject to these recapture-of-profits provisions.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

State Takeover Statutes

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, antigreenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).

Vote for opting into stakeholder protection statutes if they provide comprehensive protections for employees and community stakeholders. Social Advisory Services would be less supportive of takeover statutes that only serve to protect incumbent management from accountability to shareholders and which negatively influence shareholder value.

Freeze-Out Provisions

Freeze-out provisions force an investor who surpasses a certain ownership threshold in a company to wait a specified period of time before gaining control of the company.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 1  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions.

Reincorporation Proposals

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns including the following:

 

      Reasons for reincorporation;
      Comparison of company’s governance practices and provisions prior to and following the reincorporation;
      Comparison of corporation laws of original state and destination state.

Reincorporations into “tax havens” will be given special consideration.

While a firm’s country of incorporation will remain the primary basis for evaluating companies, Social Advisory Services will generally apply U.S. policies to the extent possible with respect to issuers that file DEF 14As, 10-K annual reports, and 10-Q quarterly reports, and are thus considered domestic issuers by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Corporations that have reincorporated outside the U.S. have found themselves subject to a combination of governance regulations and best practice standards that may not be entirely compatible with an evaluation framework based solely on country of incorporation.

Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the bylaws.

Vote for proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in addition to shareholders.

Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions)

Beginning in 2011, companies began to adopt bylaw provisions intended to limit the venue for shareholder lawsuits to the jurisdiction of incorporation. More recently, companies and their advisers have proposed other types of bylaws intended to limit shareholders’ litigation rights. Most notably, a May 2014 Delaware Supreme Court decision opened the door to the adoption by companies of bylaws that would require a shareholder plaintiff who sues the company unsuccessfully to pay the defendant company’s litigation expenses. Although the Delaware legislature was widely expected to enact legislation limiting the applicability of the Supreme Court’s decision to non-stock corporations, the legislature has not yet done so, and several publicly traded Delaware corporations have already adopted fee-shifting bylaws by way of a board resolution.

Bylaw provisions impacting shareholders’ ability to bring suit against the company may include exclusive venue provisions, which provide that the state of incorporation shall be the sole venue for certain types of litigation, and fee-shifting provisions that require a shareholder who sues a company unsuccessfully to pay all litigation expenses of the defendant corporation.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on bylaws which impact shareholders’ litigation rights, taking into account factors such as:

 

      The company’s stated rationale for adopting such a provision;
      Disclosure of past harm from shareholder lawsuits in which plaintiffs were unsuccessful or shareholder lawsuits outside the jurisdiction of incorporation;
      The breadth of application of the bylaw, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and
      Governance features such as shareholders’ ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 2  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Generally vote against bylaws that mandate fee-shifting whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., in cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).

Unilateral adoption by the board of bylaw provisions which affect shareholders’ litigation rights will be evaluated under SRI’s policy on Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments and Problematic Capital Structures.

Takeover Defenses and Shareholder Rights-Related Shareholder Proposals

Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it unless the company has: (1) a shareholder approved poison pill in place; or(2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

      Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or
      The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote for the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Reduce Supermajority Vote Requirements

Supermajority provisions violate the principle that a simple majority of voting shares should be all that is necessary to effect change regarding a company.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter and bylaw amendments.
      Vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for mergers and other significant business combinations.

Remove Antitakeover Provisions

There are numerous antitakeover mechanisms available to corporations that can make takeovers prohibitively expensive for a bidder or at least guarantee that all shareholders are treated equally. The debate over antitakeover devices centers on whether these devices enhance or detract from shareholder value. One theory argues that a company’s board, when armed with these takeover protections, may use them as negotiating tools to obtain a higher premium for shareholders. The opposing view maintains that managements afforded such protection are more likely to become entrenched than to actively pursue the best interests of shareholders. Such takeover defenses also serve as obstacles to the normal functioning of the marketplace which, when operating efficiently, should replace incapable and poorly performing managements.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals that seek to remove antitakeover provisions.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 3  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote for the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.

Vote for shareholder proposals calling for the reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates in a contested election where the following apply:

 

      The election of fewer than 50 percent of the directors to be elected is contested in the election;
      One or more of the dissident’s candidates is elected;
      Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for directors;
      The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred, after the adoption of this bylaw.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 4  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  4.

Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

Bundled Proposals

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Review on a case-by-case basis bundled or “conditional” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances where the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.

Adjourn Meeting

Companies may ask shareholders to adjourn a meeting in order to solicit more votes. Generally, shareholders already have enough information to make their vote decisions. Once their votes have been cast, there is no justification for spending more money to continue pressing shareholders for more votes.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Generally vote against proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.
      Vote for proposals that relate specifically to soliciting votes for a merger or transaction if supporting that merger or transaction. Vote against proposals if the wording is too vague or if the proposal includes “other business.”

Changing Corporate Name

Proposals to change a company’s name are generally routine matters. Generally, the name change reflects a change in corporate direction or the result of a merger agreement.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for changing the corporate name unless there is compelling evidence that the change would adversely affect shareholder value.

Amend Quorum Requirements

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.

Amend Minor Bylaws

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).

Other Business

Other business proposals are routine items to allow shareholders to raise other issues and discuss them at the meeting. Only issues that may be legally discussed at meetings may be raised under this authority. However, shareholders cannot know the content of these issues so they are generally not supported.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against other business proposals.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 5  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  5.

Capital Structure

The equity in a corporate enterprise (that is, the residual value of the company’s assets after the payment of all debts) belongs to the shareholders. Equity securities may be employed, or manipulated, in a manner that will ultimately enhance or detract from shareholder value. As such, certain actions undertaken by management in relation to a company’s capital structure can be of considerable significance to shareholders. Changes in capitalization usually require shareholder approval or ratification.

Common Stock Authorization

State statutes and stock exchanges require shareholder approval for increases in the number of common shares. Corporations increase their supply of common stock for a variety of ordinary business purposes: raising new capital, funding stock compensation programs, business acquisitions, and implementation of stock splits or payment of stock dividends.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Proposals to increase authorized common stock are evaluated on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the size of the increase, the company’s rationale for additional shares, the company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years, and the risk to shareholders if the request is not approved. A company’s need for additional shares is gauged by measuring shares outstanding and reserved as a percentage of the total number of shares currently authorized for issuance.

If, within the past three years, the board adopted a poison pill without shareholder approval, repriced or exchanged underwater stock options without shareholder approval, or placed a substantial amount of stock with insiders at prices substantially below market value without shareholder approval, Social Advisory Services will generally vote against the requested increase in authorized capital on the basis of imprudent past use of shares.

 

      Vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.
      Vote against proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights.
      Vote against proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares if a vote for a reverse stock split on the same ballot is warranted despite the fact that the authorized shares would not be reduced proportionally.
      Review on a case-by-case basis all other proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issue, considering company-specific factors that include:
      Past Board Performance;
      The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years.
      The Current Request;
      Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes of the proposed increase;
      Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request; and
      The dilutive impact of the request as determined relative to an allowable increase calculated by Social Advisory Services (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns.

Social Advisory Services will apply the relevant allowable increase below to requests to increase common stock that are for general corporate purposes (or to the general corporate purposes portion of a request that also includes a specific need):

 

  A.

Most companies: 100 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 6  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  B.

Companies with less than 50 percent of existing authorized shares either outstanding or reserved for issuance: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

  C.

Companies with one- and three-year total shareholder returns (TSRs) in the bottom 10 percent of the U.S. market as of the end of the calendar quarter that is closest to their most recent fiscal year end: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

  D.

Companies at which both conditions (B and C) above are both present: 25 percent of existing authorized shares.

If there is an acquisition, private placement, or similar transaction on the ballot (not including equity incentive plans) that Social Advisory Services is recommending FOR, the allowable increase will be the greater of (i) twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and (ii) the allowable increase as calculated above.

Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a non-shareholder approved shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals to increase the common share authorization for stock split or stock dividend, provided that the effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or is less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with Social Advisory Services’ Common Stock Authorization policy.

Reverse Stock Splits

Reverse splits exchange multiple shares for a lesser amount to increase share price. Increasing share price is sometimes necessary to restore a company’s share price to a level that will allow it to be traded on the national stock exchanges. In addition, some brokerage houses have a policy of not monitoring or investing in very low priced shares. Reverse stock splits help maintain stock liquidity.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split if:

 

      The number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced; or
      The effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with Social Advisory Services’ Common Stock Authorization policy.

Vote case-by-case on proposals that do not meet either of the above conditions, taking into consideration the following factors:

 

      Stock exchange notification to the company of a potential delisting;
      Disclosure of substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern without additional financing;
      The company’s rationale; or
      Other factors as applicable.

Preferred Stock Authorization

Preferred stock is an equity security which has certain features similar to debt instruments, such as fixed dividend payments, seniority of claims to common stock, and in most cases no voting rights. The terms of blank check preferred stock give the board of directors the power to issue shares of preferred stock at their discretion—with voting rights, conversion, distribution and other rights to be determined by the board at time of issue. Blank check

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 7  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

preferred stock can be used for sound corporate purposes but could be used as a device to thwart hostile takeovers without shareholder approval.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.
      Vote against proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series of preferred stock that has superior voting rights.
      Vote on a case-by-case basis all other proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance, considering company-specific factors that include:
      Past Board Performance;
      The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years.
      The Current Request;
      Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific reasons for the proposed increase;
      Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders for not approving the request;
      In instances where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable cap generated by Social Advisory Services’ quantitative model (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns;
      Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes.

Blank Check Preferred Stock

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote against proposals that would authorize the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock).
      Vote against proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a specific purpose.
      Vote for proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).
      Vote for requests to require shareholder approval for blank check authorizations.

Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

Stock that has a fixed per share value that is on its certificate is called par value stock. The purpose of par value stock is to establish the maximum responsibility of a stockholder in the event that a corporation becomes insolvent. Proposals to reduce par value come from certain state level requirements for regulated industries such as banks, and other legal requirements relating to the payment of dividends.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock unless the action is being taken to facilitate an anti-takeover device or some other negative corporate governance action.
      Vote for management proposals to eliminate par value.

Unequal Voting Rights/Dual Class Structure

Incumbent managers use unequal voting rights with the voting rights of their common shares superior to other shareholders in order to concentrate their power and insulate themselves from the wishes of the majority of

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 8  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

shareholders. Dual class exchange offers involve a transfer of voting rights from one group of shareholders to another group of shareholders typically through the payment of a preferential dividend. A dual class recapitalization also establishes two classes of common stock with unequal voting rights, but initially involves an equal distribution of preferential and inferior voting shares to current shareholders.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals to create a new class of common stock unless:

 

      The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, including: a) the company’s auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern; or b) the new class of shares will be transitory;
      The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term;
      The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.

Preemptive Rights

Preemptive rights permit shareholders to share proportionately in any new issues of stock of the same class. These rights guarantee existing shareholders the first opportunity to purchase shares of new issues of stock in the same class as their own and in the same proportion. The absence of these rights could cause stockholders’ interest in a company to be reduced by the sale of additional shares without their knowledge and at prices unfavorable to them. Preemptive rights, however, can make it difficult for corporations to issue large blocks of stock for general corporate purposes. Both corporations and shareholders benefit when corporations are able to arrange issues without preemptive rights that do not result in a substantial transfer of control.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Review on a case-by-case basis proposals to create or abolish preemptive rights. In evaluating proposals on preemptive rights, we look at the size of a company, the characteristics of its shareholder base and the liquidity of the stock.

Debt Restructurings

Proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt-restructuring plan will be analyzed considering the following issues:

 

      Dilution: How much will the ownership interest of existing shareholders be reduced, and how extreme will dilution to any future earnings be?
      Change in Control: Will the transaction result in a change in control/management at the company? Are board and committee seats guaranteed? Do standstill provisions and voting agreements exist? Is veto power over certain corporate actions in place?
      Financial Issues: company’s financial situation, degree of need for capital, use of proceeds, and effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital;
      Terms of the offer: discount/premium in purchase price to investor including any fairness opinion, termination penalties and exit strategy;
      Conflict of interest: arm’s length transactions and managerial incentives;
      Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Review on a case-by-case basis proposals regarding debt restructurings.
      Vote for the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 9  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Share Repurchase Programs

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: For U.S.-incorporated companies, and foreign-incorporated U.S. Domestic Issuers that are traded solely on U.S. exchanges, vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms, or to grant the board authority to conduct open-market repurchases, in the absence of company-specific concerns regarding:

 

      Greenmail,
      The use of buybacks to inappropriately manipulate incentive compensation metrics,
      Threats to the company’s long-term viability, or
      Other company-specific factors as warranted.

Vote case-by-case on proposals to repurchase shares directly from specified shareholders, balancing the stated rationale against the possibility for the repurchase authority to be misused, such as to repurchase shares from insiders at a premium to market price.

Conversion of Securities

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding conversion of securities, taking into account the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

Vote for the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Recapitalization

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities), taking into account:

 

      Whether the capital structure is simplified;
      Liquidity is enhanced;
      Fairness of conversion terms;
      Impact on voting power and dividends;
      Reasons for the reclassification;
      Conflicts of interest;
      Other alternatives considered.

Tracking Stock

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the creation of tracking stock, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such factors as:

 

      Adverse governance changes;
      Excessive increases in authorized capital stock;
      Unfair method of distribution;
      Diminution of voting rights;
      Adverse conversion features;
      Negative impact on stock option plans;
      Alternatives such as spin-offs.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

4 0  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  6.

Executive and Director Compensation

The global financial crisis resulted in significant erosion of shareholder value and highlighted the need for greater assurance that executive compensation is principally performance-based, fair, reasonable, and not designed in a manner that would incentivize excessive risk-taking by managements. The financial crisis raised questions about the role of pay incentives in influencing executive behavior and motivating inappropriate or excessive risk-taking that could threaten a corporation‘s long-term viability. The safety lapses that led to the disastrous explosions at BP’s Deepwater Horizon oil rig and Massey Energy’s Upper Big Branch mine, and the resulting unprecedented losses in shareholder value; a) underscore the importance of incorporating meaningful economic incentives around social and environmental considerations in compensation program design, and b) exemplify the costly liabilities of failing to do so.

Evolving disclosure requirements have opened a wider window into compensation practices and processes, giving shareholders more opportunity and responsibility to ensure that pay is designed to create and sustain value. Companies in the U.S. are now required to evaluate and discuss potential risks arising from misguided or misaligned compensation programs. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act requires advisory shareholder votes on executive compensation (management “say on pay”), an advisory vote on the frequency of say on pay, as well as a shareholder advisory vote on golden parachute compensation. The advent of “say on pay” votes for shareholders in the U.S. has provided a new communication mechanism and impetus for constructive engagement between shareholders and managers/directors on pay issues.

The socially responsible investing community contends that corporations should be held accountable for their actions and decisions, including those around executive compensation. Social Advisory Services believes that executive pay programs should be fair, competitive, reasonable, and create appropriate incentives, and that pay for performance should be a central tenet in executive compensation philosophy. Most investors expect corporations to adhere to certain best practice pay considerations in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs, including:

 

      Appropriate pay-for-performance alignment with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: executive pay practices must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. Evaluating appropriate alignment of pay incentives with shareholder value creation includes taking into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance, the mix between fixed and variable pay, equity-based plan costs, and performance goals - including goals tied to social and environmental considerations.
      Avoiding arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: this includes assessing the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, guaranteed compensation, and practices or policies that fail to adequately mitigate against or address environmental, social and governance failures.
      Independent and effective compensation committees: oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed) should be promoted.
      Clear and comprehensive compensation disclosures: shareholders expect companies to provide informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly.
      Avoiding inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: compensation to outside directors should not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, this may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

A non-exhaustive list of best pay practices includes:

 

      Employment contracts: Companies should enter into employment contracts under limited circumstances for a short time period (e.g., new executive hires for a three-year contract) for limited executives. The contracts should not have automatic renewal feature and should have a specified termination date.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

4 1  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Severance agreements: Severance provisions should not be so appealing that it becomes an incentive for the executive to be terminated. Severance provisions should exclude excise tax gross-up. The severance formula should be reasonable and not overly generous to the executive (e.g., severance multiples of 1X, 2X, or 3X and use pro-rated target/average historical bonus and not maximum bonus). Failure to renew employment contract, termination under questionable events, or poor performance should not be considered as appropriate reasons for severance payments.
      Change-in-control payments: Change-in-control payments should only be made when there is a significant change in company ownership structure, and when there is a loss of employment or substantial change in job duties associated with the change in company ownership structure (“double-triggered”). Change-in-control provisions should exclude excise tax gross-up and eliminate the acceleration of vesting of equity awards upon a change in control unless provided under a double-trigger scenario. Similarly, change in control provisions in equity plans should be double-triggered. A change in control event should not result in an acceleration of vesting of all unvested stock options or removal of vesting/performance requirements on restricted stock/performance shares, unless there is a loss of employment or substantial change in job duties.
      Supplemental executive retirement plans (SERPs): SERPS should not include sweeteners that can increase the SERP value significantly or even exponentially, such as additional years of service credited for pension calculation, inclusion of variable pay (e.g. bonuses and equity awards) into the formula. Pension formula should not include extraordinary annual bonuses paid close to retirement years, and should be based on the average, not the maximum level of compensation earned.
      Deferred compensation: Above-market returns or guaranteed minimum returns should not be applied on deferred compensation.
      Disclosure practices: The Compensation Discussion & Analysis should be written in plain English, with as little “legalese” as possible and formatted using section headers, bulleted lists, tables, and charts where possible to ease reader comprehension. Ultimately, the document should provide detail and rationale regarding compensation, strategy, pay mix, goals/metrics, challenges, competition and pay for performance linkage, etc. in a narrative fashion.
      Responsible use of company stock: Companies should adopt policies that prohibit executives from speculating in company’s stock or using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps or other similar arrangements. Such behavior undermines the ultimate alignment with long-term shareholders’ interests. In addition, the policy should prohibit or discourage the use of company stock as collateral for margin loans, to avoid any potential sudden stock sales (required upon margin calls), that could have a negative impact on the company’s stock price.
      Long-term focus: Executive compensation programs should be designed to support companies’ long-term strategic goals. A short-term focus on performance does not necessarily create sustainable shareholder value, since long-term goals may be sacrificed to achieve short-term expectations. Compensation programs embedding a long-term focus with respect to company goals better align with the long-term interests of shareholders. Granting stock options and restricted stock to executives that vest in five years do not necessarily provide a long-term focus, as executives can sell the company shares once they vest. However, requiring senior executives to hold company stock until they retire can encourage a long-term focus on company performance.

Criteria for Evaluating Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

Social Advisory Services conducts a five-part pay analysis to evaluate the degree of alignment between the CEO’s pay with the company’s performance over a sustained period. From a shareholders’ perspective, performance is predominantly gauged by the company’s stock performance over time. Even when financial, non-financial or operational measures are utilized in incentive awards, the achievement related to these measures should

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

4 2  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

ultimately translate into superior shareholder returns in the long-term. With respect to companies in the Russell 3000 or Russel 3000E Indices10, this analysis considers the following:

Pay-for-Performance Elements:

 

      The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period,11 and the rankings of CEO total pay and company financial performance within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period
      Absolute Alignment: The absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.12
      Equity Pay Mix: The ratio of the CEO’s performance- vs. time-based equity awards.

Pay Equity (Quantum) Elements:

 

      Multiple of Median: The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median in the most recent fiscal year.
      Internal Pay Disparity: The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to other named executive officers (NEOs) – i.e., an excessive differential between CEO total pay and that of the next highest-paid NEO as well as CEO total pay relative to the average NEO pay.

If the above pay-for-performance analysis demonstrates unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of non-Russell 3000 index companies, misaligned pay and performance are otherwise suggested, the following qualitative factors will be evaluated to determine how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests:

 

      The ratio of performance-based compensation to overall compensation, including whether any relevant social or environmental factors are a component of performance-contingent pay elements;
      The presence of significant environmental, social or governance (ESG) controversies that have the potential to pose material risks to the company and its shareholders;
      Any downward discretion applied to executive compensation on the basis of a failure to achieve performance goals, including ESG performance objectives;
      The completeness of disclosure and rigor of performance goals;
      The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;
      Actual results of financial/non-financial and operational metrics, such as growth in revenue, profit, cash flow, workplace safety, environmental performance, etc., both absolute and relative to peers;
      Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);
      Realizable pay compared to grant pay; and
      Any other factors deemed relevant.

10 The Russell 3000E Index includes approximately 4,000 of the largest U.S. equity securities.

11 The revised peer group is generally comprised of 14-24 companies that are selected using market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), GICS industry group and company’s selected peers’ GICS industry group with size constraints, via a process designed to select peers that are closest to the subject company in terms of revenue/assets and industry and also within a market cap bucket that is reflective of the company’s.

12 Only Russell 3000 Index companies are subject to the Absolute Alignment analysis.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

4 3  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene best practice compensation considerations, including:

 

      Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;
      Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and
      Options backdating.

Non-Performance based Compensation Elements

Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated on a case-by-case basis considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. While not exhaustive, the following list represents certain adverse practices that are contrary to a performance-based pay philosophy and executive pay best practices, and may lead to negative vote recommendations:

 

      Egregious employment contracts:
      Contracts containing multi-year guarantees for salary increases, non-performance based bonuses, and equity compensation.
      New CEO with overly generous new-hire package:
      Excessive “make whole” provisions without sufficient rationale;
      Any of the problematic pay practices listed under this policy.
      Abnormally large bonus payouts without justifiable performance linkage or proper disclosure:
      Includes performance metrics that are changed, canceled, or replaced during the performance period without adequate explanation of the action and the link to performance.
      Egregious pension/SERP (supplemental executive retirement plan) payouts:
      Inclusion of additional years of service not worked that result in significant benefits provided in new arrangements;
      Inclusion of performance-based equity or other long-term awards in the pension calculation.
      Excessive Perquisites:
      Perquisites for former and/or retired executives, such as lifetime benefits, car allowances, personal use of corporate aircraft, or other inappropriate arrangements;
      Extraordinary relocation benefits (including home buyouts);
      Excessive amounts of perquisites compensation.
      Excessive severance and/or change in control provisions:
      Change in control cash payments exceeding 3 times base salary plus target/average/last paid bonus;
      New or extended arrangements that provide for change-in-control payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of job duties (single-triggered or modified single-triggered, where an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package);
      New or extended employment or severance agreements that provide for excise tax gross-ups. Modified gross-ups would be treated in the same manner as full gross-ups;
      Excessive payments upon an executive’s termination in connection with performance failure;
      Liberal change-in-control definition in individual contracts or equity plans which could result in payments to executives without an actual change in control occurring.
      Tax Reimbursements/Gross-ups: Excessive reimbursement of income taxes on executive perquisites or other payments (e.g., related to personal use of corporate aircraft, executive life insurance, bonus, restricted stock vesting, secular trusts, etc; see also excise tax gross-ups above).
      Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units.
      Executives using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps, or other similar arrangements.
      Internal pay disparity: Excessive differential between CEO total pay and that of next highest-paid named executive officer (NEO).

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

4 4  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts, option exchanges, and certain voluntary surrender of underwater options where shares surrendered may subsequently be re-granted).
      Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally- managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible.
      Other pay practices that may be deemed problematic in a given circumstance but are not covered in the above categories.

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

Assess company policies and disclosure related to compensation that could incentivize excessive risk-taking, for example:

 

      Multi-year guaranteed bonuses;
      A single or common performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;
      Lucrative severance packages;
      High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;
      Disproportionate supplemental pensions;
      Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined on a case-by-case basis to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud, as well as those instances in which companies that subsequently took corrective action. Cases where companies have committed fraud are considered most egregious.

 

      Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;
      Duration of options backdating;
      Size of restatement due to options backdating;
      Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants;
      Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

Board Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors case-by-case when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:

 

      Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or
      Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous say-on-pay proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:
      The company’s response, including:
      Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support (including the timing and frequency of engagements and whether independent directors participated);

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

4 5  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Disclosure of the specific concerns voiced by dissenting shareholders that led to the say-on-pay opposition;
      Disclosure of specific and meaningful actions taken to address shareholders’ concerns;
      Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;
      Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;
      The company’s ownership structure; and
      Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation – Management Say-on-Pay Proposals

The Dodd-Frank Act mandates advisory votes on executive compensation (Say on Pay or “SOP”) for a proxy or consent or authorization for an annual or other meeting of the shareholders that includes required SEC compensation disclosures. This non-binding shareholder vote on compensation must be included in a proxy or consent or authorization at least once every three years.

In general, the SOP ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices – dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against the SOP proposal rather than voting against or withhold from the compensation committee. However, if there is no SOP on the ballot, then the negative vote will apply to members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior SOP proposal, then Social Advisory Services will recommend a vote against or withhold votes from compensation committee members (or, if the full board is deemed accountable, all directors). If the negative factors involve equity-based compensation, then a vote against an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval may be appropriate. In evaluating SOP proposals, Social Advisory Services will also assess to what degree social and environmental considerations are incorporated into compensation programs and executive pay decision-making – to the extent that proxy statement Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A) disclosures permit.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation on a case-by-case basis.

 

      Vote against management Say on Pay proposals if:
      There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay-for-performance);
      The company maintains problematic pay practices;
      The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.
      Vote against or withhold from the members of the compensation committee and potentially the full board if:
      There is no SOP on the ballot, and an against vote on an SOP is warranted due to pay-for-performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;
      The board fails to respond adequately to a previous SOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;
      The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, including option repricing or option backdating; or
      The situation is egregious.
      Vote against an equity plan on the ballot if:
      A pay for performance misalignment exists, and a significant portion of the CEO’s misaligned pay is attributed to non-performance-based equity awards, taking into consideration:
      Magnitude of pay misalignment;
      Contribution of non-performance-based equity grants to overall pay; and
      The proportion of equity awards granted in the last three fiscal years concentrated at the named executive officer (NEO) level.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

4 6  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation – Management Say on Pay

The Dodd-Frank Act, in addition to requiring advisory votes on compensation (SOP), requires that each proxy for the first annual or other meeting of the shareholders (that includes required SEC compensation disclosures) occurring after Jan. 21, 2011, include an advisory voting item to determine whether, going forward, the “say on pay” vote by shareholders to approve compensation should occur every one, two, or three years.

Social Advisory Services will recommend a vote for annual advisory votes on compensation. The SOP is at its essence a communication vehicle, and communication is most useful when it is received in a consistent and timely manner. Social Advisory Services supports an annual SOP vote for many of the same reasons it supports annual director elections rather than a classified board structure: because this provides the highest level of accountability and direct communication by enabling the MSOP vote to correspond to the majority of the information presented in the accompanying proxy statement for the applicable shareholders’ meeting. Having SOP votes every two or three years, covering all actions occurring between the votes, would make it difficult to create the meaningful and coherent communication that the votes are intended to provide. Under triennial elections, for example, a company would not know whether the shareholder vote references the compensation year being discussed or a previous year, making it more difficult to understand the implications of the vote.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for annual advisory votes on compensation, which provide the most consistent and clear communication channel for shareholder concerns about companies’ executive pay programs.

Advisory Vote on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

This is a proxy item regarding specific advisory votes on “golden parachute” arrangements for Named Executive Officers (NEOs) that is required under The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Social Advisory Services places particular focus on severance packages that provide inappropriate windfalls and cover certain tax liabilities of executives.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on say on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing change-in-control arrangements maintained with named executive officers rather than focusing primarily on new or extended arrangements.

Features that may result in an against recommendation include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):

 

      Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;
      Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;
      Excessive cash severance (>3x base salary and bonus);
      Excise tax gross-ups triggered and payable (as opposed to a provision to provide excise tax gross-ups);
      Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or
      Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or
      The company’s assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.

Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

4 7  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company’s advisory vote on compensation (“management “say on pay”), Social Advisory Services will evaluate the “say on pay” proposal in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.

Equity-Based Incentive Plans

As executive pay levels continue to soar, non-salary compensation remains one of the most sensitive and visible corporate governance issues. The financial crisis raised questions about the role of pay incentives in influencing executive behavior, including their appetite for risk-taking. Although shareholders may have little say about how much the CEO is paid in salary and bonus, they do have a major voice in approving stock incentive plans.

Stock-based plans can transfer significant amounts of wealth from shareholders to executives and directors and are among the most economically significant issues that shareholders are entitled to vote on. Rightly, the cost of these plans must be in line with the anticipated benefits to shareholders. Clearly, reasonable limits must be set on dilution as well as administrative authority. In addition, shareholders must consider the necessity of the various pay programs and examine the appropriateness of award types. Consequently, the pros and cons of these proposals necessitate a case-by-case evaluation.

Factors that increase the cost (or have the potential to increase the cost) of plans to shareholders include: excessive dilution, options awarded at below-market discounts, permissive policies on pyramiding, restricted stock giveaways that reward tenure rather than results, sales of shares on concessionary terms, blank-check authority for administering committees, option repricing or option replacements, accelerated vesting of awards in the event of defined changes in corporate control, stand-alone stock appreciation rights, loans or other forms of assistance, or evidence of improvident award policies.

Positive plan features that can offset costly features include: plans with modest dilution potential (i.e. appreciably below double-digit levels), bars to pyramiding and related safeguards for investor interests. Also favorable are performance programs with a duration of two or more years, bonus schemes that pay off in non-dilutive, fully deductible cash, 401K and other thrift or profit sharing plans, and tax-favored employee stock purchase plans. In general, we believe that stock plans should afford incentives, not sure-fire, risk-free rewards.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on equity-based compensation plans13 depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated using an “equity plan scorecard” (EPSC) approach with three pillars:

 

      Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:
      SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and
      SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.
      Plan Features:
      Automatic single-triggered award vesting upon a change in control (CIC);
      Discretionary vesting authority;
      Liberal share recycling on various award types;
      Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;
      Dividends payable prior to award vesting.
      Grant Practices:

13 Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

4 8  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;
      Vesting requirements in most recent CEO equity grants (3-year look-back);
      The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);
      The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;
      Whether the company maintains a claw-back policy;
      Whether the company has established post exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following apply:

 

      Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;
      The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies — or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies);
      The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a pay-for-performance disconnect;
      The plan contains an evergreen (automatic share replenishment) feature; or
      Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

Each of these factors is described below.

Plan Cost

Generally vote against equity plans if the cost is unreasonable. For non-employee director plans, vote for the plan if certain factors are met.

Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT)

The cost of the equity plans is expressed as Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT), which is measured using a binomial option pricing model that assesses the amount of shareholders’ equity flowing out of the company to employees and directors. SVT is expressed as both a dollar amount and as a percentage of market value, and includes the new shares proposed, shares available under existing plans, and shares granted but unexercised (using two measures, in the case of plans subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, as noted above). All award types are valued. For omnibus plans, unless limitations are placed on the most expensive types of awards (for example, full value awards), the assumption is made that all awards to be granted will be the most expensive types. See discussion of specific types of awards.

Except for proposals subject to Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, Shareholder Value Transfer is reasonable if it falls below a company-specific benchmark. The benchmark is determined as follows: The top quartile performers in each industry group (using the Global Industry Classification Standard: GICS) are identified. Benchmark SVT levels for each industry are established based on these top performers’ historic SVT. Regression analyses are run on each industry group to identify the variables most strongly correlated to SVT. The benchmark industry SVT level is then adjusted upwards or downwards for the specific company by plugging the company-specific performance measures, size and cash compensation into the industry cap equations to arrive at the company’s benchmark.14

 

14 For plans evaluated under the Equity Plan Scorecard policy, the company’s SVT benchmark is considered along with other factors.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

4 9  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Repricing Provisions

Vote against plans that expressly permit the repricing or exchange of underwater stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval. “Repricing” includes the ability to do any of the following:

 

      Amend the terms of outstanding options or SARs to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding options or SARs;
      Cancel outstanding options or SARs in exchange for options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original options or SARs.
      The cancellation of underwater options in exchange for stock awards; or
      Cash buyouts of underwater options.

While the above cover most types of repricing, Social Advisory Services may view other provisions as akin to repricing depending on the facts and circumstances.

Also, vote against or withhold from members of the compensation committee who approved repricing (as defined above or otherwise determined by Social Advisory Services), without prior shareholder approval, even if such repricings are allowed in their equity plan.

Vote against plans if the company has a history of repricing without shareholder approval, and the applicable listing standards would not preclude them from doing so.

Pay-for-Performance Misalignment – Application to Equity Plans

If the equity plan on the ballot is a vehicle for problematic pay practices, vote against the plan.

Social Advisory Services may recommend a vote against the equity plan if the plan is determined to be a vehicle for pay-for-performance misalignment. Considerations in voting against the equity plan may include, but are not limited to:

 

      Severity of the pay-for-performance misalignment;
      Whether problematic equity grant practices are driving the misalignment; and/or
      Whether equity plan awards have been heavily concentrated to the CEO and/or the other NEOs.

Grant Practices

Three-Year Burn Rate

Burn rate benchmarks (utilized in Equity Plan Scorecard evaluations) are calculated as the greater of: (1) the mean (µ) plus one standard deviation (s) of the company’s GICS group segmented by S&P 500, Russell 3000 index (less the S&P500) and non-Russell 3000 index; and (2) two percent of weighted common shares outstanding. In addition, year-over-year burn-rate benchmark changes will be limited to a maximum of two (2) percentage points plus or minus the prior year’s burn-rate benchmark. See the U.S. Equity Compensation Plans FAQ for the benchmarks.

Liberal Definition of Change-in-Control

Generally vote against equity plans if the plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur. Examples of such a definition could include, but are not limited to, announcement or commencement of a tender offer, provisions for acceleration upon a “potential” takeover, shareholder approval of a merger or other transactions, or similar language.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

5 0  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Other Compensation Plans

Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility
 (162(m))

Cash bonus plans can be an important part of an executive’s overall pay package, along with stock-based plans tied to long-term total shareholder returns. Over the long term, stock prices are an excellent indicator of management performance. However, other factors, such as economic conditions and investor reaction to the stock market in general and certain industries in particular, can greatly impact the company’s stock price. As a result, a cash bonus plan can effectively reward individual performance and the achievement of business unit objectives that are independent of short-term market share price fluctuations.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on amendments to cash and equity incentive plans.

Generally vote for proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:

 

      Addresses administrative features only; or
      Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee consists entirely of independent outsiders, per Social Advisory Services’ Categorization of Directors. Note that if the company is presenting the plan to shareholders for the first time after the company’s initial public offering (IPO), or if the proposal is bundled with other material plan amendments, then the recommendation will be case-by-case (see below).

Vote against such proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:

 

      Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee does not consist entirely of independent outsiders, per Social Advisory Services’ Categorization of Directors.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to amend cash incentive plans. This includes plans presented to shareholders for the first time after the company’s IPO and/or proposals that bundle material amendment(s) other than those for Section 162(m) purposes

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to amend equity incentive plans, considering the following:

 

      If the proposal requests additional shares and/or the amendments may potentially increase the transfer of shareholder value to employees, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments.
      If the plan is being presented to shareholders for the first time (including after the company’s IPO), whether or not additional shares are being requested, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of any amendments.
      If there is no request for additional shares and the amendments are not deemed to potentially increase the transfer of shareholder value to employees, then the recommendation will be based entirely on an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments, and the EPSC evaluation will be shown for informational purposes.

In the first two case-by-case evaluation scenarios, the EPSC evaluation/score is the more heavily weighted consideration.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

5 1  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPPs)

Employee stock purchase plans enable employees to become shareholders, which gives them a stake in the company’s growth. However, purchase plans are beneficial only when they are well balanced and in the best interests of all shareholders. From a shareholder’s perspective, plans with offering periods of 27 months or less are preferable. Plans with longer offering periods remove too much of the market risk and could give participants excessive discounts on their stock purchases that are not offered to other shareholders.

Qualified Plans

Qualified employee stock purchase plans qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Such plans must be broad-based, permitting all full-time employees to participate. Some companies also permit part-time staff to participate. Qualified ESPPs must be expensed under SFAS 123 unless the plan meets the following conditions; a) purchase discount is 5 percent or below; b) all employees can participate in the program; and 3) no look-back feature in the program. Therefore, some companies offer nonqualified ESPPs.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on qualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

 

      Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;
      Offering period is 27 months or less; and
      The number of shares allocated to the plan is ten percent or less of the outstanding shares.

Vote against qualified employee stock purchase plans where any of the following apply:

 

      Purchase price is less than 85 percent of fair market value; or
      Offering period is greater than 27 months; or
      The number of shares allocated to the plan is more than ten percent of the outstanding shares.

Non-Qualified Plans

For nonqualified ESPPs, companies provide a match to employees’ contributions instead of a discount in stock price. Also, limits are placed on employees’ contributions. Some companies provide a maximum dollar value for the year and others specify the limits in terms of a percent of base salary, excluding bonus or commissions. For plans that do not qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, a plan participant will not recognize income by participating in the plan, but will recognize ordinary compensation income for federal income tax purposes at the time of the purchase.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:

 

      Broad-based participation (i.e., all employees of the company with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership of the company);
      Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary;
      Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value;
      No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a company matching contribution.

Vote against nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when any of the plan features do not meet the above criteria. If the company matching contribution exceeds 25 percent of employee’s contribution, evaluate the cost of the plan against its allowable cap.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

5 2  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

An Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) is an employee benefit plan that makes the employees of a company also owners of stock in that company. The plans are designed to defer a portion of current employee income for retirement purposes.

The primary difference between ESOPs and other employee benefit plans is that ESOPs invest primarily in the securities of the employee’s company. In addition, an ESOP must be created for the benefit of non-management level employees and administered by a trust that cannot discriminate in favor of highly paid personnel.

Academic research of the performance of ESOPs in closely held companies found that ESOPs appear to increase overall sales, employment, and sales per employee over what would have been expected absent an ESOP. Studies have also found that companies with an ESOP are also more likely to still be in business several years later, and are more likely to have other retirement oriented benefit plans than comparable non-ESOP companies.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive (more than five percent of outstanding shares).

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options taking into consideration:

 

      Historic trading patterns – the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;
      Rationale for the re-pricing – was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?
      Is this a value-for-value exchange?
      Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?
      Option vesting – does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?
      Term of the option – the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;
      Exercise price – should be set at fair market or a premium to market;
      Participants – executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential vote against the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote for shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

5 3  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote case-by-case on plans that provide participants with the option of taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock.
      Vote for non-employee director-only equity plans that provide a dollar-for-dollar cash-for-stock exchange.
      Vote case-by-case on plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange. In cases where the exchange is not dollar-for-dollar, the request for new or additional shares for such equity program will be considered using the binomial option pricing model. In an effort to capture the total cost of total compensation, Social Advisory Services will not make any adjustments to carve out the in-lieu-of cash compensation.

Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

One-time Transfers: Vote against or withhold from compensation committee members if they fail to submit one-time transfers to shareholders for approval.

Vote case-by-case on one-time transfers. Vote for if:

 

      Executive officers and non-employee directors are excluded from participating;
      Stock options are purchased by third-party financial institutions at a discount to their fair value using option pricing models such as Black-Scholes or a Binomial Option Valuation or other appropriate financial models;
      There is a two-year minimum holding period for sale proceeds (cash or stock) for all participants.

Additionally, management should provide a clear explanation of why options are being transferred to a third-party institution and whether the events leading up to a decline in stock price were beyond management’s control. A review of the company’s historic stock price volatility should indicate if the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term.

Ongoing TSO program: Vote against equity plan proposals if the details of ongoing TSO programs are not provided to shareholders. Since TSOs will be one of the award types under a stock plan, the ongoing TSO program, structure and mechanics must be disclosed to shareholders. The specific criteria to be considered in evaluating these proposals include, but not limited, to the following:

 

      Eligibility;
      Vesting;
      Bid-price;
      Term of options;
      Cost of the program and impact of the TSOs on company’s total option expense; and
      Option repricing policy.

Amendments to existing plans that allow for introduction of transferability of stock options should make clear that only options granted post-amendment shall be transferable.

401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

The 401(k) plan is one of the most popular employee benefit plans among U.S. companies. A 401(k) plan is any qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code that contains a cash or deferred arrangement. In its simplest form, an employee can elect to have a portion of his salary invested in a 401(k) plan before any income taxes are assessed. The money can only be withdrawn before retirement under penalty. However, because the

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

5 4  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

money contributed to the plan is withdrawn before taxes (reducing the employee’s income tax), a properly planned 401(k) plan will enable an employee to make larger contributions to a 401(k) plan than to a savings plan, and still take the same amount home.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include, but is not limited to, the following:

 

      The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control of management;
      The amount should not exceed three times base amount (defined as the average annual taxable W-2 compensation during the five years prior to the year in which the change of control occurs;
      Change-in-control payments should be double-triggered, i.e., (1) after a change in control has taken place, and (2) termination of the executive as a result of the change in control. Change in control is defined as a change in the company ownership structure.

Director Compensation

The board’s legal charge of fulfilling its fiduciary obligations of loyalty and care is put to the ultimate test through the task of the board setting its own compensation. Directors themselves oversee the process for evaluating board performance and establishing pay packages for board members.

Shareholders provide limited oversight of directors by electing individuals who are primarily selected by the board, or a board nominating committee, and by voting on stock-based plans for directors designed by the board compensation committee. Additionally, shareholders may submit and vote on their own resolutions seeking to limit or restructure director pay. While the cost of compensating non-employee directors is small in absolute terms, compared to the cost of compensating executives, it is still a critical aspect of a company’s overall corporate governance structure.

Overall, director pay levels are rising in part because of the new forms of pay in use at many companies, as well as because of the increased responsibilities arising from the 2002 Sarbanes-Oxley Act requirements. In addition to an annual retainer fee, many companies also pay fees for attending board and committee meetings, fees for chairing a committee, or a retainer fee for chairing a committee.

Director compensation packages should be designed to provide value to directors for their contribution. Given that many directors are high-level executives whose personal income levels are generally high, cash compensation may hold little appeal. Stock-based incentives on the other hand reinforce the directors’ role of protecting and enhancing shareholder value. The stock-based component of director compensation should be large enough to ensure that when faced with a situation in which the interests of shareholders and management differ, the board will have a financial incentive to think as a shareholder. Additionally, many companies have instituted equity ownership programs for directors. Social Advisory Services recommends that directors receive stock grants equal to three times of their annual retainer, as it is a reasonable starting point for companies of all sizes and industries. A vesting schedule for director grants helps directors to meet the stock ownership guidelines and maintains their long-term interests in the firm.

Director compensation packages should also be designed to attract and retain competent directors who are willing to risk becoming a defendant in a lawsuit and suffer potentially adverse publicity if the company runs into financial difficulties or is mismanaged.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

5 5  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals seeking ratification of non-employee director compensation, based on the following factors:

 

      If the equity plan under which non-employee director grants are made is on the ballot, whether or not it warrants support; and
      An assessment of the following qualitative factors:
      The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;
      The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;
      Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;
      Equity award vesting schedules;
      The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;
      Meaningful limits on director compensation;
      The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and
      The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Equity Plans for Non-Employee Directors

Stock-based plans may take on a variety of forms including: grants of stock or options, including: discretionary grants, formula based grants, and one-time awards; stock-based awards in lieu of all or some portion of the cash retainer and/or other fees; and deferred stock plans allowing payment of retainer and/or meeting fees to be taken in stock, the payment of which is postponed to some future time, typically retirement or termination of directorship.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on compensation plans for non-employee directors, based on:

 

      The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants;
      The company’s three year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers; and
      The presence of any egregious plan features (such as an option repricing provision or liberal CIC vesting risk).

On occasion, director stock plans that set aside a relatively small number of shares will exceed the plan cost or burn rate benchmark when combined with employee or executive stock compensation plans. In such cases, vote for the plan if all of the following qualitative factors in the board’s compensation are met and disclosed in the proxy statement:

 

      The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;
      The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;
      Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirement;
      Equity award vesting schedules;
      The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;
      Meaningful limits on director compensation;
      The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites;
      The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Outside Director Stock Awards/Options in Lieu of Cash

These proposals seek to pay outside directors a portion of their compensation in stock rather than cash. By doing this, a director’s interest may be more closely aligned with those of shareholders.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

5 6  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals that seek to pay outside directors a portion of their compensation in stock rather than cash.

Director Retirement Plans

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote against retirement plans for non-employee directors.
      Vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for non-employee directors.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Increase Disclosure of Executive Compensation

The SEC requires that companies disclose, in their proxy statements, the salaries of the top five corporate executives (who make at least $100,000 a year). Companies also disclose their compensation practices and details of their stock-based compensation plans. While this level of disclosure is helpful, it does not always provide a comprehensive picture of the company’s compensation practices. For shareholders to make informed decisions on compensation levels, they need to have clear, concise information at their disposal. Increased disclosure will help ensure that management: (1) has legitimate reasons for setting specific pay levels; and (2) is held accountable for its actions.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals seeking increased disclosure on executive compensation issues including the preparation of a formal report on executive compensation practices and policies.

Limit Executive Compensation

Proposals that seek to limit executive or director compensation usually focus on the absolute dollar figure of the compensation or focus on the ratio of compensation between the executives and the average worker of a specific company. Proponents argue that the exponential growth of executive salaries is not in the best interests of shareholders, especially when that pay is exorbitant when compared to the compensation of other workers.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for proposals to prepare reports seeking to compare the wages of a company’s lowest paid worker to the highest paid workers.
      Vote case-by-case on proposals that seek to establish a fixed ratio between the company’s lowest paid workers and the highest paid workers.

Stock Ownership Requirements

Corporate directors should own some amount of stock of the companies on which they serve as board members. Stock ownership is a simple method to align the interests of directors with company shareholders. Nevertheless, many highly qualified individuals such as academics and clergy who can offer valuable perspectives in boardrooms may be unable to purchase individual shares of stock. In such a circumstance, the preferred solution is to look at the board nominees individually and take stock ownership into consideration when voting on the merits of each candidate.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

5 7  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Prohibit/Require Shareholder Approval for Option Repricing

Repricing involves the reduction of the original exercise price of a stock option after the fall in share price. Social Advisory Services does not support repricing since it undermines the incentive purpose of the plan. The use of options as an incentive means that employees must bear the same risks as shareholders in holding these options. Shareholder resolutions calling on companies to abandon the practice of repricing or to submit repricings to a shareholder vote will be supported.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking to limit repricing.
      Vote for shareholder proposals asking the company to have option repricings submitted for shareholder ratification.

Severance Agreements/Golden Parachutes

Golden parachutes are designed to protect the employees of a corporation in the event of a change in control. With Golden Parachutes senior level management employees receive a payout during a change in control at usually two to three times base salary.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requiring that golden parachutes or executive severance agreements be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment contracts.

Cash Balance Plans

A cash balance plan is a defined benefit plan that treats an earned retirement benefit as if it was a credit from a defined contribution plan, but which provides a stated benefit at the end of its term. Because employer contributions to these plans are credited evenly over the life of a plan, and not based on a seniority formula they may reduce payouts to long-term employees who are currently vested in plans.

Cash-balance pension conversions have undergone congressional and federal agency scrutiny following high-profile EEOC complaints on age discrimination and employee anger at companies like IBM. While significant change is unlikely in the short-tm, business interests were concerned enough that the National Association of Manufacturers and other business lobbies formed a Capitol Hill coalition to preserve the essential features of the plans and to overturn an IRS ruling. Driving the push behind conversions from traditional pension plans to cash-balance plans are the substantial savings that companies generate in the process. Critics point out that these savings are gained at the expense of the most senior employees. Resolutions call on corporate boards to establish a committee of outside directors to prepare a report to shareholders on the potential impact of pension-related proposals now being considered by national policymakers in reaction to the controversy spawned by the plans.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals calling for non-discrimination in retirement benefits.
      Vote for shareholder proposals asking a company to give employees the option of electing to participate in either a cash balance plan or in a defined benefit plan.

Performance-Based Equity Awards

Social Advisory Services supports compensating executives at a reasonable rate and believes that executive compensation should be strongly correlated to performance. Social Advisory Services supports equity awards that

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

5 8  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

provide challenging performance objectives and serve to motivate executives to superior performance and as performance-contingent stock options as a significant component of compensation.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposal requesting that a significant amount of future long-term incentive compensation awarded to senior executives shall be performance-based and requesting that the board adopt and disclose challenging performance metrics to shareholders, based on the following analytical steps:

 

      First, vote for shareholder proposals advocating the use of performance-based equity awards, such as performance contingent options or restricted stock, indexed options or premium-priced options, unless the proposal is overly restrictive or if the company has demonstrated that it is using a “substantial” portion of performance-based awards for its top executives. Standard stock options and performance-accelerated awards do not meet the criteria to be considered as performance-based awards. Further, premium-priced options should have a meaningful premium to be considered performance-based awards.

 

      Second, assess the rigor of the company’s performance-based equity program. If the bar set for the performance-based program is too low based on the company’s historical or peer group comparison, generally vote for the proposal. Furthermore, if target performance results in an above target payout, vote for the shareholder proposal due to program’s poor design. If the company does not disclose the performance metric of the performance-based equity program, vote for the shareholder proposal regardless of the outcome of the first step to the test.

In general, vote for the shareholder proposal if the company does not meet both of the above two steps.

Pay for Superior Performance

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals based on a case-by-case analysis that requests the board establish a pay-for-superior performance standard in the company’s executive compensation plan for senior executives. The proposal has the following principles:

 

      Sets compensation targets for the Plan’s annual and long-term incentive pay components at or below the peer group median;
      Delivers a majority of the Plan’s target long-term compensation through performance-vested, not simply time-vested, equity awards;
      Provides the strategic rationale and relative weightings of the financial and non-financial performance metrics or criteria used in the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan;
      Establishes performance targets for each plan financial metric relative to the performance of the company’s peer companies;
      Limits payment under the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan to when the company’s performance on its selected financial performance metrics exceeds peer group median performance.

Consider the following factors in evaluating this proposal:

 

      What aspects of the company’s annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven?
      If the annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven, are the performance criteria and hurdle rates disclosed to shareholders or are they benchmarked against a disclosed peer group?
      Can shareholders assess the correlation between pay and performance based on the current disclosure?
      What type of industry and stage of business cycle does the company belong to?

Link Compensation to Non-Financial Factors

Proponents of these proposals feel that social and environmental criteria should be factored into the formulas used in determining executive compensation packages. The shareholder sponsors of the resolutions look to

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

5 9  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

companies to review current compensation practices and to include social or environmental performance criteria such as accounting for “poor corporate citizenship” and meeting environmental or workplace safety objectives and metrics when evaluating executive compensation. Some of the non-financial criteria that proponents of these resolutions seek to be incorporated in compensation program design include workplace safety, environmental stewardship, or diversity and customer/employee satisfaction – as part of a written policy used to align compensation with performance on non-financial factors alongside financial criteria.

Proponents believe that factors such as poor environmental performance, workplace lawsuits, etc. could have a significant adverse impact on a company’s financial performance if not proactively and adequately addressed, and that these factors should be considered along with traditional financial considerations when determining executive pay. The significant stock price declines and massive losses in shareholder value stemming from the BP Deepwater Horizon oil rig disaster and the tragic explosion at Massey Energy’s Upper Big Branch mine that killed 29 employees is a sobering reminder of the need to have the right management incentives in place to ensure that social and environmental risks are actively managed and mitigated against. Given the proliferation of derivative lawsuits targeted at firms such as Halliburton, Transocean and Cameron International that were suppliers to or partners with BP in a capacity that ignored safety considerations or that contributed to the economic and ecological disaster, investors are increasingly mindful of the far-reaching implications that exposure to social or environmental risks could have on shareholder value at portfolio companies.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals calling for linkage of executive pay to non-financial factors including performance against social and environmental goals, customer/employee satisfaction, corporate downsizing, community involvement, human rights, or predatory lending.
      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on linking executive pay to non-financial factors.

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay) Shareholder Proposals

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally, vote for shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.

Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment and Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits acceleration of the vesting of equity awards to senior executives in the event of a change in control (except for pro rata vesting considering the time elapsed and attainment of any related performance goals between the award date and the change in control).

Vote on a case-by-case on shareholder proposals seeking a policy requiring termination of employment prior to severance payment, and eliminating accelerated vesting of unvested equity. The following factors will be taken into regarding this policy:

 

      The company’s current treatment of equity in change-of-control situations (i.e. is it double triggered, does it allow for the assumption of equity by acquiring company, the treatment of performance shares;
      Current employment agreements, including potential problematic pay practices such as gross-ups embedded in those agreements.

Tax Gross-up Proposals

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals calling for companies to adopt a policy of not providing tax gross-up payments to executives, except in situations where gross-ups are provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to management employees of the company, such as a relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

6 0  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Compensation Consultants - Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking disclosure regarding the company, board, or compensation committee’s use of compensation consultants, such as company name, business relationship(s) and fees paid.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Recoup Bonuses

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote on a case-by-case on proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned later turn out to have been in error. This is line with the clawback provision in the Troubled Asset Relief Program. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. The following will be taken into consideration:

 

      If the company has adopted a formal recoupment bonus policy;
      If the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems;
      If the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent.

Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits named executive officers from engaging in derivative or speculative transactions involving company stock, including hedging, holding stock in a margin account, or pledging stock as collateral for a loan. However, the company’s existing policies regarding responsible use of company stock will be considered.

Bonus Banking

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals seeking deferral of a portion of annual bonus pay, with ultimate payout linked to sustained results for the performance metrics on which the bonus was earned (whether for the named executive officers or a wider group of employees), taking into account the following factors:

 

      The company’s past practices regarding equity and cash compensation;
      Whether the company has a holding period or stock ownership requirements in place, such as a meaningful retention ratio (at least 50 percent for full tenure); and
      Whether the company has a rigorous claw-back policy in place.

Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring senior executive officers to retain a portion of net shares acquired through compensation plans. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

      The percentage/ratio of net shares required to be retained;
      The time period required to retain the shares;
      Whether the company has equity retention, holding period, and/or stock ownership requirements in place and the robustness of such requirements;
      Whether the company has any other policies aimed at mitigating risk taking by executives;

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

6 1  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Executives’ actual stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s existing requirements; and
      Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may demonstrate a short-term versus long-term focus.

Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for certain principles regarding the use of prearranged trading plans (10b5-1 plans) for executives. These principles include:

 

      Adoption, amendment, or termination of a 10b5-1 Plan must be disclosed within two business days in a Form 8-K;
      Amendment or early termination of a 10b5-1 Plan is allowed only under extraordinary circumstances, as determined by the board;
      Ninety days must elapse between adoption or amendment of a 10b5-1 Plan and initial trading under the plan;
      Reports on Form 4 must identify transactions made pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan;
      An executive may not trade in company stock outside the 10b5-1 Plan;
      Trades under a 10b5-1 Plan must be handled by a broker who does not handle other securities transactions for the executive.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

6 2  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  7.

Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

A merger occurs when one corporation is absorbed into another and ceases to exist. The surviving company gains all the rights, privileges, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of the merged corporation. The shareholders of the absorbed company receive stock or securities of the surviving company or other consideration as provided by the plan of merger. Mergers, consolidations, share exchanges, and sale of assets are friendly in nature, which is to say that both sides have agreed to the combination or acquisition of assets.

Shareholder approval for an acquiring company is generally not required under state law or stock exchange regulations unless the acquisition is in the form of a stock transaction which would result in the issue of 20 percent or more of the acquirer’s outstanding shares or voting power, or unless the two entities involved require that shareholders approve the deal. Under most state laws, however, a target company must submit merger agreements to a shareholder vote. Shareholder approval is required in the formation of a consolidated corporation.

Mergers and Acquisitions

M&A analyses are inherently a balance of competing factors. Bright line rules are difficult if not impossible to apply to a world where every deal is different. Ultimately, the question for shareholders (both of the acquirer and the target) is the following: Is the valuation fair? Shareholders of the acquirer may be concerned that the deal values the target too highly. Shareholders of the target may be concerned that the deal undervalues their interests.

Vote recommendation will be based on primarily an analysis of shareholder value, which itself can be affected by ancillary factors such as the negotiation process. The importance of other factors, including corporate governance and social and environmental considerations however, should not fail to be recognized.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Votes on mergers and acquisitions are considered on a case-by-case basis. A review and evaluation of the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction is conducted, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

      Valuation: Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale;
      Market reaction: How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal;
      Strategic rationale: Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions;
      Negotiations and process: Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value;
      Conflicts of interest: Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The CIC figure presented in the “ISS Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists;

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

6 3  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Governance: Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Corporate Reorganization/Restructuring Plans (Bankruptcy)

The recent financial crisis has placed Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganizations as a potential alternative for distressed companies. While the number of bankruptcies has risen over the past year as evidenced by many firms, including General Motors and Lehman Brothers, the prevalence of these reorganizations can vary year over year due to, among other things, market conditions and a company’s ability to sustain its operations. Additionally, the amount of time that lapses between a particular company’s entrance into Chapter 11 and its submission of a plan of reorganization varies significantly depending on the complexity, timing, and jurisdiction of the particular case. These plans are often put to a vote of shareholders (in addition to other interested parties), as required by the Bankruptcy Code.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to common shareholders on bankruptcy plans of reorganization, considering the following factors including, but not limited to:

 

      Estimated value and financial prospects of the reorganized company;
      Percentage ownership of current shareholders in the reorganized company;
      Whether shareholders are adequately represented in the reorganization process (particularly through the existence of an official equity committee);
      The cause(s) of the bankruptcy filing, and the extent to which the plan of reorganization addresses the cause(s);
      Existence of a superior alternative to the plan of reorganization;
      Governance of the reorganized company.

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on SPAC mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

 

      Valuation: Is the value being paid by the SPAC reasonable? SPACs generally lack an independent fairness opinion and the financials on the target may be limited. Compare the conversion price with the intrinsic value of the target company provided in the fairness opinion. Also, evaluate the proportionate value of the combined entity attributable to the SPAC IPO shareholders versus the pre-merger value of SPAC. Additionally, a private company discount may be applied to the target, if it is a private entity.
      Market reaction: How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction may be a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one-day impact on the unaffected stock price.
      Deal timing: A main driver for most transactions is that the SPAC charter typically requires the deal to be complete within 18 to 24 months, or the SPAC is to be liquidated. Evaluate the valuation, market reaction, and potential conflicts of interest for deals that are announced close to the liquidation date.
      Negotiations and process: What was the process undertaken to identify potential target companies within specified industry or location specified in charter? Consider the background of the sponsors.
      Conflicts of interest: How are sponsors benefiting from the transaction compared to IPO shareholders? Potential conflicts could arise if a fairness opinion is issued by the insiders to qualify the deal rather than a third party or if management is encouraged to pay a higher price for the target because of an 80 percent rule (the charter requires that the fair market value of the target is at least equal to 80 percent of net assets of the SPAC). Also, there may be sense of urgency by the management team of the SPAC to close the deal since its charter typically requires a transaction to be completed within the 18-24 month timeframe.
      Voting agreements: Are the sponsors entering into enter into any voting agreements/tender offers with shareholders who are likely to vote against the proposed merger or exercise conversion rights?

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

6 4  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Governance: What is the impact of having the SPAC CEO or founder on key committees following the proposed merger?
      Stakeholder Impact: Impact on community stakeholders and workforce including impact on stakeholders, such as job loss, community lending, equal opportunity, impact on environment etc.

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs) - Proposals for Extensions

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on SPAC extension proposals taking into account the length of the requested extension, the status of any pending transaction(s) or progression of the acquisition process, any added incentive for non-redeeming shareholders, and any prior extension requests.

 

      Length of request: Typically, extension requests range from two to six months, depending on the progression of the SPAC’s acquistion process.
      Pending transaction(s) or progression of the acquisition process: Sometimes an intial business combination was already put to a shareholder vote, but, for varying reasons, the transaction could not be consummated by the termination date and the SPAC is requesting an extension. Other times, the SPAC has entered into a definitive transaction agreement, but needs additional time to consummate or hold the shareholder meeting.
      Added incentive for non-redeeming shareholders: Sometimes the SPAC sponsor (or other insiders) will contribute, typically as a loan to the company, additional funds that will be added to the redemption value of each public share as long as such shares are not redeemed in connection with the extension request. The purpose of the “equity kicker” is to incentivize shareholders to hold their shares through the end of the requested extension or until the time the transaction is put to a shareholder vote, rather than electing redeemption at the extension proposal meeting.
      Prior extension requests: Some SPACs request additional time beyond the extension period sought in prior extension requests.

Spin-offs

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Votes on spin-offs should be considered on a case-by-case basis depending on the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, valuation of spinoff, fairness opinion, benefits to the parent company, conflicts of interest, managerial incentives, corporate governance changes, changes in the capital structure.

Asset Purchases

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Votes on asset purchase proposals should be made on a case-by-case after considering the purchase price, fairness opinion, financial and strategic benefits, how the deal was negotiated, conflicts of interest, other alternatives for the business, non-completion risk.

Asset Sales

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Votes on asset sales should be made on a case-by-case basis after considering the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received for the asset, potential elimination of diseconomies, anticipated financial and operating benefits, anticipated use of funds, fairness opinion, how the deal was negotiated, and conflicts of interest.

Liquidations

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Votes on liquidations should be made on a case-by-case basis after reviewing management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation. Vote for the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the proposal is not approved.

Joint Ventures

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account percentage of assets/business contributed, percentage ownership, financial and strategic benefits, governance structure, conflicts of interest, other alternatives and non-completion risk.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

6 5  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Appraisal Rights

Rights of appraisal provide shareholders who do not approve of the terms of certain corporate transactions the right to demand a judicial review in order to determine the fair value for their shares. The right of appraisal generally applies to mergers, sales of essentially all assets of the corporation, and charter amendments that may have a materially adverse effect on the rights of dissenting shareholders.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.

Going Private/Dark Transactions (Leveraged buyouts and Minority Squeeze-outs)

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on going private transactions, taking into account the following: offer price/premium, fairness opinion, how the deal was negotiated, conflicts of interest, other alternatives/offers considered, and non-completion risk.

Vote case-by-case on “going dark” transactions, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by taking into consideration:

 

      Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly-traded (examination of trading volume, liquidity, and market research of the stock);
      Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out shareholders, taking into account the following:
      Are all shareholders able to participate in the transaction?
      Will there be a liquid market for remaining shareholders following the transaction?
      Does the company have strong corporate governance?
      Will insiders reap the gains of control following the proposed transaction?
      Does the state of incorporation have laws requiring continued reporting that may benefit shareholders?

Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding private placements taking into consideration:

 

      Dilution to existing shareholders’ position.
      The amount and timing of shareholder ownership dilution should be weighed against the needs and proposed shareholder benefits of the capital infusion.
      Terms of the offer - discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion; conversion features; termination penalties; exit strategy.
      The terms of the offer should be weighed against the alternatives of the company and in light of company’s financial issues.
      When evaluating the magnitude of a private placement discount or premium, Social Advisory Services will consider whether it is affected by liquidity, due diligence, control and monitoring issues, capital scarcity, information asymmetry and anticipation of future performance.
      Financial issues include but are not limited to examining the following: a) company’s financial situation; b) degree of need for capital; c) use of proceeds; d) effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital; e) current and proposed cash burn rate; and f) going concern viability and the state of the capital and credit markets.
      Management’s efforts to pursue alternatives and whether the company engaged in a process to evaluate alternatives. A fair, unconstrained process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Financing alternatives can include joint ventures, partnership, merger or sale of part or all of the company.
      Control issues including: a) Change in management; b) change in control; c) guaranteed board and committee seats; d) standstill provisions; e) voting agreements; f) veto power over certain corporate actions.
      Minority versus majority ownership and corresponding minority discount or majority control premium

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

6 6  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Conflicts of interest
      Conflicts of interest should be viewed from the perspective of the company and the investor.
      Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Are managerial incentives aligned with shareholder interests?
      Market reaction
      The market’s response to the proposed deal. A negative market reaction is a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one-day impact on the unaffected stock price.

Vote for the private placement if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Formation of Holding Company

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company, taking into consideration: a) the reasons for the change; b) any financial or tax benefits; c) regulatory benefits; d) increases in capital structure; and e) changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.
      Vote against the formation of a holding company, absent compelling financial reasons to support the transaction, if the transaction would include either: a) increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable maximum; or b) adverse changes in shareholder rights.

Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder value by hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives, selling the company or liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to shareholders. These proposals should be evaluated based on the following factors:

 

      Prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight;
      Signs of entrenched board and management;
      Strategic plan in place for improving value;
      Likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution;
      Whether company is actively exploring its strategic options, including retaining a financial advisor.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

6 7  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  8.

Social and Environmental Proposals

Socially responsible shareholder resolutions are receiving a great deal more attention from institutional shareholders today than they have in the past. In addition to the moral and ethical considerations intrinsic to many of these proposals, there is a growing recognition of their potential impact on the economic performance of the company. Among the reasons for this change are:

 

      The number and variety of shareholder resolutions on social and environmental issues has increased;
      Many of the sponsors and supporters of these resolutions are large institutional shareholders with significant holdings, and therefore, greater direct influence on the outcomes;
      The proposals are more sophisticated – better written, more focused, and more sensitive to the feasibility of implementation;
      Investors now understand that a company’s response to social and environmental issues can have serious economic consequences for the company and its shareholders.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for social and environmental shareholder proposals that promote good corporate citizens while enhancing long-term shareholder and stakeholder value. Vote for disclosure reports that seek additional information particularly when it appears companies have not adequately addressed shareholders’ social, workforce, and environmental concerns. In determining vote recommendations on shareholder social, workforce, and environmental proposals, Social Advisory Services will analyze the following factors:

 

      Whether the proposal itself is well framed and reasonable;
      Whether adoption of the proposal would have either a positive or negative impact on the company’s short-term or long-term share value;
      Whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders is persuasive;
      The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to boycott or selective purchasing;
      Whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board;
      Whether the issues presented in the proposal are best dealt with through legislation, government regulation, or company-specific action;
      The company’s approach compared with its peers or any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;
      Whether the company has already responded in an appropriate or sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;
      Whether there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental or social practices;
      If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether sufficient information is publicly available to shareholders and whether it would be unduly burdensome for the company to compile and avail the requested information to shareholders in a more comprehensive or amalgamated fashion;
      Whether implementation of the proposal would achieve the objectives sought in the proposal.

In general, Social Advisory Services supports proposals that request the company to furnish information helpful to shareholders in evaluating the company’s operations. In order to be able to intelligently monitor their investments shareholders often need information best provided by the company in which they have invested. Requests to report such information will merit support. Requests to establish special committees of the board to address broad corporate policy and provide forums for ongoing dialogue on issues including, but not limited to shareholder relations, the environment, human rights, occupational health and safety, and executive compensation, will generally be supported, particularly when they appear to offer a potentially effective method for enhancing shareholder value. We will closely evaluate proposals that ask the company to cease certain actions that the proponent believes are harmful to society or some segment of society with special attention to the company’s legal and ethical obligations, its ability to remain profitable, and potential negative publicity if the company fails to

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

6 8  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

honor the request. Social Advisory Services supports shareholder proposals that improve the company’s public image, and reduce exposure to liabilities.

Diversity and Equality

Significant progress has been made in recent years in the advancement of women and racial minorities in the workplace and the establishment of greater protections against discriminatory practices in the workplace. In the U.S, there are many civil rights laws that are enforced by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. The Civil Rights Act of 1964 prohibits discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex and nationality. However, discrimination on the basis of race, gender, religion, nationality, and sexual preference continues. The SEC’s revised disclosure rules now require information on how boards factor diversity into the director nomination process, as well as disclosure on how the board assesses the effectiveness of its diversity policy. Shareholder proposals on diversity may target a company’s board nomination procedures or seek greater disclosure on a company’s programs and procedures on increasing the diversity of its workforce, and make reference to one or more of the following points:

 

      Violations of workplace anti-discrimination laws lead to expensive litigation and damaged corporate reputations that are not in the best interests of shareholders;
      Employers already prepare employee diversity reports for the EEOC, so preparing a similar report to shareholders can be done at minimal cost;
      The presence of women, ethnic minorities and union members in workforce and customer pools gives companies with diversified boards a practical advantage over their competitors as a result of their unique perspectives;
      Efforts to include women, minorities and union representatives on corporate boards can be made at reasonable costs;
      Reports can be prepared “at reasonable expense” describing efforts to encourage diversified representation on their boards;
      Board diversification increases the pool of the company’s potential investors because more and more investors are favoring companies with diverse boards;
      A commitment to diversity in the workforce can lead to superior financial returns.

Add Women and Minorities to the Board

Board diversification proposals ask companies to put systems in place to increase the representation of women, racial minorities, union members or other underrepresented minority groups on boards of directors. In prior years, board diversification proposals requested that companies nominate board members from certain constituencies, appoint special committees to recommend underrepresented classes of board members, establish board positions reserved for representatives of certain groups, or simply “make greater efforts” to nominate women and ethnic minorities to their boards.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals that ask the company to take steps to nominate more women and racial minorities to the board.
      Vote for shareholder proposals asking for reports on board diversity.
      Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt nomination charters or amend existing charters to include reasonable language addressing diversity.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

6 9  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Report on the Distribution of Stock Options by Gender and Race

Companies have received requests from shareholders to prepare reports documenting the distribution of the stock options and restricted stock awards by race and gender of the recipient. Proponents of these proposals argue that, in the future, there will be a shift toward basing racial and gender discrimination suits on the distribution of corporate wealth through stock options. The appearance of these proposals is also in response to the nationwide wage gap and under representation of minorities and women at the highest levels of compensation.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to report on the distribution of stock options by race and gender of the recipient.

Prepare Report/Promote EEOC-Related Activities

Filers of proposals on this issue generally ask a company to make available, at reasonable cost and omitting proprietary information, data the company includes in its annual report to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) outlining the make-up of its workforce by race, gender and position. Shareholders also ask companies to report on any efforts they are making to advance the representation of women and ethnic minorities in jobs in which they have been historically underrepresented, such as sales and management. The costs of violating federal laws that prohibit discrimination by corporations are high and can affect corporate earnings. The Equal Opportunities Employment Commission does not release the companies’ filings to the public, unless it is involved in litigation, and this information is difficult to obtain from other sources. Companies need to be sensitive to minority employment issues as the new evolving work force becomes increasingly diverse. This information can be provided with little cost to the company and does not create an unreasonable burden on management.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals that ask the company to report on its diversity and/or affirmative action programs.
      Vote for shareholder proposals calling for legal and regulatory compliance and public reporting related to non-discrimination, affirmative action, workplace health and safety, and labor policies and practices that effect long-term corporate performance.
      Vote for shareholder proposals requesting nondiscrimination in salary, wages and all benefits.
      Vote for shareholder proposals calling for action on equal employment opportunity and antidiscrimination.

Report on Progress Towards Glass Ceiling Commission Recommendations

In November 1995, the Glass Ceiling Commission (Commission), a bipartisan panel of leaders from business and government, issued a report describing “an unseen yet unbreachable barrier that keeps women and minorities from rising to the upper rungs of the corporate ladder.” The Commission recommended that companies take practical steps to rectify this disparity, such as including diversity goals in business plans, committing to affirmative action for qualified employees and initiating family-friendly labor policies. Shareholders have submitted proposals asking companies to report on progress made toward the Commission’s recommendations.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals that ask the company to report on its progress against the Glass Ceiling Commission’s recommendations.
      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking to eliminate the “glass ceiling” for women and minority employees.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

7 0  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Prohibit Discrimination on the Basis of Sexual Orientation or Gender
Identity

Federal law does not ban workplace discrimination against gay and lesbian employees, and only some states have enacted workplace protections for these employees. Although an increasing number of US companies have explicitly banned discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation or gender identity in their equal employment opportunity (EEO) statements, many still do not. Shareholder proponents and other activist groups concerned with gay and lesbian rights, such as the Human Rights Campaign (HRC) and the Pride Foundation, have targeted U.S. companies that do not specifically restrict discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation in their EEO statements. Shareholder proposals on this topic ask companies to change the language of their EEO statements in order to put in place anti-discrimination protection for their gay and lesbian employees. In addition, proposals may seek disclosure on a company’s general initiatives to create a workplace free of discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation, including reference to such items as support of gay and lesbian employee groups, diversity training that addresses sexual orientation, and non-medical benefits to domestic partners of gay and lesbian employees.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals to include language in EEO statements specifically barring discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation or gender identity.
      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on a company’s initiatives to create a workplace free of discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation or gender identity.
      Vote against shareholder proposals that seek to eliminate protection already afforded to gay and lesbian employees.

Report on/Eliminate Use of Racial Stereotypes in Advertising

Many companies continue to use racial stereotypes or images perceived as racially insensitive in their advertising campaigns. Filers of shareholder proposals on this topic often request companies to give more careful consideration to the symbols and images that are used to promote the company.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals seeking more careful consideration of using racial stereotypes in advertising campaigns, including preparation of a report on this issue.

Gender, Race, or Ethnicity Pay Gap

Over the past several years, shareholders have filed resolutions requesting that companies report whether a gender, race, or ethnicity pay gap exists, and if so, what measures are being taken to eliminate the gap. While primarily filed at technology firms, in 2017, the resolutions were also filed at firms in the financial services, insurance, healthcare, and telecommunication sectors. Proponents are expected to continue this campaign by engaging companies and filing shareholder proposals on this issue.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for requests for reports on a company’s pay data by gender, race, or ethnicity, or a report on a company’s policies and goals to reduce any gender, race, or ethinicity pay gap.

Labor and Human Rights

Investors, international human rights groups, and labor advocacy groups have long been making attempts to safeguard worker rights in the international marketplace. In instances where companies themselves operate factories in developing countries for example, these advocates have asked that the companies adopt global corporate standards that guarantee sustainable wages and safe working conditions for their workers abroad. Companies that contract out portions of their manufacturing operations to foreign companies have been asked to ensure that the products they receive from those contractors have not been made using forced labor, child labor,

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

7 1  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

or sweatshop labor. These companies are asked to adopt formal vendor standards that, among other things, include some sort of monitoring mechanism. Globalization, relocation of production overseas, and widespread use of subcontractors and vendors, often make it difficult to obtain a complete picture of a company’s labor practices in global markets. Recent deadly accidents at factories, notably in Bangladesh and in Pakistan, have continued to intensify these concerns. Many investors believe that companies would benefit from adopting a human rights policy based on the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the International Labour Organization’s Core Labor Standards. Efforts that seek greater disclosure on a company’s global labor practices, including its supply chain, and that seek to establish minimum standards for a company’s operations will be supported. In addition, requests for independent monitoring of overseas operations will be supported.

Social Advisory Services generally supports proposals that call for the adoption and/or enforcement of principles or codes relating to countries in which there are systematic violations of human rights; such as the use of slave, child, or prison labor; a government that is illegitimate; or there is a call by human rights advocates, pro-democracy organizations, or legitimately-elected representatives for economic sanctions. The use of child, sweatshop, or forced labor is unethical and can damage corporate reputations. Poor labor practices can lead to litigation against the company, which can be costly and time consuming.

Codes of Conduct and Vendor Standards

In recent years, an increasing number of shareholder proposals have been submitted that pertain to the adoption of codes of conduct or provision, greater disclosure on a company’s international workplace standards, or that request human rights risk assessment. Companies have been asked to adopt a number of different types of codes, including a workplace code of conduct, standards for international business operations, human rights standards, International Labour Organization (ILO) standards and the SA 8000 principles. The ILO is an independent agency of the United Nations which consists of 187-member nations represented by workers, employers, and governments. The ILO’s general mandate is to promote a decent workplace for all individuals. The ILO sets international labor standards in the form of its conventions and then monitors compliance with the standards. The seven conventions of the ILO fall under four broad categories: Right to organize and bargain collectively, Nondiscrimination in employment, Abolition of forced labor, and End of child labor. Each of the 187 member-nations of the ILO is bound to respect and promote these rights to the best of their abilities. SA 8000 is a set of labor standards, based on the principles of the ILO conventions and other human rights conventions, and covers eight workplace conditions, including: child labor, forced labor, health and safety, freedom of association and the right to collective bargaining, discrimination, disciplinary practices, working hours and compensation. The Global Sullivan Principles are a set of guidelines that support economic, social and political justice by companies where they do business; to support human rights and to encourage equal opportunity at all levels of employment.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals to implement human rights standards and workplace codes of conduct.
      Vote for shareholder proposals calling for the implementation and reporting on ILO codes of conduct, SA 8000 Standards, or the Global Sullivan Principles.
      Vote for shareholder proposals that call for the adoption of principles or codes of conduct relating to company investments in countries with patterns of human rights abuses (e.g. Northern Ireland, Burma, former Soviet Union, and China).
      Vote for shareholder proposals that call for independent monitoring programs in conjunction with local and respected religious and human rights groups to monitor supplier and licensee compliance with codes.
      Vote for shareholder proposals that seek publication of a “Code of Conduct” by the company’s foreign suppliers and licensees, requiring that they satisfy all applicable standards and laws protecting employees’ wages, benefits, working conditions, freedom of association, and other rights.
      Vote for proposals requesting that a company conduct an assessment of the human rights risks in its operations or in its supply chain, or report on its human rights risk assessment process.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

7 2  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on, or the adoption of, vendor standards including: reporting on incentives to encourage suppliers to raise standards rather than terminate contracts and providing public disclosure of contract supplier reviews on a regular basis.
      Vote for shareholder proposals to adopt labor standards for foreign and domestic suppliers to ensure that the company will not do business with foreign suppliers that manufacture products for sale in the U.S. using forced labor, child labor, or that fail to comply with applicable laws protecting employee’s wages and working conditions.

Adopt/Report on MacBride Principles

These resolutions have called for the adoption of the MacBride Principles for operations located in Northern Ireland. They request companies operating abroad to support the equal employment opportunity policies that apply in facilities they operate domestically. The principles were established to address the sectarian hiring problems between Protestants and Catholics in Northern Ireland. It is well documented that Northern Ireland’s Catholic community faced much higher unemployment figures than the Protestant community. In response to this problem, the U.K. government instituted the New Fair Employment Act of 1989 (and subsequent amendments) to address the sectarian hiring problems.

Many companies believe that the Act adequately addresses the problems and that further action, including adoption of the MacBride Principles, only duplicates the efforts already underway. In evaluating a proposal to adopt the MacBride Principles, shareholders must decide whether the principles will cause companies to divest, and therefore worsen the unemployment problem, or whether the principles will promote equal hiring practices. Proponents believe that the Fair Employment Act does not sufficiently address the sectarian hiring problems. They argue that the MacBride Principles serve to stabilize the situation and promote further investment.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals to report on or implement the MacBride Principles.

Community Impact Assessment/Indigenous Peoples’ Rights

In recent years, a number of U.S. public companies have found their operations or expansion plans in conflict with local indigenous groups. In order to improve their standing with indigenous groups and decrease any negative publicity companies may face, some concerned shareholders have sought reports requesting that companies review their obligations, actions and presence on these groups. Some have also requested these companies adopt policies based on the Draft UN Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples and the Organization of American States’ (OAS) American Declaration on rights of Indigenous Peoples. Some companies such as Starbucks have reached agreements with local governments to ensure better business practices for products produced by indigenous groups. Shareholders, concerned with the negative impact that the company’s operations may have on the indigenous people’s land and community, have sought reports detailing the impact of the company’s actions and presence on these groups.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking to prepare reports on a company’s environmental and health impact on communities.

Report on Risks of Outsourcing

Consumer interest in keeping costs low through comparison shopping, coupled with breakthroughs in productivity have prompted companies to look for methods of increasing profit margins while keeping prices competitive. Through a practice known as off-shoring, the outsourcing or moving of manufacturing and service operations to foreign markets with lower labor costs, companies have found one method where the perceived savings potential is quite substantial. Shareholder opponents of outsourcing argue that there may be long-term consequences to

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

7 3  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

offshore outsourcing that outweigh short-term benefits such as backlash from a public already sensitive to offshoring, security risks from information technology development overseas, and diminished employee morale. Shareholder proposals addressing outsourcing ask that companies prepare a report to shareholders evaluating the risk to the company’s brand name and reputation in the U.S. from outsourcing and off-shoring of manufacturing and service work to other countries.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholders proposals asking companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing or off-shoring.

Report on the Impact of Health Pandemics on Company Operations

Sub-Saharan Africa is the most affected region in the world with regard to the HIV/AIDS pandemic. With limited access to antiretroviral treatment for HIV/AIDS, the increasing death toll is expected to have profound social, political and economic impact on that region and the companies or industries with operations in Sub-Saharan Africa. In the past, shareholder proposals asked companies to develop policies to provide affordable HIV/AIDS, malaria, and tuberculosis drugs in third-world countries. However, in recent years, shareholders have changed their tactic, asking instead for reports on the impact of these pandemics on company operations, including both pharmaceutical and non-pharmaceutical companies operating in high-risk areas. This change is consistent with the general shift in shareholder proposals towards risk assessment and mitigation.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking for companies to report on the impact of pandemics, such as HIV/AIDS, malaria, and tuberculosis, on their business strategies.

Operations in High Risk Markets

In recent years, shareholder advocates and human rights organizations have highlighted concerns associated with companies operating in regions that are politically unstable, including state sponsors of terror. The U.S. government has active trade sanction regimes in place against a number of countries, including Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, and Syria, among others. These sanctions are enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, which is part of the U.S. Department of the Treasury. However, these countries do not comprise an exhaustive list of countries considered to be high-risk markets.

Shareholder proponents have filed resolutions addressing a variety of concerns around how investments and operations in high-risk regions may support, or be perceived to support, potentially oppressive governments. Proponents contend that operations in these countries may lead to potential reputational, regulatory, and/or supply chain risks as a result of operational disruptions. Concerned shareholders have requested investment withdrawals or cessation of operations in high-risk markets as well as reports on operations in high-risk markets. Such reports may seek additional disclosure from companies on criteria employed for investing in, continuing to operate in, and withdrawing from specific countries.

Depending on the country’s human rights record, investors have also asked companies to refrain from commencing new projects in the country of concern until improvements are made. In addition, investors have sought greater disclosure on the nature of a company’s involvement in the country and on the impact of their involvement or operations.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for requests for a review of and a report outlining the company’s potential financial and reputation risks associated with operations in “high-risk” markets, such as a terrorism-sponsoring state or otherwise, taking into account:

 

      The nature, purpose, and scope of the operations and business involved that could be affected by social or political disruption;
      Current disclosure of applicable risk assessment(s) and risk management procedures;

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

7 4  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws;
      Consideration of other international policies, standards, and laws;
      Whether the company has been recently involved in significant controversies or violations in “high-risk” markets.

Reports on Operations in Burma/Myanmar

Since the early 1960s, Burma (also known as Myanmar) has been ruled by a military dictatorship that has been condemned for human rights abuses, including slave labor, torture, rape and murder. Many companies have pulled out of Burma over the past decade given the controversy surrounding involvement in the country. Oil companies continue be the largest investors in Burma and therefore are the usual targets of shareholder proposals on this topic. However, proposals have also been filed at other companies, including financial companies, for their involvement in the country.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals to adopt labor standards in connection with involvement in Burma.
      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on Burmese operations and reports on costs of continued involvement in the country.
      Vote shareholder proposals to pull out of Burma on a case-by-case basis.

Reports on Operations in China

Documented human rights abuses in China continue to raise concerns among investors, specifically with respect to alleged use of prison and child labor in manufacturing. Reports have identified U.S. companies with direct or indirect ties to companies controlled by the Chinese military, the People’s Liberation Army (PLA), and hence links to prison labor. The U.S. Business Principles for Human Rights of Workers in China may help a company with operations in China avoid being blacklisted by U.S. states and municipalities, many of whom have limited their contracts with companies that fail to adopt similar principles in other countries recognized for committing gross human rights violations.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals requesting more disclosure on a company’s involvement in China
      Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that ask a company to terminate a project or investment in China.

Product Sales to Repressive Regimes

Certain Internet technology companies have been accused of assisting repressive governments in violating human rights through the knowing misuse of their hardware and software. Human rights groups have accused companies such as Yahoo!, Cisco, Google, and Microsoft of allowing the Chinese government to censor and track down dissenting voices on the internet.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals requesting that companies cease product sales to repressive regimes that can be used to violate human rights.
      Vote for proposals to report on company efforts to reduce the likelihood of product abuses in this manner.

Internet Privacy/Censorship and Data Security

Information technology sector companies have been at the center of shareholder advocacy campaigns regarding concerns over Internet service companies and technology providers’ alleged cooperation with potentially repressive regimes, notably the Chinese government. Shareholder proposals, submitted at Yahoo!, Google, Microsoft, and Cisco, among others, asked companies to take steps to stop abetting repression and censorship of

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

7 5  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

the Internet and/or review their human rights policies taking this issue into consideration. Resolution sponsors generally argue that the Chinese government is using IT company technologies to track, monitor, identify, and, ultimately, suppress political dissent. In the view of proponents, this process of surveillance and associated suppression violates internationally accepted norms outlined in the U.N. Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

While early shareholder resolutions on Internet issues focused on censorship by repressive regimes and net neutrality, proponents have recently raised concerns regarding privacy and data security in the wake of increased breaches that result in the misuse of personal information. On Oct. 13, 2011, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued a guidance document about the disclosure obligations relating to cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents. In the document, the SEC references the negative consequences that are associated with cyber-attacks, such as: remediation costs, including those required to repair relationships with customers and clients; increased cyber-security protection costs; lost revenues from unauthorized use of the information or missed opportunities to attract clients; litigation; and reputational damage. The document says that while the federal securities laws do not explicitly require disclosure of cybersecurity risks and incidents, some disclosure requirements may impose an obligation on the company to disclose such information and provides scenarios where disclosure may be required. A 2013 study by the Ponemon Institute found that the median annualized cost of cyber-attacks for the 60 organizations studied was $11.6 million. The study also found that the number of successful cyber-attacks among the 60 companies increased by 18 percent between 2012 and 2013, from 102 successful attacks on average per week to 122.

More recently, data security has been the focus of media outlets and a public concern. During the 2013 holiday shopping season, Target, Neiman Marcus, and other retailers were the targets of hackers looking to steal credit card numbers. It is estimated that as many as 40 million customer credit and debit card accounts were stolen at Target alone. These incidents preceded what many people consider the largest data security breach in the United States. In June 2013, major media outlets began releasing information about leaked classified documents disclosed by Edward Snowden, an NSA contractor. The documents revealed a government-run Internet and telephone surveillance program aimed at collecting metadata. As part of this operation, the government is said to have obtained from major U.S. telecommunications companies the call records of their customers.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for resolutions requesting the disclosure and implementation of Internet privacy and censorship policies and procedures considering:

 

      The level of disclosure of policies and procedures relating to privacy, freedom of speech, Internet censorship, and government monitoring of the Internet;
      Engagement in dialogue with governments and/or relevant groups with respect to the Internet and the free flow of information;
      The scope of business involvement and of investment in markets that maintain government censorship or monitoring of the Internet;
      The market-specific laws or regulations applicable to Internet censorship or monitoring that may be imposed on the company; and
      The level of controversy or litigation related to the company’s international human rights policies and procedures.

Disclosure on Plant Closings

Shareholders have asked that companies contemplating plant closures consider the impact of such closings on employees and the community, especially when such plan closures involve a community’s largest employers. Social Advisory Services usually recommends voting for greater disclosure of plant closing criteria. In cases where it can be shown that companies have been proactive and responsible in adopting these criteria, Social Advisory Services recommends against the proposal.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals seeking greater disclosure on plant closing criteria if the company has not provided such information.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

7 6  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Environment

Proposals addressing environmental and energy concerns are plentiful, and generally seek greater disclosure on a particular issue or seek to improve a company’s environmental practices in order to protect the world’s natural resources. In addition, some proponents cite the negative financial implications for companies with poor environmental practices, including liabilities associated with site clean-ups and lawsuits, as well as arguments that energy efficient products and clean environmental practices are sustainable business practices that will contribute to long-term shareholder value. Shareholders proponents point out that the majority of independent atmospheric scientists agree that global warming poses a serious problem to the health and welfare of our planet, citing the findings of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Shareholder activists argue that companies can report on their greenhouse gas emissions within a few months at reasonable cost. The general trend indicates a movement towards encouraging companies to have proactive environmental policies, focusing on maximizing the efficient use of non-renewable resources and minimizing threats of harm to human health or the environment.

Environmental/Sustainability Reports

Shareholders may request general environmental disclosures or reports on a specific location/operation, often requesting that the company detail the environmental risks and potential liabilities of a specific project. Increasingly, companies have begun reporting on environmental and sustainability issues using the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards. The GRI was established in 1997 with the mission of developing globally applicable guidelines for reporting on economic, environmental, and social performance. The GRI was developed by CERES, (formerly known as the Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies) in partnership with the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP).

CERES was formed in the wake of the March 1989 Exxon Valdez oil spill, when a consortium of investors, environmental groups, and religious organizations drafted what were originally named the Valdez Principles. Later named the CERES Principles, and now branded the CERES roadmap to sustainability, corporate signatories of the CERES roadmap to sustainability pledge to institute accountability mechanisms that integrate sustainability considerations into core business systems and decision-making on topics such as governance, stakeholder engagement and disclosure. Signatories also pledge to build systems across a corporation’s value chain to enable ongoing improvements in three priority environmental and social impact areas (Climate Change, Natural Resources, and Human Rights).

The Equator Principles are the financial industry’s benchmark for determining, assessing and managing social and environmental risk in project financing. First launched in June 2003, the Principles were ultimately adopted by over forty financial institutions over a three-year implementation period. Since its adoption, the Principles have undergone a number of revisions, expanding the use of performance standards and signatory banks’ banks’ commitments to social responsibility, including human rights, climate change, and transparency. The fourth iteration of the Principles was launched in November 2019, incorporating amendments and new commitment to human rights, climate change, Indigenous Peoples and biodiversity related topics. Financial institutions adopt these principles to ensure that the projects they finance are developed in a socially responsible manner and reflect sound environmental management practices. As of 2019, 101 financial institutions have officially adopted the Equator Principles.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking greater disclosure on the company’s environmental and social practices, and/or associated risks and liabilities.
      Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to report in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI).
      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking the preparation of sustainability reports.
      Vote for shareholder proposals to study or implement the CERES principles.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

7 7  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Vote for shareholder proposals to study or implement the Equator Principles.

Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas Emissions

Climate change has emerged as the most significant environmental threat to the planet to date. Scientists generally agree that gases released by chemical reactions including the burning of fossil fuels contribute to a “greenhouse effect” that traps the planet’s heat. Environmentalists claim that the Greenhouse Gases(GHG) produced by the industrial age have caused recent weather crises such as heat waves, rainstorms, melting glaciers, rising sea levels and receding coastlines. Climate change skeptics have described the rise and fall of global temperatures as naturally occurring phenomena and depicted human impact on climate change as minimal. Shareholder proposals requesting companies to issue a report to shareholders, “at reasonable cost and omitting proprietary information,” on greenhouse gas emissions ask that the report include descriptions of corporate efforts to reduce emissions, companies’ financial exposure and potential liability from operations that contribute to global warming, their direct or indirect efforts to promote the view that global warming is not a threat, and their goals in reducing these emissions from their operations. Shareholder proponents argue that there is scientific proof that the burning of fossil fuels causes global warming, that future legislation may make companies financially liable for their contributions to global warming, and that a report on the company’s role in global warming can be assembled at reasonable cost.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking information on the financial, physical, or regulatory risks it faces related to climate change- on its operations and investments, or on how the company identifies, measures, and manage such risks.
      Vote for shareholder proposals calling for the reduction of GHG or adoption of GHG goals in products and operations.
      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on responses to regulatory and public pressures surrounding climate change, and for disclosure of research that aided in setting company policies around climate change.
      Vote for shareholder proposals requesting reports on greenhouse gas emissions from companies’ operations and/or products.

Invest in Clean/Renewable Energy

Filers of proposals on renewable energy ask companies to increase their investment in renewable energy sources and to work to develop products that rely more on renewable energy sources. Increased use of renewable energy will reduce the negative environmental impact of energy companies. In addition, as supplies of oil and coal exist in the earth in limited quantities, renewable energy sources represent a competitive, and some would argue essential, long-term business strategy.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking the preparation of a report on a company’s activities related to the development of renewable energy sources.
      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking increased investment in renewable energy sources unless the terms of the resolution are overly restrictive.

Energy Efficiency

Reducing the negative impact to the environment can be done through the use of more energy efficient practices and products. Shareholders propose that corporations should have energy efficient manufacturing processes and should market more energy efficient products. This can be done by utilizing renewable energy sources that are cost-competitive and by implementing energy efficient operations.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

7 8  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requesting a report on company energy efficiency policies and/or goals.

Operations in Environmentally Sensitive Areas

Canadian Oil Sands

Proposals asking for a report on oil sands operations in the Athabasca region of Alberta, Canada have appeared at a number of oil and gas companies. Alberta’s oil sands contain a reserve largely thought to be one of the world’s largest potential energy sources. Rising oil sands production in Alberta has been paralleled with concerns from a variety of stakeholders—including environmental groups, local residents, and shareholders—regarding the environmental impacts of the complicated extraction and upgrading processes required to convert oil sands into a synthetic crude oil. The high viscosity of bitumen makes its extraction a challenging and resource-intensive process; the most common extraction technique involves pumping steam into the oil sands to lower the viscosity of bitumen in order to pump it to the surface.

One of the most prominent issues concerning oil sands is the large volume of greenhouse gases (GHG) associated with production. Oil sands are by far one of the most energy-intensive forms of oil production, releasing three times more GHG emissions from production than conventional oil.

Shareholders have kept up pressure on the issue of potential long-term risks to companies posed by the environmental, social, and economic challenges associated with Canadian oil sands operations. Resolutions on the topic have focused on requesting greater transparency on the ramifications of oil sands development projects.

Arctic National Wildlife Refuge

The Arctic National Wildlife Refuge (ANWR) is a federally protected wilderness along Alaska’s North Slope. In the past, legislation proposed in both the House and Senate that, if passed, would allow a portion of this area to be leased to private companies for development and production of oil, has been witnessed. Oil companies have expressed an interest in bidding for these leases given the opportunity. In response, shareholder activists have filed resolutions asking these companies to cancel any plans to drill in the ANWR and cease their lobbying efforts to open the area for drilling. Proponents of shareholder proposals on this issue argue that the Coastal Plain section of the ANWR is the most environmentally sensitive area of the refuge, that the majority of Alaska’s North Slope that is not federally designated wilderness already provides the oil industry with sufficient resources for oil production, and that advocates of drilling in ANWR overstate the benefit to be derived from opening the wilderness to oil production. Those in favor of opening the area up to drilling note that only a small portion of ANWR would be considered for exploration, and if drilling were to take place, it would be on less than one percent of the entire area, that modern technology reduces the environmental impact of oil drilling on both the land and surrounding wildlife, and that oil production in ANWR would have considerable benefit to company shareholders, Alaskans, and the United States as a whole.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for requests for reports on potential environmental damage as a result of company operations in protected regions.
      Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to prepare reports or adopt policies on operations that include mining, drilling or logging in environmentally sensitive areas.
      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking to curb or reduce the sale of products manufactured from materials extracted from environmentally sensitive areas such as old growth forests.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

7 9  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Hydraulic Fracturing

Shareholder proponents have elevated concerns on the use of hydraulic fracturing, an increasingly controversial process in which water, sand, and a mix of chemicals are blasted horizontally into tight layers of shale rock to extract natural gas. As this practice has gained more widespread use, environmentalists have raised concerns that the chemicals mixed with sand and water to aid the fracturing process can contaminate ground water supplies. Proponents of resolutions at companies that employ hydraulic fracturing are also concerned that wastewater produced by the process could overload the waste treatment plants to which it is shipped. Shareholders have asked companies that utilize hydraulic fracturing to report on the environmental impact of the practice and to disclose policies aimed at reducing hazards from the process.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for requests seeking greater transparency on the practice of hydraulic fracturing and its associated risks.

Phase Out Chlorine-Based Chemicals

The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) identified chlorine bleaching of pulp and paper as a major source of dioxin, a known human carcinogen linked to have negative effects to humans and animals. A number of shareholder proposals have been filed in recent years asking companies to report on the possible phase-out of chlorine bleaching in the production of paper because of the practice’s negative environmental impact.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals to prepare a report on the phase-out of chlorine bleaching in paper production.
      Vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals asking companies to cease or phase-out the use of chlorine bleaching.

Land Procurement and Development

Certain real estate developers including big-box large retailers have received criticism over their processes for acquiring and developing land. Given a 2005 Supreme Court decision allowing for the usage of eminent domain laws in the U.S. to take land from property-owners for tax generating purposes, as well as certain controversies outside of the U.S. with land procurement, some shareholders would like assurances that companies are acting ethically and with local stakeholders in mind.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requesting that companies report on or adopt policies for land procurement and utilize the policies in their decision-making.

Report on the Sustainability of Concentrated Area Feeding Operations (CAFO)

The potential environmental impact on water, aquatic ecosystems, and local areas from odor and chemical discharges from CAFOs has led to lawsuits and EPA regulations. Certain shareholders have asked companies to provide additional details on their CAFOs in addition to those with which the companies contract to raise their livestock.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for requests that companies report on the sustainability and the environmental impacts of both company-owned and contract livestock operations.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

8 0  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Adopt a Comprehensive Recycling Policy

A number of companies have received proposals to step-up their recycling efforts, with the goal of reducing the company’s negative impact on the environment and reducing costs over the long-term.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals requesting the preparation of a report on the company’s recycling efforts.
      Vote for shareholder proposals that ask companies to increase their recycling efforts or to adopt a formal recycling policy.

Nuclear Energy

Nuclear power continues to be a controversial method of producing electricity. Opponents of nuclear energy are primarily concerned with serious accidents and the related negative human health consequences, and with the difficulties involved in nuclear waste storage.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking the preparation of a report on a company’s nuclear energy procedures.
      Vote case-by-case on proposals that ask the company to cease the production of nuclear power.

Water Use

Shareholders may ask for a company to prepare a report evaluating the business risks linked to water use and impacts on the company’s supply chain, including subsidiaries and bottling partners. Such proposals also ask companies to disclose current policies and procedures for mitigating the impact of operations on local communities in areas of water scarcity.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking the preparation of a report on a company’s risks linked to water use.
      Vote for resolutions requesting companies to promote the “human right to water” as articulated by the United Nations.
      Vote for shareholder proposals requesting that companies report on or adopt policies for water use that incorporate social and environmental factors.

Kyoto Protocol Compliance

With the Kyoto Protocol operational as of February 2005, ratifying countries have agreed to reduce their emissions of carbon dioxide and five other greenhouse gases. While some signatories have yet to release specific details of corporate regulations, the impact on multinationals operating in Kyoto-compliant countries is anticipated to be significant.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to review and report on how companies will meet GHG reduction targets of the Kyoto-compliant countries in which they operate.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

8 1  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Health and Safety

Toxic Materials

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to report on policies and activities to ensure product safety.
      Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to disclose annual expenditures relating to the promotion and/or environmental cleanup of toxins.
      Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to report on the feasibility of removing, or substituting with safer alternatives, all “harmful” ingredients used in company products.

Product Safety

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Generally vote for proposals requesting the company to report on or adopt consumer product safety policies and initiatives.
      Generally vote for proposals requesting the study, adoption and/or implementation of consumer product safety programs in the company’s supply chain.

Workplace/Facility Safety

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals requesting workplace safety reports, including reports on accident risk reduction efforts.
      Vote shareholder proposals requesting companies report on or implement procedures associated with their operations and/or facilities on a case-by-case basis.

Report on Handgun Safety Initiatives

Shareholders may ask for a company to report on policies and procedures that are aimed at curtailing the incidence of gun violence. Such a report may include: implementation of the company’s contract instruction to distributors not to sell the company’s weapons at gun shows or through pawn shops; recalls or retro-fits of products with safety-related defects causing death or serious injury to consumers, as well as development of systems to identify and remedy these defects; names and descriptions of products that are developed or are being developed for a combination of higher caliber/maximum capacity and greater conceal-ability; and the company’s involvement in promotion campaigns that could be construed as aimed at children. The Sandy Hook Principles were established to commemorate the victims of gun violence and to encourage positive corporate behavior in response to the proliferation of gun violence in America.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals asking the company to report on its efforts to promote handgun safety.
      Vote for shareholder proposals asking the company to stop the sale of handguns and accessories.

Phase-out or Label Products Containing Genetically Engineered Ingredients

Shareholders have asked companies engaged in the development of genetically modified agricultural products to adopt a policy of not marketing or distributing such products until “long term safety testing” demonstrates that they are not harmful to humans, animals or the environment. Until further long-term testing demonstrates that these products are not harmful, companies in the restaurant and prepared foods industries have been asked to

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

8 2  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

remove genetically altered ingredients from products they manufacture or sell, and label such products in the interim. Shareholders have also asked supermarket companies to do the same for their own private label brands.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals to label products that contain genetically engineered products or products from cloned animals.
      Vote for shareholder proposals that ask the company to phase out the use of genetically engineered ingredients in their products.
      Vote for shareholder proposals that ask the company to report on the use of genetically engineered organisms in their products.
      Vote for shareholder proposals asking for reports on the financial, legal, and operational risks posed by the use of genetically engineered organisms.

Tobacco-related Proposals

Under the pressure of ongoing litigation and negative media attention, tobacco companies and even non-tobacco companies with ties to the industry have received an assortment of shareholder proposals seeking increased responsibility and social consciousness from tobacco companies and as well as firms affiliated with the tobacco industry.

While the specific resolutions for shareholder proponents vary from year to year, activist shareholders consistently make the tobacco industry a prominent target. Examples of shareholder proposals focused on tobacco include: warnings on the risks of tobacco smoke and smoking-related diseases, attempting to link executive compensation with reductions in teen smoking rates, the placement of company tobacco products in retail outlets, a review of advertising campaigns and their impact on children and minority groups, prohibiting non-tobacco companies from entering into contracts with tobacco companies, and requesting restaurant operators maintain smoke-free restaurants.

In June 2009, the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act was signed into law, giving the FDA authority to regulate the tobacco industry for the first time, including the power to block or approve new products as well as the nicotine and other content in existing tobacco products. This legislation empowers the imposition of a ban on tobacco advertising within 1,000 feet of schools and playgrounds, require FDA-approved graphic warning labels that occupy 50 percent of the space on each package of cigarettes.

In September 2009, the FDA issued a ban on the sale of flavored cigarettes, exercising its regulatory power in a major way over tobacco for the first time under the new law. The ban affected tobacco products with chocolate, vanilla, clove, and other similar flavors.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking to limit the sale of tobacco products to children.
      Vote for shareholder proposals asking producers of tobacco product components (such as filters, adhesives, flavorings, and paper products) to halt sales to tobacco companies.
      Vote for shareholder proposals that ask restaurants to adopt smoke-free policies and that ask tobacco companies to support smoke-free legislation.
      Vote for shareholder proposals seeking a report on a tobacco company’s advertising approach.
      Vote for shareholder proposals at insurance companies to cease investment in tobacco companies.
      Vote for proposals at producers of cigarette components calling for a report outlining the risks and potential liabilities of the production of these components.
      Vote for proposals calling for tobacco companies to cease the production of tobacco products.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

8 3  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to stop all advertising, marketing and sale of cigarettes using the terms “light,” “ultra-light,” “mild,” and other similar words and/or colors.

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to increase health warnings on cigarette smoking. (i.e.: information for pregnant women, “Canadian Style” warnings, filter safety).

Adopt Policy/Report on Drug Pricing

Pharmaceutical drug pricing, both within the United States and internationally, has raised many questions of the companies that are responsible for creating and marketing these treatments. Shareholder proponents, activists and even some legislators have called upon drug companies to restrain pricing of prescription drugs.

The high cost of prescription drugs is a vital issue for senior citizens across the country. Seniors have the greatest need for prescription drugs, accounting for a significant portion of all prescription drug sales, but they often live on fixed incomes and are underinsured.

Proponents note that efforts to reign-in pharmaceutical costs will not negatively impact research and development (R&D) costs and that retail drug prices are consistently higher in the U.S. than in other industrialized nations. Pharmaceutical companies often respond that adopting a formal drug pricing policy could put the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Against the backdrop of the AIDS crisis in Africa, many shareholders have called on companies to address the issue of affordable drugs for the treatment of AIDS, as well as tuberculosis and malaria throughout the developing world. When analyzing such resolutions, consideration should be made of the strategic implications of pricing policies in the market.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals to prepare a report on drug pricing.

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals to adopt a formal policy on drug pricing.

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals that call on companies to develop a policy to provide affordable HIV, AIDS, tuberculosis, and malaria drugs in third-world nations.

 

      Vote for proposals asking for reports on the economic effects and legal risks of limiting pharmaceutical products to Canada or certain wholesalers.

 

      Vote case-by-case proposals requesting that companies adopt policies not to constrain prescription drug reimportation by limiting supplies to foreign markets.

Government and Military

Weapons-related proposals may target handguns, landmines, defense contracting, or sale of weapons to foreign governments.

Prepare Report to Renounce Future Landmine Production

Although very few companies currently produce landmines, some companies continue to have links to landmine production or produce components that are used to make landmines. Shareholders have asked companies to renounce the future development of landmines or their components, or to prepare a report on the feasibility of such a renouncement.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals seeking a report on the renouncement of future landmine production.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

8 4  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Prepare Report on Foreign Military Sales

Shareholders have filed proxy resolutions asking companies to account for their policies surrounding the sale of military equipment to foreign governments. The proposals can take various forms. One resolution simply calls on companies to report on their foreign military sales, provide information on military product exports, disclose the company’s basis for determining whether those sales should be made, and any procedures used to market or negotiate those sales. Another resolution calls for companies to report on “offsets” e.g. guarantee of new jobs in the purchasing country and technology transfers. Offsets involve a commitment by military contractors and the U.S. government to direct benefits back to a foreign government as a condition of a military sale.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals to report on foreign military sales or offset agreements.

 

      Vote case-by-case on proposals that call for outright restrictions on foreign military sales.

Depleted Uranium/Nuclear Weapons

Depleted uranium is the less radioactive uranium that is left behind after enriched uranium is produced for nuclear reactor fuel and fissile material for nuclear weapons. The main difference is that depleted uranium contains at least three times less U-235 than natural uranium. However, it is still weakly radioactive. Shareholders want reports on companies’ policies, procedures and involvement in the said substance and nuclear weapons.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requesting a report on involvement, policies, and procedures related to depleted uranium and nuclear weapons.

Adopt Ethical Criteria for Weapons Contracts

Shareholders have requested that companies review their code of conduct and statements of ethical criteria for military production-related contract bids, awards, and execution to incorporate environmental factors and sustainability issues related to the contract bidding process. Sustainability is a business model that requires companies to balance the needs and interests of various stakeholders while concurrently sustaining their businesses, communities, and the environment for future generations.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to review and amend, if necessary, the company’s code of conduct and statements of ethical criteria for military production-related contract bids, awards and execution.

Animal Welfare

Animal Rights/Testing

Shareholders and animal rights groups, including People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals (PETA), may file resolutions calling for the end to painful and unnecessary animal testing on laboratory animals by companies developing products for the cosmetics and medical supply industry. Since advanced testing methods now produce many reliable results without the use of live animals, Social Advisory Services generally supports proposals on this issue. In cases where it can be determined that alternative testing methods are unreliable or are required by law, Social Advisory Services recommends voting against such proposals. Other resolutions call for the adoption of animal welfare standards that would ensure humane treatment of animals on vendors’ farms and slaughter houses. Social Advisory Services will generally vote in favor of such resolutions.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

8 5  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals that seek to limit unnecessary animal testing where alternative testing methods are feasible or not barred by law.

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals that ask companies to adopt or/and report on company animal welfare standards or animal-related risks.

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to report on the operational costs and liabilities associated with selling animals.

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate cruel product testing methods.

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals that seek to monitor, limit, report, or eliminate the outsourcing of animal testing to overseas laboratories.

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals to adopt or adhere to a public animal welfare policy at both company and contracted laboratory levels.

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals to evaluate, adopt, or require suppliers to adopt Controlled Atmosphere Killing (CAK) slaughter methods.

Political and Charitable Giving

Lobbying Efforts

Shareholders have asked companies to report on their lobbying efforts on proposed legislation or to refute established scientific research regarding climate change, the health effects of smoking, fuel efficiency standards etc. Proponents have pointed to potential legislation on climate change, the lethargic pace of improvements in fuel efficiency standards in the U.S. automotive industry, and the highly litigious nature surrounding the tobacco industry as rationales for greater transparency on corporate lobbying practices that would shed light on whether companies are acting in the best long-term interests of their shareholders. Proponents of lobbying resolutions typically request enhanced disclosure of lobbying policies and expenditures, including a report on the policies and procedures related to lobbying, amounts used for various types of lobbying, and any membership or payments to a tax-exempt organization that writes and endorses model legislation

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to review and report on their lobbying activities, including efforts to challenge scientific research and influence governmental legislation.

 

      Vote for proposals requesting information on a company’s lobbying (including direct, indirect, and grassroots lobbying) activities, policies, or procedures.

Political Contributions/Non-Partisanship

As evidenced by the U.S. Supreme Court’s January 2010 decision in Citizens United vs. Federal Election Commission that lifted restrictions on corporate spending in federal elections, changes in legislation that governs corporate political giving have, rather than limiting such contributions, increased the potential for corporate contributions to the political process and the complexity of tracking such contributions.

Proponents of political spending resolutions generally call for enhanced disclosure of political contributions, including a report on the policies and procedures for corporate political campaign contributions and trade association expenditures, the respective amounts of such donations using company funds, or an assessment of the impacts of such contributions on the firm’s image, sales and profitability. Shareholder advocates of these proposals are concerned with the lack of transparency on political giving and the increasing involvement and influence of corporations in the political process.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

8 6  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for proposals calling for a company to disclose political and trade association contributions, unless the terms of the proposal are unduly restrictive.

 

      Vote for proposals calling for a company to maintain a policy of political non-partisanship.

 

      Vote against proposals asking a company to refrain from making any political contributions.

Charitable Contributions

Shareholder proponents of charitable-contributions related resolutions may seek greater disclosure on a company’s charitable donations including dollar amounts, sponsorships, and policies on corporate philanthropy. Social Advisory Services is generally supportive of increased transparency around corporate charitable giving. However, some resolutions extend beyond mere disclosure requests and attempt to influence or restrict companies’ contributions to specific types of beneficiaries in a manner that furthers particular objectives supported by the proposal sponsors. Social Advisory Services believes that management is better positioned to decide what criteria are appropriate for making corporate charitable contributions. Also, some of the proposals may require companies to poll their shareholders as part of the grant-making process. Since majority of companies generally have thousands of shareholders, contacting, confirming, and processing each individual opinion and/or consent would be a burdensome and expensive exercise.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Generally vote for shareholder resolutions seeking enhanced transparency on corporate philanthropy.

 

      Vote against shareholder proposals imposing charitable giving criteria or requiring shareholder ratification of grants.

 

      Vote against shareholder proposals requesting that companies prohibit charitable contributions.

Disclosure on Prior Government Service

Shareholders have asked companies to disclose the identity of any senior executive and/or other high-level employee, consultant, lobbyist, attorney, or investment banker who has served in government. Although the movement of individuals between government and the private sector may benefit both, the potential also exists for conflicts of interest, especially in industries that have extensive dealings with government agencies.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals calling for the disclosure of prior government service of the company’s key executives.

Consumer Lending and Economic Development

Adopt Policy/Report on Predatory Lending Practices

Predatory lending involves charging excessive fees to subprime borrowers without adequate disclosure. More specifically, predatory lending includes misleading subprime borrowers about the terms of a loan, charging excessive fees that are folded into the body of a refinancing loan, including life insurance policies or other unnecessary additions to a mortgage, or lending to homeowners with insufficient income to cover loan payments.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals seeking the development of a policy or preparation of a report to guard against predatory lending practices.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

8 7  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Disclosure on Credit in Developing Countries (LDCs) or Forgive LDC Debt

Shareholders have asked banks and other financial services firms to develop and disclose lending policies for less developed countries. Proponents are concerned that, without such policies, lending to developing countries may contribute to the outflow of capital, the inefficient use of capital, and corruption, all of which increase the risk of loan loss. In the interest of promoting improved LDC lending practices and responsible loan disclosure, Social Advisory Services generally supports voting for such proposals. In cases where it can be determined that companies have been proactive and responsible in developing policies, Social Advisory Services may recommend a vote against the proposal’s adoption. Social Advisory Services usually opposes proposals that call for outright loan forgiveness; such action represents an unacceptable loss to lending institutions and their shareholders. Social Advisory Services may support such proposals at banks that have failed to make reasonable provisions for non-performing loans as a means to encourage a change in policy.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for shareholder proposals asking for disclosure on lending practices in developing countries, unless the company has demonstrated a clear proactive record on the issue.

 

      Vote against shareholder proposals asking banks to forgive loans outright.

 

      Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking for loan forgiveness at banks that have failed to make reasonable provisions for non-performing loans.

 

      Vote for proposals to restructure and extend the terms of non-performing loans.

Community Investing

Shareholders may ask for a company to prepare a report addressing the company’s community investing efforts. Such proposals also ask companies to review their policies regarding their investments in different communities.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals that seek a policy review or report addressing the company’s community investing efforts.

Miscellaneous

Adult Entertainment

Traditionally, there have not been many proposals filed in the area of adult entertainment. However, with the consolidation of the communications industry, a number of large companies have ended up with ownership of cable companies. These cable companies may offer their customers access to pay-per-view programming or channels intended for adult audiences. Proponents of shareholder proposals on this issue ask cable companies and companies with interests in cable companies to assess the costs and benefits of continuing to distribute sexually-explicit content, including the potential negative impact on the company’s image.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals that seek a review of the company’s involvement with pornography.

Abortion/Right to Life Issues

Shareholder proposals pertaining to abortion and right to life issues are rare. However, in the past shareholders have asked companies to stop manufacturing abortifacient drugs; to separate abortifacient drug operations from other operations; or to discontinue acute-care or physician management practices that involve support for abortion services. As long as abortion is legal, Social Advisory Services’ position is that issues related to abortion

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

8 8  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

should be a personal decision, not a corporate one. Therefore Social Advisory Services recommends abstaining on anti-abortion and right-to-life proposals.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Abstain on shareholder proposals that address right to life issues.

Anti-Social Proposals

A number of ‘anti-social’ shareholder proposals have been filed at companies requesting increased disclosure. While these proposals’ requests are very similar to those submitted by shareholder advocates within traditional socially responsible investor circles, the underlying motives for filing the proposals appear to be very different. In addition to charitable contribution proposals, anti-social proposals addressing climate change, sustainability, and conflicts of interest may be seen at shareholder meetings. Despite implicitly different motivations in some of these proposals, the underlying requests for increased disclosure, in some cases, may be worth shareholder support.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote against shareholder proposals that do not seek to ultimately advance the goals of the social investment community.

 

      Vote case-by-case on anti-social shareholder proposals seeking a review or report on the company’s charitable contributions.

Violence and Adult Themes in Video Games

Perceptions of increased sex and violence in video games have led certain shareholders to question the availability of adult-themed content to children and teens. The Entertainment Software Ratings Board, which provides ratings for video games, has classified approximately 34 percent of the total games it reviews as either Teen, Mature, or Adults Only.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking for reports on company policies related to the sale of mature-rated video games to children and teens.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

8 9  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

9.  Mutual Fund Proxies

Election of Trustees and Directors

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the election of directors and trustees, following the same guidelines for uncontested directors for public company shareholder meetings. However, mutual fund boards do not usually have compensation committees, so do not withhold for the lack of this committee.

Investment Advisory Agreement

An investment advisory agreement is an agreement between a mutual fund and its financial advisor under which the financial advisor provides investment advice to the fund in return for a fee based on the fund’s net asset size.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Votes on investment advisory agreements should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis, considering the following factors:

 

      Proposed and current fee schedules;

 

      Fund category/investment objective;

 

      Performance benchmarks;

 

      Share price performance as compared with peers;

 

      Resulting fees relative to peers;

 

      Assignments (where the advisor undergoes a change of control).

Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Non-fundamental Restriction

Fundamental investment restrictions are limitations within a fund’s articles of incorporation that limit the investment practices of the particular fund.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:

 

      The fund’s target investments;

 

      The reasons given by the fund for the change; and

 

      The projected impact of the change on the portfolio.

Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Non-fundamental

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals to change a fund’s fundamental investment objective to non-fundamental.

Distribution Agreements

Distribution agreements are agreements between a fund and its distributor which provide that the distributor is paid a fee to promote the sale of the fund’s shares.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on distribution agreement proposals, considering the following factors:

 

      Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives;

 

      The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance;

 

      The competitiveness of the fund in the industry; and

 

      The terms of the agreement.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

9 0  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for the establishment of new classes or series of shares.

Convert Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund

Although approval of these proposals would eliminate the discount at which the fund’s shares trade. The costs associated with converting the fund, in addition to the potential risks to long-term shareholder value, outweigh the potential benefits of the conversion.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on conversion proposals, considering the following factors:

 

      Past performance as a closed-end fund;

 

      Market in which the fund invests;

 

      Measures taken by the board to address the discount; and

 

      Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.

Proxy Contests

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proxy contests, considering the following factors:

 

      Past performance relative to its peers;

 

      Market in which fund invests;

 

      Measures taken by the board to address the issues;

 

      Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals;

 

      Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

 

      Independence of directors;

 

      Experience and skills of director candidates;

 

      Governance profile of the company;

 

      Evidence of management entrenchment.

Preferred Stock Proposals

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the authorization for or increase in preferred shares, considering the following factors:

 

      Stated specific financing purpose;

 

      Possible dilution for common shares;

 

      Whether the shares can be used for antitakeover purposes.

Mergers

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on merger proposals, considering the following factors:

 

      Resulting fee structure;

 

      Performance of both funds;

 

      Continuity of management personnel; and

 

      Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.

Business Development Companies – Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals authorizing the board to issue shares below Net Asset Value (NAV) if:

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

9 1  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      The proposal to allow share issuances below NAV has an expiration date that is less than one year from the date shareholders approve the underlying proposal, as required under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

      A majority of the independent directors who have no financial interest in the sale have made a determination as to whether such sale would be in the best interests of the company and its shareholders prior to selling shares below NAV; and

 

      The company has demonstrated responsible past use of share issuances by either:

 

      Outperforming peers in its 8-digit GICS group as measured by one- and three-year median TSRs; or

 

      Providing disclosure that its past share issuances were priced at levels that resulted in only small or moderate discounts to NAV and economic dilution to existing non-participating shareholders.

Change in Fund’s Subclassification

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on changes in a fund’s sub-classification, considering the following factors: a) potential competitiveness; b) current and potential returns; c) risk of concentration; d) consolidation in target industry.

Changing the Domicile of a Fund

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on re-incorporations, considering the following factors: a) regulations of both states; b) required fundamental policies of both states; c) the increased flexibility available.

Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to dispose of assets, to terminate or liquidate, considering the following factors: a) strategies employed to salvage the company; b) the fund’s past performance; c) the terms of the liquidation.

Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisers Without Shareholder Approval

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals authorizing the board to hire or terminate subadvisers without shareholder approval if the investment adviser currently employs only one subadviser.

Name Change Proposals

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on name change proposals, considering the following factors: a) political/economic changes in the target market; b) consolidation in the target market; and c) current asset composition.

1940 Act Policies

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote case-by-case on policies under the Investment Advisor Act of 1940, considering the following factors: a) potential competitiveness; b) regulatory developments; c) current and potential returns; and d) current and potential risk.

 

      Generally vote for these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with the current SEC interpretation.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

9 2  o f  9 3


U N I T E D  S T A T E S

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

We empower investors and companies to build

for long-term and sustainable growth by providing

high-quality data, analytics, and insight.

GET STARTED WITH ISS SOLUTIONS

Email sales@issgovernance.com or visit issgovernance.com for more information.

Founded in 1985, the Institutional Shareholder Services group of companies (“ISS”) is the world’s leading provider of corporate governance and responsible investment solutions alongside fund intelligence and services, events, and editorial content for institutional investors, globally. ISS’ solutions include objective governance research and recommendations; responsible investment data, analytics, and research; end-to-end proxy voting and distribution solutions; turnkey securities class-action claims management (provided by Securities Class Action Services, LLC); reliable global governance data and modeling tools; asset management intelligence, portfolio execution and monitoring, fund services, and media. Clients rely on ISS’ expertise to help them make informed investment decisions.

This document and all of the information contained in it, including without limitation all text, data, graphs, and charts (collectively, the “Information”) is the property of Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (ISS), its subsidiaries, or, in some cases third party suppliers.

The Information has not been submitted to, nor received approval from, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body. None of the Information constitutes an offer to sell (or a solicitation of an offer to buy), or a promotion or recommendation of, any security, financial product or other investment vehicle or any trading strategy, and ISS does not endorse, approve, or otherwise express any opinion regarding any issuer, securities, financial products or instruments or trading strategies.

The user of the Information assumes the entire risk of any use it may make or permit to be made of the Information.

ISS MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS, NON-INFRINGEMENT, COMPLETENESS, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS for A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE INFORMATION.

Without limiting any of the foregoing and to the maximum extent permitted by law, in no event shall ISS have any liability regarding any of the Information for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential (including lost profits), or any other damages even if notified of the possibility of such damages. The foregoing shall not exclude or limit any liability that may not by applicable law be excluded or limited.

© 2019 | Institutional Shareholder Services and/or its affiliates

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

9 3  o f  9 3


LOGO

INTERNATIONAL SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES 2020 Policy Recommendations Published December 31, 2019 Updated January 21, 2020 ISSGOVERNANCE.COM © 2020 | Institutional Shareholder Services and/or its affiliates


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

T A B L E  O F  C O N T E N T S

 

 

 

INTRODUCTION

     7  

1.

      

Operational Items

     5  
      

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

     5  
      

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

     5  
      

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

     5  
      

Allocation of Income

     6  
      

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

     6  
      

Amendments to Articles of Association

     6  
      

Virtual Meetings (UK/Ireland and Europe)

     6  
      

Change in Company Fiscal Term

     6  
      

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

     6  
      

Amend Quorum Requirements

     6  
      

Transact Other Business

     6  

2.

      

Board of Directors

     7  
      

Director Elections

     7  
      

Diversity

     7  
      

Material ESG Failures

     7  
 

Canadian Guidelines

     8  
      

Board Structure and Independence (TSX)

     8  
      

Non-Independent Directors on Key Committees (TSX)

     8  
      

Non-Independent Directors on Key Committees (TSX-V)

     8  
      

Overboarding-TSX

     8  
      

Externally-Managed Issuers (EMIs) –TSX and TSXV

     9  
      

Unilateral Adoption of an Advance Notice Provision

     9  
 

European Guidelines

     9  
      

Director Terms

     9  
      

Bundling of Proposals to Elect Directors

     10  
      

Board Independence

     10  
      

Disclosure of Nominee Names

     11  
      

Combined Chair/CEO

     11  
      

Election of Former CEO as Chair of the Board

     11  
      

Overboarded Directors

     12  
      

One Board Seat per Director

     12  
      

Composition of Committees

     12  
      

Voto di Lista (Italy)

     13  
      

The Florange Act (France) - Double Voting Rights

     13  
      

Composition of the Nominating Committee

     14  
      

Election of Censors (France)

     14  
      

Cumulative Voting – Middle East and Africa (MEA)

     14  
      

Classification of Directors – International Policy

     16  
      

Contested Director Elections

     17  
      

Discharge of Board and Management

     18  
      

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

     18  
      

Board Structure

     18  

3.

      

Capital Structure

     19  
      

Share Issuance Requests

     19  
      

Increases in Authorized Capital

     20  

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      

Reduction of Capital

     20  
      

Capital Structures

     21  
      

Preferred Stock

     21  
      

Debt Issuance Requests

     21  
      

Pledging of Assets for Debt

     21  
      

Increase in Borrowing Powers

     21  
      

Share Repurchase Plans

     21  
      

Reissuance of Shares Repurchased

     22  
      

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

     22  
      

Private Placement

     23  

4.

      

Compensation

     24  

Preamble

     24  
 

European Guidelines

     24  
      

Executive Compensation-Related Proposals

     24  
      

Non-Executive Director Compensation

     26  
      

Equity-Based Compensation Guidelines

     26  
      

Employee Share Purchase Plans

     27  
      

Compensation-Related Voting Sanctions

     27  
      

Stock Option Plans – Adjustment for Dividend (Nordic Region)

     28  
 

Canadian Guidelines

     28  
      

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay) Management Proposals

     29  
      

Equity Compensation Plans

     29  
      

Director Compensation - TSX

     30  
      

Other Compensation Plans

     30  
      

Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPPs, ESOPs)

     30  
      

Deferred Share Unit Plans

     31  
 

International Guidelines

     31  

5.

      

Other Items

     32  
      

Reorganizations/Restructurings

     32  
      

Mergers and Acquisitions

     32  
      

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

     32  
      

Reincorporation Proposals

     32  
      

Expansion of Business Activities

     32  
      

Related-Party Transactions

     32  
      

Antitakeover Mechanisms

     33  
      

Social and Environmental Proposals

     33  

6.

      

Foreign Private Issuers

     34  

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

INTRODUCTION

ISS’ Social Advisory Services division recognizes that socially responsible investors have dual objectives: financial and social. Socially responsible investors invest for economic gain, as do all investors, but they also require that the companies in which they invest conduct their business in a socially and environmentally responsible manner.

These dual objectives carry through to socially responsible investors’ proxy voting activity once the security selection process is completed. In voting their shares, socially responsible institutional shareholders are concerned not only with sustainable economic returns to shareholders and good corporate governance but also with the ethical behavior of corporations and the social and environmental impact of their actions.

Social Advisory Services has, therefore, developed proxy voting guidelines that are consistent with the dual objectives of socially responsible shareholders. On matters of social and environmental import, the guidelines seek to reflect a broad consensus of the socially responsible investing community. Generally, we take as our frame of reference policies that have been developed by groups such as the Interfaith Center on Corporate Responsibility, the General Board of Pension and Health Benefits of the United Methodist Church, Domini Social Investments, and other leading church shareholders and socially responsible mutual fund companies. Additionally, we incorporate the active ownership and investment philosophies of leading globally recognized initiatives such as the United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative (UNEP FI), the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment (UNPRI), the United Nations Global Compact, and environmental and social European Union Directives.

On matters of corporate governance, executive compensation, and corporate structure, Social Advisory Services guidelines are based on a commitment to create and preserve economic value and to advance principles of good corporate governance consistent with responsibilities to society as a whole.

The guidelines provide an overview of how Social Advisory Services recommends that its clients vote. We note that there may be cases in which the final vote recommendation on a particular company varies from the vote guideline due to the fact that we closely examine the merits of each proposal and consider relevant information and company-specific circumstances in arriving at our decisions. Where Social Advisory Services acts as voting agent for its clients, it follows each client’s voting policy, which may differ in some cases from the policies outlined in this document. Social Advisory Services updates its guidelines on an annual basis to take into account emerging issues and trends on environmental, social, and corporate governance topics, in addition to evolving market standards, regulatory changes, and client feedback.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

4  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  1.

Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

      There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or
      The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Approval of Non-Financial Information Statement/Report

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for the approval of mandatory non-financial information statement/report, unless the independent assurance services provider has raised material concerns about the information presented.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

      The name of the proposed auditors has not been published;
      There are serious concerns about the effectiveness of the auditors;
      The lead audit partner(s) has been linked with a significant auditing controversy;
      There is a reason to believe that the auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;
      The lead audit partner(s) has previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company;
      The auditors are being changed without explanation; or
      For widely-held companies, fees for non-audit services exceed either 100 percent of standard audit-related fees or any stricter limit set in local best practice recommendations or law.

In circumstances where fees for non-audit services include fees related to significant one-time capital structure events, such as initial public offerings, bankruptcy emergence, and spinoffs, and the company makes public disclosure of the amount and nature of those fees which are an exception to the standard “non-audit fee” category, then such fees may be excluded from the non-audit fees considered in determining the ratio of non-audit to audit fees.

For concerns relating to the audit procedures, independence of auditors, and/or name of auditors, Social Advisory Services will focus on the auditor election and/or the audit committee members. For concerns relating to fees paid to the auditors, Social Advisory Services will focus on remuneration of auditors if this is a separate voting item, otherwise Social Advisory Services would focus on the auditor election.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

      There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;
      Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or
      The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

5  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Allocation of Income

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

      The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or
      The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on stock (scrip) dividend proposals, considering factors such as:

 

      Whether the proposal allows for a cash option; and
      If the proposal is in line with market standards.

Amendments to Articles of Association

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote amendments to the articles of association on a case-by-case basis.

Virtual Meetings (UK/Ireland and Europe)

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals allowing for the convening of hybrid* shareholder meetings if it is clear that it is not the intention to hold virtual-only AGMs.

Generally vote against proposals allowing for the convening of virtual-only* shareholder meetings.

* The phrase “virtual-only shareholder meeting” refers to a meeting of shareholders that is held exclusively through the use of online technology without a corresponding in-person meeting. The term “hybrid shareholder meeting” refers to an in-person, or physical, meeting in which shareholders are permitted to participate online.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5  percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a case-by-case basis.

Transact Other Business

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against other business when it appears as a voting item.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

6  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  2.

Board of Directors

Director Elections

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

      Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;
      There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;
      There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;
      There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests;
      The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards, including board independence standards;
      There are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities; or
      Absences at board and key committee meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote for employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees. Vote against employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Diversity

Social Advisory Services will evaluate gender diversity on boards in international markets when reviewing director elections, to the extent that disclosures and market practices permit.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against or withhold from incumbent members of the nominating committee if the board lacks at least one woman.

 

      For Japan, if the company has an audit-committee-board structure or a traditional two-tier board structure as opposed to three committees, vote against incumbent representative directors if the board lacks at least one woman.
      For Canada, UK, and Australia, vote against or withhold from incumbent members of the nominating committee if:
      the board lacks at least one woman and one racially diverse director; and
      the board is not at least 30 percent diverse.
      If the company does not have a formal nominating committee, vote against or withhold from all incumbent members of the board.

Material ESG Failures

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against or withhold from directors individually, on a committee, or potentially the entire board due to:

 

      Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight1, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company, including failure to adequately manage or mitigate environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks;
      A lack of sustainability reporting in the company’s public documents and/or website in conjunction with a failure to adequately manage or mitigate ESG risks;
      Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

1 Examples of failure of risk oversight include, but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; significant environmental incidents including spills and pollution; large scale or repeat workplace fatalities or injuries; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; or hedging of company stock.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

7  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on the boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

For director elections, Social Advisory Services will also take into consideration market-specific provisions which are listed below:

Canadian Guidelines

Board Structure and Independence (TSX)

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote withhold for any Executive Director or Non-Independent, Non-Executive Director where:

 

      The board is less than majority independent; or
      The board lacks a separate compensation or nominating committee.

Non-Independent Directors on Key Committees (TSX)

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote withhold for members of the audit, compensation, or nominating committee who:

 

      Are Executive Directors;
      Are Controlling Shareholders; or
      Is a Non-employee officer of the company or its affiliates if he/she is among the five most highly compensated.

Non-Independent Directors on Key Committees (TSX-V)

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote withhold for Executive Directors, Controlling Shareholders or a Non-employee officer of the company or its affiliates if he/she is among the five most highly compensated who:

 

      Are members of the audit committee;
      Are members of the compensation committee or the nominating committee and the committee is not majority independent; or
      Are board members and the entire board fulfills the role of a compensation committee or a nominating committee and the board is not majority independent.

Overboarding-TSX

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote withhold for individual director nominees who:

 

      Are non-CEO directors and serve on more than five public company boards; or
      Are CEOs of public companies who serve on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own – withhold only at their outside boards2.

Transitioning directors: It is preferable for a director to step down from a board at the annual meeting to ensure orderly transitions, which may result in a director being temporarily overboarded (e.g. joining a new board in March but stepping off another board in June). Social Advisory Services will generally not count a board for policy application purposes when it is publicly-disclosed that the director will be stepping off that board at its next annual meeting. This disclosure must be included within the company’s proxy circular to be taken into consideration. Conversely, Social Advisory Services will include the new boards that the director is joining even if the shareholder meeting with his or her election has not yet taken place.

2 Although a CEO’s subsidiary boards will be counted as separate boards, Social Advisory Services will not recommend a withhold vote for the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (>50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationship.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

8  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Externally-Managed Issuers (EMIs) –TSX and TSXV

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on say-on-pay resolutions where provided, or on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board as appropriate, when an issuer is externally-managed and has provided minimal or no disclosure about their management services agreements and how senior management is compensated. Factors taken into consideration may include but are not limited to:

 

      The size and scope of the management services agreement;
      Executive compensation in comparison to issuer peers and/or similarly structured issuers;
      Overall performance;
      Related party transactions;
      Board and committee independence;
      Conflicts of interest and process for managing conflicts effectively;
      Disclosure and independence of the decision-making process involved in the selection of the management services provider;
      Risk mitigating factors included within the management services agreement such as fee recoupment mechanisms;
      Historical compensation concerns;
      Executives’ responsibilities; and
      Other factors that may reasonably be deemed appropriate to assess an externally-managed issuer’s governance framework.

Unilateral Adoption of an Advance Notice Provision

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally withhold from individual directors, committee members, or the entire board as appropriate in situations where an advance notice policy has been adopted by the board but has not been included on the voting agenda at the next shareholders’ meeting.

Continued lack of shareholder approval of the advanced notice policy in subsequent years may result in further withhold recommendations.

European Guidelines

In European markets, Social Advisory Services looks at different factors to make determinations regarding director elections. The following factors are taken into account:

Director Terms

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: For Belgium, France, Greece, the Netherlands, Spain, and Switzerland, vote against the election or re-election of any director when his/her term is not disclosed or when it exceeds four years and adequate explanation for non-compliance has not been provided.

In these markets, the maximum board terms are either recommended best practice or required by legislation. Under best practice recommendations, companies should shorten the terms for directors when the terms exceed the limits suggested by best practices. The policy will be applied to all companies in these markets, for bundled as well as unbundled items.

For general meetings held on or after Feb. 1, 2021, the above policy will be applied to all European companies, for bundled as well as unbundled items.

Beyond that, as directors should be accountable to shareholders on a more regular basis, Social Advisory Services may consider moving to maximum board terms of less than four years in the future.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

9  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against article amendment proposals to extend board terms.

In cases where a company’s articles provide for a shorter limit and where the company wishes to extend director terms from three or fewer years to four years, for example, Social Advisory Services will recommend a vote against, based on the general principle that director accountability is maximized by elections with a short period of renewal.

Bundling of Proposals to Elect Directors

Bundling together proposals that could be presented as separate voting items is not considered good market practice, because bundled resolutions leave shareholders with an all-or-nothing choice, skewing power disproportionately towards the board and away from shareholders. As director elections are one of the most important voting decisions that shareholders make, directors should be elected individually.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: For the markets of Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, France, Germany, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Romania, Slovakia, and Slovenia vote against the election or reelection of any directors if the company proposes a single slate of directors.

Bundled director elections in Poland may be supported for companies that go beyond market practice by disclosing the names of nominees on a timely basis

Board Independence

Widely-held companies

A. Non-controlled companies

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against the election or reelection of any non-independent directors (excluding the CEO) if:

 

      Fewer than 50 percent of the board members elected by shareholders, excluding, where relevant, employee shareholder representatives, would be independent, or
      Fewer than one-third of all board members would be independent.

Greece and Portugal are excluded from Provision (1.) in the above-mentioned voting policy.

B. Controlled companies

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against the election or reelection of any non-independent directors (excluding the CEO) if less than one-third of the board members are independent.

Board Leadership

Given the importance of board leadership, Social Advisory Services may consider that the chair of the board should be an independent non-executive director according to the Social Advisory Services’ Classification of Directors.

Non-widely held companies

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against the election or reelection of any non-independent directors (excluding the CEO) if less than one-third of the board members are independent.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 0  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Definition of terms

‘Widely-held companies’ are determined based on their membership in a major index and/or the number of Social Advisory Services clients holding the securities. For Sweden, Norway, Denmark, and Finland, this is based on membership on a local blue-chip market index and/or MSCI EAFE companies. For Portugal, it is based on membership in the PSI-20 and/or MSCI EAFE index.

A company is considered to be controlled for the purposes of the above-mentioned voting policies if a shareholder, or multiple shareholders acting in concert, control a majority of the company’s equity capital (i.e. 50 percent + one share). If a company is majority-controlled by virtue of a shareholder structure in which shareholders’ voting rights do not accrue in accordance with their equity capital commitment (e.g. unequal or multi-class share structures), the company will not be classified as controlled unless the majority shareholder/majority shareholding group also holds a majority of the company’s equity capital.

Disclosure of Nominee Names

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against the election or reelection of any and all director nominees when the names of the nominees are not available at the time the proxy analysis is being written.

This policy will be applied to all companies in these markets, for bundled and unbundled items.

Combined Chair/CEO

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally, vote against the (re)election of combined chair/CEOs at widely held European companies.

When the company provides assurance that the chair/CEO would only serve in the combined role on an interim basis (no more than two years), the vote recommendation would be made on a case-by-case basis.

In the above-mentioned situation, Social Advisory Services will consider the rationale provided by the company and whether it has set up adequate control mechanisms on the board (such as a lead independent director, a high overall level of board independence, and a high level of independence on the board’s key committees).

Election of Former CEO as Chair of the Board

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against the election or reelection of a former CEO as chair to the supervisory board or board of directors at widely held companies in Germany, Austria, and the Netherlands. In markets such as Germany, where the general meeting only elects the nominees and, subsequently, the new board’s chair, Social Advisory Services will generally recommend a vote against the election or election of a former CEO, unless the company has publicly confirmed prior to the general meeting that he will not proceed to become chair of the board.

Considerations should be given to any of the following exceptional circumstances on a case-by-case basis if:

 

      There are compelling reasons that justify the election or reelection of a former CEO as chair; or
      The former CEO is proposed to become the board’s chair only on an interim or temporary basis; or
      The former CEO is proposed to be elected as the board’s chair for the first time after a reasonable cooling-off period; or
      The board chair will not receive a level of compensation comparable to the company’s executives nor assume executive functions in markets where this is applicable.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 1  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Overboarded Directors

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: In Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Spain, Sweden, and Switzerland, at widely held companies, Social Advisory Services will generally recommend a vote against a candidate when he/she holds an excessive number of board appointments, as defined by the following guidelines:

 

      Any person who holds more than five mandates at listed companies will be classified as overboarded. For the purposes of calculating this limit, a non-executive directorship counts as one mandate, a non-executive chair position counts as two mandates, and a position as executive director (or a comparable role) is counted as three mandates.
      Also, any person who holds the position of executive director (or a comparable role) at one company and a non-executive chair at a different company will be classified as overboarded.

An adverse vote recommendation will not be applied to a director within a company where he/she serves as CEO; instead, any adverse vote recommendations will be applied to his/her additional seats on other company boards. For chairs, negative recommendations would first be applied towards non-executive positions held, but the chair position itself would be targeted where they are being elected as chair for the first time or, when in aggregate their chair positions are three or more in number, or if the chair holds an outside executive position.

One Board Seat per Director

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: In cases where a director holds more than one board seat on a single board and the corresponding votes, manifested as one seat as a physical person plus an additional seat(s) as a representative of a legal entity, vote against the election/reelection of such legal entities and in favor of the physical person.

However, an exception is made if the representative of the legal entity holds the position of CEO. In such circumstances, Social Advisory Services will typically recommend a vote in favor of the legal entity and against the election/reelection of the physical person.

While such occurrences are rare, there have been cases where a board member may have multiple board seats and corresponding votes. Holding several board seats concurrently within one board increases this person’s direct influence on board decisions and creates an inequality among board members.

This situation has manifested in Belgium, Luxembourg, and France. This is not a good corporate governance practice, as it places disproportionate influence and control in one person.

Composition of Committees

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

For widely-held companies, generally vote against the (re)election of any non-independent members of the audit committee if:

 

      Fewer than 50 percent of the audit committee members, who are elected by shareholders in such capacity or another – excluding, where relevant, employee shareholder representatives – would be independent; or
      Fewer than one-third of all audit committee members would be independent.

For companies whose boards are legally required to have 50 percent of directors not elected by shareholders, the second criterion is not applicable.

Generally vote against the election or reelection of the non-independent member of the audit committee designated as chair of that committee.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 2  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

For widely-held companies in Belgium, the Netherlands, and Switzerland, vote against the (re)election of non-independent members of the remuneration committee if their (re)election would lead to a non-independent majority on that committee.

For all companies:

In Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Iceland, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Spain, Sweden, and Switzerland, vote against the (re)election of executives who serve on the company’s audit or remuneration committee.

 

      Social Advisory Services may recommend against if the disclosure is too poor to determine whether an executive serves or will serve on a committee.
      If a company does not have an audit or a remuneration committee, Social Advisory Services may consider that the entire board fulfills the role of a committee. In such case, Social Advisory Services may recommend against the executives, including the CEO, up for election to the board.

Voto di Lista (Italy)

In Italy, director elections generally take place through the voto di lista mechanism (similar to slate elections). Since the Italian implementation of the European Shareholder Rights Directive (effective since Nov. 1, 2010), issuers must publish the various lists 21 days in advance of the meeting.

Since shareholders only have the option to support one such list, where lists are published in sufficient time, Social Advisory Services will recommend a vote on a case-by-case basis, determining which list of nominees it considers is best suited to add value for shareholders.

Those companies that are excluded from the provisions of the European Shareholder Rights Directive publish lists of nominees 10 days before the meeting. In the case where nominees are not published in sufficient time, Social Advisory Services will recommend a vote against the director elections before the lists of director nominees are disclosed. Once the various lists of nominees are disclosed, Social Advisory Services will issue an alert to its clients and, if appropriate, change its vote recommendation to support one particular list.

The Florange Act (France) - Double Voting Rights

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

For French companies that:

 

      Did not have a bylaw allowing for double voting rights before the enactment of the Law of 29 March 2014 (Florange Act); and
      Do not currently have a bylaw prohibiting double-voting rights; and either
      Do not have on their ballot for shareholder approval a bylaw amendment to prohibit double-voting, submitted by either management or shareholders; or
      Have not made a public commitment to submit such a bylaw amendment to shareholder vote before April 3, 2016.

Then, on a case-by-case basis, Social Advisory Services may recommend against the following types of proposals:

 

      The reelection of directors or supervisory board members; or
      The approval of the discharge of directors; or

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 3  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      If neither reelection of directors/supervisory board members nor approval of discharge is considered appropriate, then the approval of the annual report and accounts.

Composition of the Nominating Committee

Vote for proposals in Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden to elect or appoint a nominating committee consisting mainly of non-board members.

Vote for shareholder proposals calling for disclosure of the names of the proposed candidates at the meeting, as well as the inclusion of a representative of minority shareholders in the committee.

Vote against proposals where the names of the candidates (in the case of an election) or the principles for the establishment of the committee have not been disclosed in a timely manner.

Vote against proposals in Sweden to elect or appoint such a committee if the company is on the MSCI-EAFE or local main index and the following conditions exist:

 

      A member of the executive management would be a member of the committee;
      More than one board member who is dependent on a major shareholder would be on the committee; or
      The chair of the board would also be the chair of the committee.

In cases where the principles for the establishment of the nominating committee, rather than the election of the committee itself, are being voted on, vote against the adoption of the principles if any of the above conditions are met for the current committee, and there is no publicly available information indicating that this would no longer be the case for the new nominating committee.

Election of Censors (France)

For widely held companies, Social Advisory Services will generally recommend a vote against proposals seeking shareholder approval to elect a censor, to amend bylaws to authorize the appointment of censors, or to extend the maximum number of censors to the board.

However, Social Advisory Services will recommend a vote on a case-by-case basis when the company provides assurance that the censor would serve on a short-term basis (maximum one year) with the intent to retain the nominee before his/her election as director. In this case, consideration shall also be given to the nominee’s situation (notably overboarding or other factors of concern).

In consideration of the principle that censors should be appointed on a short-term basis, vote against any proposal to renew the term of a censor or to extend the statutory term of censors.

Cumulative Voting – Middle East and Africa (MEA)

Under a cumulative voting system, each share represents a number of votes equal to the size of the board that will be elected. These votes may be apportioned equally among the candidates or, if a shareholder wishes to exclude some nominees, among the desired candidates.

For MEA markets, when directors are elected through a cumulative voting system, or when the number of nominees exceeds the number of board vacancies, vote case-by-case on directors, taking into consideration additional factors to identify the nominees best suited to add value for shareholders.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 4  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote to abstain from all candidates if the disclosure provided by the company is not sufficient to allow the assessment of independence and the support of all proposed candidates on equal terms.

If the disclosure is sufficient to allow an assessment of the independence of proposed candidates, generally vote in favor of the following types of candidates:

 

      Candidates who can be identified as representatives of minority shareholders of the company, or independent candidates.
      Candidates whose professional background may have the following benefits:
      Increasing the diversity of incumbent directors ‘ professional profiles and skills (thanks to their financial expertise, international experience, executive positions/directorships at other listed companie, or other relevant factors).
      Bringing to the current board of director’s relevant experience in areas linked to the company’s business, evidenced by current or past board memberships or management functions at other companies.

 

      Incumbent board members and candidates explicitly supported by the company’s management.

Please see the International Classification of Directors on the following page.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 5  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Classification of Directors – International Policy

Executive Director

 

      Employee or executive of the company or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company;  
      Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.  

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

      Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;  
      Any director specifically designated as a representative of a shareholder of the company;  
      Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;  
      Any director who is also an employee or executive of a subsidiary, associate, joint venture, or company that is affiliated with a significant[1] shareholder of the company;  
      Any director who is nominated by a dissenting significant shareholder unless there is a clear lack of material[2] connection with the dissident, either currently or historically;  
      Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10 percent of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., members of a family that beneficially own less than 10 percent individually, but collectively own more than 10 percent), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);  
      Government representative;  
      Currently provides or has provided (or a relative[3] provides) professional services[4] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in the last fiscal year in excess of USD 10,000 per year;  
      Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which the company maintains a transactional/commercial relationship (unless the company discloses information to apply a materiality test[5]);  
      Any director who has a conflicting relationship with the company, including but not limited to cross-directorships with executive directors or the chair of the company;  
      Relative [3] of a current or former executive of the company or its affiliates;  
      A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the general meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);  
      Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee or executive;  
      Former executive or employee (five-year cooling off period);  
      Years of service[6] is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered.  
      Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate governance best practice guidance. [7]  

Independent NED

 

      No material[2] connection, either direct or indirect, to the company (other than a board seat) or to a significant shareholder.  

Employee Representative

 

      Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” and considered a non-independent NED).  

 

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 6  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

 

Footnotes

 

[1] At least 10 percent of the company’s stock, unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold.

 

[2] For purposes of Social Advisory Services’ director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship financial, personal, or otherwise that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

 

[3] “Relative” follows the definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

 

[4] Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

 

[5] A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding transactions) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is equivalent to either 1 percent of the company’s turnover or 1 percent of the turnover of the company or organization with which the director is associated. OR, a business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is more than 10 percent of the company’s shareholder equity or the transaction value, (of all outstanding financing operations), compared to the company’s total assets, is more than 5 percent.

 

[6] For example, in continental Europe and Latin America, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In Hong Kong, Singapore and Taiwan, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure. For purposes of independence classification of directors incorporated in the Middle East and Africa region, this criterion will be taken into account in accordance with market best practice and disclosure standards and availability.

 

[7] For MEA markets, directors’ past services as statutory auditor/partner of the statutory audit firm will be taken into account, with cooling-off periods in accordance with local market best practice.

 

Contested Director Elections

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: For contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, Social Advisory Services will make its recommendation on a case-by-case basis, determining which directors are considered best suited to add value for shareholders.

 

  

The analysis will generally be based on, but not limited to, the following major decision factors:

 

      Company performance relative to its peers;
      Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;
      Independence of directors/nominees;
      Experience and skills of board candidates;
      Governance profile of the company;
      Evidence of management entrenchment;
      Responsiveness to shareholders;
      Whether a takeover offer has been rebuffed; and
      Whether minority or majority representation is being sought.

 

  

When analyzing a contested election of directors, Social Advisory Services will generally focus on two central questions: (1) Have the proponents proved that board change is warranted? And if so, (2) Are the proponent board nominees likely to effect positive change (i.e., maximize long-term shareholder value).

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 7  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Discharge of Board and Management

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties such as:

 

      A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest;
      Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions;
      Other material failures of governance, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company, including failure to adequately manage or mitigate environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks; or
      A lack of sustainability reporting in the company’s public documents and/or website in conjunction with a failure to adequately manage or mitigate environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks.

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals to remove approval of discharge of board and management from the agenda.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a case-by-case basis.
      Vote against proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for proposals to fix board size.
      Vote against the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.
      Vote against proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 8  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  3.

Capital Structure

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Evaluate share issuance requests on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration market-specific guidelines as applicable.

For European markets, vote for issuance authorities with pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 50 percent over currently issued capital and as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines (e.g. issuance periods limited to 18 months for the Netherlands).

Vote for issuance authorities without pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 10 percent (or a lower limit if local market best practice recommendations provide) of currently issued capital as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines (e.g. issuance periods limited to 18 months for the Netherlands).

For UK and Irish companies, generally vote for a resolution to authorize the issuance of equity, unless:

 

      The general issuance authority exceeds one-third (33 percent) of the issued share capital. Assuming it is no more than one-third, a further one-third of the issued share capital may also be applied to a fully pre-emptive rights issue taking the acceptable aggregate authority to two-thirds (66 percent);
      The routine authority to disapply preemption rights exceeds 10 percent of the issued share capital, provided that any amount above 5 percent is to be used for the purposes of an acquisition or a specified capital investment.

For French companies:

 

      Vote for general issuance requests with preemptive rights, or without preemptive rights but with a binding “priority right,” for a maximum of 50 percent over currently issued capital.
      Generally vote for general authorities to issue shares without preemptive rights up to a maximum of 10 percent of share capital. When companies are listed on a regulated market, the maximum discount on share issuance price proposed in the resolution must, in addition, comply with the legal discount for a vote for to be warranted.

For Hong Kong companies, generally vote for the general issuance mandate for companies that:

 

      Limit the issuance request to 10 percent or less of the relevant class of issued share capital;
      Limit the discount to 10 percent of the market price of shares; and
      Have no history of renewing the General Issuance Mandate several times within a period of one year which may result in the share issuance limit exceeding 10 percent of the relevant class of issued share capital within the 12-month period.

Generally vote for a general issuance of equity or equity-linked securities without preemptive rights when the share issuance limit is not more than 10 percent of the company’s issued share capital and 50 percent with preemptive rights for all Singapore companies, with the exception of Catalist-listed companies and Real Estate Investment Trusts.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

1 9  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

For Singapore companies listed on the Catalist market of the SGX, generally vote for a general issuance of equity or equity-linked securities without preemptive rights when the share issuance limit is not more than 20 percent of the company’s issued share capital and 100 percent with preemptive rights. For Real Estate Investment Trusts, generally vote for a general issuance of equity or equity-linked securities without preemptive rights when the unit issuance limit is not more than 20 percent of its issued unit capital and 50 percent with preemptive rights.

 

      For companies listed on the Main Market and ACE Market of the Bursa Malaysia Securities Bhd (Exchange), vote for issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 10 percent of currently issued capital. For real estate investment trusts (REITs), vote for issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

For Latin American companies, generally vote for issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital. Vote for issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital. Specific Issuances requested will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

For shelf registration programs at Latin American companies (Argentina, Colombia, Chile, Mexico and Peru), vote on a case-by-case basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights. Approval of a multi-year authority for the issuance of securities under Shelf Registration Programs will be considered on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration, but not limited to, the following:

 

      Whether the company has provided adequate and timely disclosure including detailed information regarding the rationale for the proposed program;
      Whether the proposed amount to be approved under such authority, the use of the resources, the length of the authorization, the nature of the securities to be issued under such authority, including any potential risk of dilution to shareholders is disclosed; and
      Whether there are concerns regarding questionable finances, the use of the proceeds, or other governance concerns

Increases in Authorized Capital

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote for specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

      The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet Social Advisory Services guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or
      The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote against proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

      Vote for proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.
      Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a case-by-case basis.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 0  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Capital Structures

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.
      Vote against requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Preferred Stock

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote for the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.
      Vote for the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets Social Advisory Services’ guidelines on equity issuance requests.
      Vote against the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.
      Vote against the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.
      Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a case-by-case basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

      Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a case-by-case basis, with or without pre-emptive rights.
      Vote for the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets Social Advisory Services’ guidelines on equity issuance requests.
      Vote for proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a case-by-case basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a case-by-case basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for market repurchase authorities (share repurchase programs) if the terms comply with the following criteria:

 

      A repurchase limit of up to 10 percent of outstanding issued share capital;
      A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and
      Duration of no more than 5 years, or such lower threshold as may be set by applicable law, regulation, or code of governance best practice.

Authorities to repurchase shares in excess of the 10 percent repurchase limit will be assessed on a case-by-case basis. Social Advisory Services may support such share repurchase authorities under special circumstances, which

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 1  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

are required to be publicly disclosed by the company, provided that, on balance, the proposal is in shareholders’ interests. In such cases, the authority must comply with the following criteria:

 

      A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and
      Duration of no more than 18 months.

In markets where it is normal practice not to provide a repurchase limit, Social Advisory Services will evaluate the proposal based on the company’s historical practice. However, Social Advisory Services expects companies to disclose such limits and, in the future, may recommend a vote against companies that fail to do so. In such cases, the authority must comply with the following criteria:

 

      A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and
      Duration of no more than 18 months.

In addition, Social Advisory Services will recommend against any proposal where:

 

      The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;
      There is clear evidence of abuse;
      There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;
      Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

Market-Specific Exceptions

For Italy and Germany, vote for share-repurchase plans and share reissuance plans that would use call and put options if the following criteria are met:

 

      The duration of the options is limited in time to no more than 18 months;
      The total number of shares covered by the authorization is disclosed;
      The number of shares that would be purchased with call options and/or sold with put options is limited to a maximum of 5 percent of currently outstanding capital (or half of the total amounts allowed by law in Italy and Germany);
      A financial institution, with experience conducting sophisticated transactions, is indicated as the party responsible for the trading; and
      The company has a clean track record regarding repurchases.

For Singapore, generally vote for resolutions authorizing the company to repurchase its own shares, unless the premium over the average trading price of the shares as implied by the maximum price paid exceeds 5 percent for on-market repurchases and 20  percent for off-market repurchases.

Reissuance of Shares Repurchased

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 2  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Private Placement

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: For Canadian companies, vote case-by-case on private placement issuances taking into account:

 

      Whether other resolutions are bundled with the issuance;
      Whether the rationale for the private placement issuance is disclosed;
      Dilution to existing shareholders’ position:
      issuance that represents no more than 30 percent of the company’s outstanding shares on a non-diluted basis is considered generally acceptable;
      Discount/premium in issuance price to the unaffected share price before the announcement of the private placement;
      Market reaction: The market’s response to the proposed private placement since announcement; and
      Other applicable factors, including conflict of interest, change in control/management, evaluation of other alternatives.

Generally vote for the private placement issuance if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved or the company’s auditor/management has indicated that the company has going concern issues.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 3  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  4.

Compensation

Preamble

The assessment of compensation follows the Social Advisory Services Global Principles on Executive and Director Compensation which are detailed below. These principles take into account global corporate governance best practice.

The Global Principles on Compensation underlie market-specific policies in all markets:

 

      Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures;
      Maintain appropriate pay structure with emphasis on long-term shareholder value;
      Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure;”
      Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee;
      Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors.

European Guidelines

In line with European Commission Recommendation 2004/913/EC, Social Advisory Services believes that seeking annual shareholder approval for a company’s compensation policy is a positive corporate governance provision.

In applying the Five Global Principles, Social Advisory Services has formulated European Compensation Guidelines which take into account local codes of governance, market best practice, and the Recommendations published by the European Commission. Social Advisory Services analyzes compensation-related proposals based on the role of the beneficiaries and has therefore divided its executive and director compensation policy into two domains:

 

      Executive compensation-related proposals; and
      Non-executive director compensation-related proposals.

Executive Compensation-Related Proposals

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Social Advisory Services will evaluate management proposals seeking ratification of a company’s executive compensation-related items on a case-by-case basis, and, where relevant, will take into account the European Pay for Performance (EP4P) model3 outcomes within a qualitative review of a company’s remuneration practices. Social Advisory Services will generally recommend a vote against a company’s compensation-related proposal if such proposal fails to comply with one or a combination of several of the global principles and their corresponding rules:

3 Definition of Pay-for-Performance Evaluation:

Social Advisory Services annually conducts a pay-for-performance analysis to measure the alignment between pay and performance over a sustained period. With respect to companies in the European Main Indices, this analysis considers the following:

 

Peer Group Alignment:

 

The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.

 

The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median.

 

Absolute Alignment – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 4  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Provide shareholders with clear and comprehensive compensation disclosures:
      Information on compensation-related proposals shall be made available to shareholders in a timely manner;
      The level of disclosure of the proposed compensation policy shall be sufficient for shareholders to make an informed decision and shall be in line with what local market best practice standards dictate;
      Companies shall adequately disclose all elements of the compensation, including:
      Any short- or long-term compensation component must include a maximum award limit.
      Long-term incentive plans must provide sufficient disclosure of (i) the exercise price/strike price (options); (ii) discount on grant; (iii) grant date/period; (iv) exercise/vesting period; and, if applicable, (v) performance criteria.
      Discretionary payments, if applicable.
      Maintain appropriate pay structure with emphasis on long-term shareholder value:
      The structure of the company’s short-term incentive plan shall be appropriate.
      The compensation policy must notably avoid guaranteed or discretionary compensation.
      The structure of the company’s long-term incentives shall be appropriate, including, but not limited to, dilution, vesting period, and, if applicable, performance conditions.
      Equity-based plans or awards that are linked to long-term company performance will be evaluated using Social Advisory Services’ general policy for equity-based plans; and
      For awards granted to executives, Social Advisory Services will generally require a clear link between shareholder value and awards, and stringent performance-based elements.
      The balance between short- and long-term variable compensation shall be appropriate
      The company’s executive compensation policy must notably avoid disproportionate focus on short-term variable element(s)
      Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”:
      The board shall demonstrate good stewardship of investor’s interests regarding executive compensation practices (principle being supported by Pay for Performance Evaluation).
      There shall be a clear link between the company’s performance and variable awards.
      There shall not be significant discrepancies between the company’s performance and real executive payouts.
      The level of pay for the CEO and members of executive management should not be excessive relative to peers, company performance, and market practices.
      Significant pay increases shall be explained by a detailed and compelling disclosure.
      Termination payments4 must not be in excess of (i) 24 months’ pay or of (ii) any more restrictive provision pursuant to local legal requirements and/or market best practices.
      Arrangements with a company executive regarding pensions and post-mandate exercise of equity-based awards must not result in an adverse impact on shareholders’ interests or be misaligned with good market practices.
      Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee:
      No executives may serve on the compensation committee.
      In certain markets the compensation committee shall be composed of a majority of independent members, as per Social Advisory Services policies on director election and board or committee composition.

4 Termination payments’ means any payment linked to early termination of contracts for executive or managing directors, including payments related to the duration of a notice period or a non-competition clause included in the contract.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 5  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Compensation committees should use the discretion afforded them by shareholders to ensure that rewards properly reflect business performance5.

In addition to the above, Social Advisory Services will generally recommend a vote against a compensation-related proposal if such proposal is in breach of any other supplemental market-specific voting policies.

Non-Executive Director Compensation

 

      Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors.

Vote against where:

 

      Documents (including general meeting documents, annual report) provided prior to the general meeting do not mention fees paid to non-executive directors.
      Proposed amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.
      The company intends to increase the fees excessively in comparison with market/sector practices, without stating compelling reasons that justify the increase.
      Proposals provide for the granting of stock options, performance-based equity compensation (including stock appreciation rights and performance-vesting restricted stock), and performance-based cash to non-executive directors.
      Proposals introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Vote on a case-by-case basis where:

 

      Proposals include both cash and share-based components to non-executive directors.
      Proposals bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution.

Equity-Based Compensation Guidelines

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for equity based compensation proposals for employees if the plan(s) are in line with long-term shareholder interests and align the award with shareholder value. This assessment includes, but is not limited to, the following factors:

The volume of awards transferred to participants must not be excessive: the potential volume of fully diluted issued share capital from equity-based compensation plans must not exceed the following Social Advisory Services guidelines:

 

      The shares reserved for all share plans may not exceed 5 percent of a company’s issued share capital, except in the case of high-growth companies or particularly well-designed plans, in which case we allow dilution of

5 In cases where a remuneration committee uses its discretion to determine payments, it should provide a clear explanation of its reasons, which are expected to be clearly justified by the financial results and the underlying performance of the company. The remuneration committee should disclose how it has taken into account any relevant environmental, social, and governance (ESG) matters when determining remuneration outcomes. Such factors may include (but are not limited to): workplace fatalities and injuries, significant environmental incidents, large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies and/or significant adverse legal judgments or settlements.

It is relatively rare that a remuneration committee chooses to amend the targets used for either the annual bonus or the LTIP following the start of the performance period, but where this has occurred, it is good practice for the company to demonstrate how the revised targets are in practice no less challenging than the targets which were originally set.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 6  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

between 5 and 10 percent: in this case, we will need to have performance conditions attached to the plans which should be acceptable under Social Advisory Services criteria (challenging criteria). In addition, for companies in Hong Kong and Singapore, Social Advisory Services will support a plan’s dilution limit that exceeds these thresholds if the annual grant limit under the plan is 0.5 percent or less for a mature company (1 percent or less for a mature company with clearly disclosed performance criteria) and 1 percent or less for a growth company;

      The plan(s) must be sufficiently long-term in nature/structure: the minimum vesting period must be no less than three years from date of grant;
      The awards must be granted at market price. Discounts, if any, must be mitigated by performance criteria or other features that justify such discount.
      If applicable, performance standards must be fully disclosed, quantified, and long-term, with relative performance measures preferred.

Market-specific provisions for France:

 

      The potential volume from equity-based compensation plans must not exceed 10 percent of fully diluted issued share capital.
      In addition, for companies that refer to the AFEP-MEDEF Code, all awards (including stock options and warrants) to executives shall be conditional upon challenging performance criteria or premium pricing. For companies referring to the Middlenext Code (or not referring to any code) at least part of the awards to executives shall be conditional upon performance criteria or premium pricing. In both cases, free shares shall remain subject to performance criteria for all beneficiaries.

Finally, for large- and mid-cap companies, the company’s average three-year unadjusted burn rate (or, if lower, on the maximum volume per year implied by the proposal made at the general meeting) must not exceed the mean plus one standard deviation of its sector but no more than one percentage point from the prior year sector cap.

Employee Share Purchase Plans

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for employee stock purchase plans if the number of shares allocated to the plan is 10  percent or less of the company’s issued share capital.

Compensation-Related Voting Sanctions

Should a company be deemed:

 

      To have egregious remuneration practices;
      To have failed to follow market practice by not submitting expected resolutions on executive compensation; or
      To have failed to respond to significant shareholder dissent on remuneration-related proposals;

An adverse vote recommendation could be applied to any of the following on a case-by case basis:

 

      The reelection of the chair of the remuneration committee or, where relevant, any other members of the remuneration committee;
      The reelection of the board chair;
      The discharge of directors; or
      The annual report and accounts.

This recommendation could be made in addition to other adverse recommendations under existing remuneration proposals (if any).

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 7  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

    

Stock Option Plans – Adjustment for Dividend (Nordic Region)

  LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against stock option plans in Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden if evidence is found that they contain provisions that may result in a disconnect between shareholder value and employee/executive reward.

This includes one or a combination of the following:

 

      Adjusting the strike price for future ordinary dividends AND including expected dividend yield above 0 percent when determining the number of options awarded under the plan;
      Having significantly higher expected dividends than actual historical dividends;
      Favorably adjusting the terms of existing options plans without valid reason; and/or
      Any other provisions or performance measures that result in undue award.

This policy applies to both new plans and amendments to introduce the provisions into already existing stock option plans. Social Advisory Services will make an exception if a company proposes to reduce the strike price by the amount of future special (extraordinary) dividends only.

Generally vote against if the potential increase of share capital amounts to more than 5 percent for mature companies or 10 percent for growth companies or if options may be exercised below the market price of the share at the date of grant, or that employee options do not lapse if employment is terminated.

 

    

Share Matching Plans (Sweden and Norway)

  LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

Social Advisory Services considers the following factors when evaluating share matching plans:

 

      For every share matching plan, Social Advisory Services requires a holding period.
      For plans without performance criteria, the shares must be purchased at market price.
      For broad-based share matching plans directed at all employees, Social Advisory Services accepts an arrangement up to a 1:1 ratio, i.e. no more than one free share is awarded for every share purchased at market value.

In addition, for plans directed at executives, we require that sufficiently challenging performance criteria be attached to the plan. Higher discounts demand proportionally higher performance criteria.

The dilution of the plan when combined with the dilution from any other proposed or outstanding employee stock purchase/stock matching plans, must comply with Social Advisory Services’ guidelines.

 

  Canadian

Guidelines

 

  LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation on a case-by-case basis.

Vote against management say on pay (MSOP) proposals, withhold from compensation committee members (or in rare cases where the full board is deemed responsible, all directors including the CEO), and/or against an equity-based incentive plan proposal if:

 

      There is a misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance)
      The company maintains problematic pay practices; or
      The board exhibits poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 8  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

Pay for Performance:

 

      Rationale for determining compensation (e.g., why certain elements and pay targets are used, how they are used in relation to the company’s business strategy, and specific incentive plan goals, especially retrospective goals) and linkage of compensation to long-term performance;
      Evaluation of peer group benchmarking used to set target pay or award opportunities;
      Analysis of company performance and executive pay trends over time, taking into account our Pay-for- Performance policy;
      Mix of fixed versus variable and performance versus non-performance-based pay.

Pay Practices:

 

      Assessment of compensation components included in the Problematic Pay Practices policy such as: perks, severance packages, employee loans, supplemental executive pension plans, internal pay disparity and equity plan practices (including option backdating, repricing, option exchanges, or cancellations/surrenders and re-grants, etc.);
      Existence of measures that discourage excessive risk taking which include but are not limited to: clawbacks, holdbacks, stock ownership requirements, deferred compensation practices etc.

Board Communications and Responsiveness:

 

      Clarity of disclosure (e.g. whether the company’s Form 51-102F6 disclosure provides timely, accurate, clear information about compensation practices in both tabular format and narrative discussion);
      Assessment of board’s responsiveness to investor concerns on compensation issues (e.g., whether the company engaged with shareholders and / or responded to majority-supported shareholder proposals relating to executive pay).

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay) Management Proposals

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals for an advisory shareholder vote on executive compensation. Vote against these resolutions in cases where boards have failed to demonstrate good stewardship of investors’ interests regarding executive compensation practices.

In general, the management say on pay (MSOP) ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices-- dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against MSOP rather than withholding or voting against the compensation committee. However, if there is no MSOP on the ballot, then the negative vote will apply to members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior MSOP proposal, then vote against or withhold from compensation committee members (or, if the full board is deemed accountable, all directors). If the negative factors involve equity-based compensation, then vote against an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval.

Equity Compensation Plans

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on equity-based compensation plans using an “equity plan scorecard” (EPSC) approach. Under this approach, certain features and practices related to the plan6 are assessed in combination, with positively-assessed factors potentially counterbalancing negatively-assessed factors and vice-versa. Factors are grouped into three pillars:

 

      Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

6 In cases where certain historic grant data are unavailable (e.g. following an IPO or emergence from bankruptcy), Special Cases models will be applied which omit factors requiring these data.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

2 9  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and
      SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

 

      Plan Features:
      Absence of problematic change-in-control (CIC) provisions, including:
      Single-trigger acceleration of award vesting in connection with a CIC; and
      Settlement of performance-based equity at target or above in the event of a CIC-related acceleration of vesting regardless of performance.
      No financial assistance to plan participants for the exercise or settlement of awards;
      Public disclosure of the full text of the plan document; and
      Reasonable share dilution from equity plans relative to market best practices.

 

      Grant Practices:
      Reasonable three-year average burn rate relative to market best practices;
      Meaningful time vesting requirements for the CEO’s most recent equity grants (three-year lookback);
      The issuance of performance-based equity to the CEO;
      A clawback provision applicable to equity awards; and
      Post-exercise or post-settlement share-holding requirements (S&P/TSX Composite Index only).

Generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of above factors, as determined by an overall score, indicates that the plan is not in shareholders’ interests. In addition, vote against the plan if any of the following unacceptable factors have been identified:

 

      Discretionary or insufficiently limited non-employee director participation;
      An amendment provision which fails to adequately restrict the company’s ability to amend the plan without shareholder approval;
      A history of repricing stock options without shareholder approval (three-year look-back);
      The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances; or
      Any other plan features that are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

Director Compensation - TSX

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: On a case-by-case basis, generally withhold from members of the committee responsible for director compensation (or, where no such committee has been identified, the board chair or full board) where director compensation practices which pose a risk of compromising a non-employee director’s independence or which otherwise appear problematic from the perspective of shareholders have been identified, including:

 

      Excessive (relative to standard market practice) inducement grants issued upon the appointment or election of a new director to the board (consideration will be given to the form in which the compensation has been issued and the board’s rationale for the inducement grant);
      Performance-based equity grants to non-employee directors which could pose a risk of aligning directors’ interests away from those of shareholders and toward those of management; and
      Other significant problematic practices relating to director compensation.

Other Compensation Plans

Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPPs, ESOPs)

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for broadly based (preferably all employees of the company with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more beneficial ownership of the company) employee stock purchase plans where the following apply:

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 0  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      Reasonable limit on employee contribution (may be expressed as a fixed dollar amount or as a percentage of base salary excluding bonus, commissions and special compensation);
      Employer contribution of up to 25 percent of employee contribution and no purchase price discount or employer contribution of more than 25 percent of employee contribution and SVT cost of the company’s equity plans is within the allowable cap for the company;
      Purchase price is at least 80 percent of fair market value with no employer contribution;
      Potential dilution together with all other equity-based plans is 10 percent of outstanding common shares or less; and
      The Plan Amendment Provision requires shareholder approval for amendments to:
      The number of shares reserved for the plan;
      The allowable purchase price discount;
      The employer matching contribution amount.

Treasury funded ESPPs, as well as market purchase funded ESPPs requesting shareholder approval, will be considered to be incentive based compensation if the employer match is greater than 25 percent of the employee contribution. In this case, the plan will be run through the Social Advisory Services compensation model to assess the Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) cost of the plan together with the company’s other equity-based compensation plans.

Eligibility and administration are also key factors in determining the acceptability of an ESPP/ESOP plan.

Social Advisory Services will also take into account other compensation and benefit programs, in particular pensions.

Deferred Share Unit Plans

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for Deferred Compensation Plans if:

 

      Potential dilution, together with all other equity-based compensation, is ten percent of the outstanding common shares or less.

Other elements of director compensation to evaluate in conjunction with deferred share units include:

 

      Director stock ownership guidelines of a minimum of three times annual cash retainer;
      Vesting schedule or mandatory deferral period which requires that shares in payment of deferred units may not be paid out until the end of three years;
      The mix of remuneration between cash and equity; and
      Other forms of equity-based compensation, i.e. stock options, restricted stock.

International Guidelines

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Evaluate executive and director compensation proposals on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration the Global Principles as applicable.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 1  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  5.

Other Items

Reorganizations/Restructurings

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a case-by-case basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

For every M&A analysis, Social Advisory Services reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

      Valuation: Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, Social Advisory Services places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale;
      Market reaction: How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause Social Advisory Services to scrutinize a deal more closely;
      Strategic rationale: Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions;
      Conflicts of interest: Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? Social Advisory Services will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger;
      Governance: Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.
      Stakeholder impact: Impact on community stakeholders including impact on workforce, environment, etc.

Vote against if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a case-by-case basis.

Reincorporation Proposals

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote reincorporation proposals on a case-by-case basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote related-party transactions on a case-by-case basis considering factors including, but not limited to, the following:

 

      The parties on either side of the transaction;
      The nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 2  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

      The pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);
      The views of independent directors (where provided);
      The views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);
      Whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and
      The stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

If there is a transaction that is deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, Social Advisory Services may recommend against the election of the director(s) involved in the related-party transaction or against the full board.

Antitakeover Mechanisms

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against all antitakeover proposals unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

As of Feb. 1, 2016, for French companies listed on a regulated market, generally vote against any general authorities impacting the share capital (i.e. authorities for share repurchase plans and any general share issuances with or without preemptive rights, including by capitalization of reserves) if they can be used for antitakeover purposes without shareholders’ prior explicit approval.

Social and Environmental Proposals

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote in favor of social and environmental proposals that seek to promote good corporate citizenship while enhancing long-term shareholder and stakeholder value. In determining votes on shareholder social and environmental proposals, the following factors are considered:

 

      Whether the proposal itself is well framed and reasonable;
      Whether adoption of the proposal would have either a positive or negative impact on the company’s short-term or long-term share value;
      Whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders is persuasive;
      The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to boycott or selective purchasing;
      Whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board;
      Whether the issues presented in the proposal are best dealt with through legislation, government regulation, or company-specific action;
      The company’s approach compared with its peers or any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;
      Whether the company has already responded in an appropriate or sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;
      Whether there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental or social practices;
      If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not sufficient information is publicly available to shareholders and whether it would be unduly burdensome for the company to compile and avail the requested information to shareholders in a more comprehensive or amalgamated fashion; and
      Whether implementation of the proposal would achieve the objectives sought in the proposal.

Generally vote for social and environmental shareholder proposals that seek greater disclosure on topics such as human/labor rights, workplace safety, environmental practices and climate change risk, sustainable business practices etc.

Vote all other social and environmental proposals on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the considerations outlined above.

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 3  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

  6.

Foreign Private Issuers

Foreign private issuers (“FPIs”) are defined as companies whose business is administered principally outside the U.S., with more than 50 percent of assets located outside the U.S.; a majority of whose directors/officers are not U.S. citizens or residents; and a majority of whose outstanding voting shares are held by non-residents of the U.S. Companies that are incorporated outside of the U.S. and listed solely on U.S. exchanges, where they qualify as FPIs, will be subject to the following policy:

Vote against or withhold from non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors. Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. All other voting items will be evaluated using the relevant regional or market proxy voting guidelines.

While a firm’s country of incorporation will remain the primary basis for evaluating companies, Social Advisory Services will generally apply its U.S. policies to the extent possible with respect to issuers that file DEF 14As, 10-K annual reports, and 10-Q quarterly reports, and are thus considered domestic issuers by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). U.S. policies will also apply to companies listed on U.S. exchanges as Foreign Private Issuers (FPIs) and that may be exempt from the disclosure and corporate governance requirements that apply to most companies traded on U.S. exchanges, including a number of SEC rules and stock market listing requirements. Corporations that have reincorporated outside the U.S. have found themselves subject to a combination of governance regulations and best practice standards that may not be entirely compatible with an evaluation framework based solely on the country of incorporation.

 

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 4  o f  3 5


I N T E R N A T I O N A L

2 0 2 0  S R I  P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I  D E L I N E S

 

  

LOGO

 

 

    

We empower investors and companies to build

for long-term and sustainable growth by providing

high-quality data, analytics, and insight.

GET STARTED WITH ISS SOLUTIONS

Email sales@issgovernance.com or visit issgovernance.com for more information.

Founded in 1985, the Institutional Shareholder Services group of companies (“ISS”) is the world’s leading provider of corporate governance and responsible investment solutions alongside fund intelligence and services, events, and editorial content for institutional investors, globally. ISS’ solutions include objective governance research and recommendations; responsible investment data, analytics, and research; end-to-end proxy voting and distribution solutions; turnkey securities class-action claims management (provided by Securities Class Action Services, LLC); reliable global governance data and modeling tools; asset management intelligence, portfolio execution and monitoring, fund services, and media. Clients rely on ISS’ expertise to help them make informed investment decisions.

This document and all of the information contained in it, including without limitation all text, data, graphs, and charts (collectively, the “Information”) is the property of Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (ISS), its subsidiaries, or, in some cases third party suppliers.

The Information has not been submitted to, nor received approval from, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body. None of the Information constitutes an offer to sell (or a solicitation of an offer to buy), or a promotion or recommendation of, any security, financial product or other investment vehicle or any trading strategy, and ISS does not endorse, approve, or otherwise express any opinion regarding any issuer, securities, financial products or instruments or trading strategies.

The user of the Information assumes the entire risk of any use it may make or permit to be made of the Information.

ISS MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS, NON-INFRINGEMENT, COMPLETENESS, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS for A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE INFORMATION.

Without limiting any of the foregoing and to the maximum extent permitted by law, in no event shall ISS have any liability regarding any of the Information for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential (including lost profits), or any other damages even if notified of the possibility of such damages. The foregoing shall not exclude or limit any liability that may not by applicable law be excluded or limited.

© 2019 | Institutional Shareholder Services and/or its affiliates

 

    

 

 

 

I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M

  

 

3 5  o f  3 5


PART C: OTHER INFORMATION

 

ITEM 28.

EXHIBITS

The following exhibits are incorporated herein by reference to:

Post-Effective Amendment No. 11 to such Registration Statement filed on July 29, 1996 (Accession No. 0000893220-96-001248) (“PEA No. 11”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 22 to such Registration Statement filed on May 28, 1999 (Accession No. 0000893220-99-000673) (“PEA No. 22”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 27 to such Registration Statement filed on October 15, 1999 (Accession No. 0000893220-99-001176) (“PEA No. 27”),

Post-Effective Amendment Nos. 30 and 31 to such Registration Statement filed on May 15, 2000 (Accession Nos. 0000927405-00-000135 and 0000927405-00-000136) (“PEA Nos. 30 and 31”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to such Registration Statement filed on August 1, 2000 (Accession No. 0000948221-00-000340) (“PEA No. 34”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 to such Registration Statement filed on March 9, 2001 (Accession No. 0000912057-01-007427) (“PEA No. 35”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 to such Registration Statement filed on May 30, 2002 (Accession No. 0000912057-02-022419) (“PEA No. 38”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to such Registration Statement filed on July 29, 2003 (Accession No. 0001047469-03-025437) (“PEA No. 39”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 to such Registration Statement filed on July 26, 2004 (Accession No. 0000950137-04-005850) (“PEA No. 40”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 41 to such Registration Statement filed on December 1, 2004 (Accession No. 0000950137-04-010606) (“PEA No. 41”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to such Registration Statement filed on May 25, 2005 (Accession No. 0000950137-05-006454) (“PEA No. 42”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to such Registration Statement filed on December 16, 2005 (Accession No. 0000950137-05-015036) (“PEA No. 45”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to such Registration Statement filed on March 27, 2006 (Accession No. 0000950137-06-003828) (“PEA No. 46”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to such Registration Statement filed on June 22, 2006 (Accession No. 0000950137-06-007089) (“PEA No. 49”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to such Registration Statement filed on July 28, 2006 (Accession No. 0000950137-06-008268) (“PEA No. 50”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 53 to such Registration Statement filed on May 30, 2007 (Accession No. 0000950137-07-008254) (“PEA No. 53”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to such Registration Statement filed on August 13, 2007 (Accession No. 0000950137-07-012261) (“PEA No. 57”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 58 to such Registration Statement filed on September 7, 2007 (Accession No. 0000950137-07-013913) (“PEA No. 58”),


Post-Effective Amendment No. 59 to such Registration Statement filed on July 1, 2008 (Accession No. 0001193125-08-145069) (“PEA No. 59”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to such Registration Statement filed on July 29, 2008 (Accession No. 0001193125-08-160161) (“PEA No. 60”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to such Registration Statement filed on November 17, 2008 (Accession No. 0001193125-08-237777) (“PEA No. 63”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 64 to such Registration Statement filed on March 31, 2009 (Accession No. 0001193125-09-069646) (“PEA No. 64”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 65 to such Registration Statement filed on June 22, 2009 (Accession No. 0001193125-09-134909) (“PEA No. 65”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 68 to such Registration Statement filed on September 8, 2009 (Accession No. 0001193125-09-188660) (“PEA No. 68”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to such Registration Statement filed on January 4, 2010 (Accession No. 0001193125-10-000472) (“PEA No. 69”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to such Registration Statement filed on May 28, 2010 (Accession No. 0000950130-10-000276) (“PEA No. 71”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 74 to such Registration Statement filed on July 29, 2010 (Accession No. 0001193125-10-170156) (“PEA No. 74”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 76 to such Registration Statement filed on May 16, 2011 (Accession No. 0001193125-11-141481) (“PEA No. 76”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to such Registration Statement filed on July 27, 2011 (Accession No. 0001193125-11-199060) (“PEA No. 77”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 78 to such Registration Statement filed on July 27, 2011 (Accession No. 0001193125-11-199111) (“PEA No. 78”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 81 to such Registration Statement filed on March 21, 2012 (Accession No. 0001193125-12-125352) (“PEA No. 81”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 86 to such Registration Statement filed on July 23, 2012 (Accession No. 0001193125-12-310585) (“PEA No. 86”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 91 to such Registration Statement filed on August 17, 2012 (Accession No. 0001193125-12-360787) (“PEA No. 91”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 93 to such Registration Statement filed on December 7, 2012 (Accession No. 0001193125-12-495705) (“PEA No. 93”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 95 to such Registration Statement filed on March 22, 2013 (Accession No. 0001193125-13-121464) (“PEA No. 95”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 98 to such Registration Statement filed on July 22, 2013 (Accession No. 0001193125-13-297456) (“PEA No. 98”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 102 to such Registration Statement filed on October 15, 2013 (Accession No. 0001193125-13-400061) (“PEA No. 102”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 104 to such Registration Statement filed on July 24, 2014 (Accession No. 0001193125-14-279075) (“PEA No. 104”),


Post-Effective Amendment No. 105 to such Registration Statement filed on July 24, 2014 (Accession No. 0001193125-14-279120) (“PEA No. 105”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 108 to such Registration Statement filed on July 24, 2015 (Accession No. 0001193125-15-262844) (“PEA No. 108”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 109 to such Registration Statement filed on July 24, 2015 (Accession No. 0001193125-15-262896) (“PEA No. 109”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to such Registration Statement filed on March 10, 2016 (Accession No. 0001193125-16-500061) (“PEA No. 112”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 114 to such Registration Statement filed on July 28, 2016 (Accession No. 0001193125-16-662187) (“PEA No. 114”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 117 to such Registration Statement filed on September 28, 2016 (Accession No. 0001193125-16-723779) (“PEA No. 117”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 119 to such Registration Statement filed on October 13, 2016 (Accession No. 0001193125-16-737780) (“PEA No. 119”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to such Registration Statement filed on July 28, 2017 (Accession No. 0001193125-17-240466) (“PEA No. 130”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 132 to such Registration Statement filed on August 18, 2017 (Accession No. 0001193125-17-262163) (“PEA No. 132”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 134 to such Registration Statement filed on September 1, 2017 (Accession No. 0001193125-17-275678) (“PEA No. 134”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to such Registration Statement filed on November 17, 2017 (Accession No. 0001193125-17-347104) (“PEA No. 136”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 138 to such Registration Statement filed on May 31, 2018 (Accession No. 0001193125-18-180423) (“PEA No. 138”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 139 to such Registration Statement filed on July 26, 2018 (Accession No. 0001193125-18-227916) (“PEA No. 139”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to such Registration Statement filed on August 8, 2018 (Accession No. 0001193125-18-242912) (“PEA No. 140”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to such Registration Statement filed on September 14, 2018 (Accession No. 0001193125-18-274246) (“PEA No. 141”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 146 to such Registration Statement filed on October 23, 2018 (Accession No. 0001193125-18-304376) (“PEA No.146”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 148 to such Registration Statement filed on November 9, 2018 (Accession No. 0001193125-18-323865) (“PEA No. 148”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 150 to such Registration Statement filed on January 7, 2019 (Accession No. 0001193125-19-003910) (“PEA No. 150”),

Post-Effective Amendment No. 152 to such Registration Statement filed on July 26, 2019 (Accession No. 0001193125-19-203715) (“PEA No. 152”), and

Post-Effective Amendment No. 154 to such Registration Statement filed on November 27, 2019 (Accession No. 0001193125-19-302470) (“PEA No. 154”).

 

a)      (1    Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 7, 2000 filed as Exhibit (a)(19) to PEA Nos. 30 and 31.
     (2    Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 8, 2000 filed as Exhibit (a)(2) to PEA No. 34.
     (3    Amendment No. 2 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated May 2, 2000 filed as Exhibit (a)(3) to PEA No. 34.
     (4    Amendment No. 3 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated September 25, 2000 filed as Exhibit (a)(1) to PEA No. 35.
     (5    Amendment No. 4 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 2, 2001 filed as Exhibit (a)(2) to PEA No. 35.


     (6    Amendment No. 5 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated July 29, 2003 filed as Exhibit (a)(6) to PEA No. 39.
     (7    Amendment No. 6 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated October 26, 2004 filed as Exhibit (a)(7) to PEA No. 41.
     (8    Amendment No. 7 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 11, 2005 filed as Exhibit (a)(8) to PEA No. 42.


     (9    Amendment No. 8 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated May 6, 2005 filed as Exhibit (a)(9) to PEA No. 42.
     (10    Amendment No. 9 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated November 4, 2005 filed as Exhibit (a)(10) to PEA No. 45.
     (11    Amendment No. 10 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 16, 2006 filed as Exhibit (a)(11) to PEA No. 46.
     (12    Amendment No. 11 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated May 5, 2006 filed as Exhibit (a)(12) to PEA No. 49.
     (13    Amendment No. 12 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated May 4, 2006 filed as Exhibit (a)(13) to PEA No. 49.
     (14    Amendment No. 13 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated May 5, 2006 filed as Exhibit (a)(14) to PEA No. 49.
     (15    Amendment No. 14 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated June 20, 2006 filed as Exhibit (a)(15) to PEA No. 50.
     (16    Amendment No. 15 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 16, 2007 filed as Exhibit (a)(16) to PEA No. 53.
     (17    Amendment No. 16 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 15, 2007 filed as Exhibit (a)(17) to PEA No. 53.
     (18    Amendment No. 17 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 3, 2007 filed as Exhibit (a)(18) to PEA No. 57.
     (19    Amendment No. 18 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 3, 2007 filed as Exhibit (a)(19) to PEA No. 57.
     (20    Amendment No. 19 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated November 2, 2007 filed as Exhibit (a)(20) to PEA No. 60.
     (21    Amendment No. 20 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 8, 2008 filed as Exhibit (a)(21) to PEA No. 63.
     (22    Amendment No. 21 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated November 7, 2008 filed as Exhibit (a)(22) to PEA No. 63.
     (23    Amendment No. 22 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated May 8, 2009 filed as Exhibit (a)(23) to PEA No. 65.
     (24    Amendment No. 23 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 28, 2009 filed as Exhibit (a)(24) to PEA No. 68.
     (25    Amendment No. 24 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated December 14, 2009 filed as Exhibit (a)(25) to PEA No. 71.
     (26    Amendment No. 25 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective May 14, 2010 filed as Exhibit (a)(26) to PEA No. 74.
     (27    Amendment No. 26 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective July 31, 2010 filed as Exhibit (a)(27) to PEA No. 74.
     (28    Amendment No. 27 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective August 11, 2010 filed as Exhibit (a)(28) to PEA No. 76.
     (29    Amendment No. 28 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective February 18, 2011 filed as Exhibit (a)(29) to PEA No. 76.
     (30    Amendment No. 29 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective May 18, 2012 filed as Exhibit (a)(30) to PEA No. 86.
     (31    Amendment No. 30 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective August 9, 2012 filed as Exhibit (a)(31) to PEA No. 91.
     (32    Amendment No. 31 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective November 9, 2012 filed as Exhibit (a)(32) to PEA No. 93.
     (33    Amendment No. 32 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective February 15, 2013 filed as Exhibit (a)(33) to PEA No. 95.
     (34    Amendment No. 33 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective August 22, 2013 filed as Exhibit (a)(34) to PEA No. 102.
     (35    Amendment No. 34 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective August 22, 2013 filed as Exhibit (a)(35) to PEA No. 104.


     (36    Amendment No. 35 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective February 14, 2014 filed as Exhibit (a)(36) to PEA No. 104.
     (37    Amendment No. 36 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective December 5, 2014 filed as Exhibit (a)(37) to PEA No. 108.
     (38    Amendment No. 37 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective August 21, 2015 filed as Exhibit (a)(38) to PEA No. 112.
     (39    Amendment No. 38 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective March 9, 2016 filed as Exhibit (a)(39) to PEA No. 112.
     (40    Amendment No. 39 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective May 19, 2016 filed as Exhibit (a)(40) to PEA No. 114.
     (41    Amendment No. 40 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective June 17, 2016 filed as Exhibit (a)(41) to PEA No. 114.
     (42    Amendment No. 41 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust effective July 22, 2016 filed as Exhibit (a)(42) to PEA No. 114.
     (43    Amendment No. 42 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 25, 2016 filed as Exhibit (a)(43) to PEA No. 117.
     (44    Amendment No. 43 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated October 7, 2016 filed as Exhibit (a)(44) to PEA No. 119.
     (45    Amendment No. 44 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated May 18, 2017 filed as Exhibit (a)(45) to PEA No. 130.
     (46    Amendment No. 45 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated July 28, 2017 filed as Exhibit (a)(46) to PEA No. 136.
     (47    Amendment No. 46 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 24, 2017 filed as Exhibit (a)(47) to PEA No. 136.
     (48    Amendment No. 47 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 24, 2017 filed as Exhibit (a)(48) to PEA No. 136.
     (49    Amendment No. 48 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated October 19, 2018 filed as Exhibit (a)(49) to PEA No. 148.
     (50    Form of Amendment No. 49 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust is filed herewith.
b)      (1    Amended and Restated By-Laws adopted August 2, 2000 filed as Exhibit (b)(1) to PEA No. 38.
     (2    Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated By-Laws adopted March 31, 2003 filed as Exhibit (b)(2) to PEA No. 39.
     (3    Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated By-Laws adopted July 29, 2003 filed as Exhibit (b)(3) to PEA No. 39.
     (4    Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated By-Laws adopted April 27, 2004 filed as Exhibit (b)(4) to PEA No. 40.
     (5    Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated By-Laws adopted July 27, 2004 filed as Exhibit (b)(5) to PEA No. 41.
     (6    Amendment No. 5 to the Amended and Restated By-Laws adopted June 20, 2006 filed as Exhibit (b)(6) to PEA No. 50.
     (7    Amendment No. 6 to the Amended and Restated By-Laws adopted February 14, 2008 filed as Exhibit (b)(7) to PEA No. 60.
     (8    Amendment No. 7 to the Amended and Restated By-Laws adopted November 5, 2010 filed as Exhibit (b)(8) to PEA No. 76.
     (9    Amended and Restated Amendment No. 8 to the Amended and Restated By-Laws adopted August 19, 2015 as Amended and Restated on August 24, 2017 filed as Exhibit (b)(9) to PEA No. 136.
     (10    Amendment No. 9 to the Amended and Restated By-Laws adopted August 20, 2015 filed as Exhibit (b)(10) to PEA No. 112.
c)       Articles IV, V, VI, VII and IX of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 7, 2000 filed as Exhibit (a)(19) to PEA Nos. 30 and 31.
d)      (1    Management Agreement between Northern Funds and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. dated June 30, 2014 is filed as Exhibit (d)(1) to PEA No. 104.


     (2)        Management Agreement between Northern Funds (on behalf of the Multi-Manager Funds) and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. dated June 30, 2014 filed as Exhibit (d)(2) to PEA No. 104.
     (3)        Amended and Restated Exhibit A to the Management Agreement between Northern Funds (on behalf of the Multi-Manager Funds) and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. dated May 2, 2016 filed as Exhibit (d)(3) to PEA No. 114.
     (4)        Amended and Restated Exhibit A dated August 18, 2017 to the Management Agreement between Northern Funds and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. filed as Exhibit (d)(6) to PEA No. 132.
     (5)        Amended and Restated Exhibit A dated November 17, 2017 to the Management Agreement between Northern Funds (on behalf of the Multi-Manager Funds) and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. filed as Exhibit (d)(5) to PEA No. 136.
     (6)        Fee Reduction Commitment between Northern Funds (on behalf of the Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund, Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund, Active M International Equity Fund and Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund) and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. dated June 15, 2016 filed as Exhibit (d)(4) to PEA No. 114.
     (7)        Fee Reduction Commitment between Northern Funds (on behalf of the Large Cap Value Fund, International Equity Fund and Small Cap Core Fund) and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. dated July 31, 2017 filed as Exhibit (d)(5) to PEA No. 130.
     (8)        Form of Fee Reduction Commitment between Northern Funds (on behalf of the Small Cap Core Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund) and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. is filed herewith.
     (9)        Expense Reimbursement Agreement between Northern Funds and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. dated June 30, 2014 filed as Exhibit (d)(128) to PEA No. 104.
     (10)        Expense Reimbursement Agreement between Northern Funds (on behalf of the Multi-Manager Funds) and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. dated June 30, 2014 filed as Exhibit (d)(129) to PEA No. 104.
     (11)        Amended and Restated Exhibit A to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement between the Registrant and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. filed as Exhibit (d)(7) to PEA No. 114.
     (12)        Amended and Restated Exhibit A to Expense Reimbursement Agreement between the Registrant and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. dated June 15, 2016 filed as Exhibit (d)(8) to PEA No. 114.
     (13)        Amended and Restated Exhibit A to Expense Reimbursement Agreement between the Registrant and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. dated June 15, 2016 filed as Exhibit (d)(11) to PEA No. 130.
     (14)        Expense Reimbursement Agreement between the Registrant and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. dated January 1, 2017 filed as Exhibit (d)(13) to PEA No. 130.
     (15)        Expense Reimbursement Agreement between the Registrant and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. (with respect to the U.S. Quality ESG Fund) dated August 18, 2017 filed as Exhibit (d)(12) to PEA No. 132.
     (16)        Expense Reimbursement Agreement dated November 17, 2017 between the Registrant (on behalf of the Northern Engage360 Fund) and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. filed as Exhibit (d)(15) to PEA No. 136.
     (17)        Expense Reimbursement Agreement dated April 1, 2018 between the Registrant (on behalf of the High Yield Fixed Income Fund and the High Yield Municipal Fund) and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. filed as Exhibit (d)(16) to PEA No. 139.
     (18)        Expense Reimbursement Agreement dated July 31, 2018 between the Registrant (on behalf of the Short Bond Fund, Short-Intermediate U.S. Government Fund and U.S. Government Fund) and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. filed as Exhibit (d)(17) to PEA No. 139.
     (19)        Form of Expense Reimbursement Agreement between the Registrant (on behalf of the Small Cap Core Fund, Global Sustainability Index Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund) is filed herewith.
     (20)        Amended and Restated Agreement to Reimburse Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses between the Registrant (on behalf of the Short Bond Fund, Short-Intermediate U.S. Government Fund and U.S. Government Fund) and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. dated October 23, 2018 filed as Exhibit (d)(18) to PEA No. 146.
     (21)        Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Ariel Investments, LLC dated November 17, 2017 filed as Exhibit (d)(58) to PEA No. 136.*
     (22)        Amendment No. 1 dated February 28, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Ariel Investments, LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(20) to PEA No. 152.*
     (23)        Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Aristotle Capital Management, LLC dated November 17, 2017 filed as Exhibit (d)(59) to PEA No. 136.*


     (24    Amendment No. 1 dated March 28, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Aristotle Capital Management, LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(22) to PEA No. 152.*
     (25    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Ashmore Investment Management Limited dated February 16, 2017 filed as Exhibit (d)(14) to PEA No. 130.*
     (26    Amendment No. 1 dated March 28, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Ashmore Investment Management Limited filed as Exhibit (d)(24) to PEA No. 152.*
     (27    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Northern Trust Global Advisors, Inc., Northern Trust Investments, N.A. and Axiom International Investors, LLC dated November 19, 2008 filed as Exhibit (d)(58) to PEA No. 64.*
     (28    Assumption Agreement dated October 1, 2009 among Northern Trust Investments, N.A., Northern Trust Global Advisors, Inc., The Northern Trust Company of Connecticut and Axiom International Investors, LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(35) to PEA No. 69.
     (29    Assumption Agreement dated December 30, 2010 among Northern Trust Investments, N.A., Northern Trust Investments, Inc., The Northern Trust Company of Connecticut and Axiom International Investors, LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(101) to PEA No. 78.
     (30    Amendment No. 1 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Northern Trust Investments, Inc., The Northern Trust Company of Connecticut and Axiom International Investors LLC dated October 1, 2012 filed as Exhibit (d)(98) to PEA No. 98.*
     (31    Amendment No. 2 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Axiom International Investors, LLC dated June 30, 2014 filed as Exhibit (d)(136) to PEA No. 105.
     (32    Amendment No. 3 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Axiom International Investors LLC dated June 17, 2016 filed as Exhibit (d)(20) to PEA No. 130.
     (33    Amendment No. 4 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Axiom International Investors LLC dated February 23, 2018 filed as Exhibit (d)(27) to PEA No. 139.*
     (34    Amendment No. 5 dated March 1, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Axiom International Investors LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(32) to PEA No. 152.*
     (35    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. dated August 25, 2017 filed as Exhibit (d)(60) to PEA No. 136.*
     (36    Amendment No. 1 dated February 28, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. filed as Exhibit (d)(34) to PEA No. 152.*
     (37    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Brookfield Investment Management Inc. dated November 24, 2014 filed as Exhibit (d)(156) to PEA No. 109.*
     (38    Amendment No. 1 dated January 4, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Brookfield Public Securities Group LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(36) to PEA No. 152.
     (39    Amendment No. 2 dated March 26, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Brookfield Public Securities Group LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(37) to PEA No. 152.*
     (40    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Causeway Capital Management LLC dated June 10, 2016 filed as Exhibit (d)(21) to PEA No. 114.*
     (41    Amendment No. 1 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Causeway Capital Management LLC dated June 17, 2016 filed as Exhibit (d)(27) to PEA No. 130.
     (42    Amendment No. 2 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Causeway Capital Management LLC dated March 1, 2017 filed as Exhibit (d)(28) to PEA No. 130.
     (43    Amendment No. 3 dated March 14, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Causeway Capital Management LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(41) to PEA No. 152. *
     (44    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Northern Trust Investments, Inc., The Northern Trust Company of Connecticut and DDJ Capital Management, LLC dated September 19, 2012 filed as Exhibit (d)(95) to PEA No. 98.*
     (45    Amendment No. 1 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Northern Trust Investments, Inc., The Northern Trust Company of Connecticut and DDJ Capital Management, LLC dated October 1, 2012 filed as Exhibit (d)(96) to PEA No. 98.*
     (46    Amendment No. 2 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and DDJ Capital Management, LLC dated June 30, 2014 filed as Exhibit (d)(164) to PEA No. 105.
     (47    Amendment No. 3 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and DDJ Capital Management, LLC dated December 1, 2017 filed as Exhibit (d)(36) to PEA No. 139.*


   (48)      Amendment No. 4 dated April 1, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and DDJ Capital Management, LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(46) to PEA No. 152.*
   (49)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and EARNEST Partners, LLC dated November 17, 2017 filed as Exhibit (d)(62) to PEA No. 136.*
   (50)      Amendment No. 1 dated February 28, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and EARNEST Partners, LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(48) to PEA No. 152.*


   (51)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Global Evolution USA, LLC dated June 29, 2018 filed as Exhibit (d)(39) to PEA No. 139.*
   (52)      Amendment No. 1 dated February 28, 2019 Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Global Evolution USA, LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(50) to PEA No. 152.*
   (53)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Northern Trust Investments, Inc., The Northern Trust Company of Connecticut and Lazard Asset Management LLC dated March 7, 2013 filed as Exhibit (d)(125) to PEA No. 98.*
   (54)      Amendment No. 1 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Lazard Asset Management LLC dated June 30, 2014 filed as Exhibit (d)(142) to PEA No. 105.*
   (55)      Amendment No.2 dated March 28, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Lazard Asset Management LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(53) to PEA No. 152.*
   (56)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Maple-Brown Abbott Limited dated November 17, 2016 filed as Exhibit (d)(38) to PEA No. 130.*
   (57)      Amendment No. 1 dated March 28, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Maple-Brown Abbott Limited filed as Exhibit (d)(55) to PEA No. 152.*
   (58)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Massachusetts Financial Services Company dated November 20, 2017 filed as Exhibit (d)(45) to PEA No. 139.*
   (59)      Amendment No. 1 dated April 15, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Massachusetts Financial Services Company filed as Exhibit (d)(57) to PEA No. 152.*
   (60)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Northern Trust Investments, Inc., The Northern Trust Company of Connecticut and Neuberger Berman Fixed Income LLC dated July 1, 2011 filed as Exhibit (d)(128) to PEA No. 78.*
   (61)      Amendment No. 1 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Northern Trust Investments, Inc., The Northern Trust Company of Connecticut and Neuberger Berman Fixed Income LLC dated January 1, 2013 filed as Exhibit (d)(116) to PEA No. 98.*
   (62)      Amendment No. 2 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Neuberger Berman Fixed Income LLC dated June 30, 2014 filed as Exhibit (d)(166) to PEA No. 105.
   (63)      Amendment No. 3 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC dated March 1, 2017 filed as Exhibit (d)(42) to PEA No. 130.
   (64)      Amendment No. 4 dated May 10, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(62) to PEA No. 152.*
   (65)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Nomura Corporate Research and Asset Management, Inc. dated June 10, 2016 filed as Exhibit (d)(36) to PEA No. 114.*
   (66)      Amendment No. 1 dated November 15, 2018 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Nomura Corporate Research and Asset Management, Inc. filed as Exhibit (d)(64) to PEA No. 152.*
   (67)      Amendment No. 2 dated February 28, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Nomura Corporate Research and Asset Management, Inc. filed as Exhibit (d)(65) to PEA No. 152.*
   (68)      Amended and Restated Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and PanAgora Asset Management, Inc. dated September 1, 2018 filed as Exhibit (d)(66) to PEA No. 152.*
   (69)      Amendment No. 1 dated March 4, 2019 to the Amended and Restated Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and PanAgora Asset Management, Inc. filed as Exhibit (d)(67) to PEA No. 152.*
   (70)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC dated April 30, 2018 filed as Exhibit (d)(58) to PEA No. 139.*
   (71)      Amendment No. 1 dated February 28, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(69) to PEA No. 152.*
   (72)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Strategic Global Advisors, LLC dated November 17, 2017 filed as Exhibit (d)(65) to PEA No. 136.*


   (73)      Amendment No. 1 dated February 28, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Strategic Global Advisors, LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(71) to PEA No. 152.*
   (74)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Victory Capital Management Inc. dated November 19, 2015 filed as Exhibit (d)(43) to PEA No. 114.*
   (75)      Amendment No. 1 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Victory Capital Management, Inc. dated June 17, 2016 filed as Exhibit (d)(52) to PEA No. 130.
   (76)      Amendment No. 2 dated March 20, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Victory Capital Management Inc. filed as Exhibit (d)(74) to PEA No. 152.*
   (77)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and WCM Investment Management dated August 21, 2015 filed as Exhibit (d)(108) to PEA No. 112.*
   (78)      Amendment No. 1 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and WCM Investment Management dated June 17, 2016 filed as Exhibit (d)(54) to PEA No. 130.
   (79)      Amendment No. 2 dated February 28, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and WCM Investment Management filed as Exhibit (d)(77) to PEA No. 152.*
   (80)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Wellington Management Company LLP dated August 25, 2017 filed as Exhibit (d)(67) to PEA No. 136.*
   (81)      Amendment No. 1 dated April 8, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Wellington Management Company LLP filed as Exhibit (d)(79) to PEA No. 152.*
   (82)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Northern Trust Global Advisors, Inc., Northern Trust Investments, N.A. and Westwood Global Investments, LLC dated November 19, 2008 filed as Exhibit (d)(60) to PEA No. 64.*
   (83)      Assumption Agreement dated October 1, 2009 among Northern Trust Investments, N.A., Northern Trust Global Advisors, Inc., The Northern Trust Company of Connecticut and Westwood Global Investments, LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(54) to PEA No. 69.
   (84)      Assumption Agreement dated December 30, 2010 among Northern Trust Investments, N.A., Northern Trust Investments, Inc., The Northern Trust Company of Connecticut and Westwood Global Investments, LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(122) to PEA No. 78.
   (85)      Amendment No. 1 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Northern Trust Investments, Inc., The Northern Trust Company of Connecticut and Westwood Global Investments, LLC dated January 1, 2013 filed as Exhibit (d)(123) to PEA No. 98.*
   (86)      Amendment No. 2 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Westwood Global Investments, LLC dated June 30, 2014 filed as Exhibit (d)(140) to PEA No. 105.
   (87)      Amendment No. 3 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Westwood Global Investments, LLC dated June 17, 2016 filed as Exhibit (d)(60) to PEA No. 130.
   (88)      Amendment No. 4 dated April 8, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Westwood Global Investments, LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(86) to PEA No. 152.*
   (89)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement dated November 15, 2018 between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and ARK Investment Management LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(87) to PEA No. 152.*
   (90)      Amendment No. 1 dated April 16, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and ARK Investment Management LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(88) to PEA No. 152.*
   (91)      Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement dated November 15, 2018 between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Mar Vista Investment Partners, LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(89) to PEA No. 152.*
   (92)      Amendment No. 1 dated February 28, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Northern Trust Investments, Inc. and Mar Vista Investment Partners, LLC filed as Exhibit (d)(90) to PEA No. 152.*
e)    (1)      Distribution Agreement between Registrant and Northern Funds Distributors, LLC dated May 31, 2017 filed as
Exhibit (e)(1) to PEA No. 130.
   (2)      Amended and Restated Schedule A dated November 17, 2017 to the Distribution Agreement between Registrant and Northern Funds Distributors, LLC filed as Exhibit (e)(2) to PEA No. 136.
f)         None.


g)    (1)      Custody Agreement between Northern Funds and The Northern Trust Company dated June 30, 2014 filed as Exhibit (g)(1) to PEA No. 104.
   (2)      Amended and Restated Schedule A to the Custody Agreement between Northern Funds and The Northern Trust Company dated August 22, 2019 filed as Exhibit (g)(2) to PEA No. 154.
   (3)      Amended and Restated Schedule B dated November 17, 2017 to the Custody Agreement between Northern Funds and The Northern Trust Company filed as Exhibit (g)(3) to PEA No. 136.
   (4)      Amendment dated August 1, 2019 to the Custody Agreement between Northern Funds and The Northern Trust Company filed as Exhibit (g)(4) to PEA No. 154.
h)    (1)      Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and The Northern Trust Company dated June 30, 2014 filed as Exhibit (h)(1) to PEA No. 104.
   (2)      Amended and Restated Schedule A dated November 17, 2017 to the Transfer Agency and Services Agreement between Registrant and The Northern Trust Company filed as Exhibit (h)(2) to PEA No. 136.
   (3)      Amendment dated November 15, 2018 to the Transfer Agency and Services Agreement between the Registrant and The Northern Trust Company filed as Exhibit (h)(4) to PEA No. 150.
   (4)      Amendment dated August 1, 2019 to the Transfer Agency and Services Agreement between the Registrant and The Northern Trust Company filed as Exhibit (h)(4) to PEA No. 154.
   (5)      Amended and Restated Service Plan, adopted as of April 1, 1994 and most recently revised as of September 15, 1999, and Related Agreement filed as Exhibit (h)(11) to PEA No. 27.
   (6)      Amended and Restated Service Plan, adopted on April 1, 1994 and amended on May 2, 2000 and filed as Exhibit (h)(16) to PEA No. 34, and Related Forms of Servicing Agreement as amended on February 13, 2004 filed as Exhibit (h)(19) to PEA 40.
   (7)      Amended and Restated Service Plan, adopted on April 1, 1994 and amended on May 2, 2000 and November 19, 2015, and Form of Services Agreement, filed as Exhibit (h)(6) to PEA No. 114.
   (8)      Amended and Restated Service Plan, adopted on April 1, 1994 and amended on May 2, 2000, November 19, 2015 and April 1, 2017, and Form of Services Agreement filed as Exhibit (h)(9) to PEA No. 130.
   (9)      Form of Amended and Restated Service Plan is filed herewith.
   (10)      Plan of Reorganization by Northern Institutional Funds, on behalf of its Core Bond Portfolio, Short Bond Portfolio and U.S. Treasury Index Portfolio and Northern Funds, on behalf of its Core Bond Fund, Short Bond Fund and U.S. Treasury Index Fund, dated August 9, 2012 is filed as Exhibit (h)(47) to PEA No. 95.
   (11)      Plan of Reorganization by Northern Institutional Funds, on behalf of its Acquired Funds and Northern Funds, on behalf of its Acquiring Funds, dated August 9, 2012 is filed as Exhibit (h)(48) to PEA No. 95.
   (12)      Plan of Reorganization by Northern Funds, on behalf of its Large Cap Growth Fund and its Large Cap Core Fund, and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. (“NTI”) is filed as Exhibit (h)(43) to PEA No. 108.
   (13)      Plan of Reorganization by Northern Funds, on behalf of its Large Cap Equity Fund and Large Cap Core Fund, and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. filed as Exhibit (h)(13) to PEA No. 130.
i)    (1)      Consent of Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP is filed herewith.
   (2)      Opinion of Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP to be filed by amendment.
j)         Consent of Deliotte & Touche LLP is filed herewith.
k)         None.
l)    (1)      Purchase Agreement dated March 31, 1994 filed as Exhibit 13(a) to PEA No. 11.
   (2)      Purchase Agreement dated March 14, 1994 filed as Exhibit 13(b) to PEA No. 11.
   (3)      Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 1998 for shares of the High Yield Fixed Income Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(4) to PEA No. 22.
   (4)      Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 1998 for shares of the High Yield Municipal Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(5) to PEA No. 22.


   (5)      Purchase Agreement dated September 3, 1999 for shares of the Small Cap Index Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(6) to PEA No. 27.
   (6)      Purchase Agreement dated September 3, 1999 for shares of the Income Equity Fund, Stock Index Fund, Growth Equity Fund, Technology Fund, International Growth Equity Fund and Small Cap Index Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(7) to PEA No. 27.
   (7)      Purchase Agreement dated September 30, 1999 for shares of the Small Cap Growth Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(8) to PEA No. 27.
   (8)      Purchase Agreement dated September 30, 1999 for shares of the Short-Intermediate U.S. Government Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(9) to PEA No. 27.
   (9)      Purchase Agreement dated September 30, 1999 for shares of the California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(10) to PEA No. 27.
   (10)      Purchase Agreement dated September 30, 1999 for shares of the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(11) to PEA No. 27.
   (11)      Purchase Agreement dated October 1, 1999 for shares of the U.S. Government Fund, Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, Fixed Income Fund, Tax-Exempt Fund, California Tax-Exempt Fund, International Fixed Income Fund, Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund, California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund and Short-Intermediate U.S. Government Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(12) to PEA No. 27.
   (12)      Purchase Agreement dated August 2, 2000 for shares of the Large Cap Value Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(1) to PEA No. 35.
   (13)      Purchase Agreement dated February 14, 2005 for shares of the Mid Cap Index Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(19) to PEA No. 42.
   (14)      Purchase Agreement dated February 14, 2005 for shares of the International Equity Index Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(20) to PEA No. 42.
   (15)      Purchase Agreement dated December 5, 2005 for shares of the Enhanced Large Cap Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(21) to PEA No. 45.
   (16)      Purchase Agreement dated February 17, 2006 for shares of the Emerging Markets Equity Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(22) to PEA No. 46.
   (17)      Purchase Agreement dated May 5, 2006 for shares of the Active M International Equity Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(23) to PEA No. 50.
   (18)      Purchase Agreement dated May 5, 2006 for shares of the Global Real Estate Index Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(24) to PEA No. 50.
   (19)      Purchase Agreement dated February 16, 2007 for shares of the Bond Index Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(25) to PEA No. 53.
   (20)      Purchase Agreement dated August 3, 2007 for shares of the Short-Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(27) to PEA No. 58.
   (21)      Purchase Agreement dated November 2, 2007 for shares of the Global Sustainability Index Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(28) to PEA No. 59.
   (22)     

Purchase Agreement dated November 17, 2008 for shares of the Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund filed as

Exhibit (l)(30) to PEA No. 63.

   (23)     

Purchase Agreement dated November 17, 2008 for shares of the Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund filed as

Exhibit (l)(31) to PEA No. 63.

   (24)      Purchase Agreement dated May 8, 2009 for shares of the Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(32) to PEA No. 65.
   (25)     

Purchase Agreement dated May 8, 2009 for shares of the Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund filed as

Exhibit (l)(33) to PEA No. 65.

   (26)      Purchase Agreement dated August 29, 2009 for shares of the Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(34) to PEA No. 68.
   (27)      Purchase Agreement dated May 20, 2011 for shares of the Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(38) to PEA No. 77.
   (28)      Purchase Agreement dated May 18, 2012 for shares of the Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(39) to PEA No. 86.
   (29)      Purchase Agreement dated August 9, 2012 for shares of the Core Bond Fund is filed as Exhibit (l)(32) to PEA No. 95.
   (30)      Purchase Agreement dated August 9, 2012 for shares of the Short Bond Fund is filed as Exhibit (l)(33) to PEA No. 95.
   (31)      Purchase Agreement dated August 9, 2012 for shares of the U.S. Treasury Index Fund is filed as Exhibit (l)(34) to PEA No. 95.


   (32)      Purchase Agreement dated October 15, 2013 for shares of the Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(39) to PEA No. 102.
   (33)      Purchase Agreement dated August 18, 2017 for shares of the U.S. Quality ESG Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(39) to PEA No. 132.


   (34)      Purchase Agreement dated November 17, 2017 for shares of the Northern Engage360 Fund filed as Exhibit (l)(36) to PEA No. 136.
m)         None.
n)    (1)      Form of Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3 for Operation of a Multi-Class System is filed herewith.
o)         None.
p)    (1)      Amended Code of Ethics of the Trust revised on February 19, 2009 filed as Exhibit (p)(1) to PEA No. 65.
   (2)      Amended Code of Ethics of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. adopted February 1, 2005, as amended May 16, 2017 filed as Exhibit (p)(2) to PEA No. 139.
   (3)      Code of Ethics of Axiom International Investors LLC as updated August 2018 filed as Exhibit (p)(3) to PEA No. 152.
   (4)      Code of Ethics of Westwood Global Investments, LLC filed as Exhibit (p)(4) to PEA No. 152.
   (5)      Code of Ethics of PanAgora Asset Management, Inc., dated December 31, 2018 filed as Exhibit (p)(5) to PEA No. 152.
   (6)      Code of Ethics of Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC dated January 2019 filed as Exhibit (p)(6) to PEA No. 152.
   (7)      Code of Ethics of Brookfield Public Securities Group LLC dated March 2019 filed as Exhibit (p)(7) to PEA No. 152.
   (8)      Code of Ethics of Massachusetts Financial Services Company dated February 1, 2019 filed as Exhibit (p)(8) to PEA No. 152.
   (9)      Code of Ethics of DDJ Capital Management LLC as updated August 25, 2015 filed as Exhibit (p)(9) to PEA No. 130.
   (10)      Code of Ethics of WCM Investment Management dated January 1, 2019 filed as Exhibit (p)(10) to PEA No. 152.
   (11)      Code of Ethics of Causeway Capital Management LLC revised June 3, 2019 filed as Exhibit (p)(11) to PEA No. 152.
   (12)      Code of Ethics of Victory Capital Management Inc. dated July 1, 2018 filed as Exhibit (p)(12) to PEA No. 152.
   (13)      Code of Ethics of Nomura Corporate Research and Asset Management Inc. dated January 31, 2018 filed as Exhibit (p)(16) to PEA No. 139.
   (14)      Code of Ethics of Ashmore Investment Management Limited revised November 2018 filed as Exhibit (p)(14) to PEA No. 152.
   (15)      Code of Ethics of Maple-Brown Abbott Limited dated June 20, 2018 filed as Exhibit (p)(15) to PEA No. 152.
   (16)      Code of Ethics of Ariel Investments, LLC as amended December 31, 2018 filed as Exhibit (p)(16) to PEA No. 152.
   (17)      Code of Ethics of Aristotle Capital Management dated July 31, 2018 filed as Exhibit (p)(17) to PEA No. 152.
   (18)      Code of Ethics of Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC dated October 1, 2018 filed as Exhibit (p)(18) to PEA No. 152.
   (19)      Code of Ethics of EARNEST Partners revised July 10, 2018 filed as Exhibit (p)(19) to PEA No. 152.
   (20)      Code of Ethics of Strategic Global Advisors, LLC as revised April 12, 2018 filed as Exhibit (p)(24) to PEA No. 139.
   (21)      Code of Ethics of Brandes Investment Partners, L.P. as amended March 29, 2018 filed as Exhibit (p)(25) to PEA No. 139.
   (22)      Code of Ethics of Global Evolution USA, LLC dated September 2018 filed as Exhibit (p)(22) to PEA No. 152.
   (23)      Code of Ethics of Wellington Management Company LLP dated April 30, 2017 filed as Exhibit (p)(27) to PEA No. 139.
   (24)      Code of Ethics of Lazard Asset Management LLC filed as Exhibit (p)(24) to PEA No. 152.
   (25)      Code of Ethics of Mar Vista Investment Partners, LLC dated April 15, 2019 filed as Exhibit (p)(25) to PEA No. 152.
   (26)      Code of Ethics of ARK Investment Management, LLC amended January 25, 2019 filed as Exhibit (p)(26) to PEA No. 152.
(q)         Powers of Attorney dated February 13, 2020 for Northern Funds filed herewith.

 

*

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

ITEM 29.

PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE REGISTRANT

Northern Funds (the “Registrant”) is controlled by its Board of Trustees. As of the date of this Registration Statement, Northern Institutional Funds, a Delaware statutory trust, is under common control with the Registrant.


ITEM 30.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 3 of Article IV of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 7, 2000, as amended, provides for indemnification of the Registrant’s officers and Trustees under certain circumstances. A copy of such Agreement and Declaration of Trust was filed as Exhibit (a)(19) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 30/31 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and is incorporated herein by reference.

Section 11 of the Registrant’s Management Agreement between the Registrant and Northern Trust Investments, Inc., the investment adviser for each series of the Registrant (the “Investment Adviser” or “NTI”), provide for indemnification of the Investment Adviser or, in lieu thereof, contribution by Registrant, in connection with certain claims and liabilities relating to advisory and administration services to which the Investment Adviser may be subject. Copies of the Management Agreements were filed as Exhibits (d)(1) and (d)(2) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 104 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and are incorporated herein by reference.

Section 3 of the Distribution Agreement dated May 31, 2017 between the Registrant and Northern Funds Distributors, LLC (“NFD”) provides that the Registrant will indemnify NFD against certain liabilities relating to untrue statements, or alleged untrue statements, or omissions of material fact except those resulting from the reliance on information furnished to the Registrant by NFD, or those resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence of NFD, or NFD’s breach of confidentiality. Section 3 of the Distribution Agreement also provides that NFD will indemnify the Trustees and officers of the Registrant against certain liabilities relating to untrue statements or omissions of material fact resulting from the reliance on information furnished to the Registrant by NFD, and those liabilities resulting from NFD’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under the Distribution Agreement, or NFD’s breach of its confidentiality obligations under the Distribution Agreement. A copy of the Distribution Agreement was filed as Exhibit (e)(1) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and is incorporated herein by reference.

A mutual fund trustee and officer liability policy purchased by the Registrant insures the Registrant and its Trustees and officers, subject to the policy’s coverage limits and exclusions and varying deductibles, against loss resulting from claims by reason of any act, error, omission, misstatement, misleading statement, neglect or breach of duty.

 

ITEM 31.

BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER

NTI is an indirect subsidiary of Northern Trust Corporation. NTI is an Illinois State Banking Corporation and an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. It primarily manages assets for institutional and individual separately managed accounts, investment companies and bank common and collective funds. Northern Trust Corporation is regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as a financial holding company under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. NTI is located at 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.


Set forth below is a list of officers and directors of NTI and the Sub-Advisers of the Multi-Manager Funds, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years. The tables below were provided to the Registrant by the Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers for inclusion in the Trust’s Registration Statement. The information for the Sub-Advisers is as of February 28, 2020.

 

Name and Position with

Investment Adviser (NTI)

  

Name of Other Company

  

Position with Other Company

Abunassar, John

Director and Executive Vice President

     

Bartholomew, Richard

Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer

     

Browne, Robert P.

Director, Executive Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Senior Trust Officer

   50 South Capital Advisors, LLC    Chief Investment Officer

Carberry, Craig R.

Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

  

The Northern Trust Company

 

50 South Capital Advisors, LLC

FlexShares Trust

Northern Institutional Funds

Northern Funds

  

Associate General Counsel and Senior Vice President

Secretary

Chief Legal Officer

Chief Legal Officer

Chief Legal Officer

Carlson, Christopher W.

Director, Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Cashier

   Belvedere Advisors LLC    Chief Legal Officer

Chappell, Darlene

Vice President and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer

  

50 South Capital Advisors, LLC

FlexShares Trust

Northern Institutional Funds

Northern Funds

  

AML Compliance Officer

AML Compliance Officer

AML Compliance Officer

AML Compliance Officer

Del Real, Jose J.

Senior Vice President, Senior Legal Counsel and Assistant Secretary

  

The Northern Trust Company

 

FlexShares Trust

Northern Institutional Funds

Northern Funds

  

Senior Legal Counsel and Senior Vice President

Secretary

Secretary

Secretary

Ewing, Peter K.

Director and Senior Vice President

  

The Northern Trust Company

FlexShares Trust

Northern Institutional Funds

Northern Funds

  

Senior Vice President

President and Principal Executive Officer

President and Principal Executive Officer

President and Principal Executive Officer

Hawkins, Sheri B.

Director and Senior Vice President

     

Teufel, Maya G.

Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

   FlexShares Trust    Chief Compliance Officer

Thomas, Shundrawn A.

Director, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

   The Northern Trust Company    Executive Vice President
     

Wickert, Ryan M.

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

     

Wojnar, Darek

Director and Executive Vice President

  

FlexShares Trust

Northern Institutional Funds

Northern Funds

  

Trustee

Trustee

Trustee


Ariel Investments, LLC (“Ariel”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Northern Engage360 Fund. Ariel is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

Ariel

   801-18767

Aristotle Capital Management, LLC (“Aristotle Capital”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Northern Engage360 Fund. Aristotle Capital is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

Aristotle Capital

   801-60014

ARK Investment Management, LLC (“ARK”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Northern Engage360 Fund. ARK is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

ARK

   801-79081

Ashmore Investment Management Limited (“Ashmore”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund. Ashmore is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

Ashmore

   801-55109

Axiom International Investors, LLC (“Axiom”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund. Axiom is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

Axiom

   801-56651

Brandes Investment Partners, LP. (“Brandes”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Active M International Equity Fund. Brandes is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

Brandes

   801-24896

Brookfield Public Securities Group LLC (“Brookfield PS”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund. BIM is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

Brookfield PS

   801-34605


Causeway Capital Management LLC (“Causeway”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Active M International Equity Fund. Causeway is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

Causeway

   801-60343

DDJ Capital Management, LLC (“DDJ”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund. DDJ is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

DDJ

   801-55001

EARNEST Partners, LLC (“EARNEST Partners”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Northern Engage360 Fund. EARNEST Partners is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

EARNEST Partners

   801-56189

Global Evolution USA, LLC (“Global Evolution”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund. Global Evolution is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

Global Evolution

   801-78371

Lazard Asset Management LLC (“Lazard”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund. Lazard is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

Lazard

   801-61701

Maple-Brown Abbott Limited (“MBA”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund. MBA is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

MBA

   801-96184


Mar Vista Investment Partners, LLC (“Mar Vista”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Northern Engage360 Fund. Mar Vista is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

Mar Vista

   801-68369

Massachusetts Financial Services Company (“MFS”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund. MFS is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

MFS

   801-17352

Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC (“NBIA”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund. NBIA is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

NBIA

   801-61757

Nomura Corporate Research and Asset Management Inc. (“Nomura”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund. Nomura is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

Nomura

   801-38965

PanAgora Asset Management, Inc. (“PanAgora”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund. PanAgora is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

PanAgora

   801-35497

Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC (“SBH”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Northern Engage360 Fund. SBH is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

SBH

   801-47232


Strategic Global Advisors, LLC (“SGA”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Northern Engage360 Fund. SGA is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

SGA

   801-108843

Victory Capital Management Inc. (“Victory Capital”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Active M International Equity Fund. Victory Capital is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

Victory Capital

   801-46878

WCM Investment Management (“WCM”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Active M International Equity Fund. WCM is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

WCM

   801-11916

Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Active M International Equity Fund. Wellington is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

Wellington

   801-15908

Westwood Global Investments LLC (“Westwood”) is a sub-adviser for the Registrant’s Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund. Westwood is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. Reference is made to the most recent Form ADV and schedules thereto on file with the Commission for a description of the names and employment of the directors and officers of the sub-adviser and other required information:

 

SUB-ADVISER

  

FILE-NO.

Westwood

   801-61776

 

ITEM 32.

PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

 

  (a)

Northern Funds Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”) serves as principal underwriter for the following investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as of February 28, 2020:

 

  1.

Northern Funds

 

  2.

Northern Institutional Funds

 

  (b)

The following are the Officers and Managers of the Distributor, the Registrant’s underwriter, none of whom serves as an officer of the Registrant. The Distributor’s main business address is Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101.


Name

  

Address

  

Position(s) with Distributor

  

Position(s) with Registrant

Richard J. Berthy

  

Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100

Portland, ME 04101

   President, Treasurer and Manager    None

Mark A. Fairbanks

  

Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100

Portland, ME 04101

   Vice President    None

Jennifer E. Hoopes

  

Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100

Portland, ME 04101

   Secretary    None

Nanette K. Chern

  

Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100

Portland, ME 04101

   Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    None

Jennifer K. DiValerio

  

899 Cassatt Road

400 Berwyn Park, Suite 110

Berwyn, PA 19312

   Vice President    None

 

  (c)

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 33.

LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

The Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and minute books of the Registrant and all other accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained under Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the physical possession of The Northern Trust Company and NTI, each located at 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603. Records for Northern Funds Distributors, LLC, the distributor, are located at Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101.


ITEM 34.

MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 35.

UNDERTAKINGS

Not Applicable.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 156 to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Chicago and State of Illinois on the 28th day of February, 2020.

 

NORTHERN FUNDS
By:  

/s/ Peter K. Ewing

  Peter K. Ewing
  President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act this Post-Effective Amendment No. 156 to Registrant’s Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Peter K. Ewing

   President (Principal Executive Officer)    February 28, 2020
Peter K. Ewing      

/s/ Randal E. Rein

   Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer    February 28, 2020
Randal E. Rein    and Principal Accounting Officer)   

/s/ Therese M. Bobek

   Trustee    February 28, 2020
Therese M. Bobek      

/s/ Mark G. Doll

   Trustee    February 28, 2020
Mark G. Doll      

/s/ Thomas A. Kloet

   Trustee    February 28, 2020
Thomas A. Kloet      

/s/ David R. Martin

   Trustee    February 28, 2020
David R. Martin      

/s/ Cynthia R. Plouché

   Trustee    February 28, 2020
Cynthia R. Plouché      

/s/ Mary Jacobs Skinner

   Trustee    February 28, 2020
Mary Jacobs Skinner      

/s/ Ingrid LaMae A. De Jongh

   Trustee    February 28, 2020
Ingrid LaMae A. De Jongh      

/s/ Darek Wojnar

   Trustee    February 28, 2020
Darek Wojnar      


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

(a)(50)   Form of Amendment No. 49 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust.
(d)(8)   Form of Fee Reduction Commitment between Northern Funds (on behalf of the Small Cap Core Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund) and Northern Trust Investments, Inc.
(d)(19)   Form of Expense Reimbursement Agreement between the Registrant (on behalf of the Small Cap Core Fund, Global Sustainability Index Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund).
(h)(9)   Form of Amended and Restated Service Plan.
(i)(1)   Consent of Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP dated February 28, 2020.
(j)   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP dated February 28, 2020.
(n)(1)   Form of Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3 for Operation of a Multi-Class System.
(q)   Powers of Attorney dated February 13, 2020.